Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D19-0251 - BOEING / VAULT 28 - NEW BATTERY HOUSE
BOEING -VAULT 28 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S EXPIRED 03/28/2020 019-0251 0 Parcel No: Address: City of Tukwila Departmentof Community Development 63OOSouthcenterBoulevard, Suite #1OU Tukwila, Washington 9g1A8 Phona'2U6-431-367O Inspection Request Line: 206-438-935V Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 3324049002 Permit Number: 8123EMARGINAL WAY SCOMPLEX Issue Date: Permit Expires On: Project Name: BOEING -VAULT 28 Owner: Address: Contact Person: Contractor: Name: POBOX ]707M/[2O-59PROPERTY MARTIN PROBST POBOX 3707 M/C 46-208,SEATTLE WA, 98124 BNBUILDERS INC Address: 26UI4THAVE SUITE 350,SEAT7LE WA, 98121 License No: BNBUII*99OK3 Lender: Name: BOONGCO[NPANY Address: POBOX 3707,yN/C46-2O8,SEATTLE, VVA.9O124 Phone: (206)8524985 Phone: (206)382.3443 Expiration Date: 9/15/2021 DESCRIPTION OFWORK: INSTALL NEW BATTERY HOUSE ON EXISTING CABLE GALLERY VAULT LID. REPLACEMENT OF EXPIRED PERMIT D18- 0110. Project Valuation: $78000000 Type ofFire Protection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: YES Type ofConstruction: VB Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $13,998.95 Occupancy per IBC: U Water District: SEATTLEJUKVV|LA Sewer District: 6EATTLE,TUKVV|LA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: VVACities Electrical Code: VVAC296-468: nergy Code: Public Works ActivNes: [hanne|imtion/StripinX: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hau|ing/Oven|zeLoad: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Mein Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: O Fill: O Number D — y'WhAk vlei Permit ���� Center �����*� r~ ,Kp ' ~ �8 Date: {hearbycertify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance ofwork. | am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree tuthe conditions attached tothis permit, Date: , Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended nrabandoned for aperiod oflDOdays from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: l: 'BUILDING PERMIT [0NDnnONS' Z: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. /k When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports tnthe Building Official in atimely manner. S: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shaUbesubmitted tuthe Building Official. The final inspection report shall beprepared bythe approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition offinal inspection approval. 6: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 7: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 8: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 9: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 10: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 11: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 12: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 13: Call to schedule mandatory pre -construction meeting with the Public Works Inspector, (206) 438-9350. 14: The applicant or contractor must notify the Public Works Inspector at (206) 438-9350.upon commencement and completion of work at least 24 hours in advance. All inspection requests for utility work must also be made 24 hours in advance. 15: Prior to construction, all utilities in the vicinity shall be field located. NOTE: For City of Tukwila utility locates, call 811 or 1-800-424-5555. 16: Any material spilled onto any street shall be cleaned up immediately. 17: Temporary erosion control measures shall be implemented as the first order of business to prevent sedimentation off -site or into existing drainage facilities. 18: The site shall have permanent erosion control measures in place as soon as possible after final grading has been completed and prior to the Final Inspection. 19: From October 1 through April 30, cover any slopes and stockpiles that are 3H:1V or steeper and have a vertical rise of 10 feet or more and will be unworked for greater than 12 hours. During this time period, cover or mulch other disturbed areas, if they will be unworked more than 2 days. Covered material must be stockpiled on site at the beginning of this period. Inspect and maintain this stabilization weekly and immediately before, during and following storms. 20: From May 1 through September 30, inspect and maintain temporary erosion prevention and sediment at least monthly. All disturbed areas of the site shall be permanently stabilized prior to final construction approval. 34: The battery storage system shall comply with all applicable provisions of IFC Section 608. 24: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 40B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 21: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 22: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 23: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have atag orlabel securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 72, 73) 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the international Fire [ode. (|FC Chapter 10) 26: Door handles, puPs, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist tooperate. (|F[lU1OI9,l) 28: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A.72and City Ordinance #Z437. ZB: Maintain square foot coverage ofdetectors per manufacturer's specifications inall areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top ofstairwells, etc. (NFPA7Z'l7.53.l) 30: All new fire alarm systems nrmodifications toexisting systems shall have the written approval nfThe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #24]7) (|F[9Ol.2) 31: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 27: Contact The Tukwila Fine Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #Z436and #2437) 32: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Rs or Building [odes does not imply approval ofsuch condition orviolation. 33: These plans were reviewed byInspector 5ll. |fyou have any questions, please call Tukwi|aFire Prevention Bureau at(2O6)S75~44O7. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line. (206)438 9350 1700 BU|LD|NGF|NxL" 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 5200 EROSION MEASURES 1400 FIRE FINAL 1600 PUBLIC WORKS FINAL 5160 PUBLIC WORKS PRE -CON 4046 S|-EPDXY/EXPCONC CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. p Project No, Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: Tenant Name: The Boeing Company King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 0001600020 8123 E Marginal Way S, Tukwila, WA. 98108 Suite Number: vault 28 Floor: Yard New Tenant: .....Yes Z..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707; WC 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Martin Probst - The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 Phone: (206) 852-4985 Fax: (253) 657-4659 Email: martin.r.probst@boeing.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: BN Builders Address: 2601 4th Ave Ste 350 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98121 Phone: (206) 382-3443 Fax: Contr Reg No.: BNBUII*990K3 Exp Date: 09/15/2019 Tukwila Business License No.: 602 056 687 ARCHITECT OF RECORD: Company Name: Architect Name: Address: City: State: WA Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Sitts & Hill Engineers, Inc Engineer Name: Brent K. Leslie Address: 4815 Center Street City: Tacoma State: Zip: Phone: (253) 474-9449 Fax: Email: brentl@sittshill.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: The Boeing Company Address: P.O. Box 3707, M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 1-1:1ApplicationsWomis-Applications On Line\ 2011 Applicationaerrnit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docs Revised: August 2011 bh Page I of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATit — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 780,000 Existing Building Valuation: $ 17,402,500 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Install new battery house on existing cable gallery vault lid. Electrical and Mechanical permits obtained separately. rimit \*DIkb Will there be new rack storage? D Yes I.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footag Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC Is' Floor 2,000 2,000 0 0 11-B None rd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq II): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0.. ..... Yes LE No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers J Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? LJ Yes ..,,...No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM D On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. HMpplicationaliForm-Applications On Line\ 2011 ApplicationsTermit Application Revised - 8-9-11.doca Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INF4:)VIATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Install new battery house on existing cable gallery vault lid. Mechanical and Electrical permits obtained separately. Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District O ...Tukwila 0...Water District #125 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ..Tukwila 0 ...Sewer Use Certificate ..• Highline El...Valley View .. Renton -.Sewer Availability Provided 0 .. Renton 0 .. Seattle Septic System: • On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply: ..▪ .Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") D ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0 ...Bond fl Insurance D Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that anplv): 0 ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours 0 ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ..▪ .Construction/Excavation/Fi I I - Right-of-way El Non Right-of-way D ...Total Cut 0 ...Total Fill D ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage Improvements O ...Traffic Control ..• .Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water cubic yards cubic yards D ...Permanent Water Meter Size... O ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. LI ...Water Only Meter Size 0 ...Sewer Main Extension 0 ...Water Main Extension 0. Geotechnical Report O .. Maintenance Agreement(s) 11 ...Traffic Impact Analysis 0...Hold Harmless — (SAO) 0 ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours .. • Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance .. • Work in Flood Zone 0 .. Storm Drainage . Abandon Septic Tank . Curb Cut . Pavement Cut . Looped Fire Line 77 Public 0 Public 0 .. Grease Interceptor 0 Channelization 0 .. Trench Excavation O .. Utility Undergrounding WO # WO # WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size Private 0 Private Ei FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip H: 1A pp I i cat ionsWo ms- Ap p I ic at ions On Line\ 2011 ApplicationsTermil Application Revised - 8-9-1 l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 rb) PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES -- Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT, BUILDING 0 THO D AGENT: Signature: R Date: 08/01/2019 Print Name: Martin Probst - The Boeing Company Mailing Address: P.O. Box 3707; M/C 46-208 Day Telephone: (206) 852-4985 Seattle WA 98108 City State Zip H: Applications Forms -Applications On Line\ 2011 Applications\ Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees PROJECT NAME Vault 28 Upgrades PERMIT # TBD If you do not provide contractor bids or an engineer's estimate with your permit application, Public Works will review the cost estimates for reasonableness and may adjust estimates. 1. APPLICATION BASE FEE 2. Enter total construction cost for each improvement category: Mobilization $10,000.00 Erosion prevention $7,000.00 Water/Sewer/Surface Water $0.00 Road/Parking/Access $10,874.00 A. Total Improvements 3 Calculate improvement -based fees: B. 2.5% of first $100,000 of A. C. 2.0% of amount over $100,000, but less than $200,000 of A. D. 1.5% of amount over $200,000 of A. 4. TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE (B+C+D) 5. Enter total excavation volume 2 cubic yards 2 cubic yards Enter total fill volume $27,874.00 $250 (1) $697.00 $0.00 $0.00 Use the following table to estimate the grading plan review fee. Use the reater of the excavation and fill volumes. 697.00 (4) QUANTITY IN CUBIC YARDS RATE Up to 50 CY Free 51 — 100 $23.50 101 — 1,000 $37.00 1,001 — 10,000 $49.25 10,001 — 100,000 $49.25 for 1sT 10,000, PLUS $24.50 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 100,001 —200,000 $269.75 for 1ST 100,000, PLUS $13.25 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 200,001 or more $402.25 for 1ST 200,000, PLUS $7.25 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. GRADING Plan Review Fees TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE DUE WITH PERMIT APPLICATION (1+4+5) $ 0.00 (5) 947.00 The Plan Review and Approval fees cover TWO reviews: 1) the first review associated with the submission of the application/plan and 2) a follow-up review associated with a correction letter. Each additional review, which is attributable to the Applicant's action or inaction shall be charged 25% of the Total Plan Review Fee. Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 02/21/17 1 0251 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER of:w BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees 6. Permit Issuance/Inspection Fee (B+C+D) 697.00 (6) 7. Pavement Mitigation Fee 0,00 (7) The pavement mitigation fee compensates the City for the reduced life span due to removal of roadway surfaces. The fee is based on the total square feet of impacted pavement per lane and on the condition of the existing pavement. Use the following table and Bulletin 1 B to estimate the p Approx. Remaining Years Pavement Overlay and Repair Rate (per SF of lane width) 20-15 (100%) $10.00 15-10 (75%) $7.50 10-7 (50%) $5.00 7-5 (33%) $3.30 5-2 (25%) $2.50 2-1 (10%) $1.00 0-1 $0.00 8. GRADING Permit Issuance/Inspection Fee Grading Permit Fees are calculated using the following table. Use the greater of the excavation and fill volumes from Item 5. QUANTITY IN CUBIC YARDS RATE 50 or less $23.50 5 —100 $37.00 01 — 1,000 $37.00 for lst 100 CY plus $17.50 for each additional 100 or fraction thereof. , 01 10,000 $194.50 for 1 1000 CY plus $14.50 for each additional 1,000 or fraction thereof. 10,001 — 100,000 $325.00 for the 1st 10,000 CY plus $66.00 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof 100,001 or more $919.00 for 1st 100,000 CY plus $36.50 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 9. Technology Fee (5% of 6+8) • Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 02/21/17 2 23.50 (8) 36.03 (9) 1,1 BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees 10. TOTAL OTHER PERMITS A. Water Meter — Deduct ($25) B. Flood Control Zone ($52.50 — includes Technology Fee) C. Water Meter — Permanent* D. Water Meter — Water only* E. Water Meter — Temporary* * Refer to the Water Meter Fees in Bulletin Al $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total A through E 0.00 (9) 11. ADDITIONAL FEES A. Allentown Water (Ordinance 1777) $ 0.00 B. Allentown Sewer (Ordinance 1777) $ 0.00 C. Ryan Hill Water (Ordinance 1777) 0.00 D. Allentown/Foster Pt Water (Ord 2177) $ 0.00 E. Allentown/Foster Pt Sewer (Ord 2177) $ 0.00 F. Special Connection (TMC Title 14) $ 0,00 G. Duwamish 0.00 H. Transportation Mitigation 0.00 1, Other Fees 0.00 Total A through 1 $ 0.00 (10) DUE WHEN PERMIT IS ISSUED (6+7+8+9+10+11) $ 756.53 ESTIMATED TOTAL PERMIT ISSUANCE AND INSPECTION FEE This fee includes two inspection visits per required inspection. Additional inspections (visits) attributable to the Permittee's action or inaction shall be charged $60.00 per inspection. WATER METER FEE Permanent and Water Only Meters Size (inches) Installation Cascade Water Alliance RCFC 01.01.2017- 12.31.2017 Total Fee 0.75 $625 $6005 $6630 1 $1125 $15,012.50 516,137.50 1.5 $2425 $30,025 $32,450 2 $2825 $48,040 $50,865 3 $4425 $96,080 $100,505 4 $7825 $150,125 $157,950 6 $12525 $300,250 $312,775 Approved 0925.02 Last Revised 02/21/17 Temporary Meter 0.75" $300 2.5" $1,500 Cash Registei* Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT I QUANTITY PAID $1,728.90 D19-0251 Address: 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S COMPLEX Apn: 3324049002 $1,728.90 Credit Card Fee $50.36 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $50.36 DEVELOPMENT $1,393.70 PW PERMIT ISSUANCE/INSPECTION FEE R000.342.400.00.00 0.00 $696.85 PW CONSTRUCTION PLAN REVIEW R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $696.85 PUBLIC WORKS $250.00 BASE APPLICATION FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $250.00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $34.84 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R18708 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $34.84 $1,728.90 Date Paid: Monday, September 30, 2019 Paid By: MARTIN PROBST Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 003548 Printed: Monday, September 30, 2019 1:07 PM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS 0 Page 1 of 2 CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA 0017340000802374464500 Date: 09/30/2019 01:06:52 PM CREDIT CARD SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********9321 K TRAN AMOUNT: $1,728.90 APPROVAL CD: 003548 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Rachelle X {CARDHOLDER'S SIGNATURE} I AGREE TO PAY THE ABOVE TOTAL AMOUNT ACCORDING TO THE CARD ISSUER AGREEMENT (MERCHANT AGREEMENT IF CREDIT VOUCHER) Thank you! Merchant Copy haps://www.myvirtualmerchant.com/VirtualMerchant/transaction.do?dispatchMethod—pri... 9/30/2019 Page 2 of 2 CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA Date: 09/30/2019 01:06:52 PM CREDIT CARD SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********9321 K TRAN AMOUNT: $1,728.90 APPROVAL CD: 003548 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Rachelle Thank you! Customer Copy littnc.//www mvvirtualmerchant.comNirtualMerchantitransaction.do?dispatchMethod—pri... 9/30/2019 Receipt Number R18251 ., DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT PermitTRAK QUANTITY . ,, PAID $12,270.05 D19-0251 Address: 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S COMPLEX Apn: 3324049002 $12,270.05 Credit Card Fee $357.38 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $357.38 DEVELOPMENT $11,562.49 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $7,003.63 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $4,552.36 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $6.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $350.18 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R18251 R000.322.900.04.00 , 0.00 $350.18 -,. .'- $12,270.05 Date Paid: Friday, August 02, 2019 Paid By: MARTIN R PROBST Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 093969 Printed: Friday, August 02, 2019 12:33 PM 1 of 1 CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA 0017340000802374464500 Date: 08/02/2019 12:32:44 PM CREDIT CARD SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********9321 K TRAN AMOUNT: $12,270.05 APPROVAL CD: 093969 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Rachelle X {CARDHOLDER'S SIGNATURE} I AGREE TO PAY THE ABOVE TOTAL AMOUNT ACCORDING TO THE CARD ISSUER AGREEMENT (MERCHANT AGREEMENT IF CREDIT VOUCHER) Thank you! Merchant Copy CO TVKWILK ETR4KIT 5200 50UTHCENTEK BLVV TUKWIL4' WA 98188 206'433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILx Date: 88/02/2019 12:32:44 PM CREDIT [4no SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: *~********9321 K TRAw AMOUNT: $12'270.05 APPROVAL [D: 093969 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Kachelle Thank you! Customer Copy 11F.TeN Powering Business Worldwide June 7, 2018 Casne Engineering, Inc. Suite 205 10604 NE 38th P1 Kirkland, WA 98033 Attention: Steven Garrett Reference: Subject: Dear Steven: FILE Eaton Corporation 13205 SE 30th Street, Suite 101 Bellevue, WA 98005-4415 RichardHTum eaton.com Phone: 206-948-6936 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 24 2019 City of Tukwila UILDING DIVISION Application D18-0110 — City of Tukwila Review Comments Correction Letter No. 1 Eaton Response Eaton already supplied two battery houses to Boeing, both in the City of Tukwila. One was installed at the Thompson Site; the latest was installed across E Marginal Way S at the Military Delivery Center. Those two were approved by the State of Washington & are currendy in service. The battery house we propose for Plant 2 will be similar in construction. Stationary batteries will be installed in a separate equipment room, accessible only to authorized personnel. Following is a summary of the battery system installed within the battery house: Quantity Description 48 Batteries, tubular flooded, 2V, 550 AH cell, with safety venting caps, catalog STT2V490. Each battery contains 2.1 gallons, for a total of 100.1 gallons. 2 Seismic rack, two step, catalog EQ-SGX2-23H 2 Spill containment system, with high density polyethylene pans & fourteen neutralizing pillows, catalog SC92-28P14 nEcEivEo CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER 1 Hydrogen gas detector, catalog SBS-H2 Following are descriptions of the items listed above. bici 0251 In addition to those components, the battery house will include the following: Quantity Description 1 Exhaust roof ventilator, fourteen inch propeller diameter, 1/6 HP motor. 1 Backdraft damper, fifteen inch by fifteen inch size 1 Heat pump, R-410A refrigerant, 16500 BTUH heating capacity, 17100 BTUH cooling capacity 3 Danger sign, ten inch by seven inch, with the words below: "This Building Contains a Battery System, Corrosive Liquids (Electrolyte), Energized Electrical Circuits & Hydrogen Gas. Authorized Personnel Only. Eye Protection Required. No Smoking or Open Flames." Photoelectric smoke detector, model 9120F, 120 Vac, 9 Vdc battery backup. I hope this information answers all questions in the correction letter & satisfies the requirements in Section 608 of the 2015 IFC — Stationary Storage Battery Systems. Very truly yours, 2 SBS' STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC STT Series -Tubular Flooded Batteries STT2t✓490 ''V550AH) Specifications Nominal Voltage Nominal Capacity @ 77°F (25°C) 2V 550 AH 8 hr. to 1.75 V/cell' 676 AH 48 hr. to 1.80 V/ce I) 750 AH 120 hr. to 1.85 V/cell) 780 AH 240 hr. to 1.85 V/cell) Length 6.54 inches (166mm) Width 8.11 inches (206mm) Height (with vent cap) 20.7 inches (526mm) Weight Without Electrolyte 63.8 lb. (28.9kg) With Electrolyte 85.8 lb. (38.9kg) Electrolyte / Cell 22.0 Ib. (10.0kg) 2.1 gallons Container & Cover Material Styrene-acrylonitrile (SAN), Impact Resistant Positive Plate Construction Lead -Selenium / Low Antimony Tubular Negative Plate Construction Pasted Flat Radial Post Design Leak -Proof with Brass Insert Hardware / Torque Rating M10 / 180-221 in. Ib. Preferred Operating Temp. 68° to 77°F (20° to 25°C) Operating Temp. Range -4° to 130°F (-15° to 55°C) Internal Resistance Approx. 0.50m0 Short Circuit Current 4950 Amps Float Voltage 2.23V at 77°F (25°C) Equalize Voltage 2.33 to 2.40V at 77°F (25°C) Max. Charge Current Allowed 147 Amps The STT Series batteries may be stored for up to 6 months at 77°F (25°C) and then a freshening charge is required. For higher temperatures the time interval will be shorter. Self Discharge Applications • Utility • Telecommunications • Solar/Photovoltaic • Oil and gas • Railways Constant Current Discharge (Amperes) at 77°F (25°C) F.V/Time 15 min 30 min 1 hr 1.70V/cell 502 379 275 1.75V/cell 430 345 261 1.80V/cell 361 302 234 1.83V/cell 316 268 215 1.85V/cell 288 246 201 .sbsbattery.com 1.5 hr 2 hr 3 hr 4 hr 5 hr 6 hr 8 hr 10 hr 20 hr 24 hr 219 183 141 115 97.7 85.3 68.9 58.3 32.3 - - - 212 179 138 113 96.6 84.0 68.8 57.5 30.9 - - - - 195 167 133 109 94.1 81.4 66.6 56.2 31.3 26.92 14.94 10.44 7.75 180 158 127 105 90.9 79.8 64.5 54.3 30.2 26.00 14.52 10.17 7.57 172 150 121 101 87.6 77.0 62.4 51.5 29.3 25.10 14.09 9.91 7.39 48 hr 72 hr 100 hr A 1 product specifications and data are subject to change without notice 1-800-554-2243 sbs(n?sbsbattery.com 06-17-T2V490 STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, Rack -Info Rack Type EQ-SGX2-23H / EQ-SGX2-23HH / EQ-SGX2-23SH Rack dimensions Length = 88.58 inch Width = 26.18 inch Height = 23.23 inch B = 22.64 inch Part list 4 x EQ-SGX2 3 x EB0714 1 x 2S-STT-SET 1.5 x 754 3 x 754C Rack -Weight 244.5 Ibs 29.53" 3.94" 29.53" I I I I 1 I 29.53" - .-r 23.62" A 29.53" 88.58" 23.62" 00.79" www.sbsbattery.com 1-800-554-2243 stationary@sbsbattery.com Seismic Battery Racks Zone 1 — 4 Racks, Most Available from Stock ALASKA AL ElfilAN... et.7. ANDS 111May 2001 NO, 200144 SBS has many different seismic rack designs available to meet almost all seismic rack requirements. We offer adjustable racks, racks designed specifically for our batteries, and racks that can be used with other manufacturers' batteries. We can custom -design racks when needed. SBS seismic racks are either certified, or built to Seismic Zone 4 IBC/UBC standards. Available styles • 2-Step • 2-Tier • 2-Step/2-Tier • 1-Row (1-Tier) • 2-Row • Custom 2-Step Rack Profile Construction Standards Required to Meet Code 2-Step Rack EEI CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL EARTHQUAKE -PROOF RACKS FOR STATIC BATTERIES The arellopoilooprovif rake for talbattery initial. CV approval for use in CviUrania., in yeilliowilia zone ar defined by die Uniform Building Code 1997. This approval is hazed on a thorough review of the report entitled ',tale celoulationearke for earthquakaproof battery inziallaiion." WSW= s/mwIFsmomo,t,[cNISt L,' . ^ I Itivi !J Ll Tald ����°NN ��=^m��*m~����|m�m�� Spill �mN�NN���Nmwmww��N0� ������t������� m— � High Density Polyethylene Pans and Neutralizing Pillows The Uniform Fire Code (UFC)Article 64,Section 704.dand l04erequires lead acid battery installations with more than 100 gallons of electrolyte be equipped with a 'liquid -tight' spill -control barrier system. It also requires an approved method, capable ofneutralizing aspill from the largest lead acid battery. In response to these new requirements, SBS offers a spill containment system solution. SBS's system is quick and easy to install with new battery racks. Features , Welded 5/16"thiuk HDPE pans in multiple sizes " 72^xl2^Flame retardant acid absorbing/neutralizing pillows (1O^xl0^NiCdpillows available oxonoption) , Complies with EPA, OSHA, and Uniform Fie Cnde64 ^ Acid tight, 4" tall barrier protects from corrosion , Quick and easy installation " Cost effective solution to electrolyte spills , Custom sizes available 12 in. Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC23q2P2 23^12x4 % VC28-12P2 28x12x4 8C341293 3*x12x4 oo*6l2P4 46x12x4 SO51-12P4 51v12x4 xC57-12p5 57x12x4 SC62-12P5 62x12x4 SC68-12P5 60x12x4 SC74-12p6 74x12;4 nc84'12p7 84x12x4 VC90-12P7 VOxox« oc96-12Po 96x12x* SC702-12P8 102x12x* oc107-12P9 107,12x4 oC11412p1V 114 x12"4 solVlzpm nnxluxo SC125-12rIo 125x12x4 SC130-12PlV 730x12x4 S: 3h-12PnY 136x12x4 SC148-12p12 148x12x* oc159-12P13 159u12x* om64-12P13 164x12x4 $8170-12P14 170x12x4 um98l2P17 198x12x4 2 3 4 4 s o 5 6 7 7 0 8 9 18 10 lV 10 . 11 12 18 13 14 17 19 How Our System Works " SOSstocks different size spill pans that can bcplaced together in multiple combinations \ohonn different spill containment system lengths and widths, , YVeprovide pillows and connectors that hold the pans together. " Your rack will fit inside our spill containment system.|fyou are mounting the racks to the 0ou[ youdrill through the pans where needed and silicone the bolt and hole \oprovide al0O%leak- proof nyatem. 23 in. Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC37-23P6 oc4uu3Po GO49-23P8 0050-2xP8 uC54-23P8 SCV2-23P1O So75-23P12 SC79-23P12 VC04-23P14 SCS2-23P14 SC9V-23P1a SCm42JM6 VclVye3P10 VC121'23P20 uc1xoc3puV VCm4-2VP22 VC138'23P22 8C142-23P22 SC1m'2yp2o SCmV'2Vpyn 8C176'23P30 8C1VOe3P3V Su1o3expou 37x23x4 42x23x4 49x23x4 oox23x* 54x23x4 o2x2ux4 o7x23x4 75x23x4 7Yx23x4 O4xu3x* V2x23x4 yox23,4 1V*^23x4 lV9x2Vx4 121v%Vx4 1xox2o,4 13wx2Vx* 13Vx23x4 142x23x4 1mxmx4 1V8x28x4 17hx2Vx4 1VVx23x4 , 193xxox4 217x28x4 u V 8 x 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 20 �22� 22 22 24 �28 30 30 32 36 25 in. Wide Containment Systems Part No. SC23-25p G:2n-25P4 SC34-25PV SC46-25P8 SCS1'25P0 S057-25P10 SCo2'eop1V SCVo'25Pm SC7u-2sp12 SCV4-25P14 SC9V-25P14 So9o'2oplh 8C102-25PI6 VC107-25P18 SC114-25P20 SC119-25P20 SC125-25;20 SC130-25p20 SC136`25p22 SC140-25P24 VC159-25p26 SC164-251326 SC170'25P20 uo190-25p34 SV221-25p38 Size LxWu*Vnl 23x25*4 xVx25x4 34x25x4 4Vx25x4 51x26x4 57xu5x4 62xo5x4 ` OVx25xo 74x2Vx4 ` V4x25x* 9Vx75x4 yaxun,* 1V2^25v4 1o7xo5x^ n4x25v4 nov25x* l25x25x4 lxn,25x4 130x25x4 1uox2xx* 159x25x4 1O4x25x4 1rVx25x4 mox25v^ 2a1x25x4 0OfPillows 4 8 O 10 10 lO 12 14 14 16 lo 18 20' 20 20 20 22 24 26 26 28 34 VV 23 www/sbsbattery.rom/SPKL 13 28 in. Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC37-28P6 SC42-28P6 SC49.28P8 SC50.28P8 SC54-28P8 SC62-28P10 SC67-28P10 SC75.28P12 SC79-28P12 SC84-28P14 .111.11 SC96.28P16 SC104-28P16 SC109-28P18 SC121-28P20 SC126.28P20 SC134-28P22 SC138-28P22 SC142-28P22. SC151-28P24 SC168-28P28 SC176-28P30 SC1B028P30 SC193.28P32 SC217•28P36 Size L x W x H (in.) # of Pillows 37x28x4 6 42x28x4 6 49x28x4 8 50x28x4 8 54x28x4 8 62x28x4 10 67x28x4 10 75x28x4 12 79x28x4 12 84x28x4 14 96x28x4 16 104x28x4 16 109x28x4 18 121x28x4 20 126x28x4 20 134x28x4 22 138x28x4 22 142x28x4 22 151 x28x4 24 168x28x4 28 176x28x4 30 180x28x4 30 193x28x4 32 217x28x4 36 SC67-28P10 Example System Above system consists of: A: Qty. 1 42" x 28" x 4" pan B: Qty. 1 25" x 28" x 4" pan C: Qty. 1 27" connector D: Qty. 10 12" x 12" pillows 34 in. Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC37-34P9 SC42-34P9 SC49-34P12 SC50.34P12 SC54-34P12 SC62-34P15 SC67.34P15 SC75-34P18 SC79.34P18 SC84-34P21 SC92-34P21 SC96-34P24 SC104.34P24 SC109-34P27 SC121-34P30 SC126-34P30 SC134-34P33 SC138-34P33 SC142-34P33 SC151-34P36 SC168-34P42 SC176-34P45 SC180-34P45 SC193.34P48 SC217-34P54 Size L xWx H (in.) 37x34x4 42x34x4 49x34x4 50x34x4 54x34x4 62x34x4 67x34x4 75x34x4 79x34x4 84x34x4 92x34x4 96x34x4 104x34x4 109 x 34 x 4 121x34x4 126x34x4 134x34x4 138x34x4 142 x 34 x 4 151 x 34 x 4 168x34x4 176x34x4 180x34x4 193 x 34 x 4 217x34x4 of Pillows 9 9 12 12 12 15 15 18 18 21 21 24 24 27 30 30 33 33 33 36 42 45 45 48 54 42 in. Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC23-42P6 SC28-42P6 SC34-42P9 SC46-42P12 SC51-42P12 SC57-42P15 SC62.42P15 SC68-42P15 SC74-42P18 SC84-42P21 SC90-42P21 SC96.42P24 SC102.42P24 SC107-42P27 SC11442P30 SC119.42P30 SC125-42P30 SC130-42P30 SC136-42P33 SC148-42P36 SC159-42P39 SC164-42P39 SC170-42P42 SC198-42P50 SC221-42P56 Size LxW xH On.) 23x42x4 28x42x4 34x42x4 46x42x4 51 x42x4 57x42x4 15 62x42x4 68x42x4 74 x 42 x 4 84x42x4 90x42x4 96x42x4 102x42x4. 107x42x4 114 x 42 x 4 119 x 42 x 4 125x42x4 130x42x4 136x42x4 148x42x4 159 x 42 x 4 164x42x4 170x42x4 198x42x4 221x42x4 # of Pillows 6 6 9 12 12 15 18 21 21 24 24 27 30 30 30 30 33 36 39 39 42 50 cn -12 SIN31SAS IN3AINIVJN03 1 www.sbsbattery.com/SPILL 1-800-554-2243 stationary@sbsbattery.com 24 #SBS STORAGr PATTFRY SYSTEMS LLC ►1k!k11►I4FIi]_l4:i Z '© V J J a. Spill Containment Requirements for Stationary Lead -Acid Battery Systems Fire codes may require standby battery systems to utilize an approved method and materials for control and neutralization of unintentional spills. The main codes in the United States relating to battery systems are the Uniform Fire Code (UFC), the International Fire Code (IFC) and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). OSHA and the EPA may also have related requirements. The codes and regulations (outlined below) are intended to prevent fires and protect the safety of personnel, equipment and the environment. Codes vary by state (see page 2) and are dependent on model code adoption. Municipalities may also make amendments to state and model codes. Code Uniform Fire Code UFC 2000 Article 64 Description / Battery Type Flooded Lead Acid & VRLA Quantity 50 gallons or 20 gallons in a single battery Summary Each rack of batteries or group of racks shall be provided with a liquid tight 4-inch spill control barrier which extends at least 1 inch beyond the battery rack in all directions. International Fire Code IFC 2003 & 2006 Flooded Lead -Acid 50 gallons Approved method and materials for the control and neutralization of a spill VRLA 50 gallons Capable of controlling and neutralizing a spill from the largest battery to a pH between 7 and 9 National Fire Protection Association NFPA 1 - 2006 Stationary Lead Acid Batteries 55 gallons in a single battery 100 gallons in a room with sprinklers Provided with spill control Approved method to neutralize spilled electrolyte to a pH between 7 and 9 OSHA 29 CFR Flooded Spill control, neutralization, eyewash and acid - resistant aisles EPA 40 CFR Protection of Environment 1000 pounds (100 gallons) Hazardous Material Inventory and Reporting, Spill Control, Spill Reporting and Disposal NFPA 76 Telecommunication 2005 Stationary Lead -Acid Batteries - Comply with NFPA1 BOCA National Building Code 1999 Stationary Batteries 500 gallons corrosive Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from entering or leaving process Capable of retaining 110% from the largest battery BOCA National Fire Prevention Code 1999 Storage and use of solid and liquid corrosive materials 1000 gallons Provided with a means to control spillage and contain or drain off spillage drain. Spill control - recessed minimum 4 inches or liquid tight. Four inch raised sill to prevent flow of liquid to adjoining areas Note: Check with authorities for all other applicable codes, amendments and regulations. Authorities include EPA, OSHA, Hazmat inspectors, facility owners, insurance inspectors, fire marshals,etc. 1 State Code Flooded Battery Spill Control Systems Neutralization VRLA Battery Spill Control Systems Neutralization EPA OSHA Alabama IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Alaska IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Arizona IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Arkansas IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ California IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Colorado NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Connecticut WC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Delaware NFPA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Florida NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Georgia IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ — ✓ Hawaii NFPA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 Note 3 Idaho IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Illinois NFPA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Indiana IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Iowa IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Kansas WC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Kentucky IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Louisiana NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ 1 Maine NFPA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Maryland NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Massachusetts NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Michigan NFPA ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Note 3 Minnesota IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Mississippi Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 ✓ ✓ Missouri - Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 ✓ ✓ Montana NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Nebraska NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Nevada IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 New Hampshire NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ New Jersey NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 New Mexico IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 New York IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 North Carolina IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 North Dakota NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Ohio IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Oklahoma IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Oregon IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Pennsylvania IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Rhode Island NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ South Carolina IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 South Dakota NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Tennessee IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Texas NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Utah IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Vermont NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Virginia IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 1 ✓ Note 3 Washington IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 West Virginia NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Wisconsin NFPA ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ Wyoming I IFC ✓ ✓ Note 1 ✓ ✓ Note 3 Notes: 1. Check with local authorities for amendments 2. No state codes; check with local authorities 3. Has EPA -approved State Plan The information provided is based on SBS's interpretations of the codes. This information should be used for guidance purposes only and SBS can't be held responsible if the information is incorrect or if other parties interpret the information differently. TEST uMONITORING EQUIPMENT :WO IE A DETE SBS H2 Hydrogen Ny���� Detector r Complete Hydrogen Detection System Includes ^ Main control ^ Hydrogen sensor ^ 7Sft. cable Applications ~ Substations ~ Battery rooms ^ Unmtenuphb|epmwer supply (UPS) ^ Battery cabinet systems ~ Battery charging areas ^ Hydrogen fueled back-up power systems New! Certified: 0L 61010'1 TheSBS-H2 Hydrogen Detector ixahydrogen detection xyxtemwhhvisoa|and audible alarms and l%and 2%hydrogen relays. The system comes complete with the main control, a highly accurate hydrogen gas sensor and a25ft. cable. This unit can bepowered with ACand/or DCpower and can be mounted directly toa wall or to on electrical box, making it extremely versatile and very user-friendly. The SBS-H2 includes relays for remote connection to alarm/monitoring systems and for control of external relays oran exhaust fan. Benefits ^ Protects life, property and company profits ~ Ideal for remote locations ^ Fail safe mode inevent ofloss ofpower ` Up tothree (3)sensors can beinstalled tomain control iomeet space coverage requirements Features ^ Universal power inpu1s�llO/220Vac and/or l2-48Vdc input ` S\oube light for visual alerts ` Sensor status indicator LEDs unthe main control ^ Modular design for optimal placement u[xenxor(s) ` NRTLXCCertified: ULStd. No. 6100l ~ CAN/CSAC22.2No. 6l8lO-1-13 Installation ^ Wall o/2-gongjunction box mountable ` Mechanical relays are easily accessible: ^ Warning l%relay, l5A@l2OVac' l0A@277Vac; lOA@28Vdc ^ Alarm 2%relay, l Aresistive Ca, 30Vdo.0.5A@ 125Vao - Redundant power supply capability', dual AC and/or DC power supply connections (DC power supply will operate anbackup power source) ^ Indicator LEDs can betested bypushing the red ^TEST^button ^ Sensors can be tested inthe field with the P/N H2-7ESTK|T Mein Control Mounting and Power Options 2-GangJunction Box Hardwired ACand/or DC 18 AWG AC Cord (optional) us wwwsbsbattery.cnm/SSS-H2 � Exhaust Fan and/or (Fan not included) External Alarm Black AC Wire o Dry contacts can be monitoreoby� FIRE ALARM PANEL BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SCADA MODBUS OTHER External Relay (Only necessary if external relay exceeds internal contact rating) rwi., v Hydrogen Sensor nmzmvAo and/or o'4ovmc Hydrogen Sensor 2 (optional) ^ua Test Push Burton Hydrogen aen,oro Warning Settings: Should the concentration dhydrogen gas inthe air surrounding the sensor reach l%byvolume, the^l% Warning" yellow LED will light up on the main control of the unit. In addition, the 1%, internal relay will energi7e and can be used to activate onexternal exhaust fan or a building managemeni/o|arms}ntem (via 3CADAModbus). Alarm Settings: Should the hydrogen gas concentration reach 2%byvolume, the ^2%Alarm" red LED will light up, the strobe will hexh and an audible alarm will sound. In addition, the 2% internal relay will enenJizeand can he used Nactivate a building management/alarm system (via SCADA/Modbos). Ordering Information Part No. nnS'*z Hydrogen detector with (1) sensor and 25 ft. cable Description Accessory OrdeKn" Information Part No. H2'oswxOn«5FT x2'uEwS0n'50FT x2'$ENn0R-100FT x2-T[STmT *2-J8 E190399 o=roynvn Additional hydrogen sensor with 25ft. cable Additional hydrogen sensor with 5oft. cable Additional hydrogen sensor with mnft. cable Test kit (includes 1%and /* hydrogen, regulator, tubing and case) Note: cannot ship via air freight 111/16"x411//6" 2-Vangjunction box xcCmunoV,lOA,lUft. with plug Specifications l%Hydroye 2%Hy0mgen Power source Dry contacts ratedlOAV25 Vac Dry contacts rated .5A/uovdc nv/2znVac, 5n/ooxzand/or l2-4ovdc(v-noVdnoperating voltage) Temperature Sensor rating of-4*rmlnrr(-0^omm7q Size *7^Lx4.7^wx12^o(main control) . / ` Available Accessories Test Kit Additional Hydrogen Sensor � 2-GangJunction Box (Hardwired ACand/or DC) www.sbsbattery.com/SBS-H2 1-800-554-2243 8-1 �SBH2 In= ,,T+111 swia.maxg. - •,2i't,,ALA4171 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEF' 2 4 2C19 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 2 2019 PERMIT CENTER SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. Professional Engineers & Planners CIVIL, STRUCTURAL AND SURVEYING P 101 03-9 I Vault 28 Update Plant 2 Yard Seattle, WA Z')LArAneiirisw CALCULATIONS PREPARED FOR THE BOEING COMPANY POST OFFICE BOX 3707 SEATTLE, WA 98124 PREPARED BY Sitts & Hill Engineers, Inc. 4815 Center Street Tacoma, WA, 98409 November 19, 2017 (07-29-30) S & H Job Number: 17,477 SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade BASIS OF DESIGN Scope: Building Code: Risk Category: Gravity Loads: Lateral Loads: Concrete: Steel: JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: MO DATE: 11/19/2017 CHECKED: DATE: These calculations are to assist Boeing in replacing electrical equipment. The existing equipment vault will be used for the new equipment. New anchorage will be provided to meet current code requirements. These calculations are limited to the evaluation of the existing structure. Design of equipment is by others. 2015 Edition of The International Building Code with State of Washington amendments 11 self weight seismic site class = D seismic design category = D fc = 3,000 psi (conservatively assumed) anchor bolts = ASTM 1554, Grade 36 steel plate = ASTM A36 wide flange = A992, fy=50 ksi SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: .iLUME I RY ICI Lsg:=46 ft wsg = 25 ft hsg:= 12 ft Lbh:= 19.5 ft W bh:— 7 ft hbh:= 11.5 ft 2M OLIN:SW METAL CONCRETE (8' TOTAL) 2%16 CA COMPOSITE METAL BECK 1/ 4 DNCRETE TOPPING (6" TOTAL) 3/2' ACCESS MANHOLE CTYP 2 LOCA1106) FRAME. UTILITY KkULT 4 (FLPAGE UP) COVER: UTILfTY VAULT CO. SCUD CCICR AWIKED lu:crRic" DESIGN LDA01/10 AANTO 170 TO MATCH FRAME SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade Loading JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 CHECKED: DATE: Gravity Dsg := 120 psf Dhoti= 130 psf L = included with dead as the space inside the switch gear housing will either have electrical equipment without the possibility of live load or no equipment at locations where live load may occur Wind V:=110 mph, exposure C (risk category II) kd =0.85 wind directionality factor per ASCE7 Table 26.6-1 kzt := 1.0 topographic factor per ASCE7 26.8 G 0,85 gust effect factor per ASCE7 26.9 0.85 velocity pressure exposure coefficient per ASCE7 Table 29.3-1 qz:= 0.00256 • kz • kzt•kd•V2 • psf =22.4 psf [ASCE7 EQ 29.3-1] Cf:=1.30 force coefficient per ASCE7 Table 29.5-1 W:= qz • G.Cf= 24.7 psf [ASCE7 EQ 29.4-1] Seismic EEGS Design Maps Summary Report User -Specified Input Report Trtfe north Boeing Field Tao nirmicnbcir 23, 2016 23235:22 UTZ Building Code Reference Document 2012/2015 International Building Code ro,i-uch ii.1911$ I-Ki=rd data annnilabie in 21)304 Site Coordinates 47r53550Nr 122.3134cW Site Soil Classification Site Class o - 'Stiff Soil" Risk Category 1/1.11111 USGS-Provided Output = 1.513 g = 0.579 g = 1.513 g S., = 0.868 g = 1.00g, g = 0.57g g | | K ���� �� HILL �����K����� INC.," " " ~~ ~° " ""~~~~ °-"~~=."~~~~-.~.~' ...,~ l7\C[)MA.VVASH|NGTON (253)474-9449 PROJECT- Boeing Plant 11 - Vault 28 Upgrade S.;=l,OQ9 S�/-=O'579 J':=l.0O o"'=I.O BP �-.=2.5 %L=%.5 J-:=l.0 z:=O`ft b:=O.5`ft JOB:17477 OES|GNED:JVVO D/glE:11/1S/2D17 CHECKED: DATE: component amplification factor per AS[E7Table 13.5'1D[13.Gr1 O}0DODeDt re5DODsS modification f8[tO[ per ASCE7Table 13.5-1 Or 13.6-1 CDnlO0n8ntOve[St[ength factor per ASCE7Table 13.5-1 Or 13'6-1 component importance factor per AS[E713.1.3 height tOcomponent attachment average roof height of structure O.4^ ^�' Cs'—' ~~^ lf2`nnin RP` I Ca".�"� _�=l.O^�. -"° `�p ���I.6l - [�_^ �=O.3^�~ ^I_=0.3 -v��^ -- -= -v � n/\=0.3 ~omax '`r'v`—vp�x ,_(� vnw SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. rl TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: JWO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: Existing Structure Beams s := 6 ft w:=Dsg•s=720 plf Alined: 19 NOV 2017, 852AMA Steel Beam Lic. # : KW-06002611 Desaipion : existing W14x61 CODE REFERENCES File = P3I74001174771Calculatiansls6uclura317477.ec6 ENERCALC, INC.1983-2017, Bulld:10.17.8.3, Vet:10.17.6.3 Licensee : SITIIS & HILL ENGINEERING. INC, Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2012, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Strength Design Beam Bracing : Completely Unbraced Bending Axis : Major Axis Bending Fy : Steel Yield : E: Modulus : 50.0 ksi 29,000.0 ksi Dia.720) W 14x81 Span = 25.0 it Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loading Loads on all spans... Uniform Load on ALL spans : D = 0.720 k/ft DESIGN SUMMARY Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span Ma : Applied Mn / Omega : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0,310: 1 Ma W14x61 61.016 k-ft 196.796 k-ft +D+H 12.500ft Span # 1 0.000 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 0.372 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = um Shear Stress Ratio = Section used for this span Va : Applied Vn/Omega : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0 <360 0 <360 807 >=180 0 <180 Design OK 0.094 : W14x61 9.763 k 104.250 k +D+H 0.000 ft Span # 1 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max.' " Dell Location in Span Load Combination Mat "+" Dell Location in Span D Only 1 Vertical Reactions 0.3715 12.571 Support notation : Far left is #1 0.0000 Values in KIPS 0.000 Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 9.763 9.763 for four 3/4" bolts 9.763 kip _ 0.21 <1.0, ok 4.11.9 kip Vault Walls wall design is controlled by lateral earth pressure which will not change with equipment replacement..'. vault walls ok by inspection SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. TACOMA, WASHINGTON (253) 474-9449 JOB: 17477 DESIGNED: MO DATE: 11/19/2017 PROJECT: Boeing Plant II - Vault 28 Upgrade CHECKED: DATE: • Anchorage component weight length width height n 110 awl "switch_gear" Dsg • Ls, Lsg Wq kg 9 "battery_house" Dbh• Lbh•Wbh Lbh Wbh hbh 3 1.1 RM =weight • width [17250001 lbf • ft 2 —• 62108 ] height [2506361 lbf • OTM E := weight • C•s• 2 — 30886 ] ft 1 OTMw := length • height • W • height _[ 819061 2 131888 j lbf • ft flo • OTME— (0.9 — 0.2 .Sd,) r —25681 • anchorage_T E [ 1612 _1 lbf width • n 12 • weight • C r 58021 2.n ihf anch,orage_V E ° 12238 j OTMw— 0.9 .R/14- r —65361 ihf anchorage T L-1143] width • n length • height • W [7581 anchorage_v • 2 .n — L• 924 j lbf • for switch gear 2.238 kip — 0 .54 in of 3/16" each beam 1.392.3 kip in Oil for battery house Per attached Hilti printout, use HY-200 adhesive with 5/8" dia. rod embeded 4" min with 6" edge distance 0 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: iond — Sifts & Hill Engineers JWO 1 Page: 1 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 Specifier's comments: battery house 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: HIT-HY 200 + HAS-R 316 SS 5/8 Effective embedment depth: hef,act = 4.000 in. (hefm,,,,t = - in.) Material: ASTM F 593 Evaluation Service Report: ESR-3187 Issued I Valid: 11/1/201613/1/2018 Proof: Design method ACI 318-14 / Chem Stand-off installation: - (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete, 3000, fc' = 3000 psi; h = 8.000 in., Temp. short/long: 32/32 °F Installation: hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (17.2.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.2.3.5.3 (c)) likr!ROM, Geometry [in.] & Loading [Ib, in.Ib] X Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 5chaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: 2 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 1612 2238 0 -2238 max, concrete compressive strain: - max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [Ib] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [Ib] 3 Tension load Load Nua [lb] Capacity $ N, [Ib] Utilization pN = N„,/4, N, Status Steel Strength* 1612 14690 11 OK Bond Strength** 1612 2614 62 OK Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** 1612 3631 45 OK ' anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value (It N„ Nua Variables Ase,N 21 refer to ICC-ES ESR-3187 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 f.t. [psi] 0.23 100000 Calculations Nsa [Ib] 22600 Results Nsa [lb] 22600 (lo steel 0.650 noncluctile 1.000 N„ [Ib] 14690 Nt„ [lb] 1612 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG. Schaan www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address; Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: Project: Sub-ProjectPos. No.: Date: 3 Vault 28 update 17477 11/19/2017 3.2 Bond Strength ANa ANao) ed.Na cp,Na Nba a N„ = see ACI 318-14, Section 17,4.5.1, Fig. R 17.4.5.1(b) = (2 CNa)2 Na (1) Na ANa ANA CNa = 10 da ec,Na = ea„Na = 0.7 + 0. Na uncr 100 .0 Ca,min CNa Ca min CNa cp,Na = MAX Cac , cac _ 1.0 Nba = X. a k,c aN,seis da • het .0 Variables t k,c,uncr [psi] cla [in.] 2261 0.625 eci.N [in.] eu2.14 [in.] 0.000 0.000 Calculations cNa ANa [in.2] 8.920 266.16 ‘1/ ecl,Na ec2,Na 1.000 1.000 Results Na [lb] 4) bond het [in.] 4.000 c„ [in.] 7.202 ANao [in.2] 318.25 cp,Na 1.000 4) seismic ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1a) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4,5.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1d) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.3) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.4b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.2) camn 6.000 1.000 W ed,Na 0.902 Nba [Ib] 7109 nanductile t k.c [pSi] 1207 aN,seis 0.750 Na [lb] Nu, [Ib] 5361 0.650 0.750 1.000 2614 1612 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan No www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 ▪ Company: Specifier: Address: 1111 Phone I Fax: ▪ E-Mail: 111 AN,0 9hf 1 41 ec,N (1 + eN 2 e 1111 3 h 61111 ed,N ,= 0,7 + O. 1011 cp,N MAX 1.1 /1111 tor 1111 ecf,N 41 c,N Vcp,N Nb ind nu ind Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: 4 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 3.3 Concrete Breakout Strength Ncb (AANC : 4, Ncb N. AN, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) 5 1.0 a'rni" ) 5 1,0 1.51-ief 1.5haf Ca, Cac Nt, = k, X a 4Fc Variables hef [in.] 4.000 .0 eci,N [in.] ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1a) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17,4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2,4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) ec2 N [in.] ca,,,,n [in.] c N Cac [in.] 7.202 0.000 0.000 6.000 1.000 17 [Psil 1.000 3000 Calculations ANC [in.2] Awn [in.2] W ecl,N 144.00 144.00 1.000 Results Nth [lb] (I) concrete (I) seismic 7449 0.650 0.750 W ec2,N 1.000 nonductle 1.000 ed,N 1.000 4) Nth [lb] W cp,N Nb [lb] 1.000 7449 [lb] 3631 1612 Nur Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROM Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan KW is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan www.hil ti. us Company: Sitts & Hill Engineers Specifier: JWO Address: am Phone I Fax: E-Mail: 4 Shear load Profs Anchor 2.7.5 Page: 5 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 Load V„, [Ib] Capacity + V, [Ib] Utilization ov = V„,h), V, Status Steel Strength* 2238 5695 40 OK • Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength (Bond Strength controls)** 2238 7506 30 OK Concrete edge failure in direction y-** 2238 4262 53 OK 1111! * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) imi 4.1 Steel Strength Vs, = av,se,s (0-6 A5 e,V fula) refer to ICC-ES ESR-3187 • 4) Vsteel 2-. Vua ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 um; 1 ••• am Variables Asb,v [in.2] 0.23 Calculations Vs„ [lb] 9492 Results Vsa,eq [Ib] 9492 Fula [psi] CCV,seis 100000 (0.6 Ase,V futa) [lb] 0.700 13560 4) steel 4, nonductile 0.600 1.000 4.2 Pryout Strength (Bond Strength controls) ANa Vcp =^cp RANao) ed,Na W cp,Na Nba Vc, a• V ANa see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.5.1, Fig. R 17.4.5.1(b) Aiwa° (2 CNa)2 CNa 10 da uncr 1100 kti ec,Na = eN CNa 1.0 Vsa [Ib] Vua [Ib] 5695 2238 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.3.1a) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3,1,1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17,4.5.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq, (17.4.5.1d) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5,3) ed,Na 0.7 + 0.3 'n 5. 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.4b) cbia 011 = MAX ' CNa cae ca, 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.5b) YIN • NEI Nb. —2.'tkC'�NS,S'7tda Variables k„ 2 eb,,N [in.] 0.000 lc,C,uncr [psi] 2261 eb2N [in.] 0.000 Calculations CNa [in.] ANa [in.2] 8.920 266.16 318.25 da [in.] 0.625 cae [in.] 7.202 ect,Na W ec2,Na 1.000 1.000 Results V„ [Ib] 10723 4) concrete 0,700 ANao [in 2] W cp,Na 1.000 4) seismic 1.000 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.2) haf [in.] cam* [in.] k,c [psi] 4.000 k 1.000 V ed,Na 0.902 Nba [Ib] 7109 4, nonductile 1,000 6.000 CCN,seis 0.750 Vep [lb] 7506 1207 V„ [Ib] 2238 input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 4 1 • www.hilti.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sitts & Hill Engineers JWO Profis Anchor 2,7.5 Page: 6 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction y- AVc Vcb Avco) ed,V c,V h,V Perallel,V Vb Vcb Vua Av, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.5.2.1, Fig. R 17.5.2.1(b) Avo = 4.5 c2a, 1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.1a ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.1c) 41 ec,V = 2e„ 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.5) Scat ed,V = 0.7 + 0, 5cai ) 5 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.6b) h,V 0 ha ' ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.8) Vb = (7 (010.2 ,rd_a) A, ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.2a) Variables cal [in.] 6.000 c32 [in.] eo, [in.] w c,v ha [in.] 0.000 1.000 8.000 la [in.] X a da [in.] C Iraq 141 parallet,V 4.000 1.000 0.625 3000 1.000 Calculations Avc [in.2] 144.00 Results Vol) [lb] 6088 Avc© [in.2] ec,V 41ed,V h,V Vb [lb] 162.00 1.000 1.000 1.061 6457 4) concrete (I) seismic (I) nonductile Vbb [Ib] V„, [Ib] 0.700 1.000 1.000 4262 2238 5 Combined tension and shear loads 13N 0.617 0.525 5/3 RNV = PIC4 f,<= Utilization pN,v [%] 79 Status OK Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilt i AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hil)i is a registered Trademark of Hilli AG, Schaan ▪ www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Sitts Specifier: JWO Address: ▪ Phone I Fax: E-Mail: rr imt Hill Engineers Page: 7 Project: Vault 28 update Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 17477 Date: 11/19/2017 6 Warnings The anchor design methods in PROFIS Anchor require rigid anchor plates per current regulations (ETAG 001/Annex C, EOTA TR029, etc.). This means load re -distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered - the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Anchor calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above. The proof if the rigid base plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Anchor. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The 4 factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Design Strengths of adhesive anchor systems are influenced by the cleaning method. Refer to the INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE given in the Evaluation Service Report for cleaning and installation instructions • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-14, Chapter 17, Section 17.2.3.4.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17,.2.3.4.3 (b), Section 17.2.3.4.3 (r.), or Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a), Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b), or Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c). • Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by 00. • Installation of Hilti adhesive anchor systems shall be performed by personnel trained to install Hilti adhesive anchors. Reference ACI 318-14, Section 17.8.1. Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROF IS Anchor (c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan rr Ind wied www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.7.5 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Sifts & Hill Engineers JWO Page: Project: Sub -Project 1 Pos. No.: Date: 8 Vault 28 update 17477 11/19/2017 7 Installation data Anchor plate, steel: - Profile: - Hole diameter in the fixture: - Plate thickness (input): - Recommended plate thickness: - Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Compressed air cleaning of 7.1 Recommended accessories Anchor type and diameter: HIT-HY 200 + HAS-R 316 SS 5/8 installation torque: 720.001 in.lb Hole diameter in the base material: 0.750 in. Hole depth in the base material: 4.000 in. Minimum thickness of the base material: 5.500 in. the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required Drilling Cleaning • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x y 1 0.000 0.000 C-x c,x • Compressed air with required accessories to blow from the bottom of the hole • Proper diameter wire brush C-y 6.000 C*y Setting • Dispenser including cassette and mixer • Torque wrench 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreementwith the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan STATE OF WASHINGTON - Department of Labor and Industries FACTORY ASSEMBLED STRUCTURES P.O. Box 44430, Olympia, Washington 98504-4430 Web Site www.lni.wa.gov/tradeslicensing/factory assembled structures/ 17-Jul-19 To: City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd Ste 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Jerry Hight MCP Re: Modular Building Site location: 7755 East Marginal Way South 98108, WA This letter is to inform your department of a modular building being shipped to the address above. Enclosed is a copy of the Department of Labor and Industries, Factory Assembled Structures Section approved plans for your use. Attached is a list of items that will require review, inspection and approval by City of Tukwila. Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center is the manufacturer, they may be contacted at 402- 609-4727. The Department of Labor and Industries, Factory Assembled Structures Section has informed the manufacturer that permits, review and inspection of on site construction, conditions and completion of the building will be required by the City of Tukwila. If you have any questions or concerns please feel free to contact me. Kelly Mayo Plans Examine WA State Dept of Labor & Industries (360) 902-6096 mayx235@lni.wa.gov • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA. JUL 18 PERMIT CENTER STATE OF WASHINGTUI DEPT. OF LABOR AND INOU3IRE3 FAS PLAN REVIEW SECTION APROVED JUL 1 7 2019 SUBJECT TO CODE AND FIELD INSPECTION 1E1171•11%1 PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY Boeing Vault 28 P3854 Equipment: Battery Enclosure FILE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2.." 9 PERMIT CENTER Plan Review Submittal 1 D161-0141 o c EIT0N Powering Business Worldwide PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY BOEING VAULT 28 BATTERY ENCLOSURE OPC PROJECT P3854 Certification Submittal Index TAB ITEM 1 State Forms i. Plan Approval Request ii. Fee Worksheet iii. Application for Insignia iv. Notification to Local Enforcement Agency 2 4 6 7 8 9 Structural EOR Resume Welding Documentation i. Welding Procedure Specifications ii. Welder Certifications Drawing Package i. Cover Sheet ii. Plan View iii. Exterior Elevations iv. Building Section & Details v. Base Framing Plan vi. Roof Framing Plan vii. Component Anchoring Detail Certification Bill of Materials Compliance Forms i. Envelope Compliance ii. Mechanical Compliance iii. Lighting Compliance Heating and Cooling Load Summary Component Data Sheets Structural Calculations Applicant: Fill out completely For Postal naivety Department of Labor and industries Factory Assembled Structures PO Box 44430 Olympia WA 98504-4430 For Non -Postal Delivery Feta', (JPS) Department of Labor and Industries Factors; Assembled Structures 7273 Linclerson Way SW Tumwater WA 98501 WW.1% a .g ov/I n i (case sensitive) PLAN APPROVAL REQUEST FACTORY BUILT STRUCTURES (Contact person's printed name: Amy Jewell WA Only WA Rev; Courtesy \, Omaha, NE 68107 Re!WA Courtesy FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY (Manufacturer Mfg No, Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center M-652 Plans to be returned to: Address 3900 Dahlman Avenue City/State/ZIP Other state Fee Lede SAmount si:ge it) 14:#6 Check 4' S 101.6941 ad gsso Application ID Ap No. '\ fgz5 10 000% 1SFIS 1q E..1 q 008S _7-(7-6-Date approved Expiration date ) tgr,LD.08o Date 4/04/2019 Fee enclosed $ 326.40 Signature i) I New plan (Mitste6.esign I Yr design $213.75 Renewal Addendum AP No. — AP No Note: Identify addendum items on plan: (Code cycles (month/year): IBC, .IRC, IMC 2015 Size of building:: Width: 7-8 'A ft Leng,th: 20 Ft UPC: 2015 / Area (Sq Ft): 154 Sq Ft !I Phone No 402-609-4715 FAX No 402-734-0622 MFG filing $66 80 Feiveds.thninal forfees Plans review by L&I listed professional APR 052819 NEC:2017 FASWSECNIAQ: 2015 / o of OccupanclF2015 yC: modules: 1 group: S-2 Type construction: 11-B Use: Battery Enclosure SUB yr SEC yr Seismic 2015 2017 Ss = 1.514g; Site Class D Roof live load PSF 30 Wind load MPH - EXP: 115 7C Floor load PSF: 125 Plot plan submitted? Front: No Rear: If -No'', provide distance from farthest projection to nearest building/property Left side: Right side: Type heat: Type of fuel: Central forced air LJ Electric Hydronics Natural gas Baseboard Propane Fan powered L jroom heater 1 X jOther Heat Pump OiI D)ther: Insulation values: Floor R-38 Walls R-23.2 Roof (Flat) R-40 Roof (Vault) Heating zone: Climate Zone 4C Zone I Zone 2 WSEC compliant LJ Component Performance Systems Analysis er: Laj LJ Prescriptive N/A Energy calculations: jJ Attached Li On file - AP4 Heat Pump X Yes 1 No Air conditioning Yes No Electrical service: Amps 13y Others Phase Structural calculations or test proposals Truss or rafter drawing(s) , Truss plan if over 3 different trusses Girder truss or ridge beam drawing HVAC drawing Cross section and elevation Foundation plan Electrical load demand calculation Panel box schedule/Electric load calc's Chassis drawing (CC units only) Plumbing systems: Operating pressure RETURN PLANS LJ Regular mail VIA: Li Other: N/A LN_.1 Li )Ls LJ w Attached Attached/Design On L&I Review Professional Review file Li LJ LJ LJ LJ LJ L.] F,A1174 111113A P# AP// to No of fixtures Total developed length rfl Carrier FedEx Acct # 068103045 )L..1 Overnight @customer's expense J F623-006-000 plan approval request 7-04 rec. i oror i tv line; For Postal Delivery Department of Labor and Industries x Permanent Factory Assembled Structures Alteration PO Box 44430 Replacement Olympia WA 98504-4430 For Non -Postal Delivery (e.g., FedX, UPS) Department of Labor and industries Factory Assembled Structures 7273 Linderson Way SW Tumwater WA 98501 WwW.Wa.gov/InUFAS/ (case sensitive) Multi -Tagged WA ID La OR u Other APPLICATION FOR INSIGNIA FOR FACTORY BUILT STRUCTURES SUBMIT ONE COPY - NOTE: A separate form is to be used for each building unless multiple buildings have the same plan approval number. Applicant: Fill out complete MANUFACTURER Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center " MFG NO_ M-652 PRODUCTION FACILITY ADDRESS 3900 Dahlman Avenue CITY/STATE/21P Omaha, NE 68107 • TELEPHONE NO. 402-734-3900 FAX NO, 402-734-0622 FORDEPARTMENTUSEONLY FEE LEDGER SHEET NO IV VA CHECK NO 41 145° $ AALOVNI. Contact person's printed name: Amy Jewell Date 4/04/2019 Fee enclosed 284.30 Signature "(I 1 hone No 402 609-4715 FAX No ( 402 734-0622 A FEE FOR EACH INSIGNIA IS DUE WITH APPLICATION — NOT SUBJECT TO REFUND PLEASE MAKE CHECKS PAYABLE TO DEPT. OF LABOR & INDUSTRIES 1.. Dept Insignia No, Mfg Serial No. P3854 Approved Plan No, IS1111 q 800 POD 1 Fee $ 284.30 OF 1 OG S-2 TC 11-B IS SUB YR 2015 SEC YR Exempt ESL 6.9KV RF 30 NV 115 C SZONE _ 1.514 D 'ID 4C HTG Heat Pump AC Yes 1' 0 2. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No, POD Fee OF $ 3. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No, POD Fee OF $ 4. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No, • _t. e POD Fee OF $ 5. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. APR U 5 2019 POD Fec OF $ 6. Dept Insignia No.. Mfg Serial No. FAS POD . Fee OF $ 7. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. POD Fee Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. 9. Dept Insignia No. Mfg Serial No. . -•::::I., •—tPODdi , ii,:iiiiii: iit.Ii!..:: ij I I iiii Fce,-:..-r-- ..., OF $ sup Tfrrn . Manufacturer to complete: 114 Number of tags: 1 Via ,. ...4 ,,,.:.,:t,., .; Regular mail ca t ed x •t • - — i,‘, Overnight at customer expense— pp- ,-------,,ii;j0% - --- - - Acct # .." Other FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY Date I1nsignia F623-014-000 (PDF) app for Insignia - factory buiit 11-00 To C.-12AT S-Gf) C ) Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Structures PO 13ox 44430 Olympia WA 98504-4430 www.wa.gov/Ini/FAS/ (case sensitive) The Factory -Built unit identified below requires completion work at the site as specified. Paid date Coharm I Check Fee NOTIFICATION TO LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY Date 7/03/19 M GS2 Eaton Corp - Omaha Power Center Owner's name PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY (Boeing) Mfrs serial no. P3854 Dept insinia no. Installation address 7755 East Marginal Way South Type of construction II-B Occupancy ETA at site S-2 7/25/19 City Tukwila State ZIP+4 WA 98108 County King Phone number 253-740-02 4 Installation site is in: City County DESCRIBE ITEMS REQUIRING COMPLETION WORK AT THE SITE BUILDING DEPARTMENT www.wabo.org/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT www.wa.gov/Ini/eleetrical/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA To: Jerry Hight MCP To: Jim Benner, Inspector Building Official, City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blcd #100 6300 Southcenter Blvd #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tukwila, WA 98188 www.ci.tukwila.wa.us www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Placing completed factory assembled on prepared See drawing P3854-El which indicates each feeder. foundation and securing with anchors. AC Panelboard V28-BH1 is to be wired to control building V28-1 by customer at site. Category III Structural Observation for seismic and wind requirement for attachinent to foundation. HVAC is to be wired to control buildng panel board IACP RED LINE: A Lead Acid Battery system will be installed in site by the owner. This shall be under the purview of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction. by customer at site. Battery charger BCB is to be wired to control building panelboard lACP by customer at site. Batteries will be installed by eustorner at site. Grounding electrode system will be installed by customer at site, inspector's namc (print/type) Office location 3900 Dahlman Avenue, Omaha, NE 68107 STAMM, Phone: (8 am to 5 pi Manufacturer's name (print/type) Eaton Corporation - Omaha Date 7/03/19 JtKILME3 ;TIQNAPROVED j11( I 1 Z019 F623-013-000 notification to local enforcement agency 03-2009 RESET Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Structures PO Box 44430 Olympia WA 98504-4430 C www.wa.gov/Ini/FAS/ (case sensitive) The Factory -Built unit identified below requires completion work at the site as specified. c Paid date Column Check Fee NOTIFICATION TO LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY Date 7/03/19 M GS2 g Eaton Corp - Omaha Power Center Owner's name PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY (Boeing) Installation address 7755 East Marginal Way South Mfgr's serial no. P3854 Type of construction II-B Occupancy S-2 Dept insignia no. ETA at site 7/25/19 City Tukwila State ZIP+4 WA 98108 County King Phone number 253-740-0214 Installation site is in: City County DESCRIBE ITEMS REQUIRING COMPLETION WORK AT THE SITE BUILDING DEPARTMENT www.wabo.org/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT www.wa.gov/Iti/electrical/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS tN SHADED AREA To: Jerry Hight MCP To: Jim Benner, Inspector Building Official, City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Bled #100 6300 Southcenter Blvd #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tukwila, WA 98188 www.ci.tukwila.wa.us www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Placing completed factory assembled on prepared See drawing P3854-E1 which indicates each feeder. foundation and securing with anchors. AC Panelboard V28-BHI is to he wired to control building V28-1 by customer at site. Category III Structural Observation for seismic and wind HVAC is to be wired to control buildng panel board lACP requirement for attachment to foundation. by customer at site. Battery charger BCB is to be wired to control building panelboard 1 ACP by customer at site. Batteries will be installed by customer at site. Grounding electrode system will be installed by customer at site. nspector's name (print/type) Phone: (8 am to 5 pm) M E. RED LINE: A Lead Acid Battery system will be installed in site by the owner. This shall be under the purview of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Office location 3900 Dahlman Avenue, Omaha, NE 68107 Date 7/03/19 Manufacturer'stuce C F623-013-000 notification to local enforcement agency 03-2009 RESET c CONTACT INFORMATION: BACKGROUND / EXPERIENCE Michael C. (Mike) Stiefermann 221 County Road 427 Bonnots Mill, MO 65016 Mobile Phone: 573-694-0295 mcstiefermannAgmail.com Degrees in both Civil and Agricultural Engineering Licensed Professional Engineer (Civil) in 26 States 28+ years Engineering Experience in the Power Industry 21+ years experience in the structural design of switchgear enclosures 9+ years experience with Eaton Omaha Power Center (Pedersen Power Products) Over 100 completed projects in 16 States Enclosures constructed of Mild Carbon Steel, Aluminum, and Stainless Steel LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE FOLLOWING STATES Alabama Kansas Nebraska Rhode Island Arkansas Kentucky New Jersey Oregon California Louisiana New Mexico Tennessee (Inactive) Colorado Maine New York Washington Connecticut Massachusetts Ohio Wisconsin Idaho Minnesota Oklahoma Wyoming Iowa Missouri States in Bold are those in which previous projects have been completed. TYPICAL PROJECT INPUT DATA INITIAL REVIEW (First Pass) 1 Drawings showing the overall size, configuration, weight, and center -of -gravity of the enclosure 2 Information on where the enclosure is to be sited (including latitude & longitude if available) 3 Information on the type of foundation being provided for the enclosure 4 Information on the type of anchoring intended for the enclosure 5 Copies of any customer specifications detailing any special structural requirements 6 A schedule detailing the date by which the calculations are needed, when fabrication is expected to begin, and when the enclosure is expected to ship FINAL REVIEW (Second Pass) 1 Complete assembly and part drawings to validate assumptions made during initial review TYPICAL PROJECT DELIVERABLES INITIAL REVIEW (First Pass) 1 Any special construction requirements that will be needed 2 Estimated foundation loading FINAL REVIEW (Second Pass) 1 Structual calculation package to support state/local building permit requirements 07/21/2015 Powering Business Worldwide lusiu !lower l;vntir tit mcr Dtthon ()Qom/Ikon - turviieni• /11X1 !Millman Awmuc Oval go, NE I HE 41V-al-M10 WELDING PROCEDURE !SPECIFICATION (WPS) Procedure Number: PPP-WPS-005 Description: Gas Metal Arc Welding - Globular transferode for carbon steel; 1/8" to 3/4" Supporting PQR No.(s): Prequalified Welding Process: G MAIN Transfer Mode: Globular Joint Design Use for Qualification (Joint Designation: B-U2a) Allowable Joint Designs: Butt Groove Angle: 45° Back Gouging: N/A Base Metals and Filler Metals Base Metals: A36 and AWS D1.1 table 3.1 Base Metal Thickness Range: 1/8" to 3/4" Backing: Yes Backing Material: A36 and AWS D1.1 table 3.1 Filler Metal Specification: A5.18 Filler Metal Classification ER705-6 Filler Metal Group F4 Filler Metal Diameter: 0.9 mm Shield Gas Shield Gas Type: Argon, Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen Composition: 90% Ar, 7 .5% CO2, 2 .5% 0 2 Gas Flow Rate: 20 - 26 cfh Welding Positions elding Positions: Flat, Horizontal and Vertical Vertical Welding Progression: Up Welding Electrical Characteristics Polarity: Electrode Positive (DCEP) Welding Voltage: 20 to 24 V Welding Current: 190 - 210A Welding Technique Single or Multiple Electrode: Single Single or Multiple Pass: Varies with thickness Number of Electrodes: Single Contact Tube to Work Distance: 5/8 inch Peening: None Interpass Cleaning: As Required; Wire Brush Wire Feed Speed: 190 - 210 ipm Heat Treatment Preheat Temperature: 50 deg F min (Ambient); as noted in ASW D Interpass Temperature: 50 to 350 deg F Postweld Heat -Treatment: N/A Joint Detail 45' r = 3/1 6 This WPS has been developed by and exclusively for use by Eaton -Omaha Power Center. It is prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steei. Reviewed By: Shawn Ow Signed: Title: Date: Approved By: Signed: Title: CWI 90 1/18/2013 s 0 hcwri W OvIi -90020021_ Omower Center ( &al:J(44- Proces ngineer Date: 1/18/2013 Powering Business Worldwide Omaha Power Ger&er Radical Sedor Power Distrinefico Orgaintation - ADE-Jaws 3900 Dahlman Avene Orrkaha, NE 68107 Ph: 402-734-3900 WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) Procedure Number: OPC-WPS-006 Description: Square -Groove Weld in Butt Joint; AWS D1.3 Figure 3.1A; Sheet Steel; 16 Gauge & Thicker, Up To 3/16" Supporting PQR No.(s): Prequalified Welding Process: GMAW, Semi -Automatic Transfer Mode: Globular Joint Design Used for Qualification (AWS D1.3 Figure 3.1A) Allowable Joint Designs: Butt Joint Groove Angle: 0° (Square) Back Gouging: N/A Base Metals and Filler Metals Base metals: '- ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr 30). Base Metal Thickness Range: 16 Gauge .& Thicker, Up. To 3/16" Backing: Yes Backing Material: ASTM A1011 CS-B •(Gr 30) Filler Metal Specification: A5.18 Filler Metal Classification ER70S-6 Filler Metal Group F4 Filler Metal Diameter: 0.035 Inch Shield Gas Shield Gas Type: Argon, Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen Composition: 90% Ar, 7 .5% CO2, 2 .5% 02 Gas Flow Rate: 20 - 26 CFH Welding Positions elding Positions: Flat Vertical Welding Progression: N /A elding Electrical Characteristics Polarity: Electrode Positive (DCEP) Welding Voltage: 20 to 24 V Welding Current: 180 - 220 A C c c Welding Technique Stringer or Weave Bead: Stringer [Single or Multiple Electrode: Single !Single or Multiple Pass: !Number of Electrodes: Varies With Thickness Single !Contact Tube to Work Distance: [Peening: 5/8 Inch None Interpass Cleaning: Wire Feed Speed: Preheat Temperature: Interpass Temperature: Postweld Heat -Treatment: As Required; Wire Brush 180 - 220 IPM Heat Treatment 50 Deg F Min (Ambient); As Noted In AWS D1.1 50 To 350 Deg F N/A Joint Detail This WPS has been developed by and exclusively for use by Eaton - Omaha Power. Center. It is prequalified in accordance with AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. Reviewed By: Shawn 0 Signed: ____ ; 4 Title: CWI Date: 12/6/2013 Approved By: Signed: Title: Date: 12/6/2013 Shawn W Owens -qv' 9908002a (C7C i EXP. }W Eaton - Power Center Structural Engineer Fa•N Powering BusineSsWorldwide Ch-retia PINief Ceuta. Electrical Sector Power UstiIdon Organization - Americas 3903 Datiroan Atrewue Omaha, NE 68107 402-734-3900 WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION (WPS) Procedure Number: OPC-WPS-007 Description: Fillet Weld in Lap Joint; Figure 3.2B; Sheet Steel; Thicker, Up To 3/16" AWS D1.3 11 Gauge & Supporting PQR No.(s): Prequalified Welding Process: GMAW, Semi -Automatic Transfer Mode: Globular Joint Design Used for Qualification (AWS D1.3 Figure 3.2B) Allowable Joint Designs: Fillet Groove Angle: N/A Back Gouging: N/A Base etals and Filler Metals Base Metals: ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr30) Base Metal Thickness Range: 11 Gauge & Thicker, Up To 3/16" Backing: Yes Backing Material: ASTM A1011 CS-B (Gr 30) Filler Metal Specification: A5.18 Filler Metal Classification ER70S-6 Filler Metal Group F4 Filler Metal Diameter: 0.035 Inch Shield Gas Shield Gas Type: Argon, Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen Composition: 90% Ar, 7 .5% CO2, 2 .5% 02 Gas Flow Rate: 20 - 26 CFH Welding Positions: elding Positions Flat Vertical Welding Progression: N/A Welding Electrical Characteristics Polarity: Electrode Positive (DCEP) Welding Voltage: 20 to 24 V Welding Current: 180 - 220 A Welding Technique Stringer or Weave Bead: Stringer Single or Multiple Electrode: Single or Multiple Pass: Single Varies with thickness Number of Electrodes: Single Contact Tube to Work Distance: 5/8 Inch Peening: None Interpass Cleaning: Wire Feed Speed: Preheat'T,emperature: Interpass Temperature: 'Postweld Heat -Treatment: As Required; Wire Brush 180 - 220 IPM Heat Treatment 50 Deg F Min (Ambient); As Noted In AWS 01.1 50 to 350 Deg F N/A Joint Detail J This WPS has been developed by and exclusively for use by Eaton - Omaha Power Center. It is prequaiified in accordance with AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. Reviewed By: Shawn Owens Signed: Title: CWI Date: 12/6/20 Approved By: Eaton - Omaha Power Signed: Title: Date: Structural Engineer 12/6/2013 awni©wens 023 QC1 EXP. 81112014 Center Central States Inspection Services, Inc. Q`t7v Tri.m`C;:-01; Sf7'"s 1200 Deer run Lone Murray, NE 68409 402-560-8806 Welder's Name: Bill wiese Clock / Stamp #: 4508 Company Name: Eaton Corporation Company Address: Omaha, NE WPS No.: PPP-WPS-005 Revision: 0 Date: 1-18-13 Variables Actual Values Qualified For Weldin9 Process: GMAW GMAW TransferMode (G A : Globular Giobular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.)Semi-Auto Semi -Auto NumberOf Electrodes: Welding Current Polarity: DCEP OCEP Position: 3G IF, 2F, 3F, 1G, 2G, and 3G Progression: UP UP BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Sp ca on: DI.!D1.1 Base Material Grade: ASTM A36 As noted AWS DI.ble 3.1 '08 Base Metal Thickness: " to 1" Limited Backing riat: A-36 As noted AWS 01.1 table 3.1 '08 Base MetalThickness Thickness P e) Groove: IP Fillet: NA 8" to 3/4" Thickness (Plate/Tube) Groove: N/A 1/8" to 3/4" Fillet: N/A 1/8" to 3/1" Thickness (Pipe) Groove: N/A 24" Dim and Greater Fillet: N/A 24" Dim and Greater GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 0`)/0 Ar, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02J A , CO2, 02 Flux: N/A Sec 5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metat Class: ER70S-6 ER70S-X Filler Metal Specification: AWS A5.18 AWS A5. 8 Filler F-No.: F4 F4 Visual Inspection Acceptable Yes Results (4.6) or No: YES Bend Test Results Type Results Type Side Bend Acceptable N/A Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defect A Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 8 ns We the undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1,1-10 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Ryan Dickneite Date: 1-18-13 Authorized By: Ryan Dickneite Company: Eaton Corporation 4 ces Central States Inspection Services, Inc. INC. Welder's Name: Armando Hernandez Company Name: Eaton Corporation WPS No.: PPP-WPS-005 Revision: 0 Variables mon; 56-11,2crs 1200 Deer run Lane Nfurnay, NE 58409 402-560-8806 Clock / Stamp #: 1489 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 12-31-15 Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G 1F, 2F, 3F, 1G, 2G, and 3G Progression: UP UP BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: D1.1 D1.1 Base Material Grade: ASTM A36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3.1 '10 Base Metal Thickness: 1" to 1" Limited Backing Material: A-36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3.1 '10 Base Metal Thickness Thickness (Plate) Groove: 3/8" 1/8" to 3/4" Fillet: NA 1/8" to 3/4" Thickness (Plate/Tube) Groove: N/A 1/8" to 3/4" Fillet: N/A 1/8" to 3/4" Thickness (Pipe) Groove: N/A 24" Dim and Greater Fillet: N/A 24" Dim and Greater GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 90% Ar, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02 Ar, CO2, 02 Flux: N/A Sec 5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S-6 ER70S-X Filler Metal Specification: AWS A5.18 AWS A5.18 Filler F-No.: F4 F4 Visual Inspection Acceptable Yes Results (4.6) or No: YES Bend Test Results Type Results Type Results Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Side Bend Acceptable 1 N/A N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: N/A Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 We the undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1-10 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Rocky Glenn Date: 12-31-15 Authorized By: Rocky Glenn Company: Eaton Corporation c Central States Inspection Sertices Inc. Pif.r.it7::071.5-rs 1200 Deer run Lone Murray, NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Mark Hile Clock / Stamp #: 3963 Company Name: Eaton Corporation Company Address: Omaha, NE WPS No.: PPP-WPS-005 Revision: 0 Date: 1-18-13 Variables Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Giobular Weding Type: (Auto, Manual, etcj Semi -Auto Semi -Auto NumberElectrodes: Wetding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G IF, 2F, 3F, 1G, 2G, and G Progression: UP UP BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metat Specification: D I .1 Dt1 Base Matenal Grade: ASTM A36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3.1 '08 Base Metal Thickness: 1" to 1" Limited Backing Material: A-36 As noted AWS 01.1 table 08 Base Metal Thickness Thickness (Plate) Groove: /8" 8'' to 3/4" Fillet: NA 1/8" to 3/4" Thickness (Plate!Tube) Groove: 1 N/A / " to 4" Fillet: N/A 1/ " o 4" Thickness (Pipe) Groove: N/A 24" Dim and Greater Fillet: N/A 24" Dim and Greater GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 90% Ar, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02 Ar, 002, 02 Flux: N A Sec 5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metat Class: ER70S-6 ER7OS-X Filler Metal Specification: AWS A5.18 AWS A5.18 Filler F-No.: F4 F4 Visual Inspection Acceptable Yes Results (4.6) or No: YES Bend Test Resutts Type Results Type Resuits Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Side Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defec Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 Shawn W Owens 80023 EXP. 8/1/2014 We the undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1-10 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Ryan Dickneite Date: 1-18-13 Authorized By: Ryan Dickneite Company: Eaton Corporation Welder's Name: David West Company Name: Eaton Corporation Variables es Central States Inspection Senices, Inc. 12o0Dcermnbnne MmmXNE 5840 402-660-8806 Clock/ Gtamp#:7G41 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 10-17-16 Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: 8MAVV SMAVV Transfer Mode U3MAVV : Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auu,. Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OyElectrodes: 1 1 VVo|dinQ Curvant& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G 1o.uo.88and 1r.uF.aF Progression: Up Up BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: Dil D11 Base Material Grade: A36 /WwSD1.1table 31group 1 Base Metal Thickness: 3/8 to 3/8 1/8" to %" Backing Material: A38 /wvGo1.1table u.1Group 1 Base Metal Thickness Thickness Plate h»Plate (Buff and TJoints) > 3Udmg.Joint angle Groove: 30^ 10^to1/4" Fillet/ Partial Joint Penetration: N/A 10^0o Unlimited Thickness Pipe / Tube IT, Yand K)>3ndeg. Joint angle Groove: N/A N/A Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: N0\ 10^Vo Unlimited Thickness Plate, Pi . Tube (Bu�and TJoints) >3Odeg. Joint angle Groove: N/A �� Dim 10^�%"Thi�neeo FiUet/PorUo|Joint Penetudion: � N0\ ^24^Dim 18"0uUnlimited GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 80%Ar7.5% CO2. 2.5% 02 Ar., CO3. 02 Flux: N64 Sec5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: E70G-6 ER70S-X Filler Metal Specification: AVVSA5.18 AVVS,A5.18 Visual Inspection Results (4.0) Acceptable Yes or No: YES Bend Test Results Type Results Type Results Face Bend Acceptable N/4 N/A Root Bend Acceptable N/4 N8\ Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N64 Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 Fillet Test Results Length and Percent ofDefects: ^''^ Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A VVothe undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.1-15 Code, StructuralWelding Code Test Witnessed By: Daniel Grote Date: 10-17-16 Authorized By: DallaaKomm Company: Eaton Corp ceo �*�+� ^ � - Inc �—exo�r�� � D Welder's Name: Jeff Greene Company Name: Eaton Corporation Variables 2200Deer run Lone Murray, NE 68410-9 402-660-8806 Clock / Stamp #:O908 Company Address: Omaha, NE Date: 10-17-16 Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV SMAVV TranoherK8 � Globular Globular Welding Type-------nua|. etc.) Semi -Auto Senni+4— Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Position: 3G 1G.2G. uGann 1F. zF. Jp Progression: Up Up BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Base Metal Specification: 01.| D11 Bose Meb»rio| Grade: &36 Avvs o1 1 table 3.1 group 1 Base Metal Thickness: 3/8^^0o30^^ 1/B^to3/4^ Backing Material: A38 /wwo o1.1 table 3.1 Group 1 Base Metal Thickness Thickness Plate to Plate (Butt and TJointo) > 30 dog. Joint angle Groove: 3/8" 1@^\o%' Fillet/ Partial Joint Penetration: N/A 1/8"tu Unlimited Thickness Pipe /Tube (T, Yond w)» 30 deg. Joint angle Groove: N/A N/A Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: N/4 1/0^to Unlimited Thickness Plate, Pipe, Tube (Buftand TJoints) > 3Odeg. Joint ongKe Groove: N/A >24^Dim 1/8^tn1/4"Thickness Fillet / Partial Joint Penetration: N/A ^24" Dim 1/8''toUnlimited GAS/Flux Gas Composition: 8096Ar7.5Y6CO2.2.5%02 Ar,CG2.O2 Flux: N/A Sec5.8 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: E70S'0 ER70S'X Filler KUeto| Specification: AVVSAb.18 AVVSA5.18 Visual Inspection Results (4-6) Acceptable Yes orNo: YES Bend Test Results Type Results Type Keau8n Face Bend Acceptable N/A N/A Root Bend Acceptable N/A N64 Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N64 Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CW1 99080023 Length and Percent ofDefects: -- We the undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1. 1 -15 Code, Structural Welding Code Test Witnessed By: Daniel Grote Dote: 10'1748 Authorized By: Dallas Korus Company: Eaton Corp Powering Business Worldwide VVe|der/nformation. Last Name: c) Ll00ah@ Power Cen'er J9OODahlman Ave Omaha, Ne68l07 Maintonance of Welder Certifica-don Last four nf 3.S.#: 0 Date: First Name: Cerdfcat on /nfonnadon; Select the material forwhich you are maintaining your welder certification. Include you), certification number for each . AVV3 D 1.1'CarbonStee| Certification 'Certification Number: AVV3 D 1,6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVSD1.2`A|uminumCertification Certification Number: / AVVS D 1.3'5heetStee/ Fillet & Groove Certification -Cerdfication number: Verification: icertify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation nfcertification Supervisor Name: b nthe last six months. (� { Title: Signature: / � I_' Date: ^KV/[n ApproxedBy. Quality Cont Title: Signature: Date, o|Offioec Omaha Power GanteK 39O0Dahlman Ave Main,�enance of Welder Certi-11cation VVe|dor|nf0nna1ion; Last Name: n Last four of /� IS.#: /J�//' Date: / First Name: 6iI-o Cert-ifcat(on|nfonnation: Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVV3D1.l,CarbonSteel Certification ' Certification Number: AVV3 D 1.6'Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: ^+°+' AVV3 D 1.2`A|um|numCortdicadnn 'Certificatiun Number: AVVSD1.3-8heetSteel Fillet & GrooveCertification-Certificationnumber: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation ofcertification with inthe last six months. Supervisor Name: -- | � Title: Signature: Dote' ' ApproxedBy: Quality Control Officer: Title: - VVa|der|nfonnokion: Last Name: O00ahaPower Center ]9OODahlman Ave 0mahn,Ne681U7 Maintenzince of Welder cerd-l'ication Last four of S.S.#: 8otName: 06A CertHlcetion�nfonnation� Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification, Include your certification numberfor each . AVVSD1.1'CarbonSteel Certification Certification Number: A\VS D l.G'Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AWS D 1.3-Sheet Steel Fillet & Groove Certification - Certification number; 9L'_� /-� -DL-> S Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: (us Title: Signature: Date: Ani3r-'---,: Quality Control Officer: Title: F/ Si nature: Date: ff,6 ?l VVa|dor|nfonnadon: Last Name: Last four of / x /u / y7 /'� O00aha Power Center 590ODahlman Ave 0maha, Ne6O1O7 Maintenance ofVVo|dor CertMls@-L-Ion Date: FirstName: �arDfcat on |ofonn�Uon� Select the material forvvhichyou are maintaining ynurwo|dercertification. Include your certification number for each . AVV3Dl.1'CarbonSteel Certification 'Certification Number: AVV3 D 1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVV3 D 12'A|uminum Certification 'Cerdficetion Number: AWS D 1.3-Sheet Steel Fillet & Groove Certification - Certification number: /- Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation ofcertification with inthe last six months. -�_`^ / Supervisor Name: \ > //^ '` Title: �'&/) _ Date: / J ) /( � , 4ppnovedBy: Quality Control Officer: Title: Signature: Date: �(D ha Power Center 39OODahlman Ave Omaha, Ne68zu7 VVe|der{nfonna1ion; Last Name: nU Last fourof First Name: �o,bf�at/on|ofonTa�ioa� Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVVS D 1.1'Carbnn3tee| Certification 'Certification Number: AVVS D 1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVV3 0 1.2,A|uminum[nrtification Certification Number AWS D 1.3-Sheet Steel Fillet & Groove Certification - Certification number: ^49*�[k\ \]-� Verification: | certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: (t//�� \/ Title: Date: Approved BV: {ua|i�Co�m|O�cec �� r/+|~ /./� ..^.^. ^' ° ° Signature: /'���2�t��' / .~� rx'47 Dote: VVe|de,|nforma'ion: Last Name: Last four of S.3.#: Af CjQNah'-� %�0wer Center 59OODahlman Ave Omaha, Ne681o7 lViainCemance of Welder Certil:icatiori Date: / - First Name: �erUf�aiion|nformadon� 3e|ectthemateria|fnrvvhichyouarcnonintain|n8yourvve|dercertificadon.|nc|udeyour certification number for each . AVVS D1.1'[arbonSteel Certification 'Certification Number� AVVS D 1.6'Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVSDl.%`A(uminumCertification ' Certification Number: AWS D 1.3-Sheet Steel Fillet & Groove Certification - Certification number: Verification: | certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification the last six months, Supervisor Name: -- ) Title: Signature: Date: 11111(114 ApprovedBy: Quality Control Officer: / /Y 1/614 M_'�/ Title: � Signature: __ Powering Business Worldwide VVe/dar(nfonnationF Last Name: il' Last four of IS.#: 0 avo�a Power ,..~�� t- ev 3900 Dahlman Ave Omaha, Ne681O7 Maintenance ofVVe|da,CeriU]oat(on Date: F|otName: 6l// ' �� (( /0-)�' � ( o . _ certiOcat/011Informa1ion: Select the material for which you are maintaining yourwe|dercertification. Include your certification number for each . J�*���� ~- \ .-|�_\'� AVVSD1.l��arbonSteel Ccrbf�ation'Ce�ificntionNumbec -7~'� 0 ` '« '� AVVS D l.6-Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVS D 1.2`4(uminum Certification -Certification Number: AVVSD1.3`SheetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification Certification number: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation of certification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: Da 1 L> �O 0, S �� Title: Fa Signature: Date: ( '\� r)D--,) � '� ApproxedBy: Quality Control Officer: Title: Signature: Date: Ila Powering Hus�ness Worldwide Welder /nfonnat|on/ LastName: 00Naha Power center 3gOODahlman Ave Omaha, Ne68o37 Maintenance of Weldei, Ceriffication (/ky� /m^ Last four of 3.3.#: Date: First Name: �ertKicat�on|ofon0g�ion; Select the material for which you are maintaining your welder certification. Include your certification number for each . AVVSD1.l'CarbonSteel Certification ' Certification Number: ~~ AVVS D 1.6 Stainless Steel Certification -Certification Number: AVVS D l.I'A|um|num Certification 'Cert|f|cetion Number AVVSDl.3'SheetSteel Fillet & Groove Certification Certification number: Verification: I certify that the above named welder has performed the minimum welds required for continuation ofcertification with in the last six months. Supervisor Name: Title: Signature: Date: / �—~~(�|/b-\ �0k~S ' \ O/|/(o �/ � ' , ApprnvedBy: Quality Control Officer: Title: - ' - Dote: ` ^ �rvues Central States Inspection' Senices,In~' /200Doer Run Lane Pifwrray,@E8D409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: K0koKohuon Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:ES78U8OQ Company Address: Omaha NE Dmtm:12-2-13 QuaKO5edFor Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (QMAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (4um.Manual, etz.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: k2"A38 8onoted AVV3D11table 81 12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specificatinn D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Gmmm N/A N/A Fillet 10Gage 1OGage to7gage (B18^) An: F|uQ N/A N/A Arc Spot N64 N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nonunated Nunooatnd Thickness N64 N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G` Flat Arc Plug N64 M/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N0\ GAS Composition 9U%Argon, r.596CO2.2.5% 02 SO%Argon, 7.51/oCO2.2.5%O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70G-8 Visual Insvection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement BendTest Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent ofDefects: 1^noner/ Macro Etch Test (-uo/on):N/A Fillet Leg Size: o//o Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWl 99080023 Shawn VV Owens 9080023== QC1EXP.8/1/2014 /2'*-/I The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: _5bawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 - Authorized Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center VIcon ��,�� Inspection � ' Inc x_��]�01 � .�.~ ���Q� ���zc�8 nu 72D0Deer Run Lon* bfufray. NE 68409 Welder's Name: MikeKoUison Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock/ Stomp#:EQ78U8GQ Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12-2-13 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes: 1 1 Backing Material: | k2"A38 | Aanoted AVV8D1.1table 3,1'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel §oeoi5nodnn: D11 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gage 1GGage Uo7gage (3/G] Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N64 N/A Arc Spot N/A N8\ Are Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Noncom1od Noncomted Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 18. Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Are Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression NIA N/A GAS Composition gO%Argon, 7.5Y4CO2.2.5%O2 8U96Argon, 7.5}6CO2.2.5Y6O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER708-6 ER70S'8 Visual Insr)ection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Aooa*t None None Acoa^t Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent cf Defects: 4^None Macro Etch Test (Fuoion): N64 Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A FiUetVVe|d Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 _G8UO2a — The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, StructuralWelding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date 12-2-13 Authorized 8 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center Central States Inspection Ser-vices, Inc. 1200 Deer Run Lane illfurfa.y. NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Roger Sutton Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp #:E08QG111 Dmte/12-2-13 QWaKifiedFor Welding Process: GMAVV QIVIAVV Transfer Mode K3MAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (\um.Manual, om.} Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes; 1 1 Welding Curnent& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: Y2"A36 Aenoted AVVSD1.1table J.1'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: O1.1 D1A SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Gmmm N/A N/A Fillet 188age 1OGage to7gage (B1Ol Are P|ug____ N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Typo Nonooated Nonouated Thickness N8\ N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1C� Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition 8O96Argon, 7.5Y6CO2 30% Argon, TY16CO2.2,5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'6 ER70S'8 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept Nnma None Accept Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent ofDefects: 1^h Macro Etch Test (Fumipn):N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16" Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 Owens 80023—_ OC1E%P.8V112014 The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested inaccordance with the requirements of the AVVSD1.3'12Code, Structural Welding Codo—ShootSteo/ Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized By: Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center Services Central States Inspection Senices,Inc' Yl.-40s 1200Oeer RunLeno Murray.. NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Roger Sutton Clock/ Stmp#:EQ808111 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE VVPS No.: Prequa|ified Revision: O Date: 12'2'13 Variables Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Autn,Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto 8enoi+\uho Number CfElectrodes: i 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2"A36 8onoted 8VV8'D11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D13 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 O1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gege 1OGage to7gage (30") Fillet N/A N8\ Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nonooated NonuooVed Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N8\ N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAG Composition | en%Argon, 7.o%�O2 2�n�6�c _ gVY6��on.7.51/oCO2.2o%Ou ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'0 ER70S'0 Visual Insvection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: 4" None Macro Etch Test (Fuoon):N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N64 Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV|QQO8UO23 -Cvv/ t9066023 OC1EXP. 8/1/2D14 The undersigned inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, StructuralWelding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date:12-2-13 Authorized By; Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center C ervces Central States Inspection Services, Inc. 1200 Deer Fkfl lane iLiurray.. NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Bill Wiese Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center WPS No.: Prequalified Revision: 0 Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #: 4508 Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12-2-13 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAW GMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity; DCEP DCEP Backing Material: '/" A36 As noted AWS D1.1 table 3.1 '12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 D1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10 Gage 10 Gage to7 gage (3/16") Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Noncoated Noncoated Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition 90% Argon, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 0290% Argon, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S-6 ER70S-6 Filler F-No.: F4 F4 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept. None None Accept Acce t #2 Accept None None Accept Acce t Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent of Defects: 1" Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16" Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 Shawn W Owens a0023_. MCP. 8/1/2014 The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens i Authorized By, Date: 12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center son3oea K����,°| �+"�� ' Services, Inc.� ~�^~~.~ �.�~'� ��������� ��r���8x ^..° Qll -�'�f�n��-'l�����oJ�r�a 1200Da�Run Lon» N!umay. NE 68409 402-660-6606 Welder's Name: Bill Wiese Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp A\45U8 Company Address: Omaha NE Dute:12�-13 QUal[ified For Welding Process: GIVIAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Aum,Manual, etol Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Curmnt& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material; 1/2"A38 Aanoted AYVSD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 01.3 Supportin%Shon/ Specification: D11 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Guge 1OGage tu7gage (3/G") Fillet N/A MA\ Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATIN-GS Typo Nonooated Noncnated Thickness N/A MA\ POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N0\ N/A Am Spot N/A NIA Arc Seam N/A NW\ Progression N/4 N/A - GAS Composition 8OYtArgon, 7.S96CO2.2.5%O2 8V%Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.a9602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70S'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #i Accept None None Accept Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A and Percent of Defects: 4" None, thlet K0ouroEtch Test (Fuaion):N�. Fi|-LogS�e:N0A ��� S� ' ~''AOwens ~~`'^''^ Fillet Weld -----�: N/A Fillet Weld --'--�: - `� ~1J���XP &�/2O14 VVo|dingTest Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 98080023 /�-/�^1 The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1 .3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code-SWeetSteel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized�°� Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center enJmes C=ntr�| States Inspection Senices,Tnc' /200Doer RunLcn: Murra4;�E 66409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: Brian Guhravyer Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #t51G5 Company Address: Omaha NE Dmbs:12'213 Qualified For VVwkdin^ Process: GIVIAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (3MAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auho.Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number Of Electrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2"A38 As noted AVVSDi/taule%1'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 O1] / SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/ A Fillet 10 Gage 10 Gage to 7 gage (3/16^) Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Soot N64 N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Noncoahod Nonouohed Thickness N/A N64 POSITION Groove N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Are Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A | N64 GAS Composition $O% Argon, 7.5Y6CO2.2,5% 02 9V%Argon, 7.5�oCO2.2.5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70G'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Roouky #1 Accept None None Accept Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent of Defects: 1" nof Macro Etch Test (Fuaiqn):N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5M8^ Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable --_= Test Conducted -,._ Shawn Owens -..I-- St..u�Owens ~- 'bC1EXP,8M/2O14 The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, StructuralWelding Code-SheetSteel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Date: 12-2-13 AuthohzedBvr� r'�, Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center ceo Centrat States Inspection Ser6ces,In,_ 1200Doar Run Lane ildumay, NE 68409 402660'8000 Welder's Name: Brian Snhrawymr Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp A\5155 Date:12-2-13 Qualified For VVo|d)ng Process: GIVIAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode k3N1AVV : Globular G|obv|mr Welding Type: (Auto.Manual, etz.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 VVe|d|nQ Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: I/,"A38 | Aonoted AVV8D11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 108uge 18Gage <o7gage (3/6l Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N/A N64 Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N64 COATINGS Type Nonooated Nononohed Thickness N/A NIA POSITION Groove N64 N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A NA Arc Spot N/A WA Arc Seam N/A K0A: Progression N64 N/A GAG Composition 90% Argon, 7.5Y4CO2.2.5%D2 SV% Argvn7.s% CO2.2.5Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: -----� ER708'6 ER7D�-j�— Visual Inspection Test Results Spedmon Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Auoap\ F|let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: 4" Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV|Q9080U23 Shawn VV ()wens 023- /'' � / �J The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1,3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed BSh n Owens Date:12'2-13 Central States Inspection S' Inc 11200DeorRmpLeno Nfumay, NE 68409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: SulmmnoHemendoz Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock/ Stamp #:E07G003G Company Address: Omaha NE Dote:12'2'13 Qualified For Welding Process: GIVIAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode UGK0AVV; Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto.Manual, mz.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Curvmnt& Polarity: DCEP DC -- Backing Material: Y2'A3G As noted AVVGD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1,1 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Qnnmve N/A N/A Fillet 10Gage 1UGage !o7gage (3/1G") ArcP|u@___ N/A N/A Arc Spot N8\ N64 Are Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nnncooted Noncnatod Thickness N0\ N/A POSITION Groove Fillet Arc Plug @V\ Arc Spot NIA N4\ Arc Seam N/A Progression N/A Composition | 90%4ryon. 7.5Y6CO2. 2�59602 80%Argun. 7.5%CO2. 2.5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'0 ER708'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Aoun[t None None Aouo[t Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Aq�� Filet Test Results Defects - Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Sbo� 5�6^ /* �� � ` PU���VVmm�onunvKy: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Aocopt8 Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 vv Owens 0023__---- The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D-1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By:,,ShowVOwens - �j — n _K'��� Date:12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center oeo ��~t" Inspection � ' Inc. �~~�� =^������� ~e���8v �� V—-���n��—�z�oc»a��rx� 1200 Dear RuvL�ne i'llurray.. NE 68408 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: Bu|momHernandez Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock /8tamp#:EQ7GO838 Dwto:12-2'13 Qualified For Welding Process: GIVIAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode (GMAW: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto.Manual, go.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number CfElectrodes: l 1 Welding Current &Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: Y2"A38 8anoted AVVGD11tabl�31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1] | D11 SHEET STEEL Groove 10 Gage 16 Gage to 7 gage (3/6) Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N64 N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type Nunooated Nonuoatod Thickness m64 N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G. Flat Are Plug N/A N/A 4,n�put N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition e0%Argon, 7.s%C0o.o.5%0z 90% Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70S'6 Visual |nsDectonTest Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test RaauKa #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent of Defects: 4/,',,Ao Macro Etch Test (Fum|on): N64 Fillet Leg Size: N/A zq Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 The undersigned |nthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Authorized Bry, Qnte:12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center '1200Doer Ron Lane ilifumay, jVE 68409 402-660-8606 Welder's Name: Byron Boyd Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Clock/ Stamp #:240& Company Address: Omaha NE Date: 12-2-13 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: Vuto.Manual, otcJ Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: Y2`A36 Aonoted AVV3D11table 3112 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification O13 [1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 D11 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10Gago 1OGage (o7gage (3/16^) Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A NIA COATINGS Type Noncoated Nonunotad Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 1G'Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A NVA Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N8\ N7A GAG Composition VO96Argon, 7.596CO2.2.596O2 3O96Argon, 7.5%COu.2.5%Ou ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER708'6 ER70S'8 Visual Insi3ection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None Nona Accept Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent cf Macro Etch Test (Fuo�H��� (Fusion): ������5h(7 | Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 99080023 Owens /2'^-/3 The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Authorized Bt. Dote:12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center ����~ Inspection K��%l��@l =",=^� ���z��C��, Inc.�... 1200Doo Run Lena �rra�,, NE 68409 402-660-8806 uc. Welder's Name: Byron Boyd Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Variables Actual Values Company Address: Omaha NE Clock / Stamp #:240S Date:12�-13 Quafified For Welding Process: GMAVV dMAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: (Amto.Manual, etr.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Curnent& Pq|mhb/: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 1/2^A36 Aunoted AVVG01.1table 3]'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION . Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 01.3 Supporting Steel SpocificmUnn: D1.1 O1.1 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gogo iUGage to7gage (3/G) Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N8\ N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Type NnnooaUad Nonooated Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N0\ N/A Fillet 18, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A ArcN/A N/A Arc Seam ----- N/A N/A 9/pQreowinn | N/A NIA GAS Composition 80Y6Argon, 7.5%CO2. 2.5%02 gn%Argon. 7,5% CO2. 2,5Y602 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'6 ER71DS'8 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance . Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld prontum Test: N/A Len�mnand Percent o/vm/e�a�/��� � � � _ �� � '_' ' �mcnm �tohTww�(puo|on)� m»� Fillet Leg Size: mv� Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV 98080023 QC1EXP.8/1C014 The undersigned rtify that the in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: GhuwnOwens Dote: 12-2'13 Authorized —7�^ Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center orvIonu Central States Inspection Semices, Inc. /200Deer RonLeno i'llurraBtVE 68409 402-660-8506 Welder's Name: Luis Tonorio Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center VVPSNm.:Pequa|ified Roviuk/n:U Variables Actual Values Clock / Stamp #:3284 Company Address: Omaha NE Onte:12-2-13 Qualified For Welding Process: GMAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GMAVV): Globular Globular Welding Type: �uto.Manu�.mz.) Semi -Auto So -- uto Number OfElectrodes: 1 1 Welding Current& Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: Y2'A38 8onoted 8VVGD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1�3 Supporting Steel Specification: D11 Di] SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10Gege 1OGage to7gage(3/1G') Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A | N/A COATINGS Type Noncoated Nonuoatod Thickness N/A N/A POSITION Groove N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat 1G, Flat An;9|ug_____ N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A NIA Arc Seam N64 N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition L 8OY6Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5%D2 S0%Argon, 7.5% CO2.2.5%02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70S'8 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Roou0o #1 Accept None None Auoo|t Accept #2 Accept None None Accept Accept F|let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent of Defects'; Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16" Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 CVN 99080023 4/1120-14 The undersigned in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Shawn Owens Authorized nv`~'� c Date:12-2-13 Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center C'ervl»e« CentraL States Inspection Serxices, Inc 1200Deer Run Lane 4lurrk�, (,)E 66409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: LuisTenmio Clock/ St mp#: 3284 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE VVPSNo.: Prequa|ifiad Revieion:O Date: 12-2-13 Variables Actual Values Qualfied For Welding Process: GMAVV GMAVV Transfer Mode AGMAVV: Globular Globular Welding Type: (Avm.Manual, etu.) Semi -Auto Semi -Auto Number CfElectrodes: 1 1 UVm|d|ng CurnantQ Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: 112^A38 ^snoted aVVS D11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1] 011 SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Goge 1SGage hu7gage (3/8l Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A COATINGS Typo Nuncoated Nuncoohed Thickness N/4 N/A _ POSITION Gmme N/A N/A Fillet 1G. Flat 18. Flat Arc Plug NIA N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N64 Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition g0Y6Argon, 7.5% CO2.2.6"W02 g0%Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5% 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70S'8 ER70S'8 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Re info Bend Results #1 Accept Nona None Auoapt___] Accept Filet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent ofDefects: 4^None Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/4 Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CVV|S8O8OO23 9080023 OC1EXP. 8/1/2814 The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: ShemmOwens Date:12-2-13 Authorized By. � � Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center INC. v ces Central States Inspection Senices, Inc. s),;ris 1200 Deer Run Lane Murray, NE 68409 402-660,8606 Welder's Name: Mark Hite Clock / Stamp #: 3963 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE WPS No.: Prequalified Revision: 0 Date: 12-2-13 Variables Actual Values Quallified For Welding Process: GMAWGMAW Transfer Mode (GMAW): J Globular Globular Welding Type: (Auto, Manual, etc.) Semi -Auto i-Auto Number Of Electrodes: 1 Welding Current & Polarity: DCEP DCEP Backing Material: V" A36 As noted AWS 01.1 table 3.1'12 BASE MATERIAL SPEC FICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 01.1 SHEET STEELTHICKNESS Groove N/A N/A Fillet 10 Gage 10 Gage to 7 gage 6") Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A NIA Arc Seam N/A NIA COATINGS Type Noncoated Noncoated Thickness N/A NIA POSITION Groove N/A NWA Fillet IG, Flat 1G, Flat Arc Plug N/A NIA Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A -A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition 90% Argon, 7.5% CO2, 2.5% 02 90% Argon, 7.5% CO2, 2. % 02 ELECTRODE Filler Metat Class: ER70S- ER7OS-6 Filler F-No.: F4 j F4 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept AcciTIIIIIj 2 Acce None None Accept Accept Fi let Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: Acceptable Length and Percent of Defects: 1" none Macro Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: 5/16" Fillet Weld Concavity: Acceptable Fillet Weld Convexity: Acceptable Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWI 99080023 rJ The undersigned certify that the statements in this record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: Swn Owens Date: 12-2-13 Authorized Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center n W Owens 9080023-- EXP 8/1/2014 States ' Services, ����� �����������0� Inc.�� 1200Q»*ril?unLuna Nfurray.. NE 68409 402-660-8806 Welder's Name: MarkHUe Clock / Stamp #:3083 Company Name: Eaton Omaha Power Center Company Address: Omaha NE VVP8No./Prequa|ifiod Revioion:O Doto:12-2-13 Variables Actual Values Qualified For Welding Process: 8MAVV GIVIAVV Transfer Mode (GM4VV: Globular Globular Welding Type: VAuto,Manual, mc.> Semi -Auto Senni-Auto Number OfElectrodes; 1 1 Welding Current &Polarity: DCEP DCff_V Backing Material: 1/2^A36 Asnoted AVVSD11table 31'12 BASE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Sheet Steel Specification D1.3 D1.3 Supporting Steel Specification: D1.1 O1] SHEET STEEL THICKNESS Groove 10Gmge 1OGage Vo�7gage (3/6l Fillet N/A N/A Arc Plug N/A N8\ Arc Spot N/A IVA Arc Seam | N/A N/A COATINGS Type Noncoated Noncooted Thickness | N/A N8\ POSITION Qnzova N/A N/A Fillet 1G, Flat I8. Flat Arc Plug N/A N/A Arc Spot N/A N/A Arc Seam N/A N/A Progression N/A N/A GAS Composition 9U96Argon, 7.5Y6CO2.2.S% 02 8OY6Argon, 7.5%CO2.2.5%O2 ELECTRODE Filler Metal Class: ER70G'6 ER70S'6 Visual Inspection Test Results Specimen Appearance Cracks Undercut Reinforcement Bend Test Results #1 Accept None None Accept Accept Fillet Test Results Fillet Weld Fracture Test: N/A Length and Percent ofDefects: 4^None K0mcnz Etch Test (Fusion): N/A Fillet Leg Size: N/A Fillet Weld Concavity: N/A Fillet Weld Convexity: N/A Welding Test Conducted By: Shawn Owens CWl 99080023 Owens OC1EXP. 8/1QO14 /�`/—'3 The undersigned certify that the statements inthis record are correct and that the test coupons were prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of the AWS D1.3-12 Code, Structural Welding Code — Sheet Steel Test Witnessed By: StlawnOwens _, Date: 12-2-13 Authorized Company: Eaton Omaha Power Center BUILDING DESIGN BLUING 7-B 1/4'32Od IRIAOY NECK NSE41M VANES ROES: R-35 IOU R-211 Oil R-35 IN XO RLNONK DR XNAC CICTNG INNS NO SNOOK !ATM E41ANA ME CENTER OM B FENED 1 I BARRER AN 11/01 FPS FONT NEIEAIN MATERIALS ROOF t A41 PAEIS TIPEAD Roy 7ANNX SAXE AI RATES VAL NMAAO BAGREA3 CRUX IMA1IM MOO VDD SUS MCA Ba13 WOE BOLTS WINS ROOK PAMIS BASE SIRICIAi AA SEALWT PEAR NA SEALANT ENDS OMX AN OUR DARN MAC TIN SEX ASN A1011 CS•B PAO 1411 SEX WV A1011 CS-B P50 7N SFa MN A1011 CS-B PG 144 SEE ASN A101I CS-B PAO 1244 SEX AS% COI CS-B CIE 3/R' CA A9105 RUM ROD (3/11'-I1) 1/4' M NS 1015 HUED RW (1/4'-10) S1a1, ORAOE 4 AS 1 AM RUE S1E13, ASTI FS91C 0P NN ER70S-R NNL BECIROX TN ! ITN SUER al A101105-5 PAO A51 AE SEOERR< STEEL SXoES PANGS man ! RATES) EnNO= P0.1111TI87 4NANF PArt) 7x-4 GE 10DA SLCX SANK PAR1E GEBOX-1 04500 IC 51EN70 Sf8M1 PM111C0RIG0Y15 BOEING VAULT 28 SUBSTATION BATTERY ENCLOSURE EATON PROJECT NO. P3854 TUKWILA, WA 98108 DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS AZ 7-10 OCO1PANCI NTFECI 1 IBC OCCUPANCY CUSSFMAXIA 0-1 AC CUN51AICnaI 11PE: ♦-B FLOOR NE LOAS 113 PST ROOF UA. 10A1 30 PS, BASC YIA Mk 115 4PR EOIIOIEE u108011 C GM SO LOAD (Paj 20 PS7 WEAN CAVAN C NCO (C4& 11 WW1 FACIES I.0 MIK MNGEM, D SOA SE CAS4 0 ACDIIFRAnCI - BASED SE CEI7I01111(F4 1.0 MCC1Y - BASED STE Cm7NaE rd 1.5 SEX MIN SPOOR( VOX =EAATAl13 SW PE9I (9): 1514 1-5EWND PET00 (511 1518 SPECIAL INSPECTION A TEST REQUIREMENTS PER 2015 MAX ON NNDNC On VON 17041 S 4NK LE9ANAREN FOR SI5IIC RESS1AYa B REIXM PER 2115 MAXIM BAINI6 WOE 0718I 170441 PERIOOG SRNCM< Mx &RCM NC SROMRAI CB&IINAIAAS ILL BF REM C RANT BY NIC4A21 C SOEM%k PE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2015 NIEAIA714 BURIN WOE A1N NAMES ALQOIFNR 1015 REMAION< IEPIAX 41 WOE 51H WOKEN AIENONES TOTS WINCE STATE MERCY WOE AG C77302-19P3 FEE STAVE FEN WlALDO SA1MIAR Ell NAM EELGIAC WOE DRAYYNG IMDEK P3554-20 MET NfCGAIO8 t O3ER P754-AI RCM RA4 P3264-A1 EREANA F0EYA1CA5 (SR.1 C' 1) P3134•01 DUX EELYAIFD9 (711.1 CF 1) P3854-A4 BONG SEC133N !DNS P3354-51 BASC ROC PLAN t SEMIS P3554-SI ROOF FPAANC FLAN ! EEG P2B54-FI RECIRNE RAY P3354-F7 Aa ! 179-81111 RAG. EOM STATE OF MSHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES FIELD SERVICESAND PUBLIC SAFETY FACTORY ASSEMBLED STRUCTURES PLAN APPROVAL # SUBJECT TO FIELD INSPECTION OVERSIGHT OR VIOLATION OF RCWIS NOT INCLUD BV: }Mr i DATE:- 01 STATE OF WASHINGTON, DEPTOIR FAS ELECTRICAL PLAN REVIEWISECTION PLAN APPROVAL 1 i i901= GENERAL INFORMMJECT TO CODE AND 0.510080E BCNC TOO NCEI R SME XXX L YKN SE out 1.5 80014180 7755 EAST WARM NRY SOON RAVER RA PAN IINUACIOIBR DEN CRAW FO C @id 30W DARNAN AMNE ONION EBI07 51RLCNRW 510E MIX C SC}0YN0 PE 711 Can ROOD 427 ENE 11150 SEA FIE I ::),ilid ) APF AB01E FN9e ROW A75 MOON 014.1151R SAKI B/5Tl BEN C 5111 70C LUDWC 075 BAN-ID-BACA t 611ER DIE N CWINNURd X0 021E5 CA MWEE OSC IRAN46 6 010104 EP5 EAPAW'O PC1.1 1A0E E0 EQUAL N GWEE ADO DX COE E AMR URN M1NNN 810 NANUx 111NEFER SWITCH W CI DINER DIN Oh DINER AMRACE DPP 25707E PL RAE PSF POUNDS PER SCORE FOOT f&25E RaIPFA0ES SECT VD NR SNIAR SS PUSS SEa 1/WIIC 125 C 80550E 1/SAB 1N Cr SUB fit 11PICA1 Nnl 4087O MS ORNSNC Ng BEd CREAM) BY d105 CAW NIX EENFA. THE Ft VW OM 1NA11NF COAT VAS REFEff1 E RA 125E SEXUAL NAM 10 cm TIE 01C WAICIRA1XR AND ERNES 05 TQfm 1014E EWAN AND 1151 CRn0CA751 iX 25.125E RE 5110 B RN of SAD 05.41 BSI GAY. 0 Z 8 145 x w 0 z 0 z a F20 0 p W D: mJ 0 mz wi Ni 0 ¢ U WOL- 0 0 < < CC 00>CO O. DRAWING NO. P7854-00 4" X 12" PERIMETER WIREWAY KIRT 11 2 1/4" X 2" GROUND BUS SECTION "C—C" WSEC MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS: EOIAP4Q,'T Mt: SNIP - C00010 410E F50 UN115 035,000 BW/N 0 Rif 0)/ 75f v4, 00IDOOR AR IS 100 ES - HEATING 410E FOR 1.0115 455,000 Blu/N 0 47f du/ 43f rs, MOOR AIR IS 00 COP /A FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL SCHEDULE: BARD MALL 40NT HEAT PUMP OUTWIT T14E SNIP 400E1: 41044 COOLING BNR 11,100, ER 1020 RION DP NEARNG (47F) Dili 15,500, COP B.00 CAPAO1Y 1 CER TED IN ACCORDANff'Mi4 ANS/AR SWARD 390 EER • MERCY E 410340Y RA110 COP • COLi4K1E41 OF PERF00ANCE AND ARE GERM N AC07RDANCE MI1H AN9/ART STANDARD 390 EWP9E41 W1W1 CAPACITY IS N0 GEAR THAN DIE SBIALLESI AVAILABLE EOUP4EN1 SZE TNAT EY.(EEDS TIE CALCULATED LOADS ors " X 12" PERIMETER WIREWAY nr n nr N 1/4" X 2" GROUND BU FLOOR CUTOUT W/ COVER SECTION "A — OPERATIONAL NOTES: 1. Me OE1EC10R 1.1, A110 - MUST FAN 1UMIS ON, INIANE 1p114N5 OPEN, 1.1 AT - N0141040C4 SSNA1 SENT ID 04NER, 2 S40Q OEIECIOR 11, N01F01117N 94IAE SDI TO Ole UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE BUEDING DOOM ANO LEAD -CO BAIRRY BATRAY EIFC1R0Y1E SOLUTIONS ARE COR SKIRT 2 WIRY 51S1E4 A TO CONTAIN IS 04110 S Cf 4ECR0IYIF SIRIM. 0.1 GAL PER 51T1ERr, 24 BA10Rf lYSlE4) 7. WRY S4S161 B T010N1AN 1RB GLOM OF ELECTROLYTE SOIURp0. (1,1 GAL PER BATTERY, 14 94111 Y SISTEN) A RAINS TO RE INSTALLED ON SR Br O41RR (BO:ING), B; Z1 • a Z a J a 0 0 0 J L. CRA4INC N0. P3854-Al BOEING VAULT 28 SUBSTATION BAIILRY ENCLOSURE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS (SHT 1 OF 2) DRAWN SCALE 3/O / 9 1/2'=1' E;7•N CHECKED t4nvedal&Mrs KbiidxNa APPROVAL Omaha Power Center Dahlman 6810,159,1` Oma.NTa e (4o2)va Fox (402) 730.822. REV. ACTUAL SCALE I5 HALF OF C *IF NOTED WHEN PRINTED ON 11 X 17 PAPER / ATED SHIPPING HD O BOEING VAULT 2B SUBSTATION BA I1ERY ENCLOSURE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS (SHT 2 OF 2) DRAWN AMJ 3/01/19 APPROVAL 1 /2 =1'-0" CHECKED E=7•N 3900 Dahlman A.M.. Omaha Po a Cc 1e Te na r<Oz 7.49'00 Fax VO2 OAktka2i REV. ACTUAL a^atF 15 HALF OF SCALE NOTED WHEN PRINTED ON 11 X 17 PAPER. SEE DETAIL A/A4 IICA FORMED ROOF CAP CHANNEL W/ ANSI 51 BIN GLOSS FINISH 11GA FORMED ROOF PARR SR PLAN 3/8' 1E5 MID 011-8' 0C 140A FORMED CHANNEL, SEE DNG. S2 1/2' GYPSUM BOARD R-0.45/I/2' (THERMAL BARRI% VAPOR BARRIER 1" DOW 1HERMAA INSULADBN R-6.5/I (1H10,I0.8LOCN) 14G4 FORMED CH4NN SRf-DAPPING SORE e IBGA OOHING PANEL W/ WHITE HILW1 GLOSS FINISH I/4' SLR -TAPPING SCREW 0 0-8' 0C 1/2' GYPSUM BOARD 14A5/I/2" (THERMAL BARBER) VAPOR BARRIER 14CA M'ERIOR WALL BARRIER PANEL M/ WHITE HIGH GL05S FINISH DWALL DETAIL A7 R00F ALE: 3'.1'-5 UDR PiA1E SEE DWG SI A36 ANGLE, ER OWL, SI A36 CHANNEL SEE AWL 51 IICA ENDWALL GABLE 4/RA511NG W/ ANA 61 HIGH GLOSS FINISH 4515110A FOAMED CHANNEL fOr Nrc 0 2FRICA1 SECTSA7 ENOWALL 1444 SCALE: 3/8' SAE GRADE S eV 01'-8' 0C Al11NG 1N5AADDN R-13 IICA FORMED ENDWALLGABLE W/ ANA 61 HIGH 0.055 FINISH 3/8' SAE GRADE 5 BDU 0 0'-I0' 0CA 3/9' A36 510C 0GA 7GA FORMED END WALL U3 CHANNEL FICA EMIR WALL PANEL W/ ANSI 61 HIGH GLOSS FINISH JOHNS WANNLLE INS1LAD0N R-5.5/1' (1) I/O' JOHNS MANVNLB INSULAll0N R-3.25/1/2' AA2AIlGA FORMED CHANNEL DWALL DETAA AT 5 6 3/8' NEID SNC5 SEE SECT.1/51 A35 C31ANN1, SEE D'WG, 51 5 5/6' SPRAY FOAM INSIMRON MIN, R-5.5/1' SEE DETAIL B/A4 IICA WILL PAN1 OBASE OVERLAP W/ ANSI 51 HIGH 0.055 FINISH U 0 0 U1 F zEx *5J OW z 00 Q 4- 7U U nZ W 01 21 Nrc5 U 30 Z ZL- p W7F MC m>m 055 DRAWING N0, P3854-A4 1 /2° (4) 1" JOHNS MANVILLE INSULATION R-6.5/1" YPSUM BOARD (THE VAPOR BARRIER 1" DOW THERMAX INSULATION R-6.5/1" (THERMAL BLOCK) P3854 R00 18 A. CEILING BARRIER SEE SEPARATE WALL DETAIL \S,,LA 0\ D A 0 0 W a 148 o 0 J_ Q W Z 0 Ow Fm <0 Z 0 m° F JO 0 UIZ W mW NO 0 1 Z Z-0 WJF OQQ m>m gd a DRAWING NO. P3BB4-AB LEGEND. p 120VAC REEFRTAOE pC 120 RECEPTAGE 3-WAY INK NOD EYRRCR ON FU1l -21 Or FWORESOINT WIRE L na-am-s� 4 FLOOR CUTOUT COVER DC DOG SW. (A) rBATIERY r- CHARGER (A) 421/8" 4 9A MAT pU 36 5/8" I I yl ql IIIEXHAUST FAN (4YC89) — SHUTTER (4HX65) DAUERY' RACK (A s4L 'I NDONTAMENT i r� nB-BH1-1 I 04 (B) LJ BATERY �CBARGO (8) 12D12 EAr1091RE (PC. PST. BLO7A, FLEE N REUY) \I „ I II BATTERY BAD( SPIl� CW41AIfR2ENT (B r N 11 I HVAC W16HA CANOPY WOMB DAMPER 264KV SMTCHtEAR 50A p STANDBY PANEL V28-1 0 CIRCUIT 1-3-5 CABLE TO BE INSTALLED -BY OTHERS 4/C #8 AWG XHHW --- V28-BH1 Q`------------ 50A MAIN (1) 16 BARE-CU (1) flO XHHW-CUB TO V28-BH1 GND BUS - (2) j8 XHHW-CU HDT810 145230" �(2) 010 XHHW-CU (I) #10 XHHW-CU, CND (2)500 KCMIL MHW* - (1) j6 BARE-01_0 TO V28-BH1 ONO BUS — (2)500 KCLYL XHHW-CU-0 VAULT 28 0AT1FRV PNCIDSIJRF *UIIA- 4BA0C — RCMP (1) 110 X11HW-CU, TO V28-BHI GND BUS —(2)500 KCMI XHHW-00 RE BREAKER 400A n 00 26.4KV/120-240V 15KVA CPT2 SEE NOTE 5 S 0 (20A HVAC (2)500 4094 (2)500 KCMIL RI BBS* N (1) 06 BARE-CU 0— TO V2B-BH1 0 CND BUS (2)500 KC4II XHHW-00-4 I + - HO1B3 5D0 KCNIL1452301 1 I 48V1)C FEED TO P3853 PANEL V28-2 ONE L \E D AGRAM u 50A PANEL 1ACP (1) #4 BARE-CU NOTE 5 (2) 00 XHHW-CU INSTALLED BY (1)110 XHHW-CU, CRD OTHERS _(1) 110 XHHW-CU T0128-BHT GND BUS 2) HD1B2 L8 1452301 HW-CU C\V--(2)500 KCMIL XHHW-CU Dail* Y o--(1) E16 BARE-CU - TO V2B-BH1 CND BUS (0—( )500 KCMIL XHHW-CU BdII.9� NOTES: I. BATTERY ENCLOSURE EWWND BUS CONNECTED 10 91E GROAN GREG BY WSIDNER WRING FRDN WRDTAY 10 TIMES, SVGER, FECEPTACLEG MD BETAEI N RXRIPES IN NON. 3/4' ENL 3. WRING FRGN AC PA4ETBOAR010 BL0MNG NW IS A elk MY. 4, A 1/4114' a GROUND BUS WWS JINN DIE ROAR WALL TOE BATTERY ENG.09UBE ME 1/4'N4' W 6CW10 BUS EATS ME DN0.091RE AT TWO MUCK FOR META 1O STE GRWND G)10 BY INS WSIONER. S. HVAC MD BCS ARE MEI NEC 22530 AB MGM SWRCES O 9WPLY FOR MONS EMOTE CONDUIT RUNS: 1. WIC 3' DD WRWR 10 DC D=ONNECT, O'EMT OMR10 BBS 11/2' 111T CONDUIT TO BATTERY DURO. /2. 61T CONDUIT TO AC DISCONNECT. V28gi 8 AC PANELB0AR0 BATT A,B -BATTERY A 0R B BBS -BEST BATTERY SELECTOR BCA,B -BATTERY CHARGER A 0R B DC SWAB -DC DISCONNECT SWITCH A 0R B HDTB -HEAVY DUTY TERMINAL BLOCK CPT -CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER v a1 1 • 0 ,m Z CW Foe QD 1- 2 CO < 7U 0. NW -I ryQ } U ZUFO J O.< J ED>m 00 a DRAWING N0. P3854-E1 SUP PCRTS ESTIMATED MAX DEMAND( 5.5 kW ELECTRICAL SERVICE AMPS: IS.4 AMPS KAM% TYPE, EEDEROM, VOLTS, MAWS( KEML SWAGE 15NVACPI 120/208V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE RAMPS 30G% 2_4NQ tag, CIRCUIT USE LOAD FACTOR 0E4L4NO10AC NONUDUSjq, 4540 123% 5700 NC0N1MOHS jNS 24 100% 24 CEPTACIEI,5 600 ]W% 600 MAIN BREAER( 6OAMPS LOOK (L5 452 125% 565 HVAC(HP. 0 lq% 0 CRT N DEMAND BREAKER 104D AMPACm R1OWE BREAKER W(RING CIRCO!1 ft471NG SUE USE DESTAIP110N PNASE1O4D(VA5 BREAKER ACME MG BREARE4 DEMAND NPRESI2E AMRA C1i4 LOAD 14T4 4 Y 2 IXS(4IPTiON CIRCUIEUSE 3240 20 (2Ilt I) DOD 2P-2OA 12 2 8AT1EMOM 4GER"A" -IIIIIM-- 1620j 0 3 W 20 It5417,(15822END P-20A 12 N Ala?MBEPCCB ( 24 �4 5�452 ABl 20 j2jF71,(Q812 GN0 IP 2GA It C 20ERif 454442154 4252 7d ;2)450,)51122GND SP4OA 32 t FNIpEMER684555GN1 BECPTAC2ES EMTEMIOREIGHi55 4S2 ..®--�-� 60 6 1 ® 20 itl422,(11a126NU i. 8 min 72)412(p4a 'P^ 1P 20A 12 R 8 &0 20 j2j412,1i(412GN01P20A .. C ENUNM 4 2G 0MEI_ I I SPARE , WA SPACE SPAT ACE i Ell IIIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIII SR* 1111 111 ME PHAS54WTA0 2452 2132 SP 5(PIIASE210TAE PNASEYTORd NOTES: 1. PAHEL BARDS ARE COLUMNAR TYPE, 2 CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE NOT SHOWN IN ACTUAL SEQUENCE, 2 m €ao n\ o � Do Wp I= Ua Na J6 z ao la UN_ Q DRAWING NO, P3854—E2 Z Ow rD: QD m0 mJ DU VIZ W N� Zj4 WD- 0QQ m>03 11GA FMMED NU PANG EMAT Sr TM AN 01MM1. S6 PLAN ACM MECOO BEOEA O.PPBE01 ICAO BY OIHERS SUB FO.WABUI, BY MOW BENT PIAO AT EA01 N41 PA1EL ATVA0110 M41 PANEL IT/ (4)REEDBAGSt10 BE FLOOR PUTS N/ (3) MLD SNOB ANOE SEE KM Ak 01MN0 SEE PIA! 1o01 1MC4 SEEM A110JNOABm SC4£ 1'•1'-0 (91PPNC SECT. I OF I) (SEE NOTE S) 11P. m MCNOR LOCATOK (N) n SEE NO0 t1 A11A01 BASE FRAN610CEI O 1/7 WE S BUR 9i NM B WOOS 5111WIC4 SDOm Al BASE SUS S1 SfpE, I I/2•I'4 IIGA NALL ISUU1AH WRIER 4A2MIIGA P ON 0ANNEL 11M BOTH ENE Rem RAZE SEE OMO. 51 A]6 A4015 SEE ONC, S1 A36 Ma, SEE CNC. CAL SEL11ON A7 D5NA1 AIL 11/7'•1'-0' PANEL S/B CD SIDS SEE ECS.1/SI 110 DRAM 1NS DRAB BY EA U'S COO POMB OBODI OIE PE SUE ORS 11011115 NOWT MS MENEM FM 111 ZOOM DAIMON 10 0FNE THE 91; °MNR UNN% AND CUMOIIEIROS LSA. PEER 10 DIE WOMEN IS ME OWN BLARECE BOPEAAWSRANB SINUCNRAL OE901 CRT, 1. 0E5 DRANK 903 BE BASE RO, AS SEEM FROM ADE LIME INWE SNOW FOR B1Oftl611ON UMT 01 OS IOAOAOU! OM UWWI W2EAN10M (MOM HMG LOW001S EO.) 963YM UI 115 DEMO BEM LOG Fm CUOIRUC1M11 U I0OAA10A OOMMOIONS IN MN Al BE BAIT, O III! OAANEIA DCEP1 ABM. 1 N BE FLMOO 01 FO0AO5 CE00N BY OBOIS AA00O EASE FMNES N ROAM A SEE Ai01ECMiLL PLAN NEW FM AD01I0NL PROMO IMAM N01-NM1AGE CABLE EOM NO Ole mOD6S S. POO SO MOSS BASE ENE EN LP 101/1' ALL ME MT MOM S6 ARC.4RCNM4 FUN ND FOI 0NIULL DIIWSO B REZONE Wit 2.110AS LOOS ARE APPRONYAIE OS AS NEQi MY F6 FMI*11140 . 1 OE91N AN00R UK1CDUR AMO 10 STREW/ D*11*11 N REC00DW0 S. B 70A (03 t Cm1RU AREA) OR 116E (BBOM SMANUAR) STEEL FLOM RAE CO BAO FR411N0 LANDAU it =AZ 0WI9ONS WMl FM W00NOON Z.Y. MOO 0E5009 TO'AAPY 4TU4 OF9EPL WO SAGS ME N91O15 S0D, 01010E U Y. N 60 m ia\ N N Z 0 0 W m 2 0W z FD < m0 0. E➢-I 0 z 0 < N0• LC 0 G: LL ZJF W W04 m m>m m 0QQ Q DRAMS N0. P3854-51 1011 mN0 OMR PNE1 3/r IE1D SIIAS 11'4 0W 14W NULL BARUER PNQ IIW MO ROW PANEL EIEAY 16' 1111 2ND06A BEAT PM AT EACN Rs PANEL Ana N RV PANG N/ (3) NEID SNDS ANO N NAIL PANG N/ (4) KID SIDS rm'-4 SE PM N/ (6)1/01 ROE 5 Oa15 .I3411 WALL PANES N/ 1/N' ADE 5 Bats N 1'-4' CC 1 Ink ROff-1a5ALL D)DIE= 50 SOUP 11/2.4-0' i I � p W m TIP 4 Q m n � —' IIW R0t0 _ wW- sn PAN[IS T3P I` `u __-- mm R10GENIEN —fie. up n uW SPLICE LCOA1101 1 u fl % , m X116AR00F sTf? � - � I SFE NOTE 2 (2) 14CA COD-FWNm BIB DARED ROOF DUNES Sff N01E 3 ROOF FRAMING PLAN SOUP 1/r .1'-0' TIP 0/51L EL • 9'-5' AFF OR(0) 3/r WIDE 5 BOLTS um,—Woii I6SA CMS BARKER PANEL (B E MCl/ SECION A100AIE1 SR1Ct SI Mt 11/2.44' IIW FORMED Ka CIP WO) co SLIM EHA1 k' TIP 11W FORSED 854 EL SEE RAN 5111D 61B DE EIS 5 RAN DE 1/r Alm SND 01-ra 14W BIB FDam DIMS SEE RAN 1/5 LE (OWE 5 earl 1'-r 0C IOW325 6 BAROER Pat 0S2 1 W NOR BIB NOR MOSS -EOM VIE 11/2'4-7 1NS DRANXO MS BEN OEAMEO BY GPNR MIA PONO VIEN. DE PE MP Calina 13431 NR DCCUOENT NAS ROERDE RA I11E STRuC1l0A1 EVN1A15411 OEM DE S'$ 001141134 AAO CONPag151930 REM N 11[ EYAUTAII N AND 111E CENFIWa DOE0. 1318E SFWP IS 10116E 51RJLTJRAL CE3C4 0i1. NOTES; 1. AIR 00I144 SNDOS 0E RV FNAIE A113 NAZI$ AS gEN IRON ABOM, 2 0101116 3261RUCNNI (21016 Oa) OUSTS Cr 015100 WO CO 1r (111) E 42. (E1A5) NOE 033.0-6ORIf2 SEE *61132 ETU Tam NUR NNI CCO-FENV 51E11 EIDANL AS419IES, Balm ON NE 1O0 DE S Mau * 1ELN. a19515 OF AD-FORA2 511 Ira PNES OF 113E 949111 OO1X5 IN A IDRED WE AS A UP. SEE SECO 4/51 IIW FONED ROOF CAP CNANIA3 IIW FOND ROOF PANEL SEE RAN 1/8' ED SPA 01'-01 0C 14CA FCAOEO CNA*NEL SEE DOC. SB 1J4' 41F-13PPNC SL'REW 0 0-8.00 El */I rimiu kl I 9/111/14 11411.07411110 ONMSN Y/ ////AV ,' ':4VE 41/r 04 TRUEECIION AT Ma ARE S2 SCUP 1 I/7.1'-0. 1/B' SAE ME 5 BOLT 01'-8' 0C 1124 FD7Xm ENDO 3/8'SAEGNDE5 80.10 0'-10' 0GA 1/1/ 036 St 0 0'-10. OW 703 Filo END WALL CAP CNANNEL ij 7\ ao UI Z 0 0 w UI Z Ow z I- < m0 ID -1 0 VIZ Z f Cw < N} CO tt w311- 0 0QQ 0 m>m D: DRUNK No, P3854-S2 SAE GRADE 5 3OLT 318- 6 DC WI WAS DRILL & TA' I\ TO FLOOR A\C 0 D- 0000 EI\ T 3ISE FLOOR DEC A RENSION DATE DESCRIPTION MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN P.E. PROJECT PACIFICORP DRAWING TITLE COMPONENT ANCHORING DETAIL DRAINING STATUS SCALE DATE DRAWING SHEET RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION 3" 1'4" 25'Feb-4" SP3268-5 1 oF 1 C C C STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTION MANUFACTURER'S BUILDING SIN: P3854 MANUFACTURER: EATON - OMAHA POWER CENTER MANUFACTURER'S NUMBER: M-652 MANUFACTURER'S ADDRESS: 3900 DAHLMAN AVE, OMAHA, NE 68107 STATE PLAN APPROVAL NUMBER: 15FBS1900XXX {TBD} STRUCTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTOR: MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN, P.E. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD: MICHAEL C. STIEFERMANN, P.E. This Statement of Special Inspection encompasses the structural discipline only. It is submitted as a condition for permit issuance in accordance with the Special Inspection and Structural Testing requirements of the Building Code. It includes a schedule of Special Inspection services applicable to this project. The Structural Special Inspector shall keep records of all structural inspections. Discovered discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If such discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official and the Structural Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge. The Special Inspection program does not relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting completion of all required Special Inspections, testing and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. Job site safety and means and methods of construction are solely the responsibility of the Contractor. (4) SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS/STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS - P3854 VERIFICATION & INSPECTION/OBSERVATION EXTENT: (Continuous, Periodic, Submittal, or None) CODE REFERENCE(S) 2015 IBC COMMENTS DATE TASK COMPLETED / RESULTS Fabrication and Implementation Procedures Periodic 1704.2.5.1 Verify review of Quality Control procedures by Third - Party Inspection Agency PFS. Structural Steel Periodic 1705.2,1 Verify consistency with the structural calculations included in the Washington State Approved Plans and conformance with AWS Standards. Base Ginn& Welded Connections Verify consistency with AWS Standards Seismic -Force -Resisting System Periodic 1704.3,2, Verify consistency with the structural calculations 1704.6.1, included in the Washington State Approved Plans. 1705.12.3 Roof Panel Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Truss Verify consistency with structural calculations Wall Panel Verify consistency with structural calculations Base Channel Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Splice Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Panel to Roof Panel Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Roof Panel to Wall Panel Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Wall Panel to Wall Panel Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Wall Panel to Base Connection Verify consistency with structural calculations Electrical Components and Their Anchorage Periodic 1704.3,2, Verify consistency with the structural calculations 1705.12.6 included in the Washington State Approved Plans. Battery Rack Veri consistenc with structural calculations NOTE: All periodic Special Inspections and Structural Observations will be performed during fabrication by the Registered Design Professional in Responsible Charge who completed the structural calculations and evaluation of the equipment enclosure. Welded connections of the base channels will be inspected by a AWS Certified Welding Inspector. P3854 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation Battery Enclosure Bill of Material Qty Manufacturer & Cat. No. Description 1 AC PANELBOARD V28-BH1 ETN COLUMN ACP PRL1A-LX 2 AC PANELBOARD (POW-R-LINE1A-LX) P6A100BTOCD01 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE WITH NEUTRAL, 120/208VAC, 100A, 10KA IC, 30 CIRCUIT, COPPER BUS, 50A MAIN BREAKER BAB3O50, TOP FEED, SURFACE MOUNT, BOLT -ON BRANCH BREAKERS CONSISTING OF: 1- 2-POLE 30A BAB2030 8 - 1-POLE 20A BAB1020 1- CIRCUIT DIRECTORY - PLASTIC SLEEVE AND CARD DIMENSIONS: 69" HIGH X 8.63" WIDE X 6" DEEP 1 DAYTON 4YC89 EXHAUST ROOF VENTILATOR DIRECT DRIVE AXIAL, 14 INCH PROPELLER DIAMETER, 1/6 HP MOTOR, 1152 RPM, 115 VAC, CFM 1640 AT 0 INCH SP, 1363 CFM AT 1/8 INCH SP, ALUMINUM PROPELLER, SPEED CONTROLLABLE, INCLUDES NEMA 1 JUNCTION BOX 1 DAYTON 3C725 MOTORIZED DAMPER 16 INCH MAX FAN SIZE, 120/240 VOLTS, GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME AND VANES STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS SBS-H2 HYDROGEN GAS DETECTOR INCLUDES MAIN UNIT, ONE SENSOR AND ONE 25 FT CABLE, 120/220VAC POWER REQUIRED, 1 PERCENT WARNING RELAY WITH ONE NORMALLY OPEN AND ONE NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT, TWO PERCENT ALARM RELAY WITH ONE NORMALLY OPEN AND ONE NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT, 4.75 INCHES LONG, 5.25 INCHES WIDE, 1.4 INCHES DEEP 1 BARD W18HA-AOZZX4XXXXR HEAT PUMP WITH ECONOMIZER R-410A REFRIGERANT, EER 10.0, WALL MOUNT, 1.5 TON, 230/208 VAC, SINGLE PHASE, 16500 BTUH @47F HIGH TEMP HEATING CAPACITY (COP 3), 17100 BTUH COOLING CAPACITY (EER 10.2), ECONOMIZER (ENTHALPY), 1 INCH THROWAWAY FILTER, FRONT OUTLET, AUTO RESET HIGH PRESSURE AND LOW PRESSURE CONTROL, BUCKEYE GRAY BARD RG-2 RETURN GRILLE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, 45 DEGREE FIXED BLADES, APPLICABLE TO WA, WH, WH 18 TO 25 DIMENSIONS: 20 INCH X 12 INCH, OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS: 21 5/8 INCH X 13 5/8 INCH 1 BARD SG-2 SUPPLY GRILLE SIDEWALLL SUPPLY REGISTER, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, NO DAMPER WITH 3 SETS OF ADJUSTABLE BLADES, FRONT BLADES IN VERTICAL POSITION, APPLICABLE TO WA, WH, WL 18 TO 25, DIMENSIONS: 20 INCH X 8 INCH, OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS: 21 5/8 INCH X 9 5/8 INCH Page 1 of 5 C P3854 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation Battery Enclosure Bill of Material HONEYWELL TH6110D1005 THERMOSTAT LOW VOLTAGE T STAT, DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE, 1 HEAT STANGE, 1 COOL STAGE, 4 TEMP SETTINGS PER DA 24VAC OR BATTERY POWER, TERMINAL DESIGNATIONS C B 0 Y G W RC RH, CONTROL RANGE 40 TO 99 DEGREES F, LCD DISPLAY, BACKLIT, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING, 3 9/16 INCH HIGH, 5 13/16 INCH WIDE, 1 1/2 INCH DEEP, WHITE 2 LITHONIA LIGHTING ZL1N L48 5000LM FST MVOLT LED STRIPLIGHT 2 3/16 IN WIDE, LED, 42 WATT, EQUIVALENT TO A T8 LAMP, 48 INCHES, MVOLT, LOW PROFILE Z-STRIP CHANNEL, SNAP -ON FROSTED DIFFUSER, LUMEN OUTPUT UP TO 2,000 LUMENS PER FOOT, LEDS PROVIDE NOMINAL 80 CRI AT 5000K, BAKED WHITE ENAMEL COOPER LIGHTING LPXC25 EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN WITH FLOOD LIGHTS 6 INCH HIGH 3/4 INCH STROKE EXIT LETTERING WITH RED LED LAMP MODULES, KNOCKOUT CHEVRONS, SINGLE, OR DOUBLE -FACE APPLICATION, WHITE INJECTION MOLDED POLYCARBONATE HOUSING, 120 VAC SUPPLY, 6VDC LEAD -CALCIUM BATTERY, TWO 6 VDC 3.6 WATT LAMPS, 23.25 INCHES LONG X 10.75 INCHES HIGH X 4.25 INCHES DEEP PHILIPS LIGHTING COMPANY LPW7-1BZPCB OUTDOOR LIGHT FIXTURE DIE CAST HOUSING, LED ARRAY, 13 WATTS, 120V, 70 CRI/4000K, W/PHOTOCONTROL BUTTON, 3.87 IN HIGH X 7.57 IN WIDE X 4.37 IN DEEP, BRONZE TEXTURED PAINT 2 SBS BATTERY RACK EQ-SGX2-12 SBS BA I I ERY RACK 2 STEP, 2 TIER, SEISMIC RATED, 47.24" LONG X 26.18" WIDE X 62.6" HIGH. 269.4 LBS 2 SPILL CONTAINMENT W/PILLOWS SC50-28P8 SPILL CONTAINMENT WITH 8 PILLOWS, 50" LONG X 28" WIDE X 4" HIGH 2 AT10 BATTERY CHARGER SBS / HINDLE POWER AT10048040F208MXMXAXXXX BATTERY CHARGER NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 48VDC, NOMINAL DC OUTPUT CURRENT 40 ADC, FILTERED, INPUT VOLTAGE 120/208/240 VAC SET FOR 208 VAC, MEDIUM 25KAIC CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS, NO INPUT FUSES, MEDIUM 25KAIC DC OUTPUT BREAKERS, NO DC OUTPUT FUSES, AUXILIARY ALARM RELAY BOARD INSTALLED, NO COPPER GROUND BUS, NO AC LIGHTNING ARRESTOR, NO FUNGUS PROOFING, NO STATIC PROOFING. CABINET STYLE 594 DIMENSIONS: 18.00" HIGH X 17.37" WIDE X 12.75" DEEP, 180 LBS Page 2 of 5 P3854 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation Battery Enclosure Bill of Material 2 DC SW A DC SW B DH225FGK EATON FUSED BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH, 250 VDC, 2-POLE, FUSED, 400A, LUG SIZE: #1/0 AWG - 750 MCM CU, TWO AUXILLIARY SWITCHES DS200K2 DIMENSIONS: 44.31" HIGH X 24.12" WIDE X 12.39" DEEP BBS BEST BATTERY SELECTOR EJ5144-03 SBS/HINDLE POWER BEST BATTERY SELECTOR AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHES BETWEEN TWO BATTERY SOURCES. 300VDC MAXIMUM, 500A CONTINUOUS CURRENT, CABINET STYLE 1B. I/O CONNECTOR SIZES: 1/4" ZPS STUD CABINET DIMENSIONS: 26.25" HIGH X 15.25" DEEP X 19.00" WIDE GUARDIAN EQUIPMENT G1540 PORTABLE EYEWASH STATION 16 GALLON CAPACITY, GRAVITY OPERATED, 0.5 GPM FOR 15 MINUTE DISCHARGE RATE, INCLUDES 1 BOTTLE OF BACTERIOSTATIC ADDITIVE TO PERMIT STORAGE OF WATER FOR UP TO 6 MONTHS, WALL BRACKET, 22.5 INCH HIGH, 21.25 INCH WIDE, 18.25 INCH DEEP 1 VON DUPRIN 99-99L-1210 PANIC BAR ASSEMBLY, RIM EXIT DEVICE, REVERSIBLE, VON DUPRIN SERIES 99 WITH GROOVED MECHANISM CASE, FOR 36 INCH WIDE DOOR, US26D SATIN CHROME PLATED FINISH, 299 STRIKE PLATE, HEX KEY DOGGING, 99L OUTSIDE TRIM CONSISTING OF 996L-R/V TRIM, 2-3/4 INCH X10-3/4 INCH X27/32 INCH ESCUTCHEON, STANDARD LEVER #6, RIM CYCLINDER CUTOUT, REVERSIBLE HANDLE, US26D FINISH KEY LOCKS AND UNLOCKS, 1212 IC RIM CYLINDER HOUSING, US26D FINISH WITH 1210 X 626 REMOVEABLE CORE 3 COMPLIANCE SIGNS DANGER BATTERY SYSTEM DANGER SIGN, COMPLIANCE SIGNS, 10 INCH X 7 INCH, DANGER, ALUMINUM, "THIS BUILDING CONTAINS A BATTERY SYSTEM, CORROSIVE LIQUIDS (ELECTROLYTE), ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS, AND HYDROGEN GAS. AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY EYE PROTECTION REQUIRED NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES" GENTEX CORPORATION 917-0004-002 PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR MODEL 9120F, 120VAC, 9VDC BATTERY BACK UP, NOMINAL 2.5 PERCENT SENSITIVITY, 3 POSITION TEST SWITCH, 0.045 AMP OPERATING CURRENT, 1 FORM A AND 1 FORM C AUXILIARY RELAY, 40-100 DEGREES F, QUICK -DISCONNECT WIRING HARNESS, 6.5 INCHES IN DIAMETER, 2.625 INCHES DEEP 1 HUBBELL POWER SYSTEMS HBL1381I AC TOGGLE SWITCH SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW, CENTER OFF, 15 AMP, 120 TO 277 VAC, IVORY COLORED HANDLE Page 3 of 5 P3854 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation Battery Enclosure Bill of Material 1 ARLINGTON INDUSTRIES 03266448815 AC SWITCH 1301-7V-BU 20 AMP 120 VOLT, IVORY COOPER WIRING DEVICES CR2OV RECEPTACLE 20 AMP, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, 2 POLE 3 WIRE GROUNDING, COMMERCIAL SPEC GRADE, SIDE WIRE, FOR INDOOR USE, IVORY ARLINGTON INDUSTRIES 03266459108 GFCI RECEPTACLE 20 AMP, 125VAC, NEMA 5-20R, DUPLEX, IVORY COLOR 1 RECPT COVER 78618900616 COVER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, SINGLE COOPER WIRING DEVICES TWRVGF2OW GFCI RECEPTACLE 20 AMP, 125VAC, NEMA 5-20R, DUPLEX, MEETS ALL UL943 (GFCI) AND UL498 (RECEPTACLE) REQUIREMENTS, 2008 NEC 406.8 WEATHER RESISTANT COMPLIANT, WHITE COLOR 1 OMAHA WINLECTRIC S26 COVER GFCI RECEPTACLE, SINGLE, SS TAYMAC MX3200 WEATHERPROOF COVER DIE CAST, ONE GANG, WHILE IN USE, RECEPTACLE TYPE DUPLEX/GFCl/ROUND, VERTICAL MOUNTING ORIENTATION, SELF CLOSING LID STYLE, GRAY BASE AND COVER, INCLUDES INSTALLATION HARDWARE, SEALING GASKETS, DIMENSIONS: 5.75 INCH HIGH X 3.25 INCH WIDE X 3.25 INCH P MARATHON SPECIAL 1452301 POWER SPLIC R LOCK 2 POLE, 760 AMPS, 600 VAC/VDC MAX, 760 AMP COPPER WIRE, 620A ALUMINUM WIRE, PHENOLIC INSULATOR BASE, TIN PLATED HIGH CONDUCTIVITY ALUMINUM CONNECTOR, 2 OPENINGS PER POLE ON LINE SIDE WITH 500 KCMIL TO 4 AWG WIRE RANGE, 2 OPENINGS PER POLE ON LOAD SIDE WITH 500 KCMIL TO 4 AWG WIRE RANGE, 5.85 INCHES LONG, 5.50 INCHES WIDE, 3.12 INCHES HIGH 3 MARATHON SPECIAL CC1452 POWER TERMINAL BLOCK COVER 2 POLE, CLEAR COVER, FOR USE WITH MARATHON 145 SERIES POWER TERMINAL BLOCK, THREAD CU11ING SCREWS, 5.56 INCHES LONG, 4.50 INCHES WIDE, 0.06 INCH THICK 1 MARATHON SPECIAL 1322572CH POWER SPLICER BLOCK 2 POLE, 175 AMPS, 600 VAC/VDC MAX, 175 AMP COPPER WIRE, 135 AMP ALUMINUM WIRE, GLASS FILLED POLYCARBONATE INSULATOR BASE, TIN PLATED HIGH CONDUCTIVITY ALUMINUM CONNECTOR, HINGED COVER, 1 OPENING PER POLE ON LINE SIDE WITH 2/0 AWG TO 14 AWG WIRE RANGE, 1 OPENING PER POLE ON LOAD SIDE WITH 2/0 AWG TO 14 AWG WIRE RANGE, 1.82 INCHES LONG, 3.00 INCHES WIDE, 2.57 INCHES HIGH WITH COVER c P3854 Platt Electric Supply Vault 28 Substation Battery Enclosure 25 FERRULE 500KCMIL ALTECH CORP UNINSULATED FERRULES FOR 500MCM CABLE, BARREL LENGTH: 40 MM, DIAMETER 23 MM, FLARED END 25 MM Page 5 of 5 n Powering Business Omaha Power Center NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE N�C1 WId�' PLATTE ELECTRIC SUPPLY BOEING PLANT 2 VAULT 28 BATTERY ENCLOSURE DOCUMENT: Copy of P3854 NPL NonStandarc REVISION: FINAL MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size (in) Text Ht (in) Color PIt/Txt BCA 1 BATTERY CHARGER BCA FED FROM AC DISCONNECT IN AC PANEL BOARD V28-BH1 2 X 4 3116 B/W BCB 1 BATTERY CHARGER BCB FED FROM AC DISCONNECT IN AC PANEL BOARD 1ACP CKT 5, 7 IN 26.4KV SWGR BLDG 2 X 4 3116 B/W DISC SW A l DC SW A DC DISCONNECT FOR BATTERY A 2 X 4 3/16 BIW DISC SW B 1 DC SW B DC DISCONNECT FOR BATTERY B 2 X 4 3116 B/W 1 BATTERY BANK A 1 X 3 3/16 BIW BATTERY BANK B 1 X 3 3116 BIW - 1 AC PANELBOARD V28-BH1 1 X 3 3116 B/W 1 OUTDOOR LT 1 X 3 3/16 B/W 1 o z 2 Li, LL 0 o Q 1 X 3 3/16 B/W 1 AISLE LT 1 X 3 3/16 BAN 1 BEST BATTERY SELECTOR 1 X 3 3/16 BIW 1 BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1 X 3 3116 BIN HVAC AC DISC 1 HVAC AC DISCONNECT IN AC PANEL BOARD 1ACP CKT 1, 3 IN 26.4KV SWGR BLDG 2 X 4 3116 BAN P3854 NPL NonStandard Page 1 of 3 71312019 0 E:t�N 0 Omaha Power Center NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE Powering Business V/orldwide PLATTE ELECTRIC SUPPLY BOEING PLANT 2 VAULT 28 BATTERY ENCLOSURE DOCUMENT: Copy of P3854 NPL NonStandarc REVISION: FINAL MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size (in) Text Ht (in) Color PIt/Txt 1 HVAC THERMOSTAT 1 X 3 3/16 BIW 1 HYDROGEN DETECTOR 1 X 3 3/16 BM 1 HMI PANEL 1 X 3 3/16 B/W 1 STATION BATTERIES A 48VDC 5 X 11 1" WIB 1 STATION BATTERIES B 48VDC 5 X 11 1" WCB 1 SWGR DC 100A CONTROL POWER 1 X 3 114 RNV 1 ALARM RELAY 27AL-BC 1 X 3 3116 B/W 1 ALARM RELAY 27AL-SMKJH2 1 X 3 3/16 B/W 1 TIE BREAKER 1 X 3 3116 B/W 1 3 POWER DISTR BLOCK MOUNTED INSIDE (48VDC) 1 X 3 3/16 B/W 1 48VDC, 400A FEED TO REMOTE SWITCHGEAR 1 X 3 3116 BIW 1 HVAC DISCONNECT INSIDE FED FROM PNLBD AC1 1 X 3 3/16 BAN 1 BEACON I ALARM CONTROL ENCLOSURE 1 X 3 3/16 BIW P3854 NPL NonStandard Page 2 of 3 713/2019 n Omaha Power Center NAMEPLATE SCI-EDULE Powering Business Worldwide PLATTE ELECTRIC SUPPLY BOEING PLANT 2 VAULT 28 BATTERY ENCLOSURE DOCUMENT: Copy of P3854 NPL NonStandarc REVISION: FINAL MOUNTING: ADHESIVE NP # Qty Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Plate Size (in) Text Ht (in) Color PItITxt MOUNT ON V28•BH1 FRONT COVER 1 1201208 VOLTS A PHASE = BLACK B PHASE = RED C PHASE = BLUE NEUTRAL = WHITE 2 X 4 3/16 B/W P3854 NPL NonSfandard Page 3 of 3 713/2019 c Department of Labor and Industries Factory Assembled Structures PO Box 44430 Olympia WA 98504-4430 www.wa.gov/In i/FAS/ (case sensitive) The Factory -Built unit identified below requires completion work at the site as specified. Paid date Column Check Fee NOTIFICATION TO LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY Date 7/03/19 M GS2 Mfg Eaton Corp - Omaha Power Center Owner's name PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY (Boeing) [fgr's serial no, P3854 Dept insignia no. Installation address 7755 East Marginal Way South Type of construction II-B Occupancy S-2 City Tukwila State ZIP+4 WA 98108 Count King ETA at site 7/25/19 Phone number 253-740-0214 Installation site is in: ./ City County DESCRIBE ITEMS REQUIRING COMPLETION WORK AT THE SITE BUILDING DEPARTMENT www.wabo.org/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA ELECTRICAL DEPARTMENT www.wa.gov/Ini/electrical/ INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS IN SHADED AREA To: Jerry Hight MCP To: Jim Benner, Inspector Building Official, City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blcd #100 6300 Southcenter Blvd #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tukwila, WA 98188 www.ci.tukwila.wa.us www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Placing completed factory assembled on prepared See drawing P3854-E1 which indicates each feeder. foundation and securing with anchors. AC Panelboard V28-BH1 is to be wired to control building V28-I by customer at site. Category III Structural Observation for seismic and wind HVAC is to be wired to control buildng panel board IACP requirement for attachment to foundation. by customer at site. Battery charger BCB is to be wired to control building panelboard lACP by customer at site. Batteries will be installed by customer at site. Grounding electrode system will be installed by customer at site. Inspector's name (print/type) Phone: (8 am to 5 pm) C Office location 3900 Dahlman Avenue, Omaha, NE 68107 Manufacturer's name (print/type) Eaton Corporation - Omaha Power Center Date 7/03/19 Manufacturer's i4rurr 010-/ 6 F623-013-000 notification to local enforcement agency 03-2009 RESET 1 11 1 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Intro Commercial Provision Chapters 1 - 5 of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code apply to all commercial occupancies, R-2, R-3 & R4 occupancies greater than 3 stories above grade, and R-1 occupancy (all building heights). This file, ENV15-v4.XLSM, has electronic compliance forms for general project information including Section 0406, and envelope provisions as defined in Sections C101, C303, 0402, C406, Chapter 5 (existing buildings) and Appendix A (default values) for Climate Zones 4c and 5b. There are two companion files: LTG15-v4.XLSM (Section C405 lighting and electrical systems), and MECH15-v4.XLSM (Section C403 and C404 mechanical and service water systems). Energy Code This form is a compliance aid and is not a substitute for the full energy code text or specific jurisdiction compliance requirements. Users should refer to the code text and contact the local jurisdiction for complete information. The full 2015 WSEC code text is available for download from the NEEC website: httpiwww.neec.net/enerqv-codes Start-up Select this file from the NEEC website to download to your computer. When opening the file be sure to Enable Macros. Overview This file is an Excel workbook that contains multiple compliance forms and resources in Excel worksheets. Each worksheet is indicated by a tab at the bottom of the screen. You may visit each worksheet by selecting it's tab. If you cannot see these tabs, select "Full Screen" in Excel. Most calculations are automated. Cells that display informational text and the results of calculations are write - protected and cannot be edited. Save Files This file is saved in the same manner as any standard Excel file. Getting Around Some forms have two or more pages. Both pages are available on screen when you select the tab for a form (worksheet), Use the scroll bars to find the second page located below the first page. Input Cells All general project information and the date are entered once on PROJ-SUM. This information is automatically replicated on all other ENV forms. The PROJ-SUM form accompanies all other ENV forms. Only input cells are accessible. If you try to edit a write -protected cell an error message will appear requesting a password. A password IS NOT required to complete these forms. You may use the TAB key to move to the next input cell. If the TAB doesn't take you where you want to go, use your mouse to move around the form, Avoid excessively long text strings when entering information. In some cases, text that extends beyond the available space will not be visible. In most cases the text will wrap within the cell. This may force part of the form onto a new page. To enter the date, use this format: mm/dd/yyyy. For example, you would enter 7/1/2018 or 12/21/2018. Check boxes can be checked or unchecked by clicking in the box with your mouse. Radio buttons (circles) allow only one in a set to be selected. Drop -down lists have an arrow at the right side of the cell. Click on the arrow with your mouse and select the appropriate option. Use the delete button on your computer to clear a drop -down entry. When a form has a space for notes or explanation, click anywhere in the space to edit. Personalizing You can personalize the forms with your company name, address, phone, or any other information. This is done by editing the header or tooter in Excel. Adding Lines and Removing Many tables, such as for listing envelope assembly types, have a certain number of lines available for entering data. You may need more lines to enter all your information, Where this feature is available, you can add additional lines to the table by selecting the "+" button on the right hand side of the table with your mouse. If you can't see the "+" button, scroll to the right or increase the View Zoom setting for the worksheet. To remove lines that you have added, select the "2 button with your mouse. You cannot remove lines that were not added; an error message will appear if you try. If you add additional lines with this method, the pagination may be affected forcing the forms to carry additional lines over to other pages. Be sure to submit all pages to the plans examiner. Target Insulation Allowance You must select an Target Insulation Allowance on ENV -SUM (line 17) to enable the forms. Compliance Path You must select a Compliance Path on ENV -SUM (line 18) to activate the correct input method for Window -to -Wall and Skylight -to -Roof ratios. w m w 2016 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Fenestration Area For projects complying via the Prescriptive Path, enter the vertical fenestration area, net wall area (includes everything except vertical fenestration).skylight area and net roof area (includes everything except skylights) directly into the Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation input cells onthe ENV -SUM m� mvmnthe Txo,mua|ou|a�oo vWndo,+o-Wanand 8xynQhmo'noofratios. For projects complying via the Component Performance Path, the Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area inputs in the ENV -SUM form are write protected. Enter all applicable envelope information in the ENV-UA form. The resulting Window -to -Wall and Skylight -to -Roof ratios will auto fill into the ENV -SUM form from the ENV-UA form. Vertical Fenestration Altexnatee The prescriptive vertical fenestration target area is 30%. This target increases to 40% if the project complies with the requirements ofC4O2.4.1.1inbuildings =3stories with 5n% floor area inthe daylight zone, C^02.4.1.1inbuildings with � 3stories with ua%ofnet floor area mthe daylight zone, C4O2.4.1.3high performance vertical fenautrauvno,C402.4.1.4 dedicated outdoor air uyv�m(ocmo). ' If the project is eligible for one of these alternates, select the corresponding button on Line 34-39 of the ENV -SUM form, This will re -calculate the prescriptive target area in the ENV -SUM and ENV-UA forms based on4O%. Component Performance K`a}co}atiMlu Adjustments If the project is a Change of Occupancy (per C503.2) or Space Conditioning (per C505) and the project will comply via component performance, then select checkbox in Line 19 of ENV -SUM to adjust UA calculation to allow proposed UA to be 18%hiQher than the Code targetVA . |fthe project will comply with the Enhanced Envelope additional efficiency package option per C406.8, then an ENV- UA form to demonstrate component performance compliance is required. Select checkbox in Line 19 of ENV -SUM to adjust component performance calculation to test whether the proposed UA is 15% lower than the Code target Ux. Target �e Area Adcz�t�maod —` Target Area Adjustment is required if the project exceeds the prescriptive target area for vertical fenestration or oxyngmx. Adjusted target areas are automatically calculated inthe swV-UA form using envelope assembly areas you en�rfor your p,�� o. Adjusted target areas will m�the R*�m Refer Area Adjustment wmrkmheet for the supporting calculations. Printing The forms should print on any printer supported by your operating system. You will need to have the following TmuTypefonts installed under Windows: /*ia|.Times New Roman, Courier New and vmngmnga. These are all standard Windows fonts. If you are losing form details when printing, you may have a shortage of printer memory. Try printing problem pages individually. aydefault, only the active womuxoet|oprinted. Toprint more than one wmmu»ee matime, open your print set-up menu and select either the page range you wish tuprint u,Entire Workbook. Forms (womnhnoto)inaworkbook may not hodeleted because the file iolocked. Blank Forms NEEC does not recommend completing these compliance forms by hand. Most worksheets run various calculations and compliance checks. For this reason, many jurisdictions do not accept these forms ifnot completed electronically. Verify with your jurisdiction prior to submitting forms completed by hand, Tnprint blank forms mfill out uyhand, delete all mthe heading information atthe beginning orENV-SUM and select the desired Occupancy Group. For each radio button group there is a button labeled "Clear." Clicking this button will clear the other buttons so that they will print aaempty circles. The ^C|aar^button will not print. End of Instructions for Electronic Forms Project Summary, pg 1 PROJ-SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 General Info PROJ-SUM form shall be provided as cover sheet for all a compliance form submittals. Project Title shall match project plans title block. Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 Project Street Address: 7755 East Marginal Way South For Building Department Use Project City, County, Zip: Tukwila, WA 98108 Project Owner or Rep: Boeing Jurisdiction: Project Description Select all that apply to the scope of project. Select Addition + Existing or Alteration + Existing if the existing building will be combined with the addition or alteration to demonstrate compliance per Section C502.1 or C503.1. New Construction 2 New Building Existing Building Ell Alteration 0 Historic Building Elements ID All Ell Service Hot and Additions 0 Change in Space Conditioning EI Mechanical Systems 0 Electrical Systems • Building Addition Retrofit I] Change of Occupancy Building Scope - Select all that apply SI Building Envelope Water Systems Elj Lighting Systems Occupancy Type * All Commercial 0 Group R - R2, R3, & R4 0 Mixed Use over 3 stories and all R1 Mixed Use - Building is greater than three stories above grade and it has both Commercial and Group R occupancies. Mixed Occupancy - Building is three stories or less above grade and it has both Commercial and Group R2, R3 or R4 occupancies. Select All Commercial to document compliance for the commercial areas of the building. The residential spaces shall comply with the WSEC Residential Provisions. Space Conditioning Categories Select all that apply to the scope of project Li Fully Conditioned El Semi-heated2 0 Refrigerated Spaces (Warehouse and/or Walk-ini) 2 Low Energy Space Category3 Eligible Low Energy El Unconditioned Ej Wireless equipment Spaces capacity El Equipment building III Low energy heating/cooling service 0 Greenhouse shelter Floor Area and Stories ors Ab Floadeove Gr Building Gross Conditioned Floor Area Project Gross Conditioned Floor Area 1 154 Sq Ft 154 Sq Ft General Compliance Path () Compliance Method 1 - General 0 Compliance Method 2 - Total Building Compliance Method 1 - Projects shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable mandatory and prescriptive requirements of this code. Refer to C401.2, Item 1 for more information. Compliance forms to include with a Prescriptive submittal: All applicable ENV, LTG, and MECH. Compliance Method 2 - Projects complying via total building performance (TBP) shall include a summary of results from a whole building energy model per Section C407 and shall demonstrate compliance with all applicable mandatory provisions in this Code. Refer to Section C401.2, Item 2 for more information, Compliance forms to include with a TBP submittal: PROJ-SUM, ENV-CHK, LTG-EXT, LTG-CHK, and a// MECH forms except MECH-ECONO and MECH-VENT (pending). Note 1 - Refrigerated Spaces - They shall comply with the envelope and refrigeration equipment requirements in Section C410. Warehouse coolers and freezers shall also comply with the envelope requirements in C402. C410 takes precedent for overlapping requirements. Note 2 - Semi -heated Spaces - If heated with equipment other than electric resistance may take an exemption for wall insulation. All other envelope assemblies shall comply with the thermal envelope provisions. Note 3 - Exemptions For Low Energy Spaces - Low Energy spaces are exempt from all provisions in WSEC Section C402 Building Envelope, however all other applicable provisions in the Code do apply including lighting, mechanical, service water heating, etc. Note 4 - Eligible Space Conditioning For Low Energy Greenhouses - Greenhouses are defined as spaces that maintain a specialized sunlit environment that is used exclusively for cultivation, protection and maintenance of plants. Cooling with outside air and/or evaporative cooling, and any form of heating equipment, are allowed under the Low Energy Greenhouse category. Greenhouses with cooling equipment that requires a condensing unit are NOT eligible, Project Summary, pg 2 PROJ-SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 General Info Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 C406 Additional Efficiency Package Options Summary A minimum of two Options are required for new construction, and change in space conditioning or occupancy projects. Select all Options included in the current project scope. Also select Options complied with under previous projects (shell and core, other tenant Buildings with multiple tenant spaces may comply with different options (mix & match). Options are required for all space conditioning categories. Include discipline specific information for C406 options in ENV -SUM, LTG -SUM and Refer to SBCC website for regcial interpretations regarding C406 provisions. Building level efficiency options: Current Scope Previous Projects C406.8 Enhanced envelope performance ❑ • C406.9 Reduced air infiltration ❑ ❑ C406.5 On -site renewable energy • • Building area level efficiency options C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment ❑ p C406.6 Dedicated outside air systems (DOAS) ❑ ❑ C406.7 Reduced energy use in service water heating ❑ • C406.3 Reduced lighting power ❑ C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls • C406 Comments: C406.3 Reduced lighting power : Total Interior Lighting Power (watts) < or = (Lighting Power Value [Table 84 watts <or = (0.76 watts/sq.ft*154 sq.ft )*75% 84 watts < 88 watts (Per C406.3.1 the total lighting power is 75% or less floor area ) C406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment Per C406.2.1, the HVAC capacity is serving no less than 90% of the building. AOZZ)17100 BTUH coolingcapacity specification fit the criteria in Talbe p Y p (Through -the -wall, air cooled) and size category <or= 30,000 btu/hAb. C405.4.21X Floor of i:he lighting power Our Heat Pump C403.2.3 1 A, equipment ()type Area )*75% value times (Bard W18HA- t e C Envelope Summary ENV -SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Info Applicant Info. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about information provided. Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 Company Name: Eaton - Omaha Power Center For Building Department Use Company Address: 3900 Dahlman Ave., Omaha, NE 68107 Applicant Name: Amy Jewell Applicant Phone. (402) 609-4715 Applicant Email: amyjeweli@eaton.com Project Description El New Building E] Addition ❑ Alteration • No Envelope Scope Envelope Project Scope Select all that apply. Use - Commercial + Group R Freezer El Equipment Building a All Commercial • Group R - Commercial ❑ Mixed ❑ Semi -heated ❑ Refrigerated Cooler ❑ Refrigerated Envelope Description Provide brief description of the project and relevant supporting documentation. If project includes multiple Target Insulation Allowance areas, and/or is demonstrating compliance as an Addition + Existing, Alteration + Existing, or Addition + Alteration + Existing project, provide a brief summary of the approach to whole building compliance. Battery Enclosure Aix Barrier Testing Air barrier testing is required for all new construction projects. Testing criteria is 0.40 cfm/ft2 under test pressure of 0.3 inch w.g. To comply with C406.9, demonstrate that measured air leakage of building envelope ❑ Air barrier testing per Section G402.5.1.2 included in project scope Air Infiltration Room."see page 00 and A4 " ■ Additional Efficiency Package Option - C406.9 Reduced p Testing not required. Explanation: Not a pressurized Compliance Documentation Scope and Method Scope of This Calculation CI New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ No Envelope Scope Target Insulation Allowance Sets the title and calculations in the compliance forms. Selection required to enable forms. ® Fully Conditioned - Commercial, Group R, Mixed Use 0 Semi -heated 0 Refrigerated Cooler O Refrigerated Freezer If project includes more than one Target Insulation Allowance area, and/or if project includes addition and alteration areas complying independently, for each area complete an ENV -SUM form Rows 16-46 and either an ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE form, or ENV-UA + ENV-SHGC forms if demonstrating compliance via component performance. Envelope Compliance Path Selection required to enable forms. 0 prescriptive 0 Component Performance Component Performance Calculation Adjustments ❑ Change of Occupancy (C503.2) / Conditioning (C505) - 10% higher UA allowed ❑ Additional Efficiency Package Option - C406.8 Enhanced Envelope - 15% lower UA required Additions 0 Addition stand alone 0 Addition + Existing Addition stand alone - Complete Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation. Enter total existing -to -remain wall, roof, vertical fenestration and skylight areas as EXISTING. Enter total addition envelope assembly areas as NEW. If resulting total building WWR exceeds 30% and/or SSR exceeds 5%, refer to C502.2.1 and C502.2.2 for prescriptive compliance alternatives. If complying via component performance, complete ENV-UA per instructions for addition stand alone projects. Addition + existing - Complete ENV-UA per instructions for addtion + existing projects. Alterations - El ❑ Replacement windows only, or resulting Ell Total building WWR increased by alteration total building WWR s original WWR Fenestration and Skylight Replacement skylights only, or resulting El total building SRR s original SRR ❑ Total building SRR increased by alteration WWR and SRR not increased - Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation not required. WWR and/or SRR increased - Complete Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation. Enter total existing -to -remain wall, roof, vertical fenestration and skylight areas as EXISTING. Enter total altered envelope assembly areas as NEW. If resulting total building WWR exceeds 30% and/or SSR exceeds 5%, refer to C503.3.2 and C503.3.3 for prescriptive compliance alternatives. If complying via component performance, complete ENV-UA per instructions for alteration + existing projects. Envelope Summary, pg. 2 ENV -SUM 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation Prescriptive Path - Enter envelope sf values directly into this section of ENV -SUM for vertical fenestration, skylights, net walls and roof. For Additions and Alterations, refer to these sections in ENV -SUM for further instructions. Component Performance - When this Envelope Compliance Path is selected, write - protection of this section is enabled. Enter envelope sf values for all assemblies into the ENV-UA form. Envelope information from ENV-UA will auto -fill into this section of ENV - Total Vertical Fenestration Area (rough opening) NET Exterior Above Grade Wall Area Total Skylight Area (rough opening) NET Exterior Roof Area New 23 521 0 154 Existing 0 0 0 i 0 Total 23 521 0 154 Vertical Fenestration -to- 4.2% Wall Ratio (WWR) Skylight -to -Roof Ratio (SRR) Vertical Fenestration Area Compliance VERTICAL FENESTRATION AREA COMPLIES WITH MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE Skylight Area Compliance NO SKYLIGHT PROPOSED. COMPILIES WITH MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE. Vertical Fenestration Alternates 0 High performance fenestration U-factors and SHGC per C402.4.1.3 0 Dedicated outdoor air system per C402.4.1.4 and C403.6 Show locations of qualifying daylight zone (DLZ) areas and ft2 on project plans. For Daylight Zone Area Calculations - a) Sidelight areas include primary + secondary daylight zone areas. b) Include overlapping toplight and sidelight daylight zone areas under Toplight. c) Net floor area definition in Chapter 2. 0 In buildings 3 stories, 25% or more of NET floor area is in DLZ per C402.4.1.1 0 In buildings < 3 stories, 50% or more of CONDITIONED floor area is within DLZ per C402.4.1.1 Daylight Zone Calculations Daylight Zone Fenestration Alternate Not Selected. No Calculations Required Sidelight Daylight Zone Area Toplight Daylight Zone Area Percent Daylight Zone Area Spaces in Single Story Building Requiring Skylights In these spaces a minimum of 50% of the floor area shall be within a skylight daylight zone (DLZ), Refer to C402.4.2 for requirements. SRR = Skylight to roof ratio List all enclosed spaces that exceed 2,500 ft2, have ceiling height greater than 15 ft, and are space types required to comply with this provision. Indicate aperture with 'AP"prefix (AP 1.1%) Space Space Area (ft2) DLZ Area (ft2) SRR or Aperture Exception Envelope Exemptions Low Energy and Semi -heated Spaces Low energy spaces per C402.1.1 Item 1 are exempt from the thermal envelope provisions. Semi - heated spaces heated by systems other than electric resistance are exempt from wall insulation provision only per C402.1.1.1. Complete Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces table in MECH-SUM to verify eligibility based on installed peak heating and cooling capacity per sf. Equipment Buildings Equipment buildings are exempt from the thermal envelope provisions per C402 1 2 The following shall be met to be eligible: building size 5 500 sf, average wall/roof U- factor 5 U-0.20, electronic equipment load 7 watts/sf, heating system output capacity 5 17,000 btu/h. Coaling system capacity not Wall Insulation R-Value Roof Insulation R-Value Overall Average U-Factor Equipment Building Envelope Electronic equipment power (watts/sf) Heating system output capacity (Btu/hr) Cooling capacity (Yes/No) Envelope Requirements Summary, p 1 ENV-REQ 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Minimum Requirements This table summarizes prescriptive compliance requirements for opaque elements and fenestration, Refer for Prescriptive Compliance to Tables C402.1.3, C402.1.4 and C402.4 in the 2015 WSEC for important footnotes that apply to these tables. Refer to Section C402 for al/ applicable requirements for each envelope element type and applicable exceptions. Refer to Section C410 for all applicable information for refrigerated spaces. Prescriptive Path Table C402.1.3 Notes 1,7 Insulation Minimum R-Value Notes 1,2 Table C402.1.4 Assembly Maximum U-factor Occupancy Group All Other Group R All Other Group R Opaque Elements Roofs Insulation Entirely above Deck R-38 c.i. R-38 c.i. U-0.027 U-0.027 Metal Building (with thermal spacer block) Note 3 R-25 + R-11 Ls R-25 + R-11 Ls U-0.031 U-0.031 Attic and Other R-49 R-49 U-0.021 U-0.021 Joist or single rafter R-49 R-49 U-0.027 U-0.027 Walls, Above -grade Mass R-9.5 c.i. Note 6 R-13.3 c.i. U-0.104 Note 6 U-0.078 Mass transfer deck slab edge No R-Value for prescriptive compliance U-0.200 U-0.200 Metal Building R-19 c.i. R-19 c.i. U-0.052 U-0.052 Steel Framed R-13 + R-10c.i. R-19 + R-8.5 c.i. U-0.055 U-0.055 Wood Framed and Other R-21 w/ int. frame R-21 w/ int. frame U-0.054 U-0.054 BNote 4elow Grade Wall Same as above grade Same as above grade Floors Mass R-30 c.i. R-30 c.i. U-0.031 U-0.031 Steel Joist R-38 + R-10 c.i. R-38 + R-10 c.i. U-0.029 U-0.029 Wood Framed and Other R-30 R-30 U-0.029 U-0.029 Slab -On -Grade Floors Unheated R-10 for 24 in. (from top of slab) F-0.54 F-0.54 Heated Note 5 R-10 perimeter & under entire slab F-0.55 F-0.55 Opaque Doors Swinging No R-Value for prescriptive compliance U-0.37 U-0.37 Nonswinging (Roll -up or sliding) R-4.75 1 R-4.75 U-0.34 U-0.34 Table C402.4 - 0-30% of wall area, or 30%-40% per Section C402.4.1.1 DLZ or Section C40Z4.1.4 DOAS Section C402.4.1.3 High Performance Fenestration Option - 0-40% of wall area Fenestration Assembly Maximum U-factor Notes 1,2 Vertical Fenestration Nonmetal framing U-0.30 U-0.30 U-0.28 U-0.28 Metal framing (fixed) U-0.38 U-0.38 U-0.34 U-0.34 Metal framing (operable) U-0.40 U-0.40 U-0.36 U-0.36 Entrance doors U-0.60 U-0.60 U-0.60 U-0.60 Skylights Skylights U-0.50 U-0.50 U-0.50 U-0.50 Fenestration Assembly Maximum SHGC Factor Vertical Fenestration PF<0.2: north - SHGC=0.53; all other SHGC=0.4 0.2 S. PF < 0.5: north - SHGC-0.58; all other - SHGC-0.48 PF 0.5: all orientations - SHGC-0.64 PF<0.2: north - SHGC=0.46; all other SHGC=0.35 0.2 5 PF < 0.5: north - SHGC-0.51; all other - SHGC-0.42 PF 0.5: all orientations - SHGC-0.56 Skylights SHGC-0.35 SHGC-0.35 C410.2 Refrigerated Spaces Insulation Insulation Minimum R-Value Assembly Maximum U-factor Freezers - Walk-in and Warehouse Roof / Ceiling R-32 U-0.030 Wall R-32 U-0.030 Door R-32 U-0.030 Door - transparent reach -in triple -pane, heat -reflective treated or gas Floor R-28 U-0.035 Coolers - Walk-in and Warehouse Roof / Ceiling R-25 U-0.039 Wall R-25 U-0.039 Door R-25 U-0.039 Door - transparent reach -in double -pane, heat -reflective treated & gas fill, or comply with freezer door recL Floor No Requirement Envelope Requirements Summary, pm 2 ENV-REQ 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Definitions: Ls = Liner system -- A continuous membrane installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. Refer to Section A102.2.5.4. c.i. = Continuous insulation -- Insulation that is continuous across all structural members without thermal bridges other than service openings and penetrations by metal fasteners with a x-sectional area of less than 0.04% of the opaque surface area of the assembly. Components with more than 0.04% metal penetrations may be eligible to follow the alternate CI values below. int = Intermediate framing -- Includes insulated headers, corners and interior partition wall to exterior wall intersections, Refer to Section A103.2 for framing definitions. Footnote Summary: Each table in the 2015 WSEC has footnotes applicable to specific information provided in the table. This footnote summary provides only abbreviated details from these footnotes. Refer to 2015 WSEC for complete footnote information. Note 1 - Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix A. Note 2 - Use of assembly U-factors, C-factors and F-factors from Appendix A and Chapter 3 are required unless otherwise allowed by the provisions of this Code. Note 3 - For metal building roofs where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block with minimum thickness of 1/2-inch and minimum R-value of R-3.5 is required. Otherwise use the U-factor compliance method. Note 4 - Where heated slabs are below -grade, they shall comply with the F-factor requirements for slab -on -grade heated slabs. Note 5 - Heated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab F-factors shall not be used. Note 6 - CMU walls in all occupancies other than Group R may be eligible for reduced insulation if all provisions stated in applicable footnote are met. Refer to Footnote D in Table C402.1,4 or Footnote C in Table C402.1.3 for eligibility requirements. Note 7 - Components with continuous insulation but with metal penetrations / connections may be eligible for alternate continuous insulation R-values if all provisions in applicable footnote are met. Refer to alternate prescriptive R-values in table below and Footnote G in Table C402,1.3 for eligibility requirements. Alternate continuous insulation nominal R-values This alternate nominal R-value compliance option is allowed for projects complying with all of the following: 1. The ratio of the cross -sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the opaque surface area of thc assembly is greater than 0.0004 (0.04%), but less than 0.0012 (0.12%). 2. The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation. 3. Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition, calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross -sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous Assemblies with continuous insulation (see definition) .Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations,mater than 0.049'6 but less than 0.0896 Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, greater than or equal to 0.084% but less than 0.1296 R-9.5ci R-11.9ci R-13c1 R-II.4ci R-143ci R-15,7ci R-I3.3ci R-16.6ci R-18.3ci R-15.2ci R-19.0ci R-21ci R-30ci R.-38ta R—Oci R-3Sci R-4Sci R-53-ci R-I3 —R-7.5ci R-13 -.- R-9.46 'R-13 — R-10.3ci R-13 — R-10ci R-13 — R-12.5ci R-15 —R-13.Sci R-13 .. R-12.5ci R-13 .- R-15.6ci R-13 - F.,•-)7.2ci R-13 -, R-1.3ci R-13 , R-163ci R-13 — R-17.9ci R-19 -, R-S.5ci R-19 — R-10.6ci R-19 — R-11.7ci R-19 -- R-14.ci R-19 — R-17.5ci R-19 — R-19.2ci R-19 — R-16ci R-19 — R-20ci R-I9 — R-22ci R-20 —R-3.8ct R-20 + R-4.8ci R-2I + R-5ci R-21 + R-6.3ci P.-21 +R-t5,ski End of Envelope Requirements Summary Prescriptive Path, pg. 1 ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 Target Insulation Allowance Fully Conditioned Space - Commercial, Group R, Mixed Use For Building Department Use Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% Vertical Fenestration Alternates: None Selected on ENV -SUM User Note Prescriptive compliance of envelope assemblies may be accomplished by providing insulation R-values per Table C402.1.3 or U-factors / F-factors per Tables C402.1.4 and C402.4. A single project may comply via R-values for some envelope assemblies and U-factors / F-factors for others. Note compliance method taken for each assembly in spaces provided. —..... Building Component R-Value Method for Prescriptive Compliance U-F r/F-Factor Method for Prescriptive Compliance Provide plan/detail # of assembly and description Cavity Ins. R-Value uonunuous Ins. (CI) R-Value1 70 Aiea or ivietai Penetrations in Cl2 Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Source3 0 13 M .-7_. 2 Tab 4, Page P3854-A4 33.0 6.5 0 so -, _c 0 Opaque Walls - Above Gradel5 Tu a) CD c71 42- Tab 4, Page P3854-A4 23.0 "..c 0 '6 0 0 '.6.; co 2 i) 4- c mi i- 'Group R VValls151 w w mi 2 13elow Grade Wail E E 0 c_), cc a m 0 0 0 as 13 a) E co Tab 4, Page P3854-A4 38,0 Prescriptive Path, pg. 2 ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault BatteryEnclosure Date 0 04/201 9 Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% For Building Department Use Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% If vertical fenestration or skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per C402.4.1, then the project must comply via Component Performance and provide ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC forms. Building Component R-Value Method for Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor/F-Factor Method for Prescriptive Compliance Provide planfcietail # of ssembly and description Perim. Ins. R-Value Full Stab GI R-Value F-F cto F-Factor Sou Slab-on-grade9 Unheated -o s Provide ID from door hedule and description Ins. R-Value Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Sourcell Opaque Doors Tab 4, Page P3854-Al, A2, & A3 0 370 Table A107.1(1) ,_. 0 Solar Heat Gan Coefficient ( HGC) U-Factor for Prescriptive Compliance Provide ID from window schedule and description ujection Factor (PF) if applicable12 o emnthi (N or SEW)12 Assembly SHGC" Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Source" o C de IS c z 73 .E. a) 4ath a slab-on-g ade er exposed floor, this floor shall be thermally broken from e surrounding floor area i h the e amount of insulation as re >.. Miscellaneous - Refrigerated Spaces Provide plan/detail # of assembly and description Ins. R-Value Assembly U-Factor U-Factor Source 2 o Provide ID from ' do schedule and description Cooler Freezer ouble Pane Glass Triple Pane Glass nert Gas Filled Heat Reflective Treated Glass o o o c — Note 1 - Insulation that is continuous except for fasteners may be entered here if the cross -sectional area of metal penetration through otherwise continuous insulation is less than 0.12%. Note 2 - Alternate prescriptive continuous insulation R-values per Table C402.1.4, Footnote F may be used if the cross sectional area of metal penetrations exceeds 0.04% but is less than 0.12%. Calculations are required to use these alternate R-values, Note 3 - Opaque assembly U-factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Specify the table number or calculation page number. Note 4 - Thermal spacer blocking and liner system are required for prescriptive R- Value compliance in metal building roof assemblies. Note thermal spacer thickness and R-value in roof assembly description. Note 5- Intermediate framing is required for prescriptive R-Value compliance in wood -framed wall assemblies. Note 6 - Proposed CMU mass walls in non -Group R that meet Table C402.1.4 Footnote C requirements can enter the target prescriptive U-value of 0404, Note 7 - Mass transfer slab edges must be covered with an assembly having an overall U-factor of 0.2. Note 8 - Refer to Table C402.1.3, Footnote E for prescriptive R-Value requirement for steel floorjoist assemblies. Note 9 - Prescriptive slab -on -grade insulation shall extend from top of slab to minimum length per an approved method as defined in C402.2.6. Note 10 - Slab -on -grade F-Factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Note 11 - Opaque door U-factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. A door is defined as opaque if less than 50% of the door area has glazing. Note 12 - Refer to Equation C4-6 Projection Factor Calculation. Note 13 - N = Oriented within 45 degrees of true north, SEW = All other orientations. Note 14 - Fenestration assembly U-Factor and SHGC shall be the manufacturer's NFRC product rating, which includes the glazing and frame, or shall be the default value per Section C303.1.3. Note 15 - List all above -grade Group R mass walls and steel frame walls in Group R Walls section. List commercial above grade walls and all other Group R above grade walls in Opaque Walls - Above Grade. Note 16 - Refrigerated Coolers - Al! cooler roof, wall and door assemblies shall comply with the prescriptive F?-values or U-factors per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Slab edge insulation for slab -on -grade floors shall comply with C402. Floors that separate a cooler from a non -cooler space (unconditioned and conditioned) shall be insulated per C402. Vertical fenestration (not within cooler doors) shall comply with the prescriptive R-values or U-factors per C402. Enter only the opaque portion of refrigerated space doors. Windows within doors and reach -in display case doors shall comply with C410 prescriptive requirements. Note 17 - Refrigerated Freezers - All freezer roof, wall and door assemblies shall comply with the prescriptive R-values or U-factors per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Freezer floor insulation shall comply with C410. Insulation is required under the entire freezer floor. If the freezer floor assembly rests on top of a standard floor, the vertical edge of the freezer floor shall be entered as and comply with the requirements for a freezer wall. If freezer floor insulation is installed as integral to or applied underneath a slab -on -grade or exposed floor, this floor shall be thermally broken from the surrounding floor area with the same amount of insulation as required for a freezer Component Performance Path, pg, 1 ' ENV-UA 2015 WSEC Co Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/201 9 Target Insulation Allowance Component Performance Not Selected For Building Department Use Calculation Adjustments None Applied Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0°/. Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% Vertical Fenestration Alternates: None Selected on ENV -SUM For Stand-alone Projects13,14 Existing -to -remain Areas Vertical Fenestration Net Wall User Note Skylights Net Roof Building Component Cavity+Cl Plan/Detail # ...... U-factor Source & Table # 2 Proposed UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A: Target UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) 4 R= R= R= 0.027 1 Above Deck Insulation U-0.027 73 C° .7..- R= R= R= 0.031 Metal Building U-0.031 R= R= 0.027 Joist/single rafter U-0,027 •E R= R= R= 0.021 1 1 Single raft, attic, other U-0.021 Opaque Walls - Above Grade45 I ci5 R= R= R= 0.055 I Steel/metal frame U-0,055 Ed ..-r. R= R= R= 0.052 I 1 Metal Building U-0.052 R= R= R= 0.054 1 Wood Frame, other U-0.054 'r) 7 B R= R= R= 0.104 Mass Wall U-0.104 it R= R-= R= 0.200 i Mass Transfer Deck U-0,20 cr o. 2 ,- R= R= R= 0.078 1 1 Group R Mass Wall U-0.078 1 Below Grade VValls4,1 E E o o R= R. R= 0.104 Assumed to be Mass Wall U-0,104 c a R 2 O R= R= R= 0.078 Assumed to be Mass Wall U-0.078 — 0 m 2 R= R= =R 0.031 I 1 Mass Floor U-0.031 -0 g R = R= 0.029 I Joist/Framing U-0.029 Page 1 Subtotal Area UA Area UA Component Performance Compliance (UA) Component Performance Not Selected Component Performance Path, pg. 2 ENV-UA 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/201 9 Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max, Target: 30.0% For Building Department Use Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5.0% Building Component Ins. R Plan/Detail # F-factor Source & Table # - F-factor Proposed UA x Perimeter = FP(F x P) Target UA F-factor x Perimeter = UA (U x A) o i .a 2 cr) Unheated' R= R= R= 0.540 I I Slab -On -Grade F-0.54 a w 5 R= R= R= 0.550 1 I Fleeted Slab -On -Grade F-0.55 Schedule ID U-factor Source9:1° U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A .U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) co 0.370 Opaque Swing Doors U-0.37 iii .c 0 0.340 Opaque rollup & sliding U-0.34 Vertical Fenestration6,1° Non -Metal 0.30 1 L Non -Metal Frame U-0.30 Metal, fixed 0.38 I I Metal Frame, Fixed U-0.38 Metal, op. 0.40 1 I Metal Frame, Operable U-0.40 Mtl entrance 0.60 I I Metal Entrance Door U-0.60 70 0 cp 0.50 Ali types U-0.50 Refrigerated CI Space Freezer Plan/Detail # Floors U-factor Source & Table # 2 Proposed UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x AX Target UA U-factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) gi 6 4> o LJ R=1 R= R= I Freezer Floor TO COMPLY - The Proposed Total UA shall not exceed the Target Total UA. Page 2 Subtotal Page 1 Subtotal Project Total Area' UA Area' UA Component Performance Compliance (UA) Component Performance Not Selected Refrigerated Space Windows In Doors 11,12 Plan/Detail # Description Looler Freezer DoubieHane Glass Inpie Hane Glass inert Gas Filled Heat Reflective Treated Glass 8 0 c Note 1 - If vertical fenestration or skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per C402.4.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements will be calculated automatically by the compliance form. Refer to Target Area Adjustments worksheet for this calculation. Note 2 - Opaque assembly U-factors shall come from Appendix A or be calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Note 3 - Proposed CMU mass wall in non -Group R that meet Table C402.1.4 Footnote D requirements can enter the target U-value of 0.104. Note 4 - Semi -heated spaces - For spaces eligible for this wall insulation exception, the UA calculation excludes all wall assemblies. However, wall area values are required to run the window -to -wall ratio calculation. Enter into form all wall types in the semi -heated space. Enter the sf area of each wall type and enter "1" for the U-factor. Note 5 - Mass transfer slab edges must be covered with an assembly having an overall U-factor of 0.2. Note 6 - Demising walls, doors, and vertical fenestration separating spaces with different degrees of space conditioning (unconditioned, semi -heated, fully conditioned) shall be included only on the ENV-UA form for the space with the greatest degree of space conditioning. Note 7 - List Group R above grade mass walls here. List all other above grade walls, Commercial and Group R, in the Opaque Walls- Above Grade section, Note 8 - Slab -on -grade F-Factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5.1. Note 9 - Opaque door U-factors shall come from Appendix A or calculated per approved method as specified in C402.1.5,1. A door is defined as opaque if less than 50% of the door area has glazing. Note 10 - Fenestration assembly U-Factors shall be the manufacturer's NFRC product rating, which includes the glazing and frame, or shall be the default value per Section C303.1.3. Note 11 - Refrigerated Coolers - Target U-factors for cooler roof, wall and door assemblies are per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Target F-factors for slab -on -grade floors are per C402. Target U-factors for floors that separate a cooler from a non -cooler space (unconditioned and conditioned) are per C402. Target U-factors for vertical fenestration (not within cooler doors) are per C402. Enter only the opaque portion of refrigerated space doors. Windows within doors and reach -in display case doors shall comply with C410 prescriptive requirements. Note 12 - Refrigerated Freezers - Target U-factors for freezer roof, wall and door assemblies are per C410. Enter proposed information under the most similar assembly type. Target U-factor for insulated freezer floors is per C410. Insulation is required under the entire freezer floor. Enter proposed information in the Freezer Floor section. if the freezer floor assembly rests on top of a standard floor, the vertical edge of the freezer Floor shall be entered as a section of freezer wall. If freezer floor insulation is installed as integral to or applied undemeath a slab -on -grade or exposed floor, this floor area shall be thermally broken from the surrounding floor. Enter proposed thermal break information in the Freezer Floor section and note it as In -Floor Thermal Break. Enter only the opaque portion of freezer doors. Windows within doors and reach -in display case doors shall comply with C410 prescriptive requirements. Note 13 - Stand alone projects - Enter total existing -to -remain sf areas for net above grade walls (including opaque doors), net roof, vertical fenestration and skylights in section provided at top of ENV-UA form. Enter UA information for new envelope assemblies in Building Components section. Note 14 - Addition + Existing, Alteration + Existing, Addition + Alteration + Existing projects - Enter sf areas and estimated U-factors for all existing -to - remain envelope assemblies in Building Components section. Identify these assemblies as EXISTING in U-factor Source & Table # column. Enter UA information for new addition and altered envelope assemblies in Building Components section. Existing and new information will autofill into the Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation section of ENV -SUM as all NEW. Does not affect calculation results. Vertical Fenestration Target Area Adjustment Calculations Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 If vertical fenestration area exceeds maximum allowed per Section C402.4.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements is required, This worksheet automatically calculates these adjustments and updates target areas in the ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC worksheets. Information shown in this worksheet is for reference only and is write -protected. Submit this Target Area Adjustment form with ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC forms. VF = Vertical fenestration DR = Opaque doors AG = Above -grade NW = Net above grade wall (excludes fenestration and doors.) Gross Exterior Above -Grade Wall Area= VF + NW + DR Proposed Areas Gross Exterior AG Wall Area Project Areas -> Existing Non -project Areas -> Max Vert. Fen. (C402.3.1) Total Vertical Fenestration Project Vertical Fenestration Net AG Wall Area Vertical Fenestration Net Above Grade Wall Opaque Door VF= NW= DR= VF= NW= 30.0% Maximum Target Excess Vertical Fenestration Excess Fenestration Target Areas - UA Commercial Vertical Fenestration Non-metal frame Metal frame, fixed Metal frame, operable Metal frame, entrance door Above -grade Wall Steel Frame Metal Building Wood / Other frame Mass Mass Transfer Deck Group R Mass 100 Delta Vertical Fenestration Maximum Target Vert. Fen. Area 0 B greater Excess Vertical Fenestration Target Vertical Total Vertical Fenestration Fenestration Target Net Wall Area Proposed Area Proposed Area Target VF Multiplier Net Wall Target Net Wall Mult. L Target VF Mult. Target Net Wall Mult Sum of Proposed Sum of Target Target Areas - SHGC x A Non -North Vertical Fenestration PF < 0.2 0.2sPF<0.5 PF >_ 0.5 North Vertical Fenestration PF<0.2 0.2 s PF < 0.5 PF >_ 0.5 C Proposed Area Target Area Target Area Target VF Mult. Target Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Vertical Fenestration Areas to calculate Target Vertical Fenestration Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Opaque Above - Grade Wall Areas to calculate Target Above - Grade Wall Area Target areas in shaded boxes are applied to target areas on ENV-UA Sum of target above -grade wall and vertical fenestration areas are calculated to equal the sum of proposed SHGC target areas in shaded boxes are applied to target areas on ENV- SHGC C Skylight Target Area Adjustment Calculations Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 If skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per Section C402.4.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements is required. This worksheet automatically calculates these adjustments and updates target areas in the ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC worksheets. Information shown in this worksheet is for reference only and is write -protected. Submit this Target Area Adjustment form with ENV-UA and ENV-SHGC forms. SKY= Skylight NR - Net roof (excludes skylight) Gross Exterior Roof Area = SKY + NR Proposed Areas Project Areas -> Existing Non -project Areas -> Gross Exterior Roof Area Max Skylight % (C402.3.1) Skylight Net Opaque Roof SKY= NR= SKY= NR= 5.0% Total Skylight Area Maximum Target Project Skylight Area Net Project Roof Area Excess Skylight Excess Skylight 100 Target Skylight Area Target Net Roof Area Maximum Skylight Fenestration Area Excess Skylight Total Skylight Area Target SKY Multiplier L Net Roof Target Net Roof Mult. + = E C Target Areas - UA and SHGC x A Skylight Proposed Area Target SKY Mult. x All Roof Insulation Above Deck Metal Building Joist / Single Rafter Attic / All Others Sum of Proposed 0 Proposed Area Target Net Roof Mult. Sum of Target Target Area Target Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Skylight Areas to calculate Target Skylight Area Multiplier applied to all Proposed Opaque Roof Areas to calculate Target Roof Area Target areas in shaded boxes are applied to target areas on ENV-UA Sum of target roof and skylight areas are calculated to equal the sum of proposed SHGC Calculation ENV-SHGC 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 Target Insulation Allowance: Component Performance Not Selected For Building Department Use Fenestration Area as % gross above -grade wall area 4.2% Max. Target: 30.0% Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.0% Max. Target: 5,D% Vertical Fenestration Alternates: None Selected on ENV -SUM Notes: 1 - Proposed vertical fenestration and skylight areas entered in ENV-SHGC must match proposed fenestration areas in ENV-UA. 2 - If Target Area Adjustment is required per ENV-UA, then target areas will be automatically adjusted in ENV-SHGC. Refer to Target Area Adjustments worksheet for this calculation. 3 - Fenestration assembly SHGC shall be the manufacturer's NFRC product rating, or shall be the default value per Section C303.1.3. 4 - Fenestration that separates conditioned space from a non -conditioned space shall be included in this worksheet. Enter target SHGC values for this fenestration under proposed SHGC, so it is neutral to the calculation. User ote N Skylights Sch, ID Provide SHGC source and fenestration schedule ID Proposed SHGC SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A Target SHGC SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A 0,35 I SHGC 0.35 Sky ight Totals All Non -North Sch. ID Vertical Fenes ration+ Provide SHGC source and fenestration schedule ID PF Proposed SHGC SHGC x Area (A). SHGC x A Target SHGC PF category SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A PF 0.2 0 .4o 0.2 PF<0,5 0.48 PF L. O. 0.64 ++ If projection factor (PF) credits are applied to the proposed design, Target SHGC will sum fenestration area by PF category. + If PF credit is applied, then vertical fenestration Non -North Window Totals must be entered in the correct table according to orientation. If credit is not appliedthen all vertica fenestration can be entered in either table. North Ve Sch. ID rtical Fenestration+ Provide SHGC source and fenestration schedule ID PF Proposed SH SHGC x Area (A) GC SHGC x A Target SHGC++ PF SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A Category PF < 0.2 0.53 0.2sPF<0,5 0,58 PF 0,5 0.64 ++ If projection factor PF) credits are applied to the proposed design, Target SHGC will sum fenestration area by PF category. TO COMPLY - The Proposed Total SHGC x A shall not exceed the Target Total SHGC x A. North Window Totals Total (Skylight + Window) IArea SHGC x A Area ISHGCxA Component Performance Compliance (SHGC) Compliance Performance Not Selected C c Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 1 ENV-CHK 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Budding Department Notes SCOPE na C402.1.1 Low energy spaces Identify low energy spaces on plans; include project information, and calculations if applicable, that demonstrate spaces are eligible for envelope provisions exemption na C402.1.1.1 Semi -heated spaces Identify semi -heated spaces on plans, include calculations that demonstrate spaces are eligible for wall insulation exemption na C402.1.2 Equipment Buildings Provide building area, average wall and roof U-factor, and installed equipment information that demonstrates equipment building is eligible for envelope provision exemption na C410.2 Walk-in and warehouse cooler and freezer spaces Identify walk-in and warehouse cooler and freezer spaces on plans na C101.4.1 Mixed occupancy Identify spaces with different occupancy requirements on plans na C503.2 Change of space conditioning Identify on plans existing unconditioned spaces changing to semi -heated or conditioned space, and existing semi -heated spaces changing to conditioned space; provide calculations for existing and final level of space conditioning, and calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with current WSEC na C505.1 Change of occupancy Identify on plans existing F, S and U-occupancy spaces undergoing a change in occupancy; provide calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with the current WSEC Identify on plans pre-2002 Group R spaces undergoing a change to a commercial occupancy; provide calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with the current WSEC Identify on plans non -Group R occupancy spaces undergoing a change to Group R; provide calculations that demonstrate alteration complies with the current WSEC ENVELOPE PROVISIONS Yes C103.2 C103.6.3 Compliance documentation indicate envelope insulation compliance path ana provide applicable forms; ENV -PRESCRIPTIVE or ENV-UA / ENV-SHGC for component nPrfnrmanre If complying via total building performance, provide a list of all proposed envelope component types, areas and U-values Yes C303.1.1 C303.1.2 Insulation identification Indicate identification mark shall be applied to all insulation materials and insulation installed such that the mark is readily observable during inspection Page 00 & A4 No C303.1.3 C402.4.3 Fenestration product rating Fenestration products shall be labeled with rated U-factor, SHGC, VT, and leakage rating Yes C303.1.1 C402.2.1 General insulation installation Indicate installation methods, thicknesses, densities and clearances to achieve the intended R-value of all insulation materials; Page A4 Where two or more layers of rigid insulation will be used, indicate that edge joints between layers are staggered Yes C103.2 C402.2.2 Roof assembly insulation Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on roof sections; Page A4 & S1 Indicate framing materials on roof sections; Indicate method of framing for ceilings below vented attics and vaulted ceilings per A102.2 (std, adv); Provide area weighted average U-factor calculation for insulation whose thickness varies by 1 inch or less; Indicate effective U-factors of tapered insulation entirely above deck per A102.2.6; include roof configuration and slope, maximum R-value at peak and minimum R-value at low point for all roof surfaces Indicate R-values for thermal spacers and each insulation layer, and liner system (LS) method for metal building roofs na C402.2.2 Skylight curb insulation Indicate curb insulation R-value on roof section if not included in skylight NFRC rating Yes C103.2 C402.2.3 C402.2.4 C303.2.1 Above/below grade wall insulation Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on wall sections; Page A4 Indicate framing materials on wall sections; Indicate method of framing for wood construction per A103.2 (std, int, adv); Indicate ma eriadensityca egory, wallweightan ea capacityor qualifying mass walls; For qualifying ASTM C90 masonry walls, indicate loose -fill core insulation material and percentage of cores filled including grouted cores, bond beams, vertical fills, headers and any other grouted cores; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior basement/crawlspace wall insulation Building 2015 WSEC Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 2 Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 ENV-CHK Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2019 Applicability (yes,no,na) (ode Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Yes C103.2 C402.4.4 Opaque doors Indicate rated U-factor (swinging) or R-value (non -swinging - roll - up/sliding) on wall sections or in door schedules - applies to doors with less than 50% glazed area Page A4 Yes C402.2.5 Floor over outdoor or unconditioned space insulation Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on floor sections; Page A4 & 51 Indicate framing material on floor sections; Indicate material density category and weight of qualifying mass floors na C402.2.6 C303.2.1 Slab -on -grade floor insulation Indicate R-value of continuous insulation on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate insulation extends down vertically and/or horizontally the required distance from top of slab; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior slab edge insulation na C402.2.6 C303.2.1 Radiantly heated slab -on -grade floor insulation Indicate R-value of continuous insulation on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate insulation extends down vertically from top of slab and then horizontally under the entire slab; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior slab edge insulation na 0402.2.8 Radiant heating system insulation Indicate insulation R-value behind radiant panels, U-bend/headers and bottom surface of radiantly heated floors (other than radiantly heated slab - on -grade) Yes C402.4.1 0502.2.1 C503.3.2 Vertical fenestration maximum area Provide calculation for total vertical fenestration area as a percentage of gross above grade wall area (VVWR) for new construction, additions and alterations in ENV -SUM ENV -SUM na C402.4.1.1 0405.2.4.1 C502.2.1 C503.3.2 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with daylight zones and controls Provide calculations showing that the percentage of overall conditioned floor area within daylight zones is equal to or greater than 50% in 1 and 2 story buildings; OR Provide calculations showing that the percentage of overall net floor area within daylight zones is equal to or greater than 25% in buildings 3 stories or more; include the gross floor area and list of spaces omitted for the net floor a rea; Note in envelope plans that all lighting fixtures located within daylight zones shall be provided with daylight responsive controls per WSEC Section 0405.2.4.1; indicate method of control in lighting fixture schedules Indicate that the VT of vertical fenestration is at least 1.1 times the rated SHGC na C402.4.1.3 0502.2.1 C503.3.2 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with high- Indicate high performance U-factors and SHGC values in fenestration schedules; Indicate if an area -weighted U-factor is used for multiple fenestration elements within the same fenestration category per Table C402.3; provide U-factor calculations na C402.4,1.4 C403.6 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with DOAS mechanical systems Indicate that for eligibility, all occupied, conditioned spaces will be served by a dedicated outside air system (DOAS) that delivers ventilation air without requiring operation of the heating/cooling system per Section 0403.6 No 0402.1.5 Wall/vertical fenestration target area adjustment Indicate if component performance with target area adjustment will be used to account for vertical fenestration area in excess of the prescriptive maximum allowed na C402.4.1 C502.2.2 C503.3.3 Skylight maximum area Provide calculation for total skylight area as a percentage of gross roof area (SRR) for new construction, additions and alterations in ENV -SUM na C402.1.5.2 Roof/skylight target area adjustment Indicate if component performance with target area adjustment will be used to account for skylight area in excess of the prescriptive maximum Yes C402.4.3 C303.1.3 U-factors, SHGC and VT for all fenestration assemblies Indicate U-factors, SHGC and VT values in fenestration schedules; ENV -Prescriptive Indicate if an area -weighted U-factor is used for multiple fenestration elements within the same fenestration category per Table 0402.3; provide U-factor calculations Indicate if values are NFRC or default; if default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gap width, low-e coatings, gas -fill na C402.4.3 Permanent shading devices For windows with overhangs or permanent projection shading devices, provide projection factor calculations (Equation C4-6) and associated minimum SHGC for north and non -north orientations Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 3 ENV-CHK Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R , & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 2015 WSEC Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/201 9 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes na C402.4.2 Spaces in single story buildings requiring skylights In single story buildings, provide list of enclosed areas that exceed 2,500 sf; for each space identify the space use, floor area, floor to ceiling height, whether skylights are installed, and any exception taken; Provide calculations for percentage of conditioned floor area located within a daylight zone including skylight and eligible sidelight daylight zones; Provide calculations for percentage of skylight area in each space over 2,500 sf, OR; Provide calculations for skylight effective aperture (Equation C4-5) for each space over 2,500 sf; Indicate haze factor of skylight glazing material or diffuser ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - ENHANCED ENVELOPE PERFORMANCE C406.8 Enhanced envelope performance To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate envelope insulation compliance via component performance; provide ENV - UA / ENV-SHGC compliance forms; verify that building total UA is 15% lower than the Code target UA AIR LEAKAGE Yes C402.5.1 .1 Air barrier construction and sealing Identify location and provide diagram of continuous air barrier in plans and sections; Page 00 & A4 Provide details for all joints, transitions in materials, penetrations in air barrier and note method of sealing (caulked, gasketed, or other approved method) na C402.5.3 Rooms containing open combustion fuel burning appliances used for space conditioning Indicate that room(s) containing non -direct vent appliances is isolated from conditioned space by the thermal envelope with a sealed air barrier, including doorway gasketing and sealing around ductwork and piping penetrations; Indicate insulation provided in wall, floor and ceiling of the room envelope, and insulation required on combustion air ductwork na C402.5.4 Access openings and doors to shafts, chutes, stairways and doors Indicate locations of all access openings and doors to shafts, chutes, stairways and elevators; ndicate methodIndicate of gasketing, weatherstripping and sealing of hese openings na C402.5.5 C403.2.4.3 Outdoor air intakes, exhausts and relief openings Indicate locations of all stairway enclosure, elevator shaft and building pressurization relief openings, outside air intakes and exhaust openings; Note in envelope plans that all relief, outside air intake and exhaust openings shall be provided with dampers in accordance with Mechanical Section C403.2.4.3 na C402.5.8 Recessed lighting in building envelope Indicate method of sealing between light fixture housing and wall or ceiling; Note in envelope plans that all recessed lighting fixtures shall be IC rated and have an air leakage rating not greater than 2 cfm per ASTM E283 test; include these requirements in lighting fixture schedules na C402.5.6 Loading dock seals Indicate weather seal at cargo and loading dock doors na C402.5.7 Vestibules Indicate locations and dimensions of vestibules and air curtains; Indicate exception and criteria utilized for all building entrances and exits that do not have a vestibule or air curtain; Indicate required performance for air curtains installed per exception 7; For unconditioned vestibules, indicate which envelope assembly (interior or exterior) complies with the requirements for a conditioned space na C103.2 C402.5.1.2 Building air leakage test Indicate on plans the location of air barrier boundaries and area calculations on all six sides of the air barrier; Indicate air barrier test method in accordance with ASTM E779 or approved equivalent; Indicate required maximum leakage rate for compliance. Include the following requirements in project documents: (1) Submit air barrier test report to jurisdiction once test is completed; (2) If test results exceed 0.40 cfm/ft2 (1.5 Us*m2) at 0.3 in. wg (75 Pa), then visually inspect air barrier and seal noted sources of leakage; (3) Submit a follow-up report to jurisdiction noting corrective measures taken; (4) Include air barrier test report in compliance documentation provided to building owner. Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 4 , , ENV-CHK 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, & R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault Battery Enclosure Date 03/04/2 01 9 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED AIR INFILTRATION C406.9 Reduced air infiltration To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate in project documents that the air barrier test results shall not exceed 0.25 cfm/ft2 (0.94 L/s*m2) at 0.3 in. wg (75 Pa); indicate air barrier test report shall be submitted to the jurisdiction and building owner once test is completed ALTERATIONS C503.1 C503.3.1 Roof alteration - insulation For a roof alteration where existing ceiling cavities are exposed, indicate cavities are insulated to full depth at R-3 per inch Fora roof covering replacement where insulation is installed entirely above the roof deck, indicate insulation complies with requirements for new construction per Tables C402.1.3 or C402.1.4 C503.1 Wall and floor alteration - insulation where existing • For a wall or floor alteration (floor over outdoor or unconditioned space) here envelope cavities are exposed, indicate cavities are insulated to full depth at R-3 per inch C503.3.2 Addition of vertical fenestration Where the addition of new vertical fenestration results in total building window -to -wall ratio (WWR) exceeding the maximum allowed per C402.4.1, demonstrate method of compliance (vertical fenestration alternate per C503.3.2, or component performance compliance with target area adjustment for the total building) C503.3.3 Addition of skhts ylig Where the addition of new skylights results in total building skylight -to -roof ratio (SRR) exceeding the maximum allowed per C402.4.1, demonstrate component performance compliance with target area adjustment for the total building PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION C103.6.3 Project close out documentation requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation is required including applicable WSEC envelope compliance forms and calculations, and fenestration NFRC rating certificates If "no" is selected for any question provide explanation: End of Building Permit Plans Checklist Instructions for Electronic Forms 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Intro Commercial Provision Chapters 1 - 5 of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code apply to all commercial occupancies, R-2 and R-3 occupanies greater than 3 stories above grade, and R-1 occupancy (all building heights). This file, MECH15-v2.XLSM, has electronic compliance forms for mechanical provisions as defined in Sections C403, C404, C408, and Chapter 5. There are two companion files: ENV15-v2.XLSM (Sections C303, C402, Chapter 5, and Appendix A envelope requirements), LTG15-v3.XLSM (Section C405 and Chapter 5 lighting systems requirements). Energy Code This form is a compliance aid and is not a substitute for the full energy code text or specific jurisdiction compliance requirements. Users should refer to the code text and contact the local jurisdiction for complete information. The full 2015 WSEC code text is available for download from the NEEC website: h :/www.neec.net/ene -codes Training Refer to the NEEC website for instruction on how to complete all of the 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms. Start-up Select this file from the NEEC website to download to your computer. When opening the file be sure to Enable Macros, and if applicable, Enable Content. Overview This file is an Excel workbook that contains multiple compliance forms and resources in Excel worksheets. Each worksheet is indicated by a tab at the bottom of the screen. If the tabs are not visible, set the View in Excel to Full Screen. You may visit each worksheet by selecting it's tab. Most calculations are automated. Cells that display informational text and the results of calculations are write -protected arid cannot be edited. Save Files This file is saved in the same manner as any standard Excel file. Getting Around Some forms have two pages. Both pages are available on screen when you select the tab for a form (worksheet). Use the scroll bars to find the second page located below the first page. Input Cells All general project information and the date are entered once on MECH-SUM. This information is automatically replicated on all other MECH forms. Only input cells are accessible. If you try to edit a write -protected cell an error message will appear requesting a password. A password IS NOT required to complete these forms. You may use the TAB key to move to the next input cell. If the TAB doesn't take you where you want to go, use your mouse to move around the form. Avoid excessively long text strings when entering information. In some cases, text that extends beyond the available space will not be visible. In most cases the text will wrap within the cell. This may force part of the form onto a new page. To enter the date, use this format; mm/dd/yyyy. For example, you would enter 7/1/2013 or 12/21/2014. Check boxes can be checked or unchecked by clicking in the box with your mouse. Radio buttons (circles) allow only one in a set to be selected. Drop -down lists have an arrow at the right side of the cell. Click on the arrow with your mouse and select the appropriate option. Use the delete button on your computer to clear a drop -down entry. When a form has a space for notes or explanation, click anywhere in the space to edit. Personal- izing You can personalize the forms with your company name, address, phone, or any other information. This is done by editing the header or footer in Excel. Adding and Removing Lines Many tables, such as for listing proposed mechanical systems, have a certain number of lines available for entering data. You may need more lines to enter all your information. Where this feature is available, you can add additional lines to the table by selecting the "+" button on the right hand side of the table with your mouse. If you can't see the "+" button, scroll to the right or decrease the View Zoom setting for the worksheet. To remove lines that you have added, select the "2 button with your mouse. This will delete the last line of the section. You cannot remove lines that were not added; an error message will appear if you try. If you add additional lines with this method, the pagination may be affected forcing the forms to carry additional lines over to other pages. Be sure to submit all pages to the plans examiner. Adding MECH- FANSYS Forms A completed MECH-FANSYS form is required for each applicable fan system. One copy of this form is included in the workbook. If additional MECH-FANSYS forms are needed, select the "insert Fan System Form" button in MECH-FANSYS- SUM or MECH-FANSYS. An added form may be deleted by selecting the "Delete This Fan System" button within the added MECH-FANSYS form. , Printing All forms are set-up to be printed in letter format, with the exception of the MECH-EQ Cooling & Heating Equipment Schedule Form. This MECH-EQ form may be printed in either landscape or letter format, however the font is larger and easier to read when printed in landscape. If you are losing form details when printing, you may have a shortage of printer memory. Try printing problem pages individually. Only selected forms are printed. To select one or more forms, hold down the Ctrl key and click the tabs of the worksheets you need. Issue the File Print Selected Sheets command. To print the entire set, use File Print Entire Workbook. Forms (worksheets) in a workbook may not be deleted because the file is locked. Instructions for Electronic Forms 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 _ Revised January 2017 Clean Forms To print blank forms to fill out by hand, delete all of the heading information at the beginning of MECH-SUM. For each radio button group there is a button labeled "Clear." Clicking this button will clear the other buttons so that they will print as empty circles. The "Clear" button will not print. End of Instructions for Electronic Forms 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary 1 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 MECH-SUM Revised JanuaryJanuarv2017 Project Information Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2 01 9 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Dept. Use Company Name: Eaton - Omaha Power Center Company Address: 3900 Dahlman Ave., Omaha, NE 68107 Applicant Name: Amy Jewell Applicant Phone: (402) 609-4715 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided EJ Total Bldg Performance (TBP) This path includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. MECH-SUM, MECH-CHK, and 0407 Energy Analysis forms required. 0 New Building 0 Building Addition 0 Tenant Improvement 0 System Retrofit 0 No System Changes Design Load Calculations 2 Load calculation summary 0 MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating, cooling or ventilating needs. If a load calculation summary is provided with the permit documents that includes all applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. Mechanical Schedules 0 Mechanical Plans 0 MECH-EQ Forms (TBD) Indicate location of equipment compliance information. If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however, include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. Dedicated Outdoor Air System Requirements and High Efficiency VAV Alternate 0 DOAS is required per C403.6 effective July 1, 2017 (office, retail, education, library and fire station occupancies) All occupied, conditioned areas shall be served by a DOAS that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. Space conditioning fans cycled off when no heating or cooling is required. 0 Ventilation provided via natural ventilation per 2015 IMC in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 1) 0 Ventilation and space conditioning provided by a HEVAV system per C403.7 in lieu of DOAS (C403.6, Exception 2) 0 DOAS included in project, although not required (occupancy not office, retail, education, library or fire station) 0 DOAS related allowances included in project: 0 Prescriptive vertical fenestration maximum area allowance increased to 40% per C402.4.1.4 with 100% of conditioned floor area in building served by DOAS. 0 Exception to air economizer per 0403.3 Exception 1, include MECH-ECONO form. Fan Power E] Project includes HVAC air distribution systems that provide heating and/or cooling If yes, provide a MECH-FANSYS -SUM form. El For one or more systems, the total fan motor nameplate hp of all fans in HVAC system exceeds 5hp. ff yes, provide a seperate MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system exceeding the 5 horsepower threshold. Refer to Section C403.2.11 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. HVAC Hydronic Systems 0 Hydronic chilled water 0 Water -loop heat pump 0 No hydronic systems 0 Hydronic heating water El Geothermal C406 Additional Efficiency Options - Mechanical 0 0406.2 More efficient HVAC equipment and fan systems Requires 90% of heating and cooling capacity to be equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(9) or air -to -water heat pumps and heat recovery chillers. All equipment listed in tables C403.2.3(1)-(7) must be 15% more efficient than minimum requirements. All stand alone supply, return, and exhaust fans over lhp must have FEQ 71 and must be selected within 10% of maximum total or static pressure. 0 0406.6 Dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) Requires 90% of conditioned floor area to be served by a DOAS per C403.6 that delivers required ventilation air in a manner that does not require space conditioning fan operation. 0 0406.7 Reduced energy in service water heating Requires 90% of floor area be in occupancy types listed in C406.7.1 and that 60% of annual hot water energy use be provided by heat pump, waste heat recovery or solar water -heating systems. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Summary, pg. 2 MECH-SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Service Water Heating Systems Equipment Type (s) ❑ Hot water heating tank(s) 0 Instantaneous 0 No service water systems 0 Dedicated boiler 0 Heat exchange from space heat boiler or central hot water/steam Distribution Type (s) ❑ Circulation System 0 On -demand Commissioning Commissioning is required for: ❑ Mechanical systems per C408.2 0 Service water heating systems per C408.4 If required, commissioning shall be performed for all applicable systems regardless of individual equipment capacity. Exceptions to commissioning requirements: 0 Total output capacity of all mechanical space conditioning systems in the building do not exceed 240,000 Btu/h cooling or 300,000 Btu/h heating. Mechanical systems commissioning not required. ❑ Capacity of largest service water heating system in building does not exceed 200,000 Btu/h. Service water heating systems commissioning not required. Low Energy and Semi -Heated Spaces (Note 6 and 7) Space Type Location in Plan(s) Space(s) Served Area Served, square feet Heating Capacity, Btu/h (Note 4) Cooling Capacity, Btu/h (Note 5) Peak Space Conditioning Capacity, Btu/h-sf Compliance Check Notes Note 4 - Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi -Heated space(s) in btuh. Note 5 - Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s) in Btu/h. Not allowed for semi -heated spaces. Enter 0 if no cooling. Note 6 - Refer to Section C402.1.1 Low Energy Building. lntalled peak space conditioning capacity, heating or cooling, may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h*sf. Note 7 - Refer to Section C402.1.1.1 and Semi -Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 Btu/h sf Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi -heated. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 5 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/201 9 .i.The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the \lashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (ves no na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Equipment - Sizing, Performance and Type C403,1 Exempt process equipment Identify equipment to be used in manufacturing, industrial or commercial processes that do not provide space conditioning; identify provisions applicable to this equipment per C403.1 exception C403.2.1 Load calculations Provide load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent, using design parameters per C302 and Appendix C; include load adjustments to account for energy recovery Tab 7, Heat Cool Load Sum C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Indicate that output capacities of heating and cooling equipment and systems are no greater than the smallest available equipment size that exceeds the calculated loads; note exceptions taken Tab 4, Page P3854-Al C403.2.3 C403.2.3.2 C403.2.13.1 HVAC equipment performance requirements (efficiency) Provide equipment schedules on plans or cornplete MECH-EQ forms indicating type, capacity, rated and WSEC minimum efficiencies for all heating and cooling equipment; include supply and OSA cfms and operating hours for all air systems; identify heating and cooling equipment that does not have a corresponding WSEC minimum efficiency (manufacturer rated) Tab 4, Page P3854-Al C405.8 C403.2.14 Electric motor efficiency List all motors z 1/12 hp (that are not integral to a rated piece of equipment) in the mechanical or electrical equipment schedules on plans; indicate hp, rpm, number of poles and rated efficiency, or exception applied For fractional hp motors (1/12 - 1 hp), indicate whether they are an electronically commutated motor, have rated efficiency of at least 70%, or exception taken C403.2.11.1 Fan power limitation For all HVAC fan systems that provide heating and / or cooling, provide system total nameplate hp in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, verify fan system motor hp or bhp complies with fan power limits per equations in Table C403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH- FANSYS form for each system C403.2.11.2 Motor nameplate hp For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp, note exceptions taken C403.2.11.3 Fan efficiency For all applicable HVAC systems with total fan motor hp > 5hp, identify in equipment schedule all fans required to comply with fan efficiency grade and indicate rated FEG is z 67, or exception taken; indicate these fans are sized so total efficiency is within 15% of the fan maximum total efficiency C403.2.11.4 Group R occupancy exhaust fan efficacy For all exhaust fans < 400 cfm in Group R occupancies, indicate in equipment schedule the fan flow rate and efficacy c.fm/watt), or exception taken; refer to Table C403.2.11.4 (CE-57) lik1 ..../ C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - fans For fan motors z 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for an HVAC system refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirernents C403.2.3 Maximum air cooled chiller capacity For chilled water plants and buildings with > 500 tons of cooling capacity, indicate air-cooled chiller capacity is 100 tons, or exception taken C403.4 Large capacity cooling systems For buildings with z 300 tons of cooling capacity, indicate method of multi -stage or variable capacity control (VSD, multiple staged compressors, or max capacity of any single unit < 66% of the total) C403.2.3.1 Non-standard water-cooled centrifugal chillers For water-cooled centrifugal chillers not designed for operation at standard conditions, provide calculations documenting maximum full load and part load rated equipment performance requirements C403.2.13.1 C403.4.3.2 Centrifugal fan open -circuit cooling towers For open -circuit centrifugal fan cooling towers with z 1,100 gpm capacity, indicate cooling towers comply with efficiency requirements for axial fan open circuit cooling towers C403.4.2 C403.4.2.5 Large capacity boiler systems For single boilers with > 500,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate multi -stage or modulating bumer For boiler system (single or multiple) with > 1,000,000 Btu/h capacity, indicate turndown ratio per Table C403.4,2,5 and method (multiple single input boilers, modulating boilers, or combination) C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - pumps For pump motors a 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method) in equipment schedule, or exception taken; for equivalent method for a hydronic system refer to Hydronic System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.3 Gas and oil -fired forced air furnace and unit heaters For forced air furnaces with capacity z 225,000 Btu/h and all unit heaters, indicate in equipment schedule intermittent ignition or IID, flue or draft damper, and rated jacket loss C403.2,4.8 Combustion heating equipment For combustion heating equipment with output capacity > 225,000 Btu/h, indicate modulating or staged combustion control C403.2.3.3 Packaged electric heating / cooling equipment Verify all packaged electric equipment with > 6,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and any amount of heating is a heat pump; include in equipment schedules C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate systems providing heating in non -enclosed outdoor occupied spaces are radiant systems; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate on plans the type, duty and exhaust air rate of each kitchen hood, refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air, exhaust and relief dampers Indicate locations of OSA intake, and exhaust and relief outlet dampers on plans; indicate whether dampers are Class 1 motorized, or gravity and exception taken (include leakage rating, cfm/sf); refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements for OSA dampers C403.2.4.3 Return air dampers Indicate locations of return air dampers that are integral to economizer operation; verify dampers are motorized; indicate whether dampers are Class 1, or within packaged equipment eligible for leakage rating exception (include leakage rating cfm/sf) C403.2.4,3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate location of stairway and shaft vent dampers on plans; verify dampers are Class 1 motorized; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements ill'I C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation dampers For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; identify isolation zone areas on plans and locations of associated isolation dampers in HVAC distribution system; refer to HVAC System Controls for additional requirements C403.2.3.4 Humidification For cooling systems with humidification equiprnent that are also required to have air economizer, indicate humidifier is adiabatic (direct evaporative or fog atomization), or exception taken 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 6 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 f Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 for The following information is necessary to check a permit application compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Nashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (ves,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Additional Efficiency Package Option, More Efficient HVAC Equipment & Fan Performance - Must comply with all 3 provisions to be eligible C406.2.1 C403.2.3 HVAC system selection To comply with additional efficiency package option, calculate the percentage of heating and cooling equipment in the project (based on output capacity) that do not have a corresponding WSEC listed efficiency shall be less than 10% to comply C406.2.2 C403.2.3 Minimum equipment efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that all listed heating and cooling equipment have a rated efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed efficiency by at least 15% C406.2.3 C403.2.11.3 Minimum fan efficiency To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate rated FEG of stand alone fans is 71; indicate these fans are sized so the fan efficiency at design conditions is within 10% of the maximum total or static efficiency HVAC System Controls C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls (thermostats and humidistats) Indicate locations of thermostatic and humidity control devices and the zones they serve on plans, including perimeter system zones Tab 4, Page P3854-Al & Tab 5, ADM Where adjacent (neighboring) zones are controlled by separate thermostats (including perimeter systems used to offset heat gain or loss), and are connected by permanent openings > 10% of either zone sf area, indicate controls configured to prevent adjacent zones from operating in conflicting modes (one in heat, other in cool); applies to adjacent perimeter zones, adjacent nonperimeter zones, and adjacent perimeter and nonperimeter zones If applying Exception 2 to nonperimeter zones adjacent to perimeter zones, indicate that setpoints and deadband settings in these zones are coordinated so cooling in a nonperimeter zone does not occur until the temperature in that zone is 5°F higher than the adjacent perimeter zone temperature in heating C403.2.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat Indicate staged heating operation with compression as the first stage of heating and supplemental heating controlled with outdoor lock -out temperature set to 40°F or less C403.2.4.1.2 Deadband Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with 5°F minimum deadband for systems that control both heating and cooling C403.2.4.1.3 Setpoint overlap restriction (thermostats) If separate heating and cooling systems with separate thermostatic control devices are used to serve a zone, indicate locations of both thermostatic control devices and the zone they serve on plans Indicate a limit switch, mechanical stop or DDC control with programming to prevent simultaneous heating and cooling C403.2.4.2 C403.2.4.2.1 C403.2.4.2.2 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone thermostatic controls configured with required automatic setback and manual override functions, setback temperatures, and control method (automatic time clock or programmable controls); note exceptions taken C403.2.4.2.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equipment start time required to bring each area served up to design temperature just prior to scheduled occupancy C403.2.4.3 Outdoor supply air dampers Indicate automatic controls configured to close OSA damper during unoccupied equipment operation; not including economizer cooling, night flush or IMC required OSA / exhaust C403.2.4.3 Stairway and shaft vent dampers Indicate method of activation of stairway and shaft vent dampers (fire alarm or interruption of power) C403.2.4.4 Zone isolation controls For systems serving areas > 25,000 sf or spanning more than one floor, that include areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously; indicate controls that allow for independent space conditioning of isolation zones; or exception taken C403.2.12 Heating outside a building Indicate occupancy sensing or timer switch controls configured to automatically shut off heating system when area served is unoccupied C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate automatic controls configured to shut off system when pavement temperature exceeds 50°F and no precipitation is falling, and when outdoor air temperature exceeds 40°F C403.2.4.6 Freeze protection system controls Indicate automatic controls to shut off system when outdoor temperature exceeds 40°F, or conditions protect fluid from freezing C403.2.4.9 Group R1 hotel /motel guest rooms For hotels and motels with over 50 guest rooms, indicate automatic controls serving guest rooms that are capable of setback (heating) and set-up (cooling) of temperature setpoint by at least 5°F; indicate control method - activated by room entry or occupancy sensor 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 7 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stones and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 he following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the /ashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. r Applicable (Yes.no.na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C403.2.4.10 C403.2.4.11 Group R2 / R3 dwelling units, Group R2 sleeping units For primary space conditioning system, indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats capable of two setback periods per day; for all thermostats indicate purpose (heating only, cooling only, or both), required temperature range and at minimum a 10°F deadband; or exception taken C403.2.6 C403.2.11.4 Ventilation Indicate method of ventilation air delivery (natural or mechanical) for each zone If mechanically delivered, indicate that systems are configured to provide not more than 150% of, but at least the minimum required volume of outdoor air to each zone per IMC, ASHRAE 62.1 or other applicable code (WAC, OSHA, etc); or exception taken If delivered via natural ventilation, identify required elements per IMC including minimum openable area to the outdoors or qualifying adjoining spaces C403.2.6.2 Demand controlled ventilation Identify spaces > 500 sf with occupant load > 25 people/1,000 sf per IMC; for each space indicate whether it is served by an HVAC system with total design OSA > 3,000 cfm, and / or the system has airside economizer or automatic modulating OSA damper; indicate OSA controls are configured to provide demand controlled ventilation or provide supporting documentation for applied exception C403.2.6.3 Occupancy sensors For gyms, classrooms, auditoriums and conference rooms > 500 sf, indicate occupancy -based OSA control when space is unoccupied and method (closes OSA damper or shuts -off equipment); or altemate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when space is partially occupied C403.2.6.4 G403.2.6.4.1 Enclosed loading dock ventilation For enclosed loading docks, indicate ventilation / exhaust system method of activation (gas detection system for CO and NO2, or occupancy sensors), and control method (staged or modulating) C403.2.6.4 C403.2.6.4.2 Enclosed parking garage ventilation For enclosed parking garages, indicate ventilation / exhaust system activated by gas detection system for CO and NO2, and control method (staged or modulating); or exception taken C403.2.7.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Provide calculations that show a balanced accounting of total kitchen exhaust (include all hoods) with % of: supply air, transfer air from adjacent spaces, and make-up air; if applicable, indicate that direct make-up air to each hood does not exceed 10% of hood exhaust For kitchens with total hood exhaust exceeding 2,000 cfm, indicate exhaust air rate per Table C403.2.7.1 and compliance method (DCV, energy recovery, or transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted) C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Refer to Systems Requiring Energy Recovery for requirements C403.2.13 Variable flow capacity - HVAC system fans For HVAC fan motors >_ 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD, or equivalent control method that reduces design air volume by 50% at 1/3 static design pressure); note exception taken C403.3.1 DX air handler variable cooling control (Under Integrated Economizer) For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity >_ 65,000 Btu/h, indicate number of cooling stages provided and method (multiple compressors and / or variable speed Compressors); indicate minimum displacement (capacity reduction) as % of full load Indicate control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature, space temperature controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) C403.2.11.5 Fan airflow control For DX air handling units with cooling capacity z 65,000 Btu/h and evaporative and chilled water air handling units with fan >_ 0.25 hp, indicate whether system is single zone or multiple zone and related control method (cooling capacity controlled in response to space temperature space temperature is controlled by modulating supply airflow, or both) For mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control cooling capacity in response to space temperature - Provide a minimum of two stages of fan control; indicate minimum fan speed is 5 66% of full speed drawing 5 40% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only For other mechanical cooling systems (includes DX and chilled water coils) that control space temperature by modulating airflow (in lieu of, or in addition to, controlling capacity in response to space temperature) - Provide fan controls for modulating supply airflow; indicate minimum fan speed is 5 50% of full speed drawing 5 30% of full speed fan power during periods of low cooling or ventilation only; or exception taken C403.2.4,12 DDC system capabilities Provide central and zone level DDC controls as required based on system application, capacity or size thresholds and other qualification per Table C403.2.4.12.1 Identify all DDC system input / output control points; indicate capability for trending and o aphlpal display Ducting Systems C403.2.8.1 C403.2.8.3 Duct construction Indicate on plans that all ductwork is constructed and sealed per IMC For OSA ductwork, also indicate on plans that ductwork meets air leakage requirements per C402.5 and vapor retarder requirements per the IBC C403.2.8.3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low, medium and high pressure ductwork on plans C403.2.8.3.3 High pressure duct leakage test Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test results to jurisdiction when completed 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 8 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Com liance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised .January 2017 ProjectTitle: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/9/2 01 9 e following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the ,ashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable fves,no.nal Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents L tion in Documents Building Depa ent Notes C403.2*8.1 C403.2.8.2 Duct insulation For supply and retum ductwork located in unconditioned space or outdoors, indicate R-value of insulation on ductwork on plans; identify climate zone; note exceptions taken For supply ductwork located in conditioned space, identify if design supply temperature is < 55°F or > 105°F and indicate R-value of insulation on this ductwork on plans; note exception taken For OSA ductwork, shafts and plenums, indicate R-value of insulation on these elements on plans per Table C402.1.3 for steel -framed walls: note exception taken Piping Systems C403.2.9 Piping insulation Indicate design temperature range of fluid conveyed in piping and thickness of insulation (in inches) on hydronic piping plans; or exception taken C403.2.9.1 Piping insulation exposed to weather Indicate method of protection of pipe insulation from damage / degradation on hydronic piping nlans Economizers C403.3 Air economizer required Identify in equipment schedules on plans or in MECH-EQ forms all cooling systems requiring air economizer controls Provide MECH-ECONO form indicating systems utilizing air economizer exceptions, including those with water -side economizer in lieu of air economizer; indicate on plans eligible exception(s) taken and measures to comply with exception(s) C403.3.1 Integrated economizer operation - air and water Indicate air and water -side economizers are configured for partial cooling operation even where additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the load C403.3.2 Economizer heating system impact - air and water Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating energy usage during nor al operation C403.3.3.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA and return air dampers are configured to provide up to 100% OSA for cooling C403.3.1 0403 2 .3.3. Integrated air economizer Verify mechanical cooling controls are interlocked with air economizer controls so the outside air damper remains in 100% open position when mechanical cooling is also required to meet the coolin load until the leaving air temperature is < 45°F For systems with cooling capacity z 65,000 Btu/h, verify that control of economizer dampers is not based only on mixed air temperature; or exertion taken C403.3.3.3 Air economizer high limit controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method and required high limit per Table C403.3.3.3 C403.3.4.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems where water -side economizeray be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% design cooling capacity at 50°F db / 45°F wb OSA temperatures C403.3.4.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate pressure drop across precooling coils and heat exchangers in water economizer system do not exceed pressure drop limit C403.3.1 DX air handling equipment control For DX air handlers with economizer and cooling capacity a 65,000 Btu/h, refer to HVAC System Controls for requirements C403.2.4.7 DX equipment economizer fault detection and di onostics For DX air handlers with economizer and 0001109 capacity z 54,000 Btu/h, provide a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system to monitor economizer system operation and report faults Systems Requiring Energy Recovery C403.5.1 Energy recovery (ER) - ventilation / exhaust systems For systems with design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations For rooms served by multiple systems with aggregate design OSA > 5,000 cfm, or aggregate design supply air cfm and % OSA exceeding the values in Tables C403.5.1(1) or (2), indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by z 50% based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions C403.2.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with total lab exhaust > 5,000 cfrn, indicate method of energy recovery used to pre -condition laboratory make-up air; ER effectiveness (min 25'F); or altemative method per exception (VAV exhaust, semi -conditioned makeup, or GERM calculation) C404,10,4 (under C404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by z 36°F C403.5.2 Energy recovery - steam condensate systems For buildings with on -site steam heating systems, indicate condensate water ER For buildings that use off -site generated steam where condensate is not retumed to tho source, indicate on -site condensate water ER 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 9 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes no nal Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Budding Department Notes C403.5.3 Energy recovery - cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have a 500,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy (service water heating, space heating, or dehumidification reheating) For buildings with a 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with a 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate condenser ER and use of captured energy for service water heating and also for space heating, or dehumidification reheating C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of otaktteat resection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F). Hydronic System Controls C403.2.13 C403.4.2.7 Variable flow control - hydronic system pumps For hydronic system pump motors a 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires a 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify whether hydronic coils have DDC controls and associated manner of pump speed control (differential pressure, zone hydronic demand, etc) C403.2.5 C403.4.2.4 Hydronic system setback and part oad controls l For boilers that provide building heating, indicate controls that provide heating water tem erature setback based on outdoor temperature For heating and chilled water systems a 300,000 Btu/h, indicate systems are configured to automatically reset supply water temperature based upon demand; or exception taken. If system pump motor hp a 3 hp, also indicate controls automatically reduce flow by a 50%, For chilled water systems (a 300,000 Btu/h, pump motor hp a 3 hp) that serve water-cooled unitary air conditioners, indicate VSD or staged pumps in chilled water system and heat rejection loop that reduce pump flow so that one control valve is nearly wide open, or to maintain a minimum differential pressure; or exception taken C403.4.2 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers C403.4.6 Hot gas bypass limitation For cooling equipment with hot gas bypass, provide either multiple step unloading or continuous capacity modulation; indicate bypass capacity per Table C403.4.6 C403.4.2.2 Two -pipe changeover systems Indicate changeover deadband (min 15°F), heating / cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range (limit 30°F) C403.4.2.6 Chiller / boiler plant pump isolation Indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce overall plant flow and shut-off flow through individual chillers and boilers when not in use C403'2'13'1'1 C403.4.3.1.1 C403.4.3.1.2 Heat rejection equipment - variable flow control For cooling towers with fan motors a 7.5 hp, indicate VSD and method to adjust fan speed (adjusted based on leaving fluid temperature or condenser temperature / pressure of heat rejection device) For multiple -cell heat rejection equipment with VSD, indicate controls that ramp all fans in unison C403.4.3.3 Heat rejection equipment - cooling tower flow tumdown Indicate open -circuit cooling towers with multiple pumps or VSD control are designed so all cells can be run in parallel C403.4.2.3.1 Water loop heat pump - deadband Indicate capability of central equipment to provide minimum 20°F water supply temperature deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes; or exception taken C403.4.2.3.2.1 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment, Zone 4 Indicate type of cooling lower (open- or closed-circuit) in equipment schedule; indicate method used to limit system heal loss when heat rejection is not needed C403.4.2.3.2.2 Water loop heat pump - heat rejection equipment ' Zone 5 For open- or closed-circuit cooling towers, provide a heat exchanger that separates the cooling tower and heat pump loop C403.4.2.3.3 Water loop heat pump - isolation valves For hydronic heat pump systems with total system power > 10 hp, indicate 2-way isolation valves on each heat pump and variable flow system control Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems (DOAS) - Optional through 6/30/16, Prescriptive 7/1/2016 C403.6 C403.6.3 Dedicated outdoor air systems For buildings with office, retail, education, library and fire station spaces, identify these spaces on plans; indicate that ventilation air in each occupied space is provided via a DOAS system; or document compliance with C403.6.3 Impracticality; or exception taken (buildings complying with C402.4.1.4 or C406.6 may not utilize exceptions) C403.6.1 Energy recovery ventilation with DOAS For all DOAS systems, indicate exhaust air ER method; or exception taken with supporting calculations. Indicate ER rated effectiveness that increases OSA enthalpy by a 50% based on delta between OSA and return air enthalpies at design conditions. C403.6.2 Heating / cooling system controls with DOAS Indicate equipment associated with the delivery of zone level heating and cooling (fans, hydronic pumps, primary air dampers, etc) are configured to shut off, and central equipment is configured to tum down, when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone they serve If applying Exception to heating / cooling fans used for air mixing in the space during deadband periods, include fan watts per cfm in equipment schedule 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 10 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Enercv Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure L Date 3/4/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the pashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (yes ne,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C402.4.1.4 C403.6 Increased prescriptive maximum vertical fenestration area with DOAS Indicate that all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS per C403.6 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Dedicated Outside Air Systems (DOAS) C406.6 Building provided with DOAS To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate that 90% or more of all occupied, conditioned spaces are served by a DOAS_per C403.6 Multiple Zone Air Systems C403.4.4 Air systems serving multiple zones Identify supply air systems serving multiple zones and the zones they serve on plans; indicate whether system is VAV and method of primary air control; or provide supporting documentation for applied exception to VAV C403.4.4 VAV systems serving multiple zones Provide equipment schedules on plans or MECH-EQ form that list all VAV air terminals and types For each air terminal include: maximum airflow rates for primary supply air during zone peak heating and zone peak cooling; maximum airflow during reheating, recooling or mixing; minimum airflow rate to maintain required ventilation, and the basis for these values; if IMC or ASHRAE 62.1 multiple zone equation is basis for minimum flow rates, provide calculation on plans C403.4.4.1 Single duct VAV terminal units Indicate single duct terminal units are configured to reduce primary supply air before reheating or recoolinq C403.4.4.2 Dual duct systems - terminal units For systems with separate warm air and cool air ducts, indicate terminal units are configured to reduce the flow from one duct to minimum before mixing with air from the other duct C403.4.1,1 C403.4.1.2 VAV system static pressure sensors - sensors and DDC set points Indicate locations of duct static pressure sensors on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch; verify controller setpoint pressure at each sensor is 5 1.2 inch w.g. For systems with zone level DDC, indicate controls are configured to monitor zone damper positions and reset static pressure setpoint based on the zone requiring most pressure; include control logic that automatically detects and generates an alarm if any zone excessively drives reset logic, and allows building operators to exclude zones from reset logic C403.4.4.3 Multiple -zone VAV system ventilation optimization controls For systems with zone level DDC controls, indicate controls are configured to automatically reduce outdoor airflow in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency; or exception taken C403.4.4.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls automatically reset supply air temperature in response to building loads or outdoor air temperature; or exception taken IAN pultiple Zone HVAC Systems, High Efficiency VAV - Required for systems utilizing C403.6 DOAS Exception 2, must comply with all 16 provisions ..." C403.7, Item 1 Air economizer Indicate system is configured for 100% air economizer operation and complies with all related economizer requirements per 0403.3 (without economizer exceptions) C403.7, Item 2 Direct digital controls (DDC) Provide DDC controls for all components of system; identify all DDC system input / output controlpoints; indicate capability for trending and graphical display C403.7, Item 3 Outdoor airflow measurement and reduction For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate outdoor airflow monitoring station that measures OSA intake under all load conditions; indicate control sequence that increases or reduces system OSA cfm based on VAV terrninal feedback of ventilation efficiency (per C403.4.4.3 without exceptions) or DCV (per C403.2.6.2) C403.7, Item 4 Supply airflow measurement For systems with minimum OSA > 2,500 cfm, indicate supply airflow monitoring station capable of measuring supply air delivered to VAV terminals under all load conditions C403.7, Item 5 Zone isolation and maximum area served Verify maximum area served by a single HEVAV system is 5 50,000 sf, or one entire floor, whichever is greater; in addition if a system serves > 25,000 sf, that includes areas that are expected to be occupied non -simultaneously, indicate zone isolation controls per C403.2.4.4 C403.7, Item 6 Interior / exterior zone design supply air temperature Verify that VAV terminals serving interior cooling driven loads are sized per design supply air temperature that is 5°F higher than VAV terminals serving exterior zones C403.7, Item 7 Maximum air terminal inlet velocity Identify air terminals with minimum primary airflow setpoints > 50% of maximum setpoint in equipment schedule or MECH-EQ form; indicate air terminal inlet velocity does not exceed 900 fpm C403.7, Item 8 Sequence of operation Indicate DDC system sequences of operation are designed and configured per ASHRAE GPC 36 C403.7, Item 9 Maximum allowable system brake horsepower Verify fan system bhp is 5 90% of the bhp limit per Option 2 equation in Table C403.2.11.1(1), provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system C403.7, Item 10 Fan -powered terminal unit motor and control Indicate all series and parallel terminal fans have electronically commutated motors; indicate DDC control system is configured to vary air terminal fan speed as a function of the load; indicate fan speed during periods of low heating, low cooling, or ventilation only is 5 66% of peak design air flow or provide supporting documentation for applied exception 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 11 of 20 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanical systems and equipment requirements of the Nashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicable (ves,no,na) Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C403.7, Item 11 Application of single duct and fan -powered terminal units Indicate VAV terminal types on plans; verify fan -powered terminal units only serve perimeter zones with envelope loads; verify all other zones are served by single duct terminal units C403.7, Item 12 Fan -powered terminal unit primary air reset Indicate DDC controls are configured to automatically reset the primary supply air cfm setpoint of all fan -powered terminal units to the minimum required to maintain ventilation during occupied heating or deadband, based upon the VAV air handling unit OSA ventilation fraction C403.7, Item 13 High occupancy space controls For spaces > 150 sf with occupant density a 25 people / 1000 sf, indicate space is served by a dedicated terminal unit with DCV control that resets terminal unit ventilation setpoint; also indicate occupancy sensor control that automatically reduces minimum ventilation to zero and sets back room heating and cooling setpoints y a 5°F C403.7, Item 14 Dedicated HVAC systems For server, electronic equipment, telecom or similar spaces with cooling loads > 5 W/sf, indicate spaces are served by independent HVAC systems that are separate from HPVAV systems serving rest of building; indicate dedicated HVAC systems have air economizer controls or energy recovery per C403.3 Exception 9 C403.7, Item 15 Central plant efficiency Indicate whether systems are served by a high efficiency heating water plant, or a high efficiency chilled water plant If complying via high efficiency heating water plant: Indicate all VAV terminals have hydronic heating coils served by heating water system with either gas -fired boiler(s) with thermal efficiency a 90%, air -to -water heat pumps, or heat recovery chillers If complying via high efficiency chilled water plant: Indicate all VAV air handlers have cooling coils served by chillers with rated IPLV efficiency that exceeds WSEC listed IPLV by at least 25% per Table C403.2.3(7) (note water-cooled IPLV is max, all others are min); indicate smallest chiller or compressor in plant is s 20% of total plant capacity, or provide thermal storage sized for s 20% of total plant capacity C403.7, Item 16 Fault detection and diagnostics Indicate DDC system includes a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system configured to monitor operation and provide fault reporting of required parameters for all VAV air handlers and VAV air terminal units in the HPVAV systj HVAC Equipment Energy Use Metering C409.3.1 HVAC equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, verify energy use metering of all equipment used to provide space heating and cooling, dehumidification and ventilation will b provided per C4.09: Indicate equipment e1t91ble for exception Documentation and System Specific Requirement To Support Commissioning C408.2 Scope of mechanical systems commissioning Indicate that all mechanical systems, equipment, and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissioned; For buildings with a 240,000 Btu/h total output cooling capacity or a 300,000 Btu/h total output heating capacity, indicate that all mechanical systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; or provide building heating / cooling capacity calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception C403.2.10 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable mechanical systems; Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. C408.2.2 Air system and hydronic system balancing Indicate in plans that air and fluid flow rates shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances defined in the specifications; indicate systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then adjusted to meet design flow conditions C406.2.2.1 Air system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to balance all supply air outlets, zone terminals and sir handling equipment requiring system balancing C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing devices Indicate devices that provide the capability to isolate, balance and measure flow across all hydronic equipment requiring system balancing including heating and cooling coils and pumps C406.2.3 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems Project Close Out Documentation C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations personnel is required for all mechanical components, equipment and systems govemed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 12 of 20 Service Water Heating Permit Plans Checklist SWH-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8. R3 over 3 stones and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 renjwil e following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the /ashington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Now' Applicable (ves n nals Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Equipme - Sizing, Performance and Type C404.2 SWH equipment type and efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard C404.2.1 High input -rated SVVH ys stems For individual SWH equipment serving an entire building with z 1,000,000 Bluiti capacity, indicate thermal efficiency z 90%; or exception taken For buildings with aggregate capacity of all SHW equipment a 1,000,000 Bluth (exclude < 100,000 Btu/h equipment from threshold calculation), indicate average capacity weighted thermal efficiency z 90%; or exception taken If applying Exception 1 for site -solar or site -recovered energy, provide calculations and source of annual service water heating energy use estimate C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply and discharge C404.5 Insulation under electric water heater For electric water heaters located in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors, indicate R-10 insulation under eguiment Piping Systems C404.6 Insulation of piping Indicate thickness of piping insulation on plans per Table C403.2.9; verify insulation is provided - from the water heater to the final fixture in a line, from the inlet / outlet piping at water heater to heat trap (up to 8 feet), and on piping that is heat traced; note exceptions taken C404.3 Efficient SWH supply piping Indicate method of compliance on plans for all piping runs connecting service hot water source to hot water fixture (maximum pipe length or maximum pipe volume method per Table C404.3.1): provide calculations for all piping runs documenting the total lenath and / or volume Service Water Heating System Controls C404.7.1 C404.8 Heated -water circulating systems For circulation systems with dedicated retum piping, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand and when the desired water temperature is met For circulation systems with cold water supply piping serving as the retum, indicate controls are configured to automatically start pump based on demand for hot water and shut-off pump when there is no demand, or when temperature of water entering the cold water supply pipe is z 104°F C404.7.2 Heat trace system controls For heat trace systems provided to maintain temperature of service hot water in piping, indicate controls are configured to de -energize system when there is no demand for hot water and when the desired water temperature is met C404.7.3 Controls for hot water storage For systems with separate water heater and storage tank, indicate controls are configured to limit operation time of pump after end of heating cycle to s 5 minutes C403.2.13 C403.4.2,7 Variable flow control - pumps For SWH, pool / spa and pressure boosting pump motors z 7.5 hp, indicate method of variable flow control (VSD or equivalent method that requires z 30% design wattage at 50% design fluid flow); note exception taken Identify basis of pump speed control (differential or static pressure setpoint, pressure, zone load demand, eta Pools and Permanent Spas - Equipment and Controls (Sections are under C404.11) C404.10.1 Pool heatine g quipment efficiency Provide equipment schedule on plans indicating type and capacity for all pool heating equipment; indicate efficiency complies with required federal standard; for heat pump water heaters indicate COP z 4 C403.2.13 Variable flow control - pumps Refer to Service Water Heating System Controls C404.10.1 C404,10.2 Pool heater on / off controls Indicate automatic on / off control based on scheduling and readily accessible on / off switch on heater that operates independent of thermostat setting; note exceptions taken C404.10.3 Pool covers For all pools and in -ground permanent spas, indicate a vapor retardant cover on plans For all pools and in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, indicate cover shall include insulation z R- 12 C-404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation For all pools arid in -ground spas heated to > 90°F, Indicate on plans that sides and bottom are provided with insulation z R-12 C404.12 Energy consumption of portable spas Indicate portable spa complies with Association of Pool and Spa Professionals APSP-14 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 - Page 13 of 20 _ Energy Recovery (ER) Systems - Service Water Heating and Pool Systems C404,10.4 (Section under C404.11) Pools and permanent spas exhaust systems (energy recovery) For buildings with pools or permanent spas with water surface area > 200 sf, indicate exhaust air ER method and use of waste heat (preheat ventilation air, pool water or service hot water); or exception taken Indicate ER system has the rated effectiveness and is configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design conditions by a 36°F C403.5.3 Energy recovery - For buildings with food service, meat or deli departments that have a 500,000 Blu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water cooler / freezer condensers For buildings with a 40,000 sf conditioned floor area and with a 1,000,000 Btu/h of remote refrigeration capacity for coolers / freezers, indicate if condenser ER will be used to pre -heat service water C403.5.4 Energy recovery - condenser systems For buildings with 24-hour operation and > 1,50D,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design SWH load > 250,000 Btu/h, indicate condenser ER to pre -heat service water; or exception taken. Provide calculations showing the amount of recovered heat that is utilized (60% of peak heat rei_ection load or pre -heat service water to 85°F). C404.10 DraM water heal recovery units For systems incorporating drain water ER, indicate system design complies with CSA 555.2 (or CSA 55.1 for Group R); indicate potable waterside_pressure loss at design flow is < 10 OSI Service Water Heating Energy Use Metering C404.9 SWH energy usage in dwelling units For Group R-2 multi -family buildings with central SWH systems, provide metering of hot water energy usage per dwellingunit; indicate metering and data reporting method C409.3.2 SWH equipment energy use metering For new buildings > 50,000 sf and building additions > 25,000 sf, with total SWH equipment capacity a 50 kW ( e 170,600 Btu/h), verily energy use metering of all SWH equipment will be !rovided per C409 Additional Efficiency Package Option, Reduced Energy Use In Service Water Heating - Must comply with both provisions to be eligible C406.7.1 Eligible building type To comply with additional efficiency package option, verify that a 90% of the conditioned floor area of the building is one or more of the occupancies identified in this section, OR; Provide whole building energy analysis per C407 that demonstrates the SWH load in the building is a 10% of total building energy loads C406.7,2 C403.5.4 Load fraction To comply with additional efficiency package option, provide documentation that verifies a 60% of building annual SWH energy is provided by high efficiency sources (heat pump water heater with COP a 3, waste heat recovery, solar water -heating system); For buildings with 24-hour operation and with > 1,500,000 Btu/h of heat rejection capacity and design service hot water load > 250,000 Btufh (per C403.5.4); provide documentation that verifies? 100% of building annual SWH energy is provided by condenser energy recovery or other hiah efficiency source Documentation and Specific System Requirements to Supporting C.ommissloning C408.4 Scope of service water heating systems commissioning Indicate that all SWH equipment and controls for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to perform specific functions are required to be commissionedi.D7 For buildings where the largest SWH system has ? 2D0,000 Btu/h total output capacity, indicate that all SWH systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned. C408.4.1.3 Scope of pool and permanent spa systems commissioning Indicate that all pool and permanent spa water heating systems regardless of individual capacity are required to be commissioned; Indicate that energy recovery equipment that heats pool water regardless of capacity is required to be commissioned; Identify all pool healing and energy recovery equipment and controls that the WSEC defines as being capable of and / or configured to perform specific functions. C404.13 C408,1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate in plans and specifications that Cx per C408 is required for all applicable service water heating systems; Include general summary with at a minimum of Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activites, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final mechanical inspection. C408.4.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of 9peratiort, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems . Project Close Out Documentation C103.6 Documentation and project close out submittal requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation and training of building operations . personnel is required for all SWH components, equipment and systems governed by this code; indicate close out documentation shall include: record documents, O&M manuals, applicable WSEC compliance forms and calculations 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Economizer Exceptions MECH-ECONO 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 All cooling systems shall be configured to provide air economizer operation, regardless of system capacity, for new construction and mechanical system alterations. Various exceptions to this requirement are available. Identify all systems that an economizer exception will be applied to and additional information as noted below. For Building Dept. Use Economizer Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3 for descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section C503.4 and Table C503.4. ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS Exp 1 Cooling equipment serving spaces that are provided with a dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) per C403.6. Spaces served shall have year- round design cooling loads from lights and equipment less than 5 watts per square foot. System ID Lighting + Equipment Loads (W/sf) Exp 2 Single zone unitary or package systems with dehumidification that affect other systems such that air economizer would increase energy consumption. System ID Exp 3 High efficiency single zone unitary or packaged systems. Equipment cooling efficiency shall be better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 64% in Climate Zone 4C and 59% in Climate Zone 5B per Table C403.3. System ID Exp 4 Equipment that provides hydronic chilled water for chilled beams and chilled ceiling systems that is served by a water economizer system per C403.3.4 in lieu of air economizer. System ID Exp 5 Water -source heat pumps with heat recovery. Heat pump efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. Provide at minimum 60% air economizer. Energy recovery to preheat OSA shall have at least 50% effectiveness. Additional system requirements apply. System ID Exp 6 Cooling equipment serving Group R occupancies. Per unit limit is less than 20,000 Btu/h cooling capacity for equipment installed outdoors or in a mech room adjacent to the outdoors. For cooling equipment installed in other locations the unit limit is less than 54,000 Btu/h. Efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. System ID Equipment Location Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Exp 7 Exp 8 Variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems with energy recovery. Outdoor unit shall be a reverse -cycle heat pump with variable speed compressor(s) and condenser fan(s). Outdoor unit cooling capacity shall be not less than 65,000 Btu/h. Energy recovery to preheat outdoor air shall have at least 50% rated effectiveness. System shall be capable of providing simultaneous heating and cooling by tranferring recovered energy from zone(s) in cooling mode to other zone(s) that are in heating -mode Cooling equipment serving Controlled Plant Growth Environments. Equipment cooling efficiency shall be better than WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 20%. Not eligible: unitary and applied heat pumps. Outdoor Unit System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) System ID SEER, EER, & IEER Exp 9 Cooling equipment with energy recovery. Spaces served shall have year-round design cooling loads from lights and equipment greater than 5 watts per square foot. Energy recovery system shall utilize recovered energy for on -site space heating or preheating of service hot water. Provide calculations to the code official that demonstrate the amount of recovered energy used for on -site heating purposes is equivalent to the annual energy that would be saved by the cooling system with air System ID Lighting + Equipment Loads (W/sf) 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Economizer Exceptions, cont. MECH-ECONO 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Date 3/4/2019 Economizer Exception Summary Refer to Section C403.3 for descriptions of economizer provisions and exceptions. For alterations refer to Section C503.4 and Table C503.4. ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADDITIONS, CONTINUED Exp 10 Cooling equipment for dedicated server, electronic equipment or telecom switch rooms. Per building limit for this exception is 240,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 10% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Part load control required over 85,000 Btu/h. Additional requirements apply. Option a - Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 15% better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency.. Option b - Waterside economizer required. Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 5% better than the WSEC required minimum efficiency. Option c - Waterside economizer required. All cooling equipment is subject to ASHARE Standard 127. System ID Compliance Option Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 240 kBtu/h): Alternate Exp 10 Capacity Limit: ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - MECHANICAL SYSTEM ALTERATIONS OR REPLACEMENT C503.4 Pre -approved design alternative to full compliance with air economizer Exp 1 requirement. An alternative for mechanical system alterations where existing building constraints make full compliance with air economizer requirement impractical. Provide calculations to the code official that demonstrate the proposed alternate design strategy provides similar energy savings to the annual energy that would be saved by the cooling system with air economizer per C403.3. System ID Alt. Strategy ECONOMIZER EXCEPTIONS - SIMPLE SYSTEMS C503.4 Qualifying small equipment. Per unit limit less than 33,000 Btu/h. Per Exp 2 building limit for this exception is 72,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 5% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Cooling equipment efficiency shall be 15% better than WSEC required minimum efficiency. Not eligible: non -unitary equipment, unitary equipment installed outdoors or in mech room adjacent to outdoors, equipment installed during new construction, shell -and -core construction, or initial tenant improvement. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 72,000 Btu/h): Alternate C503.4 Exp 2 Capacity Limit: C503.4 Equipment that provides hydronic chilled water for chilled water terminal Exp 3 units. Equipment part load cooling efficiency (IPLV) shall be better than WSEC required minimum efficiency by at least 25%. Per building limit for this exception is 480,000 Btu/h cooling capacity or 20% of required building air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. Chilled water terminal units serving Group R occupancies are not included in the building capacity total. System ID Cooling Capacity (Btu/h) Total Claimed Exempt Capacity: Total building air economizer capacity (if claimed > 480,000 Btu/h): Alternate C503.4 Exp 3 Capacity Limit: Table Compliance Options for alteration or replacement of existing C503.4 mechanical cooling equipment per Table C503.4. Refer to table and all applicable table footnotes for full requirements. Applies to the following retrofit conditions: Option a - Any new or replacement equipment Option b - Replacement equipment of same type with same or smaller cooling output capacity. Option c - Replacement equipment of same type with large cooling output capacity. Option d - New equipment added to existing system or replacement equipment that is different than existing being replaced. System ID Equipment Type Compliance Path 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS-SUM 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings includingR2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure , Date 3/4/2019 For Building Dept. Use HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule List all HVAC systems that have the capability to provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. System or Primary Supply Fan ID Speed Control (Note 1) Description (Note 2) System Total Nameplate HP (Note 3) Fan Power Calculation Required (Note 4) Note 1 - Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.11.1 Exception Sing e zone VAV systems shall comply as CV. Note 2 - Describe system type and list all fans (or groups of fans) associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. all supply, retum/relief, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans, and series terminals. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at conditions, Note 3 - Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Note 4 - This form automatically identifies whether a MECH-FANSYS form is required to demonstrate compliance with the fan power allowance or this information is not required because the system has a combined total nameplate motor hp that is 5 hp or less (No) 1. Include fan -powered peak (Yes), MECH-FANSYS Forms A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp. Select (Add Fan System Form) to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E32 of the added form, 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5 hp threshold, For Building Dept. Use Fan System ID System Supply Fan Speed Control CV Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.11.1, Exception 1 Compliance Option Nameplate HP Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power (Option 1), the fan brake horsepower (Op(ion 2), or C403.7 high efficieny VAV fan brake horsepower (10% less than Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.11.1(2), Fan System Supply CFM Total 600 In Fan Equipment Schedule below, provide maximum design supply airflow rate (CFM) of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment .Schedule below. Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of the central air handler at peak design conditions. Additional volumetric air flow provided at zone fan terminals, booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total, However, the fan power of this equipment is included in the HP and BHP calculations. Fan System Supply CFM Total is automatically calculated by the form. Fan Equipment Schedule Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type Total CFM (Note 1) Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Total BHP (Note 3) heat pump 1 Supply 1 600 0.17 heat pump 1 Return 1 1,750 0.2 Note 1 - Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s) when operating at peak design operating conditions. Note 2 - Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). Note 3 - Total brake horsepower (bhp) of the listed fan(s) at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Compliance Message: Total Proposed: Total Allowance: 0.4 0.7 #VA UE1 COMPLIES Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this device (CFMD) Assigned Pressure Drop, PD in w.c, (Note 6) Calculated Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 7) Adjustment, A in bhp (Note 8) Note 4 - Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air Total Adjustment (bhp): the device. Note 5- Energy recovery effectiveness is defined as change in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply divided by the enthaply difference between the outdoor air and return air at design conditions. Note 6 - Assigned pressure drop (PD) adjustment per Table C403.2.11.1(2). Note 7 - Pressure drop (PD) adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.11,1(2) based on ,specific system conditions. Note 8 - A = PD * CFMD/4131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment, PD is pressure drop allowance, and CFMD is the cfm through the device. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stones and all R1 General Instructions: A. Include all fans directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air to the zones served by the system. Enter CFM and brake horsepower (bhp) of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower (hp). Include supply, retum and relief fans, exhaust and exhaust hood fans (>1 hp), booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units, dedicated outside air systems (DOAS), energy recovery ventilators (ERV), and series fan -powered terminal equipment. B. VAV parallel fan -powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. C. Fans not directly associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air, such as condenser fans, do not need to be included in the fan power total. D. Fan power calculations are not required for non -central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. E. In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table, if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop, this value will auto fill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write -protected. If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write -protected, F. Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 MECH-FANSYS-DOC Fan Power Allowance Ad-ustment Factors 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised January 2017 c Cw.c. .= water column. For SI: I inch w.c..= 249 Pa, 1 inch.= 25,4 mm. TABLE C403.2.11.1(2) FAN POWER LIMITATION PRESSURE DROP ADJUSTMENT Device Adjustment Credits Fully ducted return and/or exhaust air systems 0.5 inch w.c. (2.15 inches w.c. for laboratory and vivarium systems) Return and/or exhaust air flow control devices 0.5 inch w.c. Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or other exhaust treatment The pressure drop of device calculated at fan system design condition Particulate filtration credit: MERV 9 - 12 0.5 inch w.c. Particulate filtration credit: MERV 13 - 15 0.9 inch w.c. Particulate filtration credit: MERV 16 and greater and electronically enhanced filters Pressure drop calculated at 2x clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition Carbon and other gas -phase air cleaners Clean filter pressure drop at fan system design condition Biosafety cabinet Pressure drop of device at fan system design condition Energy recovery device, other than coil runaround loop (2.2 x energy recovery effectiveness) — 0.5 inch w.c. for each airstream Coil runaround loop 0.6 inch w.c. for each airstream Evaporative humidifier/cooler in series with another cooling coil Pressure drop of device at fan system design conditions Sound attenuation section (fans serving spaces with design background noise goals below NC35) 035 inch w.c. Exhaust system serving fume hoods 0.35 inch w.c. Laboratory and vivarium exhaust systems in high-rise buildings 0.25 inch w.c./100 feet of vertical duct exceeding 75 feet Deductions Systems without central cooling device -0.5 inch w.c. Systems without central heating device -0.3 inch w.c. Systems with central electric resistance heat -0.2 inch w.c. 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, R2 and R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Design Load Calculation Summary MECH-LOAD-CALC 2015 Washington State Ene Project Title: y Code Compliance Forms for Com ercial Building Boeing Vault 28 Battery Enclosure noluding R2 R3 over 3 s orie nd a Date R1Revised anuary 2017 4/2019 The following information shall be included in the load calculation program summary submitted with the permit documents. If a load calculation summary is not available, provide the required information below. For Building Dept. Use Equip. ID Area Served acl in btu/F1 (Note oact in btu/h(Note alculation Metno (Note 2) Notes Note 1 - Design load shall account for the building envelope, lighting, ventilation and occupancy loads of the space(s) .served by the mechanical system. Heating and cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load reduction achieved by an energy recovery system, if applicable. Note 2 - Computer load calculation program, worksheet (identify source), or equivalent computation procedure in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 183, Instructions for Electronic Forms, pg. 1 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Intro Commercial Provision Chapters 1 - 5 of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code apply to all commercial occupancies, R R-3 and R-4 occupancies greater than 3 stories above grade, and R-1 occupancy (all building heights). This file, LTG15-v4.XLSM, has electronic compliance forms for electrical power and lighting system provisions as definec Section C405 and Chapter 5. This includes interior and exterior fighting systems, electric motors, and transformers, There an two companion files: ENV15-v4.XLSM (Sections C303, C402, Chapter 5, and Appendix A envelope requirements) and MECH15-v3.XLSM (Section C403 and Chapter 5 mechanical systems requirements EnerCode gy This form is a compliance aid and is not a substitute for the full energy code text or specific jurisdiction compliance requirements. Users should refer to the code text and contact the local jurisdiction for complete information. The full 2015 WSEC code text is available for download from the NEEC websit http:/www.neec.netienersty-codes Training Refer to the NEEC website for instruction on how to complete all of the 2015 WSEC Compliance Forms. Start-up Select this file from the NEEC website to download to your computer, When opening the file be sure to Enable Macros and i applicable Enable Content, Overview This file is an Excel workbook that contains multiple compliance forms and resources In Excel worksheets. Each workshe is indicated by a tab at the bottom of the screen. You may visit each worksheet by selecting it's b Most calculations are automated. Cells that display informational text and the results of calculations are write -protected a cannot be edited. Save Files This file is saved in the same manner as any standard Excel file. Getting Around Some forms have multiple pages. All pages are available on screen when you select the tab for a form (worksheet). Use scroll bars or page down key to find additional pages located below the first page. Input Cells All general project information and the date are entered once on LTG -SUM. This information is automatically replicated a all other LTG forms. The LTG -SUM form accompanies all other LTG forms except LTG-EXT, which is a stand alone form. Only input cells are accessible. If you try to edit a write -protected cell an error message will appear requesting a passwor A password IS NOT required to complete these forms. You may use the TAB key to move to the next input cell. If the TAB doesn't take you where you want to go, use your mouse to move around the for Avoid excessively long text strings when entering information. In some cases, text that extends beyond the available spa will not be visible. In most cases the text will wrap within the cell. This may force part of the form onto a new page. To enter the date, use this format: mm/dd/yyyy. For example, you would enter 7/1/2013 or 12/21/20 Check boxes can be checked or unchecked by clicking in the box with your mouse. Radio buttons (circles) allow only on€ a set to be selected Drop -down lists have an arrow at the right side of the cell. Click on the arrow with your mouse and select the appropriate option. Use the delete button on your computer to clear a drop -down ent When a form has a space for notes or explanation, click anywhere in the space to ed Personalizing You can personalize the forms with your company name, address, phone, or any other information. This is done by editir the header or footer in Excel. Adding And Deleting Lines Many tables, such as for listing proposed lighting fixture types, have a certain number of lines available for entering data. You may need more lines to enter all your information. Where this feature is available, you can add additional lines to the tat by selecting the "+" button on the right hand side of the table with your mows To remove lines that you have added, select the "-" button with your mouse. This will delete the last line of the section. Yt cannot remove lines that were not added; an error message will appear if you If you add additional lines with this method, the pagination may be affected forcing the forms to carry additional lines ovei other pages. Be sure to submit all pages to the plans examim Calculation Area You must select aCalculation Area on LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-INT-BLD to enable the calculations in these forms. LPA Calculation Type You must select aLPA Calculation Type on LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-INT-BLD to enable the calculations in these forms. Exterior LTG Zone You must select aLighting Zone on LTG-EXT (line 12) to activate this worksheet to display the applicable base site allowance and automatically calculate the applicable exterior lighting power allowances.B54 et d he in le u to Instructions for Electronic Forms, pg6 2 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Interior LTG Building Area Method For projects complying via the Building Area Method, provide the total gross interior area for each Building Area Type in t Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table using the drop down ment Assign a Building Area using the drop menu for each lighting fixture type defined in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table. The worksheet will total all fixtures assigned to each Building Are Each Building Area shall comply independent!' Interior LTG Space -By- Space Method For projects complying via the Space -By -Space Method, provide total gross interior area for each Space Type in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table using the drop down men For Atriums and any space utilizing the additional lighting wattage allowance based on ceiling height per Footnotes d thri provide total gross interior area and ceiling height (above finished floor) in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. All Display lighting shall be entered in the LTG-INT-DISPLAY worksheet, Results from this worksheet automatically trans to the LTG-INT-SPACE worksheet in the assigned locations under Retail Display Allowance, Lobby Art/Exhibit Allowance ar Proposed Retail Display Lighting cells Interior LTG Retail Display For projects with eligible Retail Sales display lighting that is in addition to Retail Sales general area lighting, select the Re Display category per Section C4054.2.2.1 from the drop down menu provided, and enter the total gross interior area of the footprint illuminated by display lighting in the Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage table. Assign a correspondir Retail Display category to each lighting fixture type defined in the Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage table using the drop down menu. For projects with eligible Lobby Art/Exhibit display lighting that is in addition to Lobby general area lighting, enter a unique name for each Lobby that this allowance will be applied to, and enter the total gross interior area of the Lobby in the Maximu Allowed Lobby ArUExhibit Display Lighting Wattage table. Assign a corresponding Lobby to each lighting fixture type definec the Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage table The total Retail Display and Lobby Art/Exhibit Display gross interior areas entered in the LTG-INT-DISPLAY worksheet ri not exceed the total Retail Sales and Lobby Art/Exhibit Display gross interior areas entered in the LTG-INT-SPACE workshe Exterior LTG Provide square -foot surface area, perimeter linear feet, or number of items for each Surface Type in the Tradable and Nc Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage tables using the drop down menu Assign a Surface using the drop menu for each exterior lighting fixture type defined in the Tradable and Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables. Printing The forms should print on any printer supported by your operating system. You will need to have the following TrueType fonts installed under VVindows: Arial, Times New Roman, Courier New and VVingdings. These are all standard Windows fonts. If you are losing form details when printing, you may have a shortage of printer memory. Try printing problem pages individually By default, only the active worksheet is printed. To print more than one worksheet at a time, open your print set-up menu and select either the page range you wish to print or Entire Workboc Forms (worksheets) in a workbook may not be deleted because the file is lockt Blank Forms To print blank forms, delete all of the heading information at the beginning of LTG -SUM. For less than 50% alterations, select the Calculation area in the LTG-INT-SPACE form before printing For each radio button group there is a button labeled "Clear." Clicking this button will clear the other buttons so that they print as empty circles. The "Clear" button will not grin End of Instructions for Electronic Forms er d ail g m in ay et. n.. itt Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R Revised Nov 2017 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells ere write - protected. Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For Building Department Use Company Name: Eaton - Omaha Power Center Company Address: 3900 Dahlman Ave., Omaha, NE 68107 Applicant Name: Amy Jewell Applicant Phone: (402) 609-4715 Applicant Email: Project Description qr New Building a Addition a Alteration p No Lighting Scope Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope forms workbook) with lighting compliance forms. Interior Lighting System Description la Interior Lighting Plans Included room / work lighting Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method O Bukling Area Method CI Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Controls 0 Al C405.2.1- C405.2.8 Lighting Controls a C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Controls (LLLC) • Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced Digital Lighting To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: • No Dwelling O C405.2 thru C405.5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Units O C406.3 ligh Efficacy Lighting O R404.1 Residential High Efficacy Lighting. Dwelling unit lighting complies with WSEC Residential provisions in lieu of WSEC Commercial provisions. Exterior Lighting System Description A Exterior L'ghtng Plans Included entrance / security lighting Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2.6 for additional requirements. Compliance Method Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage Interior lighting CI Q interior lighting fixture form. exterior lighting fixture tables in LTG-EXT Exterior lighting wattage in wattage in form. Lighting Summary, cont. LTG -SUM 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 Change of Space Use a Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405.4.2(1) or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes a combination of spaces where less than 50% of the existing fixtures are replaced in some spaces, and 50% or more of the fixtures are replaced in others, then provide separate lighting power compliance forms for the two retrofit conditions, Spaces undergoing the same type of retrofit may be combined into one lighting power compliance form. Refer to Section C503.6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3. la No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. Lighting Power 50% or more of existing are replaced Interior lighting 0 Parking garage 0 Exterior lighting 0 Less than 50°/0 of existing are replaced Lamp and/or ballast replacement only — existing total wattage not increased 50% or more replaced - Total fighting total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, Less than 50% replaced - Total lighting the total lighting power prior to alteration, Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, 50% threshold applies to number of luminaires installed wattage for exterior luminaires. 13 0 power of new + existing Include new LTG-INT-SPACE power of new + existing Include new + existing LTG-INT-SPACE or for interior spaces CI 0 -to -remain fixtures + existing -to -remain or LTG-EXT -to -remain fixtures -to -remain fixtures LTG-EXT form. and parking garages, 0 0 shall comply with fixtures in form. shall not exceed in the Proposed and total Lighting Controls 4- New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit(s) New or moved lighting panel Interior space is reconfigured - unchanged or relocated New wiring or circuit - For interior fighting, occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, specific lighting controls per C405.2.5. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable time switch controls per 0405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide space. Application specific lighting control Interior lighting 0 13 0luminaires provide required daylight responsive For exterior lighting, lighting controls all required lighting provisions per C405.2.5 Parking garage Exterior lighting -.,.„--- 0 0 manual controls per controls per C405.2.4 provide required controls as noted for New controls that apply to do not apply to 0 • — 0405.2.3, and application per C405.2.7. Wiring and automatic a new interior reconfigured Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG-1NT-SPACE 15 Washinuton State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/9/2019 Calculation Area """ o New Construction 0 Addition - 0 Addition stand alone + existing Spaces where < 50% of Spaces where k. 50% of a Spaces where the Use 0 0 luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced is changing (C505) For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type • Standard 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option C406_3 Reduced Interior Lighting To comply ath C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. User Note Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling Height NCTE 2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Electrical/mechanical 9 , 4 159 0 . 7 60 117 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG-INT-DISPLAYN°17 8 Total Area Retail Display 154 LTG-INT-DISPLAY Jlowed Watts Allowance from 118 Proposed LightingWattage Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE4, 5' 6 Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture 11°TE 7 Watts Proposed Main LED striplight, equivalent to a T8 lamp 2 92 84 Proposed Retail Disp ay Lighting from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 84 Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1 - List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footncites d thru Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new factures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Enter all proposed lobby art/exhibit display fixtures in LTG-INT-DISPLAY form only. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and Gross interior areas. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG-1NT-DISPLAY W15 Washinuton State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/9/2019 General Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise, Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible merchandise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category, This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use User Note Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area TypeNOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in f? Allowed Watts per ft2 nfOTE 2 Watts Allowed (wattslft2 x area) NOTE 3 Total Retail With Display Area Maximum Total Watts Base Allowance AllowanceN°TE Retail Display Lighting Retail Display Proposed Retail DisplayLightingWatta d'OTE5 Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture DescriptionNOTE 8 Number of Fixtures Wattsper Fixture NOT" Watts Proposed Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Retail Proposed Display WattsN°TE€ Retail Display Power AllowanceNaTE 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this retail sales area in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Allowance. Note 4 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 5 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 6 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/buswey systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 9 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 10 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in the project that has seperately controlled art/exhibit display lighting. A lobby area title (Column A) and the gross interior sf of the lobby area are are both required to generate the maximum display allowance. Note 11 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c = 0.5 W/ft2. Note 12 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 13 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 14 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Disnlav Allowance is automatically entered in LTG-1NT-SPACE. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG-INT-DISPLAY 2015 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all Revised July 2016 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 General Note - In Lobby areas, an additional wattage allowance is permitted for fighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits. Only Lobby areas with eligible display lighting may use this additional allowance. Proposed display fighting for each Lobby area may not exceed this allowance. Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Maximum Display Watts Allowed per Area NOTE 11 Use Proposed Display Lighting Total Per Area NOTE 12 Lobby Area"TE 1° Lobby Description including (plan # & room #) Gross Interior Area in ff Total Lobby with Display Are Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowancri-E1` Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage" Lobby Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture DescriptionNOTE 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Proposed Display Watt Interior Lighting Power Allowance * See footnotes on previouspage Interior Lighting - Building Area Method LTG-INT-BLD 15 Washinaton State Enerav Code ComplianceForms for Commercial Bulidinos includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stones and all R* Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 Calculation Area NOTE 9 o New Construction 0 Addition - 0 Addition . stand alone + eAsting ,, Spaces where < 50% of Spaces where 50% of a Spaces where the Use '' kiminaires are replaced .". luminaires are replaced is changing (C505) For Building Department Use LPA Calculation Type 0 Standard .3 Additional Efficiency Package Option II C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To oomplywith C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA, Refer to C406.3 for addifrOnal requirements. User Note Maximum Allowed Lighting WattageoTE 1 Building Area Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Area Description Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed _, Watts per ft` Watts Allowed (wattstft2 x area) NOTE 2 Total Proposed Lighting Wattage Building Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 3, 4, 5, E., Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 7 Watts Proposed Compliance by Building Area NOT" Building Area Wamings 1 otal Allowed Watts I otal Proposed Watts Intenor Lighting Power Allowance Note 1 - List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1) that occur in the Totals project scope. Select building area category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this building area surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Alloviance. Note 3 - Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in Mich they occur. List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures, Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), numberof lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires Kith screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input mittage of the fixture (not the lamp viettage). For low voltage iighting, enter the wattage ot the transtormer. For line voltage track/busvtay systems, enter the larger ot the attached luminaire wattage or 50 vtatts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limitof permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Trading wattage between Building Area types is not allowed under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Exterior Lighting LTG-EXT 15 Washinciton State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings ncludinq includingR2, R3, R4 over 3 stores and all R1 Revised Nov2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 Exterior Lighting Zone • Zone 1 0 Zone 2 4) Zone 3 0 Zone 4 Exterior Lighting Zone selection required to enable LTG-EXT form. Zones are defined in Table C405.5.2(1) and specified by the For Building Department Use Calculation Area julibdiutign, • New construction 0 Addition - stand 0 Addition + existing a Afteration with < 50% o Alteration with 50% ext, ext. wattage replaced wattage replaced User Note Building Grounds Applies to individual luminaires> 100 Watts CI Efficacy > 80 lumens/watt CI Exemptio 0 Controlled by motion sensor Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage "*"1 Base Site Allowance: 500 Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x tf) NOTE 2 Main Entry Door entry area in front of 3' wide door 3 20W/LF door 60 Total Allowed Tradable + Site Allowance Watts: 560 Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage "1°T" Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Main Entry Door 1 14 14 Total proposed tradable tietts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: matte nir, lc the ha cp cif llnuporp Anti ha.cp Aitp allnuirmrp not needed fn make 14 tradable watts complycan be applied to individual non -tradable categories. Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE1 Site Allowance Remaining: 500 Non -Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (lf) or # of items Mowed Watts per ft2, If or item Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) NOTE 2 Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Non -Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Non -tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed gaffs for any individual surface unless the total excess watts for all non -tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site alloptence. Non -Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: 0 Remaining Site Allowance: 500 Exterior Lighting COMPLIES WITH MAX. ALLOWANCE Note 1 - List all exterior .surfaces per Table C405.5.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select exterior surface categories from drop down menL Note 2 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Allom Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type, number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if applicable). Note 5 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Tradable and Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables in the same manner as new fixtures, Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 6- For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. Fa luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp vottage), For low voltage lighting. enter the wattage of the transformer. Note 7 - Automated Tellerand Night Depositories - For each location, enter the number of ATM machines or depositories Wthin that location. If there are multiple locations in the project, enter each location individually in the Non -Tradable Maximum AlloKed Lighting Wattage table and identify the location in the Surface Description section, Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Uepartment Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS C405.2 Lighting controls, general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameters C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units For permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or demonstrate compliance with high efficacy exception C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 C405.2.5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whethe combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specific application it serves C405.2.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior light reduction controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls C405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor, time switch or digital timer switch) for all lightingzones•- Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor or digital timer switch) or which time switch control exception applies C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50%-on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100%-on per exception C405.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses Indicate aisleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft C405.2.6 Digital timer switch Indicate digital timer switch control includes: manual on/off, time delay, audible and visual indication of impending time-out C405.2.4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplight Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, includeagkft;-._._.__...._..._...._...._._..._...._..._...._._...._...._.____..._._.._-.._..._.._.. IndicateMight daylight zone areas on plans, include sift_ _.._..-----...._._...._..._...._........,_._...._--_...._..._._.._...._.._..._.. For small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that applyL. Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps_between0%o 100%o of rated power_.. ----_------... Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone C405.2.5 Additional controls Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific application lighting controls per this section C405.2.5 - Items 1 &2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space Indicate manual and automatic lighting control method Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/9/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in quest room C405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non- visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include sq. ft. area of each lightin_g_control zone Indicate on plans that non -visual fighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space., Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control C405.2.5 - Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space. Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Identify on plans egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination' and calculation-alighting power density ortotal-egress lighting; TfloTaf egress lighting power density is gre-afeTthan11.02ANTSq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-off contra C405.2.7 Exterior fighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations servet„, For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed gpeningiolosingynei. For all other exterior lighting, indicate automatic controli-Shut of lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening. or based upon motion sensoi C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 C405.2.5 (listed after C405.2.7) Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - ENHANCED DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package oration) Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 3 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements 'n the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building uepartment Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY C405.4.1 C405.4.2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture c1Tentifyspaces eligible for lighting power exem�p 'Ion on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied;.,.._,._,_ Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per side' C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units -lamp efficacy If high efficacy exception is applied to permanently installed lighting fixtures in dwelling units, indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in fixtures are high efficacy per R404.1. Calculate percentage of fixtures with high efficacy lamps in oroiect (min 75% to comply with exception). Interior Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area: identify locations of building areas on plans C405.4.2.2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage; identify locations o` space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 25% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Methocj C406.3 Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if lamps in interior fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this effc 95 /o to cornpjwitt tion` EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFF _ratinimin CACY C405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting powerap--lied;.............................._._._.........._....._...._._.-..._.............._.._......................_.. Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exceptior Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category _...._.__._._..._._.._._.._...-.__. Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed C Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Chcklis , Pg. 4 LTG-CHK 2015 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/4/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements n the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents building Department Notes LIGHTING ALTERATIONS C503.6 Interior and parking garage lighting fixture alterations Where a 50% of existing luminaires in intenor space(s) or parking garage are replaced; indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing-tc remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG - INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not oh creCt<M5aroginelMen-TiVaineVgqicteeespace(s) or parking garage are replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage in each space prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-INT-SPACE form; indicate proposed total lighting wattage in alteration area does not exceed total existina llahtina wattaaP prior ta alteratioi C503.6 Exterior lighting fixture alterations Where 50% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowec Where < 50%6Feliang exterior lighting wattage is replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceec Mal existina wattage Driorto alteratior C503.6 Interior fighting wiring alterations „ Where new wiring is installed to serve new interior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to a new circuit; indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - manual (C405.2.3); occupancy sensor (C405.2.1); daylight responsive (C405 2.41: snecific application (C405.2.5): exit sians (C405.31 C503.6 Exterior lighting wiring alterations VVhere new wiring is installed to serve new exterior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to new circuit; indicate exterior lighting controls are provided (C405 2,7) C503.6 Lighting panel alterations VVhere a new lighting panel is installed or an existing panel is moved (all new raceway and conductor wiring); indicate fighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as wiring alterations; time switch controls and manual light reduction controls (C405 2 21 C503.6 Interior space reconfiguration Where interior space(s) is reconfigured (permanently installed walls or ceiling -height partitions); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as lighting panel alterations C504.2 Lighting repairs Identify existing luminaires being upgraded with bulb and / or ballast replacement; indicate fixture alteration does not increase existing fixture wattage C505,1 Change of space use Identify spaces on plans where the building area type or space use type is being changed from one type to another per Tables C40.6.4.2(1),or (2)r Indkale compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed per compliance oath RECEPTACLES C405.10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptacles on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices etc Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control foi each controlled receptacle zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day contro Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 5 LTG-CHK 2015 Washiriqton State EnergyCode Comlrance Forms for CommercialBuildings includnq R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and alt Ri Revised Nov 2017 Boeing Vault 28 Sub Battery Enclosure Date 3/9/2 01 9 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electricalrequirements 'n the Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Componerd Compliance information required in permit documents LoCation in Documents Building Department Notes MOTORS TRANSFORMERS, ELECTRIC METERS, INTERIOR TRANSPORTATION C405.6 Electrical transformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception takei C405,7 Dwelling unit electrical energy qonsum�tion Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include alt motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception appliec C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans dc not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoccupied for a period of 15 minutes or more C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum oermitted when not in use C405,9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are providec with a varlable frequency regenerative drive DOCUMENTATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS TO SUPPORT COMMISSIONING (Cx) C408.3 Scope of electrical power and lighting systems commissioning indicate that all electrical systems (receptacles, transformers, motors, vertical and horizontal transportation) for which the WSEC requires control functions and / or configuration to performhspecific functions are required to be commissioned aKill-ding lightingToad is > 20 kW, or WhereJCMI ere totl- lighting load of luminaires requiring daylight sensing and / or occupancy control > 10 kW, indicate that all automatic lighting control systems are required to be commissioned; or provide building lighting power calculation demonstrating eligibility for pxception; C405.13 C408.1,1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate Cx requirements in plans and specifications for all applicable electrical and.fightifigsontrpl systemsperC408;; lnclae Ori-6Fakilniniary with at minirn-um Ifems 1 thru 4-of the Cx plan per C408.1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per .C.10.3_,6and.conflict of jmerest plan jille.Quir.ea.. Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.2) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final electrical inspection C408.3.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION C103.6.3 Project close out documentation requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation is required including WSEC lighting compliance forms and calculations that document all interior and exterior lighting area and / or surface types, lighting power allowances and installed densities If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of ighting, Motor & Transformer Perrmt Documents Checklist Ila Powering Business Worldwide Heating and Cooling Load Summary CUSTOMER INFORMATION Customer Name: Boeing Job Information: Plant 2 Vault 28 Battery Enclosure Battery Enclosure Street Address: 7755 East Marginal Way South City: Tukwila State: Washington Description: Control Building Elevation: 21 ft. PROJECT INFORMATION Sales Order: P3854 Enclosure Dimensions: 7.8' W x 20L x 11.6' H Switchgear Loads Switchgear: Control Panels: Bus Duct: Cooling Load Btu/h * unit NO PANELS? Switchgear Subtotal 4 0 Btu/h Enclosure Loads Envelope Loads area. ft2 Btu/h * ft2 Roof: 157 3.7 582 Wall 1: 190 1.8 342 Wall 2: 177 6.4 1132 Wall 3: 64 6.8 438 Wall 4: 77 2.4 181 Door(s): 25 7.9 194 Base: 156 0.0 0 Envelope Subtotal 2867 Btu/h Internal Loads wattage Btu/h * watt Lighting: 64 watts 1.37 214 Misc: 300 watts 6.56 1023 Internal Subtotal -) 1237 Btu/h Ventilation Loads Infiltration: 70 Intake/Exhaust: 399 Ventilation Subtotal 470 Btu/h Enclosure Subtotal 4 4574 Btu/h Heating Load -303 -1236 -1156 - 419 -499 - 191 -249 -4055 Btu/h -1368 -2739 -4106 Btu/h -8161 Btu/h Cooling Load—) 4574 Btu/h 0.38 Tons Heating Load—) 8161 Btu/h 2393 Watts c EVALUATICNi SERVICE lernovatic•n RESEARCIA LADS DIVISION: C7 00 00—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION: 07 21 00—THERMAL INSULAllON SECTION: 07 25 00—WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIERS/WEATHER BARRIERS REPORT HOLDER: BASF CORPORATION EVALUATION SUBJECT: BASF CORPORATION SPRAY-APPLIECt INSULATIONS: SPRAYTITE® (SP, 158, 178, 81205 AND 81206) AND WALLTITE® (200, US, US-N AND HP+) "2014 Recipient of Prestigious Western StategSeismic Policy CouncH (WSSPC) Award in Excellence" A Subsidiary of IclerMitt CICC-ES E-valuation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed nor -are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report 07" a reconnnendation for its vse. There is no ivareanty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in .this report, or as to any product covered by the report_ 150/1EC 17055 Prodziek C5,511c5155 060y 510T10 Copyright c° 2019 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved. lCC EVALUATION SERVICE Most Widely Accepted and Trusted UCC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-2642 Reissued February 20Yy This report is subject to renewal February 2020. A Subsidiary of the International Code Councile DIVISION: 0780OU--TMERM/&AND MOISTURE PROTEC11ON Section: 07%100—ThwnnalInsulation Section: 072580—^Nater-RemiadvmBarr|em8&euthmr Barriers REPORT HOLDER: BASF CORPORATION EVALUATION SUBJECT: BASF CORPORATION SPRAY -APPLIED INSULATIONS: 8p 158.178,g1205AND 1,0 EVALUATION SCOPE 11 Compliance with the following codes: 0 2O15.2012and 20OQInternational Building Code' (|BC) m2O15. 2012 and 2009 International Residential Code (|gC) N 2015, 2012 and 2009 /mbonatime/Energy Conservation Code" r(|ECC) N 2O13Abu Dhabi International Building Code (AD|BC)/ E Other Codes (see Section O.0) tTo°xn/oo/,based "nthe zuusIBC_ zuoy|eccode sections referenced inthis report are the same sections mthe Ao|oo, Properties evaluated: • Physical properties • Surface burning characteristics • Thermal resistance • Water vapor transmission • Attic and crawl space installation • Air permeability • Water -resistive barrier •Finn'mointanoa-mh:dconstruction • Exterior walls inTypes | through iVconstruction Evaluation to the following green code(s) and/or standards: a2O1'5 California Groan Building Standards Code (CALGnaan).Title 24.Part 11 n 2015. 2012 and2008 |CC 70ONational Green Building StandardTM (|CC 780-2815. ]CC 700`2012 and |CC7U0'2008) Attributes verified: See Section 2,0 2.0BSEQ OPRAYTTE~ (SP. 158. 178. 81285 and 81206) and VVALLTITEw (200. US, US-N and HP+) spray -applied polyurethane foam insulations are used on nonstructural thermal insulating material in all types of construction under the |8C and dwellings under the |RC, See Section 4.7 for use in exterior mm0s of Typo |. U. U/ and |V construction. The insulation is for use in wall cavities, floor/ceiling osoamblieo, exterior side of vertical foundations or the underside of on -grade slabs. It may be used in attic and crawl spaces as described in Section 4.4, Under the |RC and 2015 |8C. the insulation may be used as uirimpanna*b|a insulation when installed in uu000donma with Section 3.5. When installed in uomordenma with Section 4.6, the insulation may be used as an o|harnaUva to the water -resistive barriers required in IBC 8aodnn 1404.2 and |RC Section R703.2. The insulation may be used in fin+mxistonoe-m{ad wall 0000mbUos when construction is in anonn1anca with Smution4.8. 3.8 DESCRIPTION 3'1 General: SPRAYT|TE~ (GP 150. 17&, 81205 and 81208) and VVALLT|TE' (200. US. US-N and HP+) are two -component, o|oued'oeU, rigid foam plastic insulations, The inau|mUune are produced in the field by combining on iauoyanatu component A with a resin component B. nouu|Ung in products having a nominal density of2.V pnf (32 kg/m"). SPRAYT|TE' and VVALLT|TE~ insulations use an A component don|qnraoad as ELA8TOSPR4Y4 80808. Each insulation uses e different proprietary blend for the 8 component, The insulation components B have a shelf life of six K4 months and components A have m shelf life of nine (9) months when phovad in factory - sealed containers uttemperatures between 5U~F(1U"C)and 0U"F (27"C)before installation. 3.2 Surface -burning Characteristics: The insulations have u flame -spread index of2S or |mxn and a smoke -developed index uf45O or less when hnnhod in aoon,dunua with 8STN E84 (UL 723) at o maximum thickness of4inches (1O2mm)- 3.o Thermal Resistance, R*m|uao: The insulations have thermal resistance (R-ua\uea)ato mean temperature uf75^F(24^C)aushown inTable 1. a=al _-- Pam copyright 0 2019 ICG Evaluation Service, LLC. All (Ights reserved, ESR-2H42/Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 2 of 22 &4Vapor Retarder; The insulations have a vapor permeance of less than 1 perm [5J2x1D~g/(Pa`o'm^)).inaccordance with AOTN EQO (Desiccant yNothod), when applied at the following minimum thioknemaeu, and qualify as C|emm || vapor retarders: SPRAYTTE~(SP'158.81205)=1.25inches (32mm) SPRAYTTE~(178.812O8)=1.6Uinches (38mm) VVALLT|TEw (200. US. US-N and HP+) = 1.60 inches (38mm) 3.5 Air Permeability: SPR/YfT|TE~ (SP. 158. 178. 01205 and 81206) and VVAL[UTE~ (200US. US-N and HP+) spray -applied polyurethane foam inuu|adono, at u minimum thickness of 1 inch (25.4 mm), are considered a|rimponnoahlo insulation in accordance with 2015and 2012 |RO Section R808.5(2009|RC Section R8V6.4)and 2015 IBC Section i2O33'based mntesting inaccordance with ASTK8E283. 3.6 ALDOCOATB0VCoating: ALD000AT 800 ooubng, manufactured by Aldo Products Cumpuny, is e single -component, water -based latex coating supplied in 5-gallon palls and 65-ga||un (19 and 200 L) drums. The matoho|o have a oha|Aifo of six (8) months when stored in u 0mohnry'ou|nd container at temperatures uf40"F(4.5"C)and 80"F(32,C). 3.7 NoBu""aP|us Coating: Nn8umoPlus coating, manufactured byNo'Bum.|nu.ioa bano|umani aqueous liquid supplied in 1' and 5-gallon (4 and 18 L) poUo and 55'gu||nn (208 U drums. The coating has ashelf life ofthree (3) years when stored ina factory -sealed container at temperatures between 40^F (4.5°C)and 0O°F(32^C). 3.8 NnBurnoP(um XD Coating: NoBurnw P}ueXD coeting, manufactured by No -Burn, Inc., is a |aha»boaod coating supplied in 5-gallon (19 U pails and 55-gaUon(208Udrums. The coating has ushelf life uf three (3)years when stored inafactory-sealed oon{uimarut temperatures between 4O^F(4.5^{)and 9O"F(32,C). 3.8 Flame Sea|oTBCoating: Flame Sea] TB ooaUng, manufactured by Flame Seal Products Inc., recognized in ESR'4002. is u two'oomponant, water -based polymeric imbme000n1 coating . consisting ofthe Flame Seal TBresin and Flame Seal T5Ocmon||nking catalyst. The two components are mixed prior huapplication. The coating iasupplied in 5-gallon (19 L) pails (4ga||ono (16.1 L) of TB and 1 gallon udrums (4Ogallons (151.4 U of TB and 10 gallon (37.8 L) m/T5O> and has w shelf -life of twelve months when stored in factory -sealed containers t temperatures bab*o 40^P (4"C) and 00^17 and WALLTITE" (200, US, US-N and HP+) insulations, the assembly has a flame -spread index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less, when tested in 8.1ODC316Coating: DC 315 wzahnq, recognized in and manufactured by International F|mpm*[Tevhn*|p8y Inc' / Paint tuProtect |no.'ioosing |*componant.water-based ' liquid -applied intumoo*nn(oouting The coating isoupp}iod in 5-gallon (19L) pails and 55'gaUon (208 U drums and has m shelf -life of one (1) year when stored in factory -sealed containers at temperatures between 50°F 3.11TPR,FlRESHELOF10ECoating: TPRz F[RG8HELLw HUE ooating, recognized in ESR-3987. manufactured by TPR° Corpunation, is a proprietary single -component, water -based, liquid -applied intumescent coating. The coating is supplied in 5-gallon (18 L) pails and 55'go||nn (208 L) drums and has u shelf -life ofone (1)year when stored infactory-sealed containers attemperatures between 45°F(7.2"C)and 8G°F (3O"C). 3.i2TPRxFiREGHELL�(UB4)Coating: TPR' F|RESHELO (184) coating, manufactured byTPR' Corporation, is m proprietary single -component, wabopbaood, liquid -applied intumescent coating. The coating is supplied in 5-gallon (19 U pails und55'guUun (208 U drums and has a oho|#|ho of one (1) year when stored in factory -sealed containers at 1omperuhmneu between 45°F(7.2°C)and 75"F(24,C). 3.1DF8'|B`uIgnition Barrier Coating: FS-IBTM Ignition Barrier CoaMng, manufactured by F|umoaoa| Products, Inc., is a proprietary single -component, whwr-ba d latex coating, The oumUnQ Is supplied in5'go||on (19 L pails and 65'ga||on (208 U drums and has ashelf-life ufsix (8)months when stored in factory -sealed containers at temperatures between OO°F (16"[)and 8U"F(27°C). 4'0 INSTALLATION 4.1 General: The insulations must boinstalled inaccordance with the manufacturer's published installation inmkuuUnno. the applicable uudm and this report. The manufacturer's published installation instructions must be available nnthe jobxUaotall times during installation. 4.2 Application: SPR/07l (158. 178, 81205 and 81206) and VVALLOTEo (200. U8. US-N and HP+) spray -applied polyurethane foam insulations are spray -applied at the ]obn|tebyprofessional insulation contractors combining an isocyunmha component "A' with u resin component ^B" using a vp(u/nelhc positive displacement pump as recommended in the manufacturer's published installation instructions. The insulation is applied in puaueo having m minimum thickness of1/x inch (12J mm) and a maximum thickness of inches (51 mm) per paam, up to the total thickness specifiedi Sections 32 43 4.4. 4.6 mnd4J of this report. The insulation passes must beallowed h`fully expand and be cured for minimum of15minutes prior to application nfanadditional pass. SPRAYT|TEO 0P spray -applied polyurethane foam insulations are spray -applied at &ojnhude by professional insulation contractors combining anioonyunatecomponent "A" with u resin component ''D^ using a volumetric positive displacement pump as recommended in the manufacturer's published inubmMmUon instructions. The insulation |oapplied inpasses having nminimum thickness uf'6inch (127mm) and amaximum thickness of4inches (102mm) per pass, up to the total thickness specified in Sections 3.2.43.4.4and 4.8ofthis report. The insulation passes must baallowed tofully expand and becured for u minimumof1Ominutes prior hoapplication mfonadditional pass, The insulation must not he used in areas that have m maximum service temperature greater than 1801F (82"C). E8R-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 3of 22 The foam plastic insulation must not baused inelectrical outlet or junction boxes. The substrate must be free of mcistuno, frost orice, loose scales, mot oi|, and grease or other surface contaminants. The insulation must be protected from the weather during and after application, 4.3 Thermal Barrier: 4.3.1 Application with oPrescriptive Thermal Barrier: The spray -applied insulations must heseparated from the interior of the building by on approved thermal barrier Of 1/2-)noh4hick (12J mm) gypsum wallboard or on equivalent thermal barrier complying with IBC Section 2603.4 or 1RC Section R316.4. as appUonb|o` except where installation is in aonundonmo with Section 4.32. or in an et8o or crawl space as dnonhbad in Section 4.4, or when the installation iu|nsill plates and headers otototal thickness nf31/4 inches (83 mm) or |*ou as permitted by |RC GocUun R316.5.11Thnm is no thickness limit when installation in behind m code -prescribed thermal barrier, except uunoted inSection 4.4.3. 4.3.2 Application without a Prescriptive Thermal Barrier: The GPRAYTRlE' (SP. 158. 178. 81205 and O) and VVALLT|Te (200. US, US-N and HP+) insulations may be installed without the thermal barrier prescribed in |8C Section 2003.4and |RCSacdon R310A in assemblies conforming to one of those described in Table 2. The insulation may be |nft exposed where indicated inTable 2. 44 Ignition Barrier- Attics and Crawl Spaces: 4/4.1 Application with a Prescriptive Ignition Barrier: When thespray-applied insulations are installed within attics orcrawl spaces where entry iymade only for service of uU|iUeo, an ignition barrier must be installed in accordance with IBC Section 2GO3.4.1.0or|RC Sections R316.5.3 and R816.5.4, as upp|ivab|e, except where the installation isinaccordance with Section 4.4.2.The ignition barrier must bo consistent with the requirements for the type of construction required by the applicable oodo, and must be installed in a manner so that the foam p|enUo insulation /onot exposed. 4.4.2 Application without o Prescriptive Ignition 8mn1er The SPRAYT[rE~ (GP. 158. 170. 81205 and 81206) and VV8LLTiTO (200. US. US-N and HP+) insulations may bo installed in attics and crawl spaces oo described in this section without the ignition barriers described in IBC Section 2803.4.1.6 and |RC Sections RJ10.5.3and R31O.5,4.subject 0othe following conditions: m. Entry to the nthn or crawl apoun is to eenjon uU|iUoo, and nostorage ispermitted. b. Thum are no interconnected attic or crawl apuoo areas. c. Air in the attic urcrawl space isnot circulated 0oother parts nfthe building. d. Attic ventilation is provided when required by |8C Section 12052 o/ |RC Section R806. except when air -impermeable insulation is ponnidod in unventod attics in accordance with 2015 or2O12 |RC Section 13806�5 (2008 |RC Section R006.4) or 2015 IBC Section 1208.3. Under -floor (crawl space) ventilation in provided when required by IBC Section 1203.3or |RCSection R4O8.1.aoapplicable, o. Combustion air is provided in accordance with |MC Sections 701. In uttim, the insulation may bespray-applied to the underside of roof sheathing or roof raftem, and/or vertical surfaces provided the assembly o*nfonnx to one of the anmombk*u described in Table 3. In crawl spa000, the insulations may bospray-applied Vnthunderside nf8 and/or vertical surfaces provided the assembly conforms 0o one of the assemblies domodbod in Table 8. When on intumescent coating is used, surfaces to be coated must be dry, uloun, and free of dirt, loose debris and any other substances that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. The intumescent coating must be applied to all surfaces in accordance with the respective coating manufacturer's installation instruuUono. The coating must beapplied when ambient and substrate temperatures are above of50^F (10"O). The insulations may be installed in nnvnnbed attics audescribed in this section in 0000vdonna with }RCSection R8O0.5(20O8|RCSection R8O6.4). 4.4.3 Use on Attic Floors: The SPR w (SP. 158. 178. 81205 and 81205) and VVALLT|TE~(20O. US, US-N and HP+)insulations may boinstalled inaccordance with this section and Table 3between and over the joists inattic floor, The insulation must boseparated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal bonioc The ignition barrier required inIBC Section 2883.4.1.6and |RCSection R318.5.3may beomitted, 4.5 Water -resistive Barrier: The GPRAYTlTO (170 and 81208) and VVALLT|TEw (200. VS. US -Nand HP+) insulations may bwused as an alternative to the water -resistive barrier prescribed in IBC Section i404.2and |RCSection R7O32.when installed on exterior walls aadescribed inthis section. The insulations must bmspray-applied tothe exterior side of the uheathinQ, masonry or other suitable exterior wall substrates tuform uoontinuouo layer uf1 inch (25.4mm) minimum thickness. All constructionjointsmndpanetraUono must be ooa|od with OPRAYTlTE~ (178 and 81208) or N/ALLT|TE'(20O U8. US-N and HP+) insulation, 4.8 Two-hour Fire 'vpa\ob^nne'ratad VVwO Assemblies (Lood'boa,ing): SPRAYT|TE~ (SP. 158 and 81205) may be installed on interior load -bearing two-hour fire -resistance -rated wm||u, provided the system in installed in ocomdeone with the following: 4.6.1 mood Framing: Two rows on separate plates, 3 inuAao (7$ mm) apart, of minimum 2-by-4 wood studs (No. 2 Douglas fir) npnomd e maximum of 10 inches (4OUmm) oncenter. 4'6.2 VVeU Finish; Bnno layer of 5/8'inoh-th)uk (15.9 mm). Type X gypsum wallboard is applied horizontally and fastened to each outer side of a double row of studs with 6d by 1718-inch-long (48 mm) coated nails, spaced 2 feet (610 mm) on center. Face layer of 5/8-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum board is applied horizontally and fastened to each outer side of studs over the base layer with 8d by 23/e-inch-long (60 mm) coated nails, spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on centers. Gypsum wallboard joints must be staggered 24 inches (610 mm) between layers and on opposite sides of the wall. 4.8.8 insulation: 8PR/07|TE~ (8P. 150 or 81205) is applied inthe stud cavities ofboth rows atathickness vf 3inches (TOmm). 4.7, Exterior VVuUa in Types |. U. U| and |V Construction: SPRAYTITE" (178 and 81206) and WALLTITEw (200, US. US-N and HP+) may be installed in or on exterior walls of buildings of Type L U. U| and IV construction complying ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 4 of 22 The maximum thickness of the foam plastic is as set forth in Table 4 or 6 when installed on the exterior of the sheathing or 35/8 inches (92 mm) when installed in stud cavities. The potential heat of SPRAYTITE® 81206 and WALLTITE® (200, US, US-N and HP+) spray -applied insulations is 1961 Btu/ft2 (22.3 MJIm) per inch of thickness. The wall assembly must be as described in Table 4, 5 or 6. 5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The BASF Corporation spray -applied insulations described in this report comply with, or are suitable alternatives to what is specified in, those codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 The spray -applied insulations and the intumescent coatings must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's published installation instructions, this evaluation report and the applicable code. The instructions within this report govern if there are any conflicts between the manufacturer's published installation instructions and this report. 5.2 The spray -applied insulations must be separated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal barrier, as described in Section 4.3, except where installation is accordance with Section 4.3.2 or where installation is in an attic or crawl space as described in Section 4.4. 5.3 The spray -applied insulations must not exceed the thicknesses noted in Section 3.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7, as applicable. 5.4 The spray -applied insulations must be protected from the weather during application. 5.5 The spray -applied insulations must be applied by professional spray polyurethane foam installers approved by BASF Corporation or by the Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (SPFA) for the installation of spray polyurethane foam insulation. 5.6 Installation in fire -resistance -rated construction must be as described in Section 4.6. 5.7 Use of the insulation in areas where the probability of termite infestation is "very high" must be in accordance with IBC Section 2603.8 or IRC Section R318.4, as applicable. 5.8 Jobsite certification and labeling of the insulation must comply with 2015 IRC Section N1101.10 (2012 IRC Section N1101.14) and 2015 or 2012 IECC Sections C303.1, R303.1 and R401.3 (2009 IECC Sections 303.1 and 401.3). 5.9 When used in or on exterior walls of buildings of Type I, II, III and IV construction, the wall assembly must conform to those described in Section 4.7. 5.10 The polyurethane foam plastic insulation components are produced in Houston, Texas; Orange, California and Toronto, Canada under a quality -control program with inspections by ICC-ES. 6.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED 6.1 Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Spray -applied Foam Plastic Insulation (AC377), dated April 2016, including reports of tests in accordance with Appendix X of AC377. 6.2 Data in accordance with ASTM E119 (UL 263). 6.3 Reports of water vapor transmission tests in accordance with ASTM E96. 6.4 Reports of air leakage testing in accordance with ASTM E283. 6.5 Reports of fire propagation characteristics tests in accordance with NFPA 285. 6.6 Reports of potential heat of foam plastics tests in accordance with NFPA 259. 6.7 Reports of room corner tests in accordance with NFPA 286, UL 1715 and ASTM E84. 6.8 Data in accordance with applicable sections of ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Foam Plastic Sheathing Panels Used as Water -resistive Barriers (AC71), dated February 2003 (editorially revised January 2016). 7.0 IDENTIFICATION 7.1 Each container of components A and B of the polyurethane foam plastic insulation bears a label with the BASF Corporation, name and address, the product name, the product type (A or B component), density, the flame -spread and smoke -developed indices, the evaluation report number (ESR-2642), the shelf life and the date of manufacture. The TPR2 Corporation FIRESHELL® F1OE coating is identified with the manufacturer's name, the product trade name, use instructions and evaluation report number (ESR-3997). The International Fireproof Technology / Paint To Protect, Inc. DC 315 coating is identified with the manufacturer's name, the product trade name, date of manufacture, shelf life or expiration date, manufacturer's instructions for application and evaluation report number (ESR-3702). Flame Seal Products Flame Seal TB coating is labeled with the manufacturer's name and address; the product name; the date of manufacture, the shelf life or expiration date; the manufacturer's instructions for application, and evaluation report number (ESR-4002). The other Intumescent coatings are identified with the manufacturer's name, the product trade name and use instructions. 7.2 The report holder's contact information is the following: BASF CORPORATION 1703 CROSSPOINT AVENUE HOUSTON, TEXAS 77054 (888) 900-FOAM www.spf.basf.com 8.0 OTHER CODES 8.1 Evaluation Scope: In addition to the codes referenced in Section 1.0, the products in this report were evaluated for compliance with the requirements of the following codes: 11 2006 International Building Code® (2006 IBC) 2006 International Residential Code® (2006 IRC) Is 2006 International Energy Conservation Code® (2006 IECC) II 2003 International Building Code (2003 IBC) IN 2003 International Residential Code® (2003 IRC) El 2003 international Energy Conservation Code (2003 IECC) ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 5 of 22 8.2 Uses; The products comply with the above -mentioned codes as described in Sections 2,0 through 7.0 of this report, with the following modifications: ▪ Application with a Prescriptive Thermal Barrier: See Section 4.3.1, except the approved thermal barrier must be installed in accordance with Section R314.4 of the 2006 IRC or Section R314,1.2 of the 2003 IRC, as applicable. • Application with a Prescriptive ignition Barrier: See Section 4.4.1, except an ignition barrier must be installed in accordance with Section R314.2.3 of the 2003 IRC, or Section R314.5.3 or R314.5.4 of the 2006 IRC. m Application without a Prescriptive ignition Barrier: See Section 4.4.2, except that combustion air is provided in accordance with Sections 701 and 703 of the 2006 IMC. m Protection against Termites: See Section 5.7, except use of the insulation in areas where the probability of termite infestation if "very heavy" must be in accordance with Section 320.4 of the 2003 IRC or Section R320.5 of the 2006 IRC. • Jobsite Certification and Labeling; See Section 5.8, except jobsite certification and labeling must comply with Section 102.5,1 of the 2003 IECC, or Sections 102.1.1 and 102.1.11, as applicable, of the 2006 IECC. TABLE 1—THERMAL RESISTANCE R-VALUES SPRAYT T (SP, 158 and 81206) SPRAYTITE(178 and 81206) and WALLT 7E° (200, US, US-N and HP+} THICKNESS (INCHES) R-VALUE (F.ftz.h/Btu)'" THICKNESS (INCHES) R-VALUE ("F.fe.h/E3tu)l'a 1 6.6 1 6.7 2 13 2 13 3 20 3 20 3.5 24 3.5 24 4 27 4 28 5 34 5 34 6 41 6 41 7 48 7 48 8 54 8 55 10 68 10 69 11 75 11 76 12 82 12 83 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 "F.ft2.h/Btu = 0.176 110 'K.rnalW. 1R-values are calculated based on tested K values at 1-and 4-inch thicknesses. 2R-values greater than 10 are rounded to the nearest whole number. TABLE 2—.USE OF INSULATION WITHOUT A PRESCRIPTIVE THERMAL BARRIER' INSULATION TYPE MAXIMUM THICKNESS (in.) Wall Cavities) AXIMUM THICKNESS (In,) (Ceilings, Underside of Roof Sheathing/Rafters & Floors) FIRE -PROTECTIVE COATING MINIMUM THICKNESS & TYPE (Applied to all Foam Surfaces) 3 MINIMUM APPLICATION RATE OF ARE - PROTECTIVE COATING r May be left exposed as an InteriorSUBMITTED Finish TESTS WALLTITE® (200, US, US-N & HP+) SPRAYTITEB (178 and 81206) 8 12 Flame Seal TB 25 wet mils 1.60 gal / 100 ft2 Yes UL1715 ASTM E84 51/2 111/2 DC315 Prime Coat 4 mils wet & 0C315 16 wet mils 0.25 gal / 100 ft2 & 1.00 gal / 100 ft2 Yes NFPA 286 71/2 F10E 23 wet mlls 1.23 gal 1 100 ft2 Yes NFPA 286 ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted TABLE 4—NFPA 285 COMPLYING WALLS—SPF ON EXTERIOR Page 7 of 22 WALL COMPONENTS MATERIALS F3aso wall system— Use either 1, 2 or 3 1—Concrete wall 2—Concrete masonry wall 3-1 layer of 5/8-inch-thick Type X gypsum wallboard on interior, installed over minimum 3/8-inch-depth, minimum No. 20-gage steel studs at a maximum of 24 inches on center with lateral bracing every 4 feet vertically Floorline firestopping 4 pcf mineral -fiber insulation friction -fit in each wall stud cavity at each floor line. Cavity insulation— Use either 1, 2, or 3 1—None 2—Fiberglass batt insulation' 3—Mineral-fiber insulation 1 Exterior sheathing— Use either 1, or 2 1—None —Minimum 1/2-inch-thick Type X exterior gypsum sheathing Exterior Insulation Maximum 3-inch thickness of SPRAYTITE (178 and 81206) or WALLTITE (200, US, US-N and HP+) Exterior wall covering —Use either 1, 2, 3 or 4 1—Brick —Standard type brick veneer anchors installed maximum 24 inches on center, vertically on each stud —Maximum 2-inch air gap between exterior insulation and brick —Standard nominal 4-inch-thick, clay brick 2—Stucco — Minimum 3/4 —inch-thick, exterior cement plaster and lath. A secondary water -resistive barrier can be installed between the exterior insulation and the lath. The secondary water -resistive barrier shall not be full - coverage asphalt or butyl -based self -adhered membranes. 3—Natural stone veneer —Minimum 2-inch-thick using any standard non -open -jointed installation technique, such as ship -lap, etc. 4—Cast artificial stone — minimum 1'/2—inch-thick, complying with ICC-ES AC51 using any standard non -open - jointed installation technique, such as ship -lap, etc. 5—Terracotta cladding — Use any terracotta cladding system in which the terracotta is minimum 11/4 inch. Any standard non -open -jointed installation technique such as ship -lap, etc. can be used, For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 rnm, 1 foot -4 304.8 mm, 1 pcf = 16.01 kg/m3. 'Insulation must comply with the applicable requirements of 2015 or 2012 IBC Section 720.2 (2009 IBC Section 719.2). TABLE 5—NFPA 285 COMPLYING WALLS—SPF IN WALL CAVITY WALL COMPONENTS MATERIALS Base wall system— Use either 1, 2 or 3 1—Concrete wall 2—Concrete masonry wall 3-1 layer of 5/8-inchethick Type X gypsum wallboard on interior, installed over minimum 354.inch-depth minimum No. 20-gage steel stud at a maximum of 24 inches on center with lateral bracing every 4 feet vertically Floorline firestopping 4 pcf mineral fiber insulation friction -fit in each wall stud cavity at each floor line. Cavity Insulation— Use either 1, 2, 3 or combination of 1 and 2 or combination or 1 and 3 1—Maximum 35/8 inch thickness of SPRAYTITE (178 and 81206) or WALLTITE (200, US, US-N and HP+) applied using exterior gypsum sheathing as the substrate and covering the width of the cavity and the inside the steel stud framing flange. 2—Fiberglass batt insulation (faced or unfaced) on the exterior side of the foam plastic 3—Mineral wool insulation (faced or unfaced) on the exterior side of the foam plastic Exterior sheathing 5/B-inch-thick Type X exterior gypsum sheathing Exterior wall covering 1 — Any non-combustible exterior wall covering material using any standard installation technique 2 — Any non-combustible exterior wall covering system with a combustible VVRB that has successfully been tested in accordance with NFPA 285 Details of the exterior wall covering must be provided to the code official by the report holder, designer or specifier, with an engineering analysis demonstrating that (1) the exterior wall covering conforms to ASTM E136 and (2) the addition of the wall covering and/or water -resistive barrier to the assembly described in this section does not negatively affect conformance of the assembly with the requirements of IBC Section 2603.5, For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 rnm, fo 304.8 mm, 1 pcf = 16.01 kg/ma. ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 6 of 22 TABLE 2—USE OF INSULATION WITHOUT A PRESCRIPTIVE THERMAL BARRIER (Continued INSULATION TYPE MAXIMUM THICKNESS Om) (Wall Cavities) MAXIMUM THICKNESS (In.) (Ceilings, Underside of Roof Sheathing/Rafters & Floors) FIRE -PROTECTIVE COATING MINIMUM THICKNESS & TYPE (Applied to all Foam Surfaces)3 MINIMUM APPLICATION RATE OF FIRE- PROTECTIVE COATING May be left exposed as an Interior Finish TESTS SUBMITTED SPRAYTITE® (158 and 81205) 111/4 111/4 Flame Seal TB 24 wet mils 1.60 gal / 100 ft2 Yes UL1715 ASTM E84 5'12 11/z DC315 20 wet mils 1.25 gat / 100 ft2 Yes NFPA 286 51/2 91/2 21 we0l E mils 1,16 gal / 100 ft2 Yes NFPA 286 SPRAYTITE SP 111/4 111/4 Flame Seal TB 24 wet mils 1.60 gal / 100 ft2 Yes UL1715 ASTM E84 51/2 716 DC315 20 wet mils 1.25 gal / 100 ft2 Yes NFPA 286 51/2 91/2 FIDE 21 wet mtls 1.16 gal / 100 ft2 Yes NFPA 286 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mil = 0.0254 mm; 1 gallon = 3.38 L; 1 1See Section 4.3.2. 2See Section 3.9, 3.10, 3.11 and 3.13. 0.093 m2,; NA = not applicable. TABLE 3—USE OF INSULATION IN ATTICS AND CRAWL SPACES WITHOUT A PRESCRIPTIVE IGNITION BARRIERI INSULATION TYPE MAXIMUM THICKNESS (in) (Wall Cavities $ Attic Floors) MAXIMUM THICKNESS (in) (Ceilings, Underside of Roof Sheathing/Rafters & Floors) FIRE -PROTECTIVE COATING MINIMUM THICKNESS & TYPE (Applied to all Foam Surfaces)2 MINIMUM APPLICATION RATE OF FIRE- PROTECTIVE COATING TESTS SUBMITTED (AC377) WALLTITE® (200, US-N, US and HP+) SPRAYTITE® (178 and 81206) 91/4 111/4 No coating required NA Appendix X 91/4 111/4 Fireshell 164 10 wet mils 0,60 gal / 100 ft2 Appendix X 91/4 11114 ALDOCOAT 800 18 wet mils 1.12 all 100 ft2 g Appendix X pp 91/4 111/4 NoBurn Plus 12 wet mils 0.75 gal ! 100 ft2 Appendix X 8 12 Flame Seal TB 25 wet mils 1,60 gal / 100 ft2 UL1715 51/2 111/2 DC15 wet m1 4 wet mils 0.25 gall 100 ft2 Appendix X SPRAYTITE® (158 and 81205) 7'/2 111/4 No coating required NA Appendix X 111/4 111/4 Flame Seal TB 24 wet mils 1.60 gal / 100 ft2 UL1715 511z 1116 4 D et Hills 0.25 gal / 100 ft2 Appendix X 8 8 No Bum Plus XD 6 wet mils 0 31 gal / 100 ft2 AppendixX 51/2 91/2 21 we©mils 1.16 gal / 100 ft2 NFPA 286 111/2 11'/2 FS IB Ignition Barrier 6 wet mlls 0.50 gal / 100 fie Appendix X SPRAYTITE' SP 71/2 111/4 No coating required NA Appendix X 111/4 111/4 Flame Seal TB 24 wet mils 1.60 gal / 100 ft2 UL1715 51/2 111/2 C315 4 ©el mils 0.25 gal / 100 fie Appendix X 8 8 No Burn Plus xi) 6 wet mils 0.31 gal / 100 ft2 Appendix X 51/2 91/2 FlOE 21 wet mils 1.16 gal / 100 ft2 NFPA 286 11112 11112 ES-IB Ignition Barrier 8 wet mils 0,50 gal / 100 ft2 Appendix X For SI: 1 inch = 25,4 mm; 1 mil = 0.0254 mm; gallon = 3.38 L; 1 ft2 = 0.093 m2; NA = not applicable. 1See Section 4.4.2. 2See Section 3.6, 3.7, 3,6, 3.9, 3.10, 3,11, 3.12 and 3.14 c ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 8 of 22 TABLE 6—NFPA 285 COMPLYING WALLS—SPF ON EXTERIOR WITH OPTIONAL SPF IN WALL CAVITY WALL COMPONENTS MATERIALS Base wall system— Use either 1, 2 or 3 1—Concrete wall 2—Concrete masonry wall 3-1 layer of 3/8-inch-thick Type X gypsum wallboard on interior, installed over minimum 36/8-inch-depth, minimum No. 25-gage steel studs at a maximum of 24 inches on center Floorfine firestopping 4 pcf mineral -fiber insulation friction -fit in each wall stud cavity at each floor line Cavity insulation— Use either 1, 2, 3 or 4 1—None 2— Maximum 36/8 inch thickness of SPRAYTITE (178 and 81206) or WALLTITE (200, US, US-N and HP+) applied to Base wall 3 and covering the width of the cavity and the inside the steel stud framing flange 3—Fiberglass batt insulationl 4—Mineral-fiber insulation 1 Exterior sheathing— Use 1 with Base Wall 1 or 2, Use 2 with Base Wall 3 1—None 2—Minimum 6/8-inch-thick ASTM C1177 exterior sheathing covered with BASF MasterSeal AWB (ESR-3209) at a maximum nominal thickness of 40 mils wet film thickness Exterior Insulation-- Use 1 with Exterior wall coverings 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 Use 2 with Exterior wall coverings 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 1—Maximum 3-inch thickness of SPRAYTITE (178 and 81206) or WALLTITE (200, US, US-N and HP+) 2—Maximum 31/2-inch thickness of SPRAYTITE (178 and 81206) or WALLTITE (200, US, US-N and HP+) applied directly to the exterior face of the exterior sheathing of Base wall 3 or directly to the exterior face of Base wall 1 or 2 and covered with TPR2 Corporation Fireshell F10E intumescent coating installed at a minimum 18 mils wet film thickness covered with Fireshell F1 topcoat installed at a minimum 7 mils wet film thickness2 Exterior wall covering —Use either 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 1—Brick —Standard type brick veneer anchors installed maximum 24 inches on center, vertically on each stud —Maximum 2-inch air gap between exterior Insulation and brick —Standard nominal 4-inch-thick, clay brick 2—Stucco — Minimum 3/4 —inch-thick, exterior cement plaster and lath. A secondary water -resistive barrier can be installed between the exterior insulation and the lath. The secondary water -resistive barrier shall not be full - coverage asphalt or butyl -based self -adhered membranes a— Natural stone veneer — Minimum 2-inch-thick, using any standard non -open -jointed installation technique such as ship -lap, etc. 4—Cast artificial stone — Minimum 11/2—inch-thick, complying with ICC-ES AC51 using any standard non -open - jointed installation technique such as ship -lap, etc. 5—Terracotta cladding — Use any terracotta cladding system in which the terracotta is minimum 11/4 Inch. Any standard non -open -jointed installation technique such as ship -lap, etc. can be used 6—Alucobond Plus ACM panels (ESR-1185) and framing system consisting of maximum 4-inch galvanized steel or fiberglass clips/brackets3 that meet wind load requirements with No. 18-gage, 1-inch-deep galvanized steel subgirts installed directly to the clips/brackets. The clips/brackets and subgirts are fastened through the SPF and sheathing to the steel studs with corrosion -resistant as required to meet design wind loads with the clips spaced a maximum of 24 inches on center horizontally and at a maximum 301/4 inches on center vertically at the top, bottom and center of the panels. The Alucobond Plus ACM panels are fastened to the subgirts with minimum 1-inch-long, No.12 stainless steel, self -drilling screw hex washer head screw spaced a maximum of 12 inches on center at horizontal joints and at a minimum at the middle of the panels at vertical joints. Opening Flashing Minimum No. 22-gage corrosion -resistant steel flashing installed at all openings to completely cover the opening header, jambs and sill For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pcf = 16.01 kg/m3. 'Insulation must comply with the applicable requirements of 2015 or 2012 IBC Section 720.2 (2009 IBC Section 719.2). 2Coating must be applied in accordance with the coating manufacturer's published installation instructions. 3Clips/brackets shall be sized so that the maximum air space between the exterior face of the foam and the back of the panels does not exceed 31/2 inches. ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted 4SUPPORT CLIPS 3 R. X 25 GAUGE STUBS 24° O.C. DY OTHERS ir EXTERIOR NON -RATED 5HEAMING BY OTHERS 40 wet mills MasterSeal AWB water barrier by BASF •00.0,01 „wog), •-• • •-•-• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • so • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CONTINUOUS EXTRUSION SYSTEM fA5ffNR5 FACTORY INSTAU eo 113 wit F10E. intumescent coating and FASTENER 7 wft Fi top coat by TPR2 over SPF Insolation 11 L4 mln ALUCOTIOND PLUS COMPOSIM PANEL ACM SPLINE' FIGURE 1—VERTICAL JOINT1 3 g• X 25 GAUGE STUDS 24" O.C. 13Y OTHERS 8" EXTERIOR. NON -RATED SHEATHING DY OTHERS -I/2' WALL-TITF SPE INSULATION By BASF :9‘ ...illil2,)1,11140111{111tt$41%111111.1111111111 MO ISIIMM(1011. %Ili 40 wet ma's MasterSeal AWB water banter by BASF 18 wft. FlOE Intumescent coating and 7 wft F1 lop coat by TPR2 over SPF Insole Ion 1/2 AIR 1 GAP I" SLIDGIRT- 18 GA. — GALV 3-1/2' WALL-711°E SPF INSULATION BY BASF I/2' AIR GAP SUDGIRT -18 GA. GALV CONTINUOUS EXTRUSION SYSTEM 4 rom ALuCODONo PLUS COMr0Sfre PANEL FACTORY INSTALLED N- FASTENER ACM SPLINE FASTENERS 4" SUPPORT CLIPS Page 9 of 22 FIGURE 2—HORIZONTAL JOINT' ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 10 of 22 401-41444,07 ler * • * 3-1/2' WALL-T1TE SPF INSULATION BY BASF 40 wet mills MasterSeal AWB ater barrier by BASF 18 wft F10E Intumescent coaling and 7 wit Fl top coat by TPR2 over SPF Insulation .1m.rn ALLICOSONO FUJS 4' SU COMPOSITE pain 51.1DGIRT- 10 GA.GAW ORTCUP CONTINU EXTRUSION SYSTEM FIGURE 3—WINDOW JAMB WITH FLASHING1 3 X 25 GAUGE STUDS 2 4O.C. BY OTHERS AIR . GAP -1/2' WALL-T1TE SIT INSULATION BY BASF ewe11113j1P VItttittIttittlIttlIttlettli Int ,tto 3 k X 25 GAUGE 51/DS 24' D.C. BY OTHERS PJOR NON-RATE0 OTIIEKS 2 GAUGE FLASHING BACM ROD AND SeALANT FACTORY INSTALLED FASTENER 18 wft FIDE intumescent coating and 7 wft F1 tap coal by TPR2 over SPF Insulation 4rnm ALUCOBOND PLU5 COMPOSITE PANEL ° SUBGIRT- 111 GA. GAIN 4D wet mills MasterSeal AWB water barrier by BASF g, EXTERIOR. NON -RATED SHEATHING BY OTHERS 4' SUPPORT CLIPS FASTENERS 55 TT AA KI NTT: JSBSETHEI END SUBGIRT TO FACE OF SUPPORT CLIP FACTORY INSTALLED r- FASTENER CONTINUOUS OCTRusiON SYSTEM I/2" 22 GA painted head flashing FIGURE 4—WINDOW HEAD WITH FLASHING' ESR-2642 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 11 of 22 3 g' X 25 GAUGE STUDS 24" 0.C. DY OTtIERS ALL-TITESPF INSU BY BASF ASTENEF5 CONTINUOUS '-----EXTRUSION SYSTEM FACTORY IN5TALLED FASTENER 4 mm ALUCOSOND PLUS COMPOSITE PANEL I ' 5UbGIKT- 18 GA, GALV g. EXTERIOR NOM-RATED SHEATHING f3Y OTHERS 40 wet mills MasterSeal AWB water barrier by BASF 4SUPPORT CLIPS 18 wft F10E Intumescent coaling and 7 wft Fl tat by TPR2 over SPF insulation FIGURE 5—WINDOW SILL WITH FLASHING' 1See Table 6 for specific details on wall construction. EVALUATION SERVICE I .^``I k8os UCC-ES Evaluation Report ESR_2642 CBC, CRC and CEG Supplement Reissued February 2UYQ This report is subject torenewal February 202U mxmw.icxc-em'm�q | (800) 423-6587 | (562) 699'0543 4 Subsidiary ofthe International Code Councito DIVISION: O7U8O0—THERMALAND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section: O72nO0—Thunno|Insulation REPORT HOLDER: BASF CORPORATION EVALUATION SUBJECT: BASF CORPORATION SPRAY -APPLIED INSULATIONS: SPRAYTTEO(;P' 158. 178, 81205 AND 81306) AND VVALLTITE-(zU4US, US'NAND HP+) 1J0 EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: E 2016Califomia Building Code (C8C) E 2016 Ca0omiaResidential Code (CRC) E 2V16CmlifomiyEnergy Code (CEC) Properties evaluated: • Surface burning characteristics • Physical properties • Thermal resistance (R-vu|uao) • Attic and crawl space installation • Air permeability %.V PURPOSE OFTHIS SUPPLEMENT This supplement is issued to indicate that the SPRAYT(TEw (SP. 150. 178. 81205 and 81208) and VVALLT|TEw (200. U8. US-N and HP+) insulations described in Sections 2.0 through 7.0 of the master report ESR-2642 comply with the 2018 Co0bmia Building Code (CUC). the 2016 Califomia Residential Code (CRC), and the 2010 California Energy Code (CEC), when installed in accordance with the 2015 IBC and |RC pmviniono, as app|ioeb|o, of the master evaluation report and the 2O18CECunder the following conditions: •|naccordance with Section 11O.8of the 2016 California Energy Code, vedfication of certification by the Department of Consumer Affairs, Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal (nuu|utiun, must be provided to the code official, demonstrating that the insulation conductive thermal performance is approved pursuant to the California Coda of Regulations, Title 24'Part 12.Chapters 12-13.Article 3."Standards for Insulating Motoha|." • The insulations have not been evaluated under C8C Chap&ar7A or CRC Section R327. for use in the ax!ehurdmoign and construction pfnew buildings located in a Fire Hazard Zone within o State Responsibility Area arany VN(d|and-Urhan Interface Fire Area. • The insulations have not been evaluated for compliance with the International Wildland-Urban Interface Cod6o. This supplement expires concurrently with the master report, reissued February 2019, xr��Evaluation xeptirls tire nol lobe co"mecda.v other"firimties not specifically addmssed, nor tire mey*be consirlivi as iin endorscnicio ofthe subjecr ofibc report ar a recominciulavanjor iox use. There is no.arr"pbyxzulwh°w"Se",lce,1W, arprexT°,m�pli*° to mm*report, w'*many,=wp'covered m'x°report. Copyright � 2019 ICC Evaluation service, LLC. All rights reserved. ����~ Page 12 of 22 ICC EVALUATION SERVICE ��ovation I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted UCC~ES Evaluation Report ESR-2642 FBC Supplement Reissued February 2019 This report /usubject b;renewal F*bn/a(y2020 mnxnm.icc-mm.or-q f (800)423-6587 } <562\699-0843 A Subsidiary oythe /nkenxaWone/Code Councilo DIVISION; V700oW-TMGRMALAND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section: 0721 00--Thennw|\nmv/oUwn Section. 0726nO--VVator-ReohmUveBmrriern0VemthmrBarriers REPORT HOLDER: BASF CORPORATION EVALUATION SUBJECT: BASF CORPORATION SPRAY -APPLIED INSULATIONS: SPRAYTITE' VSP, 158, 178. 81205 AND 41206> AND VVALLT\TE�(2OO'US, US-N AND HP+) 1.0 REPORT PURPOSE AND SCOPE Purpose: The purpose ofthis evaluation report 58. 178. 81205 and 8i200and VVALLTTE- US. US-N and Hod polyurethane foam insulations, recognized in [CC -ES master evaluation napoMEOR-2642. have also been evaluated for compliance with the codes noted below. Applicable code editions: X 2Oi7Florida Building Cnu&-'Rooidentia/ 02017Florida Building Code —Building 2.0 CONCLUSIONS The SPRAYT|TEO(SP. 158. 178. 81205 and 81286)and VV4LLT|TE'(2OV. US. US-N and HP+) spray -applied po[yunathane h/wm inau|ationo, described in 8eoUunu 2.0 through 7.0 of the master evaluation report EGR-2842, comply with the Florida Building Code —Residential and Florida Building Code Building, provided the design and installation are inaccordance with the 2015International Building Code~ provisions noted inthe master report, Use of the 8PRAYT|TE"'(SP. 158. 178. 81205 and 81206) and VVALLT/TE'(200` US. US-N and MP+) spray -applied polyurethane foam insulations for compliance with the High -Velocity Hunicano Zone provisions of the Florida Building Code —Residential and Florida Building Code --Building has not been evaluated and is outside the scope of this supplemental report. For products failing under Florida Rule 8N'3, verification that the report holder's quality -assurance program is audited by quality —assurance entity approved by the Florida Building Commission for the type of inspections being conducted is the responsibility ofonapproved validation entity (or the code official, wh*nthe report holder does not possess enapproval hy the Commission). This supplement expires concurrently with the master report, reissued February 2019. ]CC -EN Evolvalion Reports arc! not to be construed as reprexenting aesihefics �=���=" '����°w=��xC E�=�,w"='��m���mw�*m ��,��` °"pfi°""xmother matter htthis report, ~=°°typr"w"""m"e,b,the report. copyright C)xo1o/coEvaluation Service, uo. All rights reserved. Page mm:2 1CCSERVICE ���������/���� Most Widely:Ao*t6d and Trusted UCC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-2642 Seal & Insulate with ENERGY STARO Supplement Reissued February 2UY9 This report is subject torenewal February 202O. A Subsidiary of the International Code Councile DIVISION: U7DO00—~THER88ALAND MOISTURE PROTECTION SauUuw,O721O0--Thermm|Insulation REPORT HOLDER: BASF CORPORATION EVALUATION SUBJECT: BASF CORPORATION SPRAY -APPLIED INSULATIONS: 8PRAYTITEm(SF\ 168\ 178' 81205 AND 81206) AND VVALLT|TE~(28U US, UG-NAND HP+ 1.0 EVALUATION SCOPE Conformance xothe following requirements: Seal and |nnu|aks with ENERGY STAR_ Program —Definitions and Testing Requirements for Residential /nxmhhbn Vomion/.0 Properties evaluated: • Thermal resistance • 8urfau*buminDoharactorin6un 2'0 PURPOSE <}FTHIS SUPPLEMENT This supplement is Issued to certify that the QPRAYT|TE8 and VVALLT|TEm spray -applied foam plastic insulation products described in Sections 2.0 through 7.0 of the master report (ESR-2842) have been reviewed for compliance with the applicable codes noted in Section 1.0 of the master report and for the requirements set forth in the Seal and Insulate with ENERGY STAR Program —Definitions and Tox&nQ Requirements for Residential Insulation, Version /.0. The insulation products covered by this supplement are defined as "Spray or Pour Foam Insulation." The requirements for testing laboratory qum|i8omUuno and product sampling, as well as the specific mato�m| and test standards and editions used in this mva|uuUon, are as eat forth in the applicable documentation noted in Section 6.0 of the master evaluation report. 3.0 DEFINITIONS The following definitions are from the Definitions and Testing Requirements for Residential Insulation, Version 1.0, and are applicable \othe subject ofthis report. 3.1 General Definitions Insulation: Any material mainly used toslow down heat flow. |tmay bemineral nrorganic, fibmuo.cellular, orreflective (aluminum fhi0.|tmay beiorigid, aomi'hgid.flexible, orloose-fill form. Residential Buildings: Single family homes (attached or unottaohod), multifamily buildings with 4 units or fevwar, or multifamily buildings (condominiums, apartments) with 3 stories or less in height above grade, 3.2 |nnu|uUoo Produntnef|n|tion Spray or Pour Foam Insulation: A thermal insulating material that is sprayed or poured (as a gel or foamy liquid) into place, and expands or sets into a cellular foam and cures at the point of installation through a chemical reaction, Foamed materials include, but are not limited to, polyurethane, polyisocyanurate, phenolic and cementitious insulation. ICC�ESEvoheofion fteportsore not to be oronywherauribuies nofspeciflcollyaddressed, norarelhayio be coluirued ��i ��=��=" "�" �~*�*�^z^��x��.����m�",*rm� r�� *°yp"wg","*","°m,'*m*�m/x",",m°jvw�*"".""*^rm"�o,^ ��_ 1-1- Copyright Q 2019 IGO Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved, Page 14"/o E8R-2642Supdnment I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 1Smf22 3.3 Insulation Performance Definitions R-value: The inverse of the time rate of heat flow through a body from one of its bounding surfaces to the other surface for a unit temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady state conditions, per unit area. For the purposes of the Sea] and Insulate with ENERGY STAR program, only Imperial units will beaccepted [(h'f?'"F)/8tu]. 8mokw'Deve|opment|nden:Theoharaobohotioofameteha|0oemitnmokovvhonoxpnnndhoOumonrfiraoumparedtomd oak and inorganic cement F|mma'Spnsad Index: The characteristic ofo material to resist the spreading of flames when exposed to Oumo or fire compared tored oak and inorganic cement, 0.4 Thermal Resistance: The GPRAYT{TEw and VVALLT|Te spray -applied foam p|eoUo insulations have thermal resistance F-va(ueoa»noted inTable 1cfEOQ'2642.based upon testing. 3.5 Installation 3.5.1 Qonoro|: The installation of the SPRAYT|TE0 and VVAL[OTEw spray - applied foam plastic insulations must be in accordance with the requirements set forth in Sections 4.0 and 5.0 (as applicable) of ESR'2842. The insulation is manufactured on -site byspray polyurethane foam applicators meeting the qualificationmquimmentsotatedinSecUon5.5of ESR-2042, The insulation should not be installed in direct contact with chimneys, 8uwo or heat -producing appliances, 8uo Figure 7for recommended clearances. 3.5.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): The following personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements are reprinted from the weboiha of the American Chemistry Council (ACC) and deal with Spray Polyurethane Foam Health and Safety(http://www.sproypo|yurethano.org/PPE): "PPE for SPF High Pressure Interior Application: When spraying an SPF two -component high pemuum spray polyurethane foam ayoham indoorn, sprayers and helpers should wear: ° A N|O8H-approved full fmno or hood -type supplied air respirator (&AF) (ma outlined in your company's Respiratory Protection Program) • IVIDI-resistant chemical gloves (e-g., nitrile), or fabric gloves coated in nitrile, neoprene, butyl, or PVC ° Chemically resistant long -sleeve coveralls or chemically resistant full body suit with hood ° MD|'reoiatantfitted bootn8booUen" "Protective Clothing: The use of appropriate protective clothing Is necessary whenever there is possibility of direct contact with SPF chemicals, The appropriate protective clothing varies depending upon the potential for exposure, Applicators and helpers typically wear disposable coveralls to keep spray and mint from contacting skin and clothing. To protect skin, wear PPE in such e manner as to pm{aot all skin (in other words, (hae should be no exposed skin showing). When not wearing o hood naapimtor, select coverall with an attached hood or spray head cover. For tasks where there is u potential for splash, consider a suit coated with an impermeable coating such as PVC and IVIDI-resistant fitted boots/booties." "Gloves: Gloves mode cfnithlo. nenpmne, butyl or PVC generally provide adequate protection againatA*ide mabaha|x. (See Guidance for the Selection of Protective Clothing for MDI Users, Center for the Polyurethane Industry (CPI) Guidance Document A&178).A-oide protection is generally considered adequate to provide B-side protection; however, consult the manufacturer's SDSfor specific information about B-side pnot*uhon." "Eye and Face Protection: Appropriate eye Protection helps prevent eye contact from splashes of liquid SPF chemicals, accidental sprays of reacting foam, aerosols and vapors that are likely tobe present during spraying, and airborne particulate associated with sanding and grinding operations. The type of eye protection needed depends on the nature of theouUvity.^ Persons handling liquid SPF chemicals in open containers can protect their nyoo by wearing safety goggles or safety goggles in combination with face shields, The use of contact lenses is discouraged. During application of GPF, eye protection may be provided by virtue of wearing u full -face or hood respirator. OSHA requires that an ayo*aok° nrsafety shower bo provided in the work area where the eyes or body may be exposed to ^injuhouocorrosive mabada|o.' Consult the SDS for all materials to be used on the job in advance to help you understand whether such materials will be present, and if so, how to comply with applicable OSHA requirements. "Respiratory Protection: Engineering controls, such aulocal exhaust ventilation, can be used hxcontrol SPF chemical exposures. Administrative nontro|s, such an *mrK schedules and work practicon, are used concurrently to minimize exposure. Respirators are needed when air concentrations continue to exceed occupational exposure limits when engineering and administrative uuntm|n are implemented, These limits have been set for o number of SPF chemicals and some common ohmmiom|o encountered during SPF application. E8R' G42Supplement I Most Widely Accepted and7rmted Page 1Gof22 Air -purifying respirators (APR) and powered air -purifying respirators (PAPR) are generally appropriate for exterior applications and may be used when spraying polyurethane foam in exterior applications. Supplied air respirators (SAR) are typically used in interior applications. Refer hothe N0OH Respirator Decision Logic (2004) hormone |nyonnmUnn regarding respirator ne|ection., Ventilation of the work area is required and should be in accordance with Ventilation Considerations or Spray Polyurethane Foam: Guidance on Ventilation During Installation of Interior Applications of High -Pressure Spray Polyurethane Foam as published by the Spray Foam Coalition (SFC) of the Center for the Polyurethanes Industry (CPI). The following statement regarding ventilation of the work area is reprinted from the guidance document: "Work zone mechanical ventilation during and ufto,SPF installation is designed to prevent workers and others in the area from being exposed to SPF uham|cm|o above recommended or permissible levels. PoUonUo| health effects from exposure above recommended levels can range from no effects to slight irritation of the eyes, skin or respiratory system to the development ofchronic lung or pulmonary disease depending on the individual person and level and duration of overexposure." 3.5.3 Occupancy Time after Installation: The re-entry or re -occupancy time uhuU be in accordance with the manuhsctue/oinda||aboninutruoUunx.whiohenarapr)ntedonpageu4and5u[thionortifioadon, � 3.5.4 Figures: Figures 1 through ropms�ntgenoru!�nuta||�Uonu uf�ho3PRAYT|TEm andVVALLT|TE~upray+app|iodfbam plastic insulations in vented and unvan0od umw| upuono, the interior ofhe|nw+gradn foundation waUu, the exterior ofabove- grade wmUo. and in vented and unvenhad atUcu. Figure 7 depicts minimum clearances to heat -producing objects. These figures are for illustration purposes only and are not to be construed or used as construction documents. This supplement expires concurrently with the master report, reissued February 2019, BGR'26420uppbment i Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 17cf22 The Chemical Company BASF Re -Occupancy Times for Inte'o[BUUd'ng Spray Applications Jim Andersen, Marketing Applications Specialist SIR oz1s14 Introduction The application of spray foam insulation is done through special high pressure spray application equipment, Low pressure application units orsingle component foams. This document will discuss two part foams field process using high pressure application equipment. When the combination ofliquid part Acompound and liquid B compound is done to produce either closed cell or open cell spray foam insulation there are potential health hazards during the application. OSHA and other government agencies have established protection requirements for all workers that can be exposed to the chemicals during the spray application. Only trained and properly protected workers are allowed in the spray application areas during the spraying and for a period after the spraying has stopped, Requirements The spray area should be posted with keep out WARNING signs before and after spr ' aying, Workers only that are trained and have the necessary personal protection equipment, are allowed inside the spray area. All others must bekept out aswell mnpets. Ventilation of the spray area is to be done incorporating the guidance documents: "Ventilation Guidance for Spray Polyurethane Foam Application," published by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)'online athttpo://vwxm.epa.Rov/ eharchoioe/venblmUon'gu|donco-nPrmy-pn|Yurethone-hoam' app|iceUonand''GnodPnactioee—EngineeringContro|nandVenti|aiion`^pub|iohedbythoAmarioanChemintry Cuunoi|'oCenter for the Polyurethanes Industry, available online at:vmww,opnaypV|yunathane.org/QoodPrecticea#EnqinoeringConbo|o The following general requirements must also be followed, Code of Federal Regulations Title 29 CFR §1926,20 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction: General Safety and Health Provisions available online atvmmw.nsha. qov/p|a/oohawmb/ovvadinA.show dooummnt?p tab|e=STANDARDS &p id=10806 Theapp|ioaboraondbuUdingovwnermuhou|dvioitvm*w.opraypo|yuvethone,orgmndo|oovmxw.sp[baof.oumforupbn date information about spray polyurethane foam construction applications before starting projects. Industry Established Re {}ccUp8DCV Times The Spray Foam Industry and government agencies have worked together to establish general guidelines for re occupancy. These can be found at www.spraVpolVurethane.org. The general statement of 24 hours for re occupancy times for interior building applications is the general rule BASF suggests for two part high pressure spray. "Evaluation reports for many types of building products, including SPF insulation, often include the suggested reoccupancy time, which is variable: for an interior application using two -component high-pressure SPF, some manufacturers recommend 24 hours before reoccupancy, and for an interior two -component, low-pressure SPF kit application, some manufacturers recommend a one hour reoccupancy time. Consult the product manufacturer to determine the recommended reoccupancy time for the particular job and SPF in use, Note: "Exterior applications where the spray application is done to a roof top application or exterior walls and where there is wide open air spaces; the risk control is done by closing off all air intake areas to a building interior, /windnvvn.doors, warning signs and HVACintake vento). Roof orexterior applications will generally have plenty of ventilation with natural wind as well as massive volumes of space to dissipate the concentration of materials. Therefore the controls used for interior applications are not generally required, such as added ventilation. The elastomeric roof coatings vary in risks and must be assessed and the risks evaluated on a job by job and material specific basis bythe spray foam applicator company, BASF Re occupancy Research BASF, Air Products and Honeywell have conducted proprietary studies for indoor air quality measurements on spray foam applications toretrofit attics. Robert, William, James Andersen, Richard Wood, and Mary Bogdan. "Ventilation and Re -Occupancy of a Residential Home Sprayed with High Pressure Polyurethane Foam." Presented o(the CPI Technical Conference, September 2812. ^ G8R-2642Oupdnmpnt I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 1Gmf 22 This study of three houses where the attic was sealed and ventilated during the spray application has resulted in no chemicals detected within the house at levels greater than those currently assigned|evo|obygovernment agencies and private chemical manufactures' Material Safety Data Sheets /K8SD3\urSafety Data Sheets (GOS). This particular application process indicates 2 hours after spraying has stopped and ventilation continued that re - occupancy can occur within the homes, The spray foam was done above the uhoatrnchinnon inhabited attic spaces. BASF continues field monitoring testing as well as supports continued research being done by the American Chemistry Council/Center for the Polyurethane Industries of which we are an active member. SUmnl8[V This information has been provided for use by our spray foam applicators and distributors use. [tmay also be used to inform end customers who have contracted to have spray foam produced by spray foam applicators to their buildings. It is offered in good faith and believed to present the risks and best industry practices to manage them. Since each field application is different the responsibility rests with spray foam applicators to assess the job risks and control them per the OSHA and others requirements. Technical Questions can bedirected toBASF Technical Services 8OO-70B`O712. ESR-2642 Supplement Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 19 of 22 Conditioned Cri-Avvl Cij Detail BASF Spray Foam application to the inside of o conditioned crawl space. CAPILLARY BREAK 6 MIL POLY 'CHEF RESISTANT BA RIER THERMAL BARRIER SILL PLA1E SEALAN T misilL9 FLOOR FLOOR JOIST THERMAL BARRIER' (no required by cede) LIASONRY BLOCK BASF SPRAY FOAM VAPOR BARRIER SEALED ANC) FASTENED TO FOUNDATION WALL FIGURE I iIii:d(„:I;AWI Sproy 1 oon) Opp'ded n o non --conditioned row 0.1`7 i**k.tk / [.--- %,,4410;ift *Where crowlspoce entry is for the oervIce of elllitlea only, the lir•CO Or i ilOr MO and Ignition barriers on IN interior olde a+ the crowlopere may be omitted, See ESR-2612 for Opecilic information, *OrItotfoxilOCK.O 'try 1Iv lOP TM-4kt, Ot uiliti3 rely, PO" Oitr, 'at thoirt,4orJ Ppolkel ty,O03 on IN: CIAO of thp n0prr 111.4y Offiat01. iO4,rmoroe., FIGURE 2 ESR-2642 Supplement I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 20 of 22 Finished 1Baseiwytt Detail BASF Spray Foam applied in the band/rirn joist area and walls of a finished basement -- BASF SPRAY FOAM SEALANT FL —SUUELOQR N.:FLOOR JOIST Brtsr SPRAY FOAM AND/RiM JOIST SILL. PLATE POURED/BLOCK FOUNDATION BASF SPRAY FOAM !HERBAL HARRIER SEALANT OVER BOND (TAK CONCRETE SLAB FIGURE 3 Cs,athedral Ceiling Detail A cathedral ceiling insulated with BASF Spray Foam. ROOF MATERIAL ROOFING UNDERLAYMEN1 ROOF DECKING BASF SPRAY FOAM' THERMAL BARRIER WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER CLADDING THERMAL BARRIER BASF SPRAY FOAM' .4 Insulation thickness determined by 1E00 requirements and climate S ono. • Unvented roof assemblies shall comply with the re.quirements Nand in the IRC section R806,4 FIGURE 4 ESR-2642 Supplement 1 Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 21 of 22 SOFFIT BLOCKING Unvented Attic Detail An unvented attic insulated with BASF Spray Foam THERMAL IGNITION BARRIER (AS REQUIRED BY CODE)" BASF SPRAY FOAM ROOF SI lEAlliING RODFING UNDERLAYMEM ROOF COVERING TI-IERMAL BARRIER VAPOR RETARDER (IF REQUIRED) F EXTERIOR SHEATHING EXTERIOR WEATHER BARRIER 'BASF Spray Foam can be used alone, or in combination with other insulation materials. For optimum results, the thickness shalt be determine ley the insulation requirenients of the energy cede, andlor the climate zone based upon IRO Seclion 80(3.4, Consukt ESI2.2G42 for specific infarainlion perlaIning la flat:roans to prescriptive code requiremerds FIGURE 5 c ESR-2642 Supplement I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 22 of 22 Exterior Wall Detail -.00.44.244441 Interior Wall Connection BASF Spray Foam* Thermal Barrier i" Gypsum Wall Board Exterior Sheathing *Insulation thcikness determined by IEGC requirements and climate zone. FIGURE 6 Recessed Fixture Detail The use of a recessed light fixture in con junction with BASF Spray Foam 1 1 /2" MINERAL WOOL MINIMUM CR TO DESIGN THICKNESS ansr SPRAY FOAM TO DESIGN THICKNESS IWO IAN T: MUST LiE SEPARATED FROM RECESSED • U GH IS BY 2". MUST BE SEPARATED FROM FIREPLACE - - FLUES BY 3" •.. SURROUND VII TH GYPSUM HOX RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE AND NEAT TAMPS FIGURE 7 1 /2" GYPSUM YiALLHOARD (141N11.11..A1) AT1O SERIF Microprocessor Controlled SCR Battery Charger • 0. OD 6 4 A. .Q The world's premium microprocessor controlled digital SCR battery charger The AT 10 is the world's easiest operation float battery charger. It has over20 years of proven reliability and has become the industry's "gold standard " for all stationary battery charging applications. We are so confident in our product that we've backed theAT10 with our unrivaled 5 Year Standard Warranty. 0+C{w�, Y K..i+lijifi STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC. N56 W16665 Ridgewood Dr. Menomonee Falls, WI 53051 USA Call:1-800-554-2243 www.sbsbattery.com or email: stationary@s'bsbattery.com twASBS STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC. What is the AT1 0? Combining the performance and accuracy of a microprocessor with the reliability of SCR power conversion technology makes the AT10 Series the standard in stationary battery chargers. AT1Os are easy to install, operate and maintain.The AT10 is packed with the most standard features and best warranty in the industry. What are the most common applications for the AT10? e e Utility & Communications Power Generation Substations Microwave Relay Sites Switchgear Manufacturing Emergency DC Power DC Operated Breakers Alarm Systems Commercial Alarm Systems Uninterrupted Power Systems DC Control Systems Transportation Signal Systems Switchgear Alarm Systems USBS SPECIFICATIONS & STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC STANDARD FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS Input ''—r - ^Gxmmp 1 N-25 Adc Voltage l2O/2U8/Z4OVacMulti-top 6OHz 4OOVacOOHz 220Vac, 388/410Vac50/0OHz 550'600Vac50/6UHz `Group 2(30+100 Adc)VoXtage: 120,208'240or480Vac00Hz 220Vac,380or416Vac50/60Hz 5SO'680Vac S0/80Hz ^Input Voltage Tolerance: +10Y6,'1396 ^Input Frequency Tolerance: ±596 ^Efficiency: 8S'AO96typical for 7]0VdcatS0-1OU96load ��y— ��U���Ut —- r ^ Voltage Ratings: Current Ratings: GROUP|:6,l2'lb'JO'25Adc GROUR|:30,40,S0,75,l8OAdc Continuous Rating: ll0Y6rated current atmaximum equalize voltage at500[ `Current Limit Adjustment Range: 5O96tol1O96rated output Voltage Regulation: ±O2596for line, load and temp. variations Electrical Noise: ]Zd8nnc ^Ripple: 12/24/48Vdc 'Unfiltered onbattery l96Vnns Filtered onbattery 3UmVrms Filtered off battery l96\*ms Battery Eliminator ]OmV,ms 13UVdc 'Unfiltered nnbattery 29hV/ms Filtered onbattery l00mV,nns Filtered off battery J96Vrms -Battery Eliminator l0VmVrms Surge Withstand Capability: Meets |EEE'47J'ANSI {37.90a Environmental Operating Ambient Temperature('F tol22'F (-18'C to 50'Qw/o derating ^Operating Altitude 330Ofeet (l0OO meters) above sea level w/o demting ^Relative Humidity O96to9f96(without condensation) ^Audible Noise Less than 6SdBAutany point 5ft(l.5m)from any vertical surface ufenclosure ^ Made inthe United States ofAmerica -Third party agency approvals: [5A{2z2-wnTLxC ULlolz/uL 156400mFl/vnu Co° FCc C E S�smicqua|�ed ABS o,{Ecertification available upon request, ft STANDARD FEATURES ^5Year Product Warranty ^Universal main control board operates inany ATSeries charger ^Alarm assembly with local LEDs and summary relay contact for A[ Failure, DCFailure, High Vdc,Low Vdc,Podtive(+)and Negative(-) ground fault ^High O[voltage shutdown ^Forced load share during parallel operation `Float/equalize selector switch with indicating lights ^Manual equalize timer (O-ZS5hr.) with indicating lights ^ACline failure automatic equalize timer (0-25Shr.)with indicating light AC On indicating light ^l96Digital LED meter for Vdc,Adc,timer hours and alarm settings � � ^AIinput and O[output circuit breakers ^Membrane front panel ^Front panel controls can be disabled for security ^Aredundant analog circuit for UJDCalarm, independent ofthe microprocessor ^Redundant control loops for higher reliability ^Local orremote voltage sense with redundancy toprotect against remote sense failure ^Self -diagnostics ^/nput&output /NOVsurge suppressors ^Reverse polarity protection via free wheeling diodes ^CU'AL|/Ocompression lugs `Svvitchboardvvire'ULVN-l ^Enclosure pre-treated using a S'stageiron phosphate process with baked epoxy powder coating inANSI 6lgray *0 'Aee o^� ,01 GISBS STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC. CUSTOMIZE YOUR AT1 OPTIONS THAT LET YOU DESIGN YOUR CHARGER EXACTLY HOW YOU NEED IT! SUMMARY OF OPTIONS • DC output filtering: per NEMA PE5 1996, standard and battery eliminator • Medium & High AIC Breakers • Auxiliary alarm relay board • Copper ground bus • AC lightning arrestor • Fungus proofing (tropicalization) • Static proofing • Battery temperature compensation • Fan control contactor • Communications kit: DNP3 Level 2 or MODBUS protocols • Ethernet interface for comm. kit • NEMA 4/12 type enclosure w/fan • Relay rack mounting brackets • Wall mounting • Floor mounting stand • NEMA Type 2 Drip Shield • Barrier type alarm terminal block • Forced equal load sharing cable • End of discharge alarm • Battery discharge alarm • Zero -center ground detection meter • Analog AC voltmeter • Analog AC ammeter • Cabinet heater assembly • CE marking upon request • ABS certification upon request • Custom drawing package w/ optional CAD and PDF files • AT -DC distribution panel Filtering STANDARD Output filtering is essential whenever there is need for low ac ripple and low noise on the dc bus for critical loads. The standard dc output filtering limits ripple to no more than 30mV RMS on 12, 24 & 48Vdc units, and 100mV RMS on 130Vdc units, measured at the battery terminals. This feature meets the specifications of NEMA standard PE5-1996, and is recommended for all long -life stationary battery installations. BATTERY ELIMINATOR An additional "battery eliminator" feature is also available, meeting the specifications of NEMA standard PE5-1996 with no battery connected, measured at the dc output terminals. This feature is recommended for sites where the battery may occasionally be disconnected from the dc bus for maintenance. Additional filtering ALtessential to limit ac ripple and noise for critical dc loads. Medium & High AIC Breaker This feature provides thermal -magnetic circuit breakers with higher Ampere Interrupting Capacity ratings than the standard AT breakers. See the tables on Page 10 and 11 for Group I and Group II medium and high AIC breaker ratings. For AT10 Group 1, ac and dc breakers must be ordered together, and are supplied in a separate penthouse enclosure. For Group II, ac and dc breakers can be ordered separately and are mounted in the standard cabinet. .A. Auxiliary Alarm Relay Board The AT10 features six industry -standard alarms, each with individual LED indicators on the front panel, accessible to the user via one (1) Summary Alarm contact on the Main Control Board. The Auxiliary Alarm Relay Board is a separate user -accessed pc board with two (2) form-C relays for each of the six (6) alarms. In AT10 Group I ratings, the board is supplied in an additional penthouse enclosure. In AT10 Group II ratings, it is supplied within the standard enclosure. FACTORY INSTALLATION YES FACTORY INSTALLATION YES AVAILABLE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION No AVAILABLE FOR fAffP051A4iiTi9A ORDERING Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages 10 & 11 Field Installatipri use Part Number Group I; f31072-9# Group 11:EI5023-9 Contact manufacturer far, speciffc port norrilbfr. ORDERING Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages 10 & 11 NOT AVAILABLE FOR , FIELD INSTALLATION • ORDER Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages10&11 Reid instailelee use P71.140,7,6: 17 6 ROUP 0021.4,111 COMuocTilig6fel °. mg" tounterS' GROUP o: speCific?Or:41/3.02 PAGE 4 OSBS STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC. CUSTOMIZE YOUR AT1 OPTIONS THAT LET YOU DESIGN YOUR CHARGER EXACTLY HOW YOU NEED IT! .41 Copper Ground Bus This option provides a convenient means to tie the AT10 to the site building ground. A copper ground bus bar is provided at the I/O terminal, with an extra CU-AL compression box lug. AC Lightning Arrestor This options features an industrial -grade surge arrestor in polycarbonate housing, rated for 20,000 Amperes. It is recommended for installations with risk of frequent AC surges, such as high elevations or severe weather. Fungus Proofing This treatment is also referred to as "tropicalization". It coats electrical components and internal wiring connections with a fungus -resistant, non-conductive film (approx. 1 mil thickness). User termination points are not coated, nor are relay contacts, and any electrical connectors where the spray would interfere with functionality. The application is fully cured at time of shipment. Static Proofing Used in "arid" environments, this treatment coats electrical components and connections with a static -resistant, non- conductive film (approx. 1 mil thickness). User termination points are not coated, nor are relay contacts, and any electrical connectors where the spray would interfere with functionality. The application is fully cured at time of shipment. Temperature Compensation Supplied in a kit, this option adjusts the AT10 dc output voltage up or down, in response to battery temperature fluctuations. Temperature is measured by an epoxy -enclosed thermistor. This probe is mounted on or near the battery, and connected by a cable to the Main Control PC Board. It is compatible with both lead - acid and nickel -cadmium batteries, and recommended for VRLA batteries. Cable lengths of 25, 50, 100, and 200 ft are available. FACTOR' INSTALLATION YES FACTORY INSTALLATION YES AVAILABLE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION YES FACTORY INSTALLATION YES FACTORY INSTALLATION YES ORDERING Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages 10 & 11 Reid Installation use Part Number GROUP I: EI0195-00 GROUP IL E10195-02 ORDERING Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages 10 &11 Field Installation use Part Number GROUP I: Et1074-00 • GROUP II: EJ1074-01 ORDERING Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages 10 &11 NOT AVAILABLE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION , ORDERING Factory Installation use Specification Tables on pages 10 & 11 .• ....•11••. ."• NO FIELDINsrAaATIoN FACTORY INSTALLATION NO „‘„,„..................„„..„.. ,.. ......, ....„-,..,,.,. ...._... .........„. ....,„,,,—..,...„ , . . „ ..„.. —..„......„... _ .......„ - .„„,.......... — ............, . ..t.ALIA(110fiti: ORDERING CAN BE ORDERED WITH CHARGER BUT MUST BE FIELD INSTALLED Reid Installation use Part Number Oft Ej033-`01 loOft: .1.5011:E.15633.03 PAGES • 4SBS STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC, CUSTOMIZE YOUR AT1 0 OPTIONS THAT LET YOU DESIGN YOUR CHARGER EXACTLY HOW YOU NEED IT! Communications Kit This option allows full remote monitoring of the AT10 and control of the front panel features, using MODBUS or DNP3 Level 2 protocols. Standard serial (RS-232 & RS-485) connections are provided for use with local SCADA systems. Ethernet and Fiber Optics Modem interfaces are also available options for use with the AT Communications Kit. FACTORY INSTALLATON YES AVAILAEILE 1 3R ELOALLATION ORDERING Factory Installation use Part Number when ordering 12Vdc: EJ5037-01 24Vdc: EJ5037-02 48Vdc: EJ5037-03 130Vdc: EJ5037-04 FialdlnstaRatum use Part Number 12Vdcf/5037 11 24Vdc. V5037--12 48Vdc: EJ5037 13 130Vdc EJ5037 14 = Ethernet Gateway Enable Serial Modbus/DNP3 devices to communicate with an Ethernet host. Get 10BASE-T and 100BASE-T connectivity over DNP/IP or Modbus TCP/IP with the combination of the Communication Kit and Ethernet Gateway option. Must be ordered with the Communications Kit option (above)! echanical Lock For Front Door The AT10 front panel controls can be disabled by setting ajumper on the back of the Main Control PC board. For installations where extra security is required, the front instrument panel, or door, can be physically locked closed. This option provides a locking provision on the enclosure, a padlock, and two (2) keys. A fully installed door key lock is also available. Fan Control Contactor Lead -acid batteries produce hydrogen gas. This small wall - mounted external accessory provides a relay contactor to activate a battery installation vent or exhaust fan. Available in 10A or 20A models, the accessory is factory -set to provide relay closure when the AT10 enters into Equalize mode, Barrier Type Alarm Terminal Block This option features a separate molded phenolic terminal block, wired directly to the Auxiliary Alarm Relay PC Board. It allows the user to connect remote alarm wiring with ring or fork type lugs. The terminals are rated for 20A at 150 VacNdc, and accept wire sizes #16 to #14 AWG. FACTORY INSTALLATION YES AVAILABLEJft`i LCf INSTALLATION FACTORY" INSTALLATION YES ORDERING Factory and Field Installation use \ Part Number when ordering 12Vdc Modbus: EJ5226-00 24Vdc Modbus: EJ5226-01 48Vdc Modbus: EJ5226-02 130Vdc Modbus: EJ5226-03 12VdcDNP: EJ5226-10 24Vdc DNP: EJ5226-11 48Vdc DNP: EJ5226-12 130Vdc DNP: EJ5226-13 ORDERING Factory & Field Installation use Part Number when ordering Padlock 586/594: E10215-00 Padlack 5017/5018: E10215-01 Keylock 586/594: E10215-10 Keylock 5017/5018: E102 15-11 ORDERING FACTORY INSTALLATION CAN BE ORDERED WITH CHARGER AVA D IN BUT MUST BE FIELD INSTALLED ORDERING Factory Installation use Part Number when ordering 1 FORM C: EJ5130-01 2 FORM C: EJ5130-02 PAGE6 f,. :...,, ,.,c.:..#... SBS STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, LLC. CUSTOMIZE YOUR AT10 OPTIONS THAT LET YOU DESIGN YOUR CHARGER EXACTLY HOW YOU NEED IT! 14 or-.44Yt NEMA 4/12/13 Cabinet With this accessory, a fully assembled standard AT10 NEMA-1 vented enclosure is installed within another gasketed, sealed cabinet. The combined assembly meets the NEMA Type 4 (and therefore Type 12 and 13) enclosure specification. 120Vac fan, filters, viewing window, and more options also available. Relay Rack Mounting Brackets These accessories are provided when the AT10 enclosure is to be installed on a standard EIA relay rack. Smaller AT10 models may be installed on 19in racks, and all AT1Os may be installed on 23in or 24in relay racks. All hardware is included for assembling the brackets to the AT10. Relay rack mounting hardware is user - supplied. Floor Mounting Brackets This accessory is provided with smaller wall -mounted AT10 chargers when a vertical mounting surface is not available. The assembly mounts the AT10 approximately 44in / 1.12m from the floor. The kit features mounting brackets, assembly hardware to secure the AT10 to the brackets, and user instructions with a drilling pattern. Floor mounting anchor bolts are user -supplied. NEMAType 2 Drip Shield Standard AT10 battery chargers are supplied in NEMA Type 1 vented enclosures. The optional drip shield prevents overhead water and small falling particles from entering the top vented panels, protecting internal equipment from damage. The combined standard enclosure and drip shield meets the NEMA Type 2 specification. AT -DC Distribution Panel This product augments your AT10 with a customized dc distribution panel for user -specified loads. The AT -DC is configurable to various combinations of main and branch breakers. The AT -DC panel is supplied from the factory, mounted to the base of Group I AT10 cabinets and pre -wired to the charger's dc output terminals. For additional product details, including applicable 3rd party agency approvals, refer to the AT -DC literature (JF5032-00). AVAILABLE FOR , FIELD INSTALLATION FACTORY INSTALLATION YES AVAILABLE EOR "OBLEIVOTALLATIOAt YES. fkyf41.-Ap4 FOR 1f*:1140Tht.1-#410N:' FACTORY INSTALLATION AVAILABLE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION YES ORDERING Factory & Field Installation use Part Number when ordering Style-586 (19/23/24in): E10193-00 Style-594 (23R4in): E10193-00! ; Style-5017 (19in): E10193-01 Style-5017 (23/24in): E10193-02 Style-5018 (19/23R4in): EI0193-03 Factory Installation use Part Number when ordering E10792-00 field Installation 1150 Part Number. E10192-00 • r FACTORY INSTALLATION YES :Nt1,11,01A”!#,,,E pOR, ilk041004146* VES STYLE 586: E10791-00 STYLE 594: E10191-00 STYLE 5017: E10191-07 STYLE 5018: E10197-02 Factory & Field Installation use Part Number when ordering 05110-## Refer to document (JF5032-00) tor:nutlet specific part number. PAGF • REPragirg AT10 SERIES SPECIFICATION CHART DC Output Rating Volts : Amps AC Based within 120 Vac Input on maximum current delivered under all manufacturer's 208 Vac Ampere rms value to the operating conditions specifications 220 Voc Rating of the charger 240 oc input 480 Vac Battery Breaker (standard 120 Vac Charger 208 Vac Ampere AIC breakers) 220 Vac AC Circuit Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac DC Circuit Breaker Rating 10 Cabinet Style 586 Approx. shipping Weights lbs.(kg) 83 (38) Heat Loss Watts (BTU/hr) 31 (105) Float Adjust 11.0-14.5Vdc Equalize Adjust 11.7-16Vdc 12Vdc GROUPI 6 3 2 2 1 1 10 10 10 10 2 12 3 2 2 2 1 10 10 10 10 2 20 586 87 (40) 58 (199) 16 4 2 3 2 1 10 10 10 10 2 25 586 92 (42) 77 (262) 20 6 3 3 3 2 10 10 10 10 3 30 586 118 (54) 95 (326) 25 7 4 4 4 2 10 10 10 70 4 40 586 100 (46) 119 (404) 12Vdc GROUP II 30 9 6 5 5 3 15 10 10 10 5 50 5017 184 (84) 142 (483) 40 11 7 6 6 3 20 10 10 10 5 60 5017 189 (86) 188 (641) 50 14 8 8 7 4 20 15 15 15 5 80 5017 194 (88) 234 (798) 75 21 13 12 11 6 35 20 20 20 10 100 5018 199 (91) 350 (1192) 100 28 16 15 13 8 , 40 25 20 25 15 150 5018 225 (103) 465 (7587) Float Adjust 22.0-29.5Vdc Equalize Adjust 23.4-32Vdc* 24Vdc GROUPI 6 5 3 3 3 1 10 10 10 10 3 10 586 99 (45) 40 (136) 12 8 5 4 4 2 10 10 10 10 3 20 586 109 (50) 75 (255) 16 9 6 5 5 3 15 15 15 15 4 25 586 115 (53) 98 (334) 20 11 7 6 6 4 15 15 15 75 6 30 586 119 (54) 121 (41 Alltil 25 14 9 8 7 4 20 20 20 20 6 40 586 136 (62) 150 (5127 14Vdc GROUP II 30 16 8 8 8 4 20 10 10 10 5 50 5017 259 (118) 179(612) 40 20 12 12 11 6 25 15 15 15 10 60 5017 267 (122) 237 (810) 50 26 15 15 14 7 35 20 20 20 10 80 5017 342 (156) 295 (1008) 75 42 26 23 22 11 70 35 30 35 15 100 5018 355 (162) 441 (1503) 100 51 25 24 22 11 80 35 30 35 20 150 5018 360 (164) 586 (1999) Float Adjust 44.0-58,0Vdc Equalize Adjust 46.8-61Vdc* 48Vdc GROUPI 6 9 5 5 5 3 15 15 15 15 4 10 586 105 (48) 60 (203) 12 15 9 9 8 4 20 20 20 20 6 20 586 120 (55) 107 (365) 16 18 12 11 10 5 25 25 25 25 8 25 594 155(71) 139(473) 20 23 13 13 12 6 30 30 30 30 8 30 594 170 (78) 170 (581) 25 29 17 17 16 8 40 40 40 40 10 40 594 180 (82) 210 (717) 48Vdc GROUP II 30 28 16 16 15 7 35 20 20 20 15 50 5017 217 (99) 250 (852) , 40 38 22 79 19 9 50 30 25 30 15 60 5017 225 (103) 329(7122) 50 52 28 28 26 12 70 35 35 35 15 80 5017 250 (114) 408 (1392) 75 79 48 43 39 19 100 60 60 60 25 100 5018 433 (197) 606 (2068) 100 88 50 48 44 22 125 70 60 70 35 150 5018 450 (205) 804 (2743) Float Adjust 110.0-140.0Vdc Equalize Adjust 117.0-149Vdc* 130Vdc GROUPI 6 15 9 8 8 4 20 20 20 20 8 10 586 730 (59) 99 (337) 12 32 18 16 15 8 40 40 40 40 13 20 594 155 (71) 167 (571) 16 34 20 18 17 9 50 50 50 50 13 25 594 215 (98) 213 (727) 20 40 24 23 23 12 60 60 60 60 20 30 594 225 (103) 259 (883) 25 50 30 28 27 14 70 70 70 70 20 40 594 265 (720) 316 (1078joi 130Vdc GROUP II 30 75 44 42 40 20 ; 100 60 60 60 25 50 5017 285 (130) 373 (127_ 40 100 59 57 53 28 ' 125 80 80 80 35 60 5018 340 (155) 484 (1664) 50 N/A 72 68 63 32 N/A 100 100 100 40 80 5018 375 (171) 602 (2054) 75 N/A 100 83 81 40 N/A 125 125 125 50 100 5018 482 (219) _ 888 (3030) 'Regulation at max, equalize voltages may not meet t0.25% How TO size YOUR CHARGER Cabinet Style 586 Cabinet Style 594 Cabinet Style 5017 Cabinet Style 5018 6-25Adc 0-100Adc Ali=Ampere hours removed R= Recharge factor (1 = Pb) or (3 = NiCd) 1-= Additional standing load t= Recharge time in hours Tin 177.8mm 15.63in 397n1m TY Tin 177.8mm 203.2mm 26.75in 679mm OPTI PENT 16.77in r-426mm 37.95In 964 *NOTE: Dimensions shown are for reference only; y� for installation and mounting s,° please refer to user jh manual Standard drawings also available at www.atseries.net 18.25in 9.29in 254mm ��.317in 20.91 i 531mm DO - 33n, PAGE 9 GROUP 1 Circuit Breaker AC & DC Ratings SAMPLE YOUR CODE (6-25 Adc) Main Transforme input arcuit13reaker Main Inductor Microprocessor Control Board GROUP 1 (6-25 Adc) SPECIFICATION TABLE STANDARD Input: 10kAIC- 240Vac 10kA1C-4801/ac Output: 10kAIC -125Vdc* MEDIUM Input: 25kAIC - 240Vac 18kAIC - 480Vac 18kAIC-600Vac Output: 10kAIC - 250Vdc HIGH Input: 65kAIC - 240Vac 25kAIC - 480Vac 18kAIC-600Vac Output: 20kAIC - 250Vdc *For chargers 16Adc and larger; consult factory for other ratings. A AT10 0 1 2 0 0 6 E2 4 0 5 AUX G I._ X X Ail 0 DESCRIPTION CODE FEATURE A ATI° AT10 SERIES B Nominal DC Output Voltage 012 12Vdc 024 24Vdc F DESCRIPTION CODE Circuit Breaker Rating 5 FEATURE Standard AIC Medium AIC High AIC 048 48Vdc 130 130Vdc Auxiliary Alarm Relay Board AUX Installed XXX Not Supplied Nominal DC Output Current 006 6Adc 012 12Adc Copper Ground Bus Installed Not Supplied 016 16Adc 020 20Adc AC Lightning Arrestor Installed X Not Supplied 025 25Adc E DC Output Filtering AC Input Voltage U Unfiltered Fungus Proofing F Applied X Not Supplied F Filtered E 120 208 Batt. Eliminator 120V 60Hz 208V 60Hz 240 240V 60Hz 480 480V 60Hz 220 220V 50/60Hz 380 380V 50/60Hz 416 416V 50/60Hz L Static Proofing 5 Applied Not Supplied This ordering code is unique for AT10 chargers rated 6-25A output. / 600 550-600V 50/60Hz PAGE 10 SAMPLE YOURCODE A 3 8 - --- eecti ilerxssemmv input Circuit Breake � 1/0 Assembly cutput Circuft Breaker, Main Transformer Micro processor, Control Board /30-10OAdc> e N Circuit Breaker AC & DC Ratings STANDARD Input. jkAIC', Output. SkAIC'/2SVdc MEDIUM hpv�xJkAIC'7 /8mwc'60ovbc Output /okxIC'zJUN/ GROUP UU(30-100 Adc)-SPECUFKCATION TABLE O 5 O F 4 F A HIGH M, X A 8 DESCRIPTION Nominal DC Output Voltage [ODE ATlO 012 FEATURE AT10SER|E5 lZVJc �� `+E�[R|PT|()N AC|nput Circuit Breaker Rating CODE S FEATURE StandandA|C KA Medium A|C 024 J4\k]� F H HighA|C 048 48V,Jc O No Breaker 138 130Vdc A[Input Fuses F Installed [ Nominal DC Output Current 030 30Adc G X Not Supplied 040 40Adc DC Output Circuit Breaker Rating S StandandA|C 050 50A,dc KA Medium A|C 07S 7SAdc H H HighA|C 100 100Adc O No Breaker D DC Output Filtering U Unfiltered DCOutput Fuses F Installed F Filtered J X Not Supplied E inator Batt. Eliminator Auxiliary Alarm Relay Board A Installedd ' E AC Input age* Voltage*KA *Group ainputs cannot uemtappeu in field 120 120V60Hz N X Not Supplied 208 208V6081-1z Copper Ground Bus G Installed 240 240V60Hz L X Not Supplied 480 488V00Hz AC Lightning Arrestor L Installed 220 220V50/6OHz X Not Supplied 380 380V50/6OHz Fungus Proofing F Applied 416 416V58/6UHz N X Not Supplied 800 550-600V50/60Hz Static Proofing � Applied This ordering code iauni9ueYvrnTonc*apge,s rated 3u'1um*output. P X Not Supplied ,��PAGE, � C"",a;=,*°",=,h/",,n~,h"n°o 14)AGE4�`5 OUR UNRIVALED PRODUCT WARRANTY S arD lard Warrrrangy (applies only to products delivered within the United States and Canada) All charger products are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of five (5) years from date of manufacture. During the term of the warranty period: parts, assemblies, or components deemed to be defective will be repaired or replaced at our option, free of charge. All costs related to removal, reinstallation and transportation will be paid by the purchaser/customer and/or operator of the product. Evaluation, repair and/or replacement of any defective part(s) are FOB manufacturer's factory. This warranty does not cover products or parts that are damaged from improper use or abuse, as determined by the manufacturer. Accessory items or additional items carry only their respective manufacturer's warranty. Consumable items (such as fuses and electrolytic capacitors), which wear out under normal use are specifically not covered by this standard warranty. Any consequential damage due to diagnosis or repair by any party other than the manufacturer's authorized personnel is not covered under this warranty. NOTE: Requests for returns or claims must be submitted to our Factory Service Center for Return Material Authorization (RMA) instructions and assignment. Returns that do not follow this procedure will not be honored. Extended warranty coverage available by request. Other Products Available: AT30 Microprocessor Battery Charger AT Series Options & Accessories AT Series Communications Module AT -DC Series Distribution Panel SCR/SCRF Series Utility Battery Charger UMC Universal Maintenance Charger Single Cell Charger Mobile DC Power System The EPIC Series Console Best Battery Selector Mobile DC Power System Universal Maintenance Charger a AT30 Microprocessor Battery Charger Storage Battery Systems, LLC • N56 W16665 Ridgewood Drive • Menomonee Falls, WI 53051 USA www.sbsbattery.com email: stationary@sbsbattery.com phone: 800-554-2243 SBS reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice. SINCE 1914 CI THE WALL-MOUNTTM HEAT PUMPS - 10.0 EER, (60HZ) ;Models: W18HA to W6OHA 60 Hz Heating Capacities: (16,500 to 56,500 Btuh) Cooling Capacities: (17,100 to 58,000 Btuh) The Bard Wall -Mount Heat Pump is a self contained energy efficient heating and cooling system, which is designed to offer maximum indoor comfort at a minimal cost without using valuable indoor floor space or outside ground space. This unit is the ideal product for versatile applications such as: new construction, modular offices, school modernization, telecommunication structures, portable structures or correctional facilities. Factory or field installed accessories are available to meet specific job requirements. Aluminum Finned Copper Coils: Grooved tubing and enhanced louvered fin for maximum heat transfer and energy efficiency. Twin Blowers: Move air quietly. Most models feature multispeed blower motors providing airflow adjustment for high and low static operation. Motor overload protection is standard on all models. Heat Pump Compressor: Scroll Compressors are standard on all 11/2 to 5 ton models. Eliminates need for crankcase heater. Phase Rotation Monitor: Standard on all 3 phase scroll compressors. rotects against reverse rotation if power .pply is not properly connected. R-410A Refrigerant: Designed with R-410A (HFC) non -ozone depleting refrigerant in compliance with the Montreal protocol and 2010 EPA requirements. Liquid Line Filter Drier: Standard on all units. Protects system against moisture. Galvanized 20 Gauge Zinc Coated Steel Cabinet: Cleaned, rinsed, sealed and dried before the polyurethane primer is applied, The cabinet is handsomely finished with a baked on, beige textured enamel, which allows it to withstand 1000 hours of salt spray tests per ASTM B117-03. Foil Faced Insulation: Standard on all units. Electrical Components: Are easily accessible for routine inspection and maintenance through a right side, service panel opening. Features a lockable, hinged access cover to the circuit breaker or toggle disconnect switch. Electric Heat Strips: Features an automatic limit and thermal cut-off safety control. Heater packages are factory or field installed for all 1 r/2 through 5 ton models. Features easy slide -in field ssembly with various BTUH outputs. Condenser Fan and Motor Shroud Assembly: Slide out for easy access. Filter Service Door: Separate service door provides easy access for filter change. One Inch, Disposable Air Filters: Are standard equipment. Optional one inch washable filters available and filter racks permit the addition of 2" pleated filter. Factory or field installed. Solid State Electronic Heat Pump Control: Provides efficient 30, 60 or 90 minute defrost cycle. A thermistor sensor, speed up terminal for service and 10 minute defrost override are standard on the electronic heat pump control. High & Low Pressure Switches are Auto - Reset: Standard on all units. Built-in lockout circuit resets from the room thermostat. Provides commercial quality protection to the compressor. Five Minute Compressor Time Delay: Short cycle protection is standard. Built into the heat pump control. Emergency Heat Circuit: Permits continuous operation of the system. Barometric Fresh Air Damper: Standard on all units. Allows up to 25% outside fresh air. Built-in Circuit Breakers: Standard on all electric heat versions of single and three phase (230/208 volt) equipment. Toggle disconnects are standard on all electric heat versions of three phase (460 volt) equipment. Slope Top: Standard feature for water run-off. Full Length Mounting Brackets: Built into cabinet for improved appearance and easy installation. NOTE: Bottom mounting bracket included to assist in installation. Top Rain Flashing: Standard feature on all models. GREEN REFRIGERANT R-410A Vent ation System Packages All packages are designed to meet your specific ventilation requirements • utilizing one of six ventilation options for the product. All assemblies can be factory installed, installed in the field at time of installation or as a retrofit system after installation. • Complies with efficiency requirements of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2013. • Certified to ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003 for SPVU (Single Package Vertical Units). • Intertek ETL Listed to Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment ANSI/UL 1995/CSA 22.2 No, 236-05, Fourth Edition. Commercial Product - Not intended for Residential application. • • • • • Standard - Barometric Fresh Air Damper Optional - Motorized Fresh Air Damper Optional - Blank off Plate Optional - Commercial Room Ventilator w/Exhaust • CRV - Spring Return Optional - Economizer with Exhaust Optional - Energy Recovery Ventilator www.ahri diiectmy.119 Single Package Vertical HP AHRI Standard 390 Intertek Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Paae 1 of 24 Capacity and E MODELS Cooling BTUH EER /11 High Temp Heating (47F) BTUH 01 COP 0 Low Temp Heating (17F) BTUH 01 COP 0 W18HA 17,100 10.20 16,500 3.00 10,200 2.00 W24HA 24,600 10.00 23,400 3.00 14,600 2.00 W3OHA 30,000 10.00 29,800 3.00 18,800 2.10 W36HA 34,600 10.00 32,000 3,00 20,000 2.10 W42HA 40,500 10,20 38,500 3,00 22,500 2.00 W48HA 47,000 10.00 44,000 3.00 26,000 2.00 W6OHA 58,000 (Aka\ 10.40 56,500 3.00 36,500 2.20 0 Capacity is certified in accordance with ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003. EER = Energy Efficiency Ratio, COP Coefficient of Performance and are certified in accordance with ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003. Specifications 11/2 through 3 Ton MODELS Electrical Rating - 60 Hz Operating Voltage Range Compressor --Circuit A Voltage Rated Load Amps Branch Circuit Selection Current Lock Rotor Amps Compressor Type Fan Motor & Condenser Fan Motor--HP--RPM Fan Motor --Amps Fan--DIA/CFM Blower Motor & Evap. Blower Motor-HP-RPM-SPD Blower Motor --Amps CFM Cooling & E.S.P. w/Filter (Rated -Wet Coil) Filter Sizes (inches) STD. Basic Unit Shipping Weight--LBS +Barometric Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +81ank-0ff Plate-Lbs +Motorized Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Commercial Room Ventilator-Lbs +Economizer-Lbs +Energy Recovery Ventilator-Lbs W18HA-A W24HA-A 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 1 197-253 197-253 230/208 5.8/8.2 9.0 48/48 Scroll 230/208 10.4/12.4 12.8 64/64 Scroll 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1,2 1.2 18" - 1750 18" - 1700 /6-1100-2 0.8 600 - .2 16 x 25 x 1 330 3.5 1.0 10.0 69.0 69.0 50.0 1/6-1100-1 1.0 800-. 2 16 x 25 x 1 340 3.5 1.0 10.0 69.0 69.0 50.0 W24HA-B 230/208 - 3 197-253 230/208 6.8/8.1 8.3 58/58 Scroll 1/5 - 1075 1.2 18" - 1700 1/6-1100-1 1.0 800- .2 16 x 25 x 1 340 3.5 1.0 10.0 69.0 69.0 50.0 W24HA-C 460 - 3 414-506 460 5.0 5.1 28 Scroll W3OHA-A 230/208 - 1 197-253 230/208 11.2/12.7 14.1 77/77 Scroll 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 0.8 1.5 18° - 1700 20" - 2200 1/6-1100-1 .45 800 - .2 16 x 25 x 1 340 3.5 1.0 10.0 69.0 69.0 50.0 1/3-1100-2 2.6 1000 - .4 16 x 30 x 1 366 4.0 1.0 11.0 75.0 75.0 56.0 W3OHA-B 230/208 - 3 197-253 230/208 7.2/8.2 9.0 71/71 Scroll 1/5 - 1075 1.5 20" - 2200 1/3-1100-2 2.6 1000 - .4 16 x 30 x 1 366 4.0 1,0 11.0 75.0 75.0 56.0 W3OHA-C 460 - 3 414-506 460 5.1 5.6 38 Scroll W36HA-A 230/208 - 1 197-253 230/208 14.6/16.6 17.9 112/112 Scroll W36HA-B 230/208 - 3 197-253 230/208 10.8/12.3 13.2 88/88 Scroll 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 1/5 - 1075 0.8 1.5 1.5 20" - 2200 20" - 2200 20" - 2200 1/3-1100-2 0.8 1000 - .4 16 x 30 x 1 366 4.0 1.0 11.0 75,0 75.0 56.0 1/3-1100-2 2.6 1100 - .3 16 x 30 x 1 373 4.0 1.0 11.0 75.0 75.0 56.0 1/3-1100-2 2.6 1100 - .3 16 x 30 x 1 373 4.0 1.0 11.0 75.0 75.0 56.0 W36HA-C 460 - 3 414-506 460 5.6 6.0 44 Scroll 1/5 - 1075 0.8 20" - 2200 1/3-1100-2 0.8 1100 - .3 16 x 30 x 373 4.0 1.0 11.0 75.0 75.0 56.0 Specifications 31/2 through 5 Ton MODELS Electrical Rating - 60 Hz Operating Voltage Range Compressor --Circuit A Voltage Rated Load Amps Branch Circuit Selection Current Lock Rotor Amps Compressor Type Fan Motor & Condenser Fan Motor--HP-RPM-SPD Fan Motor --Amps Fan--DIA/CFM Blower Motor & Evap. Blower Motor-HP-RPM-SPD Blower Motor --Amps CFM Cooling & E.S.P. w/Filter (Rated -Wet Coil) Filter Sizes (inches) STD. Basic Unit Shipping Weight--LBS +Barometric Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Blank -Off Plate-Lbs +Motorized Fresh Air Damper-Lbs +Commercial Room Ventilator-Lbs +Economizer-Lbs +Energy Recovery Ventilator-Lbs Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 W42HA-A 230/208 - 1 197-253 230/208 14.3/16.5 17.9 112/112 Scroll 1/3 - 825 - 2 2.6 24° - 2950 1/3-1070-2 2.3 1400 - .4 20 x 30 x 1 471 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 W42HA-B 230/208 - 3 197-253 230/208 10.8/12,5 13.5 88/88 Scroll 1/3 - 825 - 2 2.6 24" - 2950 1/3-1070-2 2.3 1400 - .4 20 x 30 x 1 471 4,5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79,0 W42HA-C 460 - 3 414-506 460 5.6 6.0 44 Scroll W48HA-A W48HA-B W48HA-C W6OHA-A W6OHA-B W6OHA-C 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3 460 - 3 197-253 197-253 414-506 197-253 197-253 414-506 230/208 230/208 460 230/208 230/208 460 17.8/22,3 11.2/14.1 6.4 26/30.1 15.5/17.9 9.0 22.3 14.1 6.4 30.1 17.9 9.0 117/117 83/83 41 134/134 110/110 52 ScrollScroll Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll 1/3 - 825 - 2 3 - 825 - 2 1.3 2.6 24" - 2950 24" - 2950 1/3-1070-2 1.2 1400 - .4 20 x 30 x 1 471 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 1/2-1070-2 2.3 1550-.2 20 x 30 x 1 480 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 1/3 - 825 - 2 2.6 24" - 2950 1/2-1070-2 2.3 1550 - .2 20 x 30 x 1 480 4,5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70,5 79.0 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 1.3 2.6 24" - 2950 24" - 3100 1/2-1070-2 1.2 1550 - .2 20 x 30 x 1 480 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 3/4-1070-3 3.9 1700- .2 20 x 30 x 1 525 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 1/3 - 825 - 2 1/3 - 825 - 2 2.6 1.3 24" - 3100 24" - 3100 3/4-1070-3 3.9 1700 - .2 20 x 30 x 1 525 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 3/4-1070-3 1.7 1700- .2 20 x 30 x 1 525 4.5 1.0 43.0 70.5 70.5 79.0 Ventilation 'Sys tem Packages Bard Wall -Mounts are designed to provide optional ventilation packages to meet all of your ventilation and indoor air quality requirements. All units are equipped with a barometric fresh air damper as the standard ventilation package. All ventilation packages can be built-in at the factory Cr field -installed at a later date. Barometric Fresh Air Damper Motorized Fresh Air Damper Commercial Room Ventilator Economizer Energy Recovery Ventilator BAROMETRIC FRESH AIR DAMPER - BFAD STANDARD The barometric fresh air damper is a standard feature on all models. It is installed on the inside of the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 25% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the air inlet openings and to be mixed with the conditioned air. The damper opens during blower operation and closes when the blower is off. Adjustable blade stops allow different amounts of outside air to be introduced into the building and can be easily locked closed if required. BLANK OFF PLATE - BOP OPTIONAL A blank off plate is installed on the inside of the service door. it covers the air inlet openings, which restricts any outside air from entering the unit. The blank off plate should be utilized in applications where outside air is not required to be mixed with the conditioned air. MOTORIZED FRESH AIR DAMPER - MFAD OPTIONAL The motorized fresh air damper is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 25% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the an inlet openings and to be mixed with the conditioned air. The two position damper can be fully open or closed. The damper blade is powered open by a 24VAC motor with spring return on power loss. The damper can be controlled by indoor blower operation or can be field connected to be managed based on building occupancy. NOTE: The above vent systems are intake only without built-in exhaust capability. Building will likely require separate field installed barometric relief or mechanical exhaust elsewhere within the conditioned space. Balancing dampers in the return air grille may be required to achieve specified amount of outdoor air intake. COMMERCIAL ROOM VENTILATOR - CRV OPTIONAL The built-in commercial room ventilator is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 100% of the total airflow rating of the unit. It includes a built-in exhaust air damper for room pressurization relief. The commercial room ventilator (CRV) is a simple and innovative approach to improving the indoor air quality by providing fresh air intake and exhaust capability through the CRV. The damper can be easily adjusted to control the amount of fresh air supplied into the building. The CRV can be controlled by indoor blower operation or field controlled based on room occupancy. Two versions available (except on 1.5 and 2-Ton models). The CRV and CRVS are power open - spring return on power loss, with positive shut-off, Complies with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1 "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality". Standard Features: •Fully modulating •Honeywell Hi -Torque Actuator with G-10V signal input capability •7" intake hood with filter •Simple single blade design •Positive shut-off with non-stick gaskets •Solid State Controller with occupancy CFM setting and modulating 4-20'mA thermostat signal input ECONOMIZER — WECO Series OPTIONAL The built-in economizer is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up to 100% of the total airflow rating of the unit. It includes a built-in exhaust air damper for room pressurization relief. The economizer is designed to provide "free cooling" when outside air conditions are cool and dry enough to satisfy cooling requirements without running the compressor. This in turn provides lower operating costs, while extending the life of the compressor. Standard Features: •Full rated outdoor intake •Fully modulating •Honeywell Hi -Torque Actuator •7" intake hood with filter •Simple single blade design •Positive shut-off with non-stick gaskets •Electronic DB and/or Enthalpy sensors depending upon version •Honeywell JADE electronic economizer module with precision settings and diagnostics •DB or Enthalpy economizer versions available Certified FDD Product California Title 24, Part 6 HJW1O www.energy.ca.gov WALL -MOUNT ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR - ERVP OPTIONAL The wall -mount energy recovery ventilator (ERV) is a highly innovative approach to meeting indoor air quality ventilation requirements as established by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1. The ERV allows from 200 to 450 CFM (depending upon model) of fresh air and exhaust through the unit while maintaining superior indoor comfort and humidity levels. In most cases this can be accomplished without increasing equipment sizing or operating costs. Heat transfer efficiency is up to 67% during summer and 75% during winter conditions. The ERV consists of a unique "rotary energy recovery cassette" that provides effective sensible and latent heat transfer capabilities during summer and winter conditions. Various control schemes are addressed including limiting ventilation during building occupancy only. The ERV is designed to be internally mounted behind the service door in the W`*A or W**L model wall -mount units. It can be built-in at the factory (W**A only) or field installed as an option. ERVP-*3 and ERVP-*5 can be independently adjusted for intake and exhaust rates. The ERV's have exhaust gravity shut-off dampers and motorized air intake dampers for positive shut-off. Wiring includes plug-in harnesses for easy vent installation and removal. Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Paae 3 of 24 Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data - CRV-2 800 700 600 2 500 u_ 400 co > 300 200 100 0 2 W18 & W24 Ventilation Delivery 3 4 5 6 Damper Position 7 8 9 10 Supply & Return Grilles 4111moi0.20" Duct Static mmire0.40" Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievab Commercial Room Ventilator Perfonnance Data - WCRVS-3 and WCRVP-3 1200 1000 Ventilation CFM 800 600 400 200 0 2 W30 & W36 Ventilation Delivery 4 5 6 Damper Position 7 9 10 Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Supply & Return Grilles .4111.0.20" Duct Static .zdraw.0.40" Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data - WCRVS-5 and WCRVP-5 Ventilation 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 1 1800 1600 1400 1200 C 1000 0 800 *47: a, 600 400 200 0 2 W42 & W48 Ventilation Delivery 4 5 6 7 9 10 Damper Position Supply & Return Grilles 11110m0.20" Duct Static 0.40" Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. 2 W60 Ventilation Delivery 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Damper Position Supply & Return Grilles 0.400,11 0.20" Duct Static 0.40" Duct Static Airflow amounts less than 100 CFM may not be achievable. Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Pace 5 of 24 Performance and Application Data- WERVP-*2 SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB) Ambient 0.0. VENTILATION RATE — 250 CFM 62% EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE — 225 CFM 63%EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 200 CFM 63% EFFICIENCY DBIWB F VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL 75 11925 8100 1325 7394 5022 822 10727 7287 3441 6758 4591 2168 9540 6480 3060 6010 4082 1928 105 70 8100 8100 0 5022 5022 0 7287 7287 0 4591 4591 0 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 65 8100 8100 0 5022 5022 0 7287 7287 0 4591 4591 0 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 80 17550 6750 10800 10881 4185 6696 15788 6072 9716 9946 3826 6121 14040 5400 8640 8845 3402 5443 75 11925 6750 5175 7394 4185 3209 10727 6072 4655 6758 3826 2933 9540 5400 4140 6010 3402 2608 100 70 6863 6750 113 4255 4185 70 6173 6072 101 3889 3826 64 5490 5400 90 3458 3402 56 65 6750 6750 0 4185 4185 0 6072 6072 0 3826 3826 0 5400 5400 0 3402 3402 0 60 6750 6750 0 4185 4185 0 6072 6072 0 3826 3826 0 5400 5400 0 3402 3402 0 80 17550 5400 12150 10881 3348 7533 15788 4858 10930 9946 3060 6886 14040 4320 9720 8845 2722 6124 75 11925 5400 6525 7394 3348 4046 10727 4858 5870 6758 3060 3698 9540 4320 5220 6010 2722 3289 95 70 6863 5400 1463 4255 3348 907 6173 4858 1315 3889 3060 829 5490 4320 1170 3458 2722 737 65 5400 5400 0 3348 3348 0 4858 4858 0 3060 3060 0 4320 4320 0 2722 2722 0 60 5400 5400 0 3348 3348 0 4858 4858 0 3060 3060 0 4320 4320 0 2722 2722 0 80 17550 4050 13500 10881 2511 8370 15788 3643 12145 9946 2295 7651 14040 3240 10800 8845 2041 6804 75 11925 4050 7875 7394 2511 4883 10727 3643 7084 6758 2295 4463 9540 3240 6300 6010 2041 3969 90 70 6863 4050 2813 4255 2511 1744 6173 3643 2530 3889 2295 1594 5490 3240 2250 3458 2041 1417 65 4050 4050 0 2511 2511 0 3643 3643 0 2295 2295 0 3240 3240 0 2041 2041 0 60 4050 4050 0 2511 2511 0 3643 3643 0 2295 2295 0 3240 3240 0 2041 2041 0 80 17550 2700 14850 10881 1674 9207 15788 2429 13359 9946 1530 8416 14040 2160 11880 8845 1361 7484 75 11925 2700 9225 7394 1674 5720 10727 2429 8298 6758 1530 5228 9540 2160 7380 6010 1361 4649 85 70 6863 2700 4163 4255 1674 2581 6173 2429 3744 3889 1530 2359 5490 2160 3300 3458 1361 2098 65 2700 2700 0 1674 1674 0 2429 2429 0 1530 1530 0 2160 2160 0 1361 1361 0 60 2700 2700 0 1674 1674 0 2429 2429 0 1530 1530 0 2160 2160 0 1361 1361 0 75 11925 1350 10575 7394 837 6557 10727 1214 9513 6758 765 5993 9540 1080 8460 6010 680 5330 80 70 6863 1350 5513 4255 837 3418 6173 1214 4959 3889 765 3124 5490 1080 4410 3458 680 2778 65 2363 1350 1013 1465 837 628 2125 1214 911 1339 765 547 1890 1080 810 1190 680 510 60 1350 1350 0 837 837 0 1214 1214 0 765 765 0 1080 1080 0 680 680 0 70 6863 0 6863 4255 0 4255 6173 0 6173 6889 0 3889 5490 0 5490 3458 0 3458 75 65 2363 0 2363 1465 0 1465 2125 0 2125 1339 0 1339 1890 0 1890 1190 0 1190 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WERVP-*2 2-Ton Winter Heating Performance (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB) Ambient. O.D. VENTILATION RATE 250 CFM 74% EFF. 225 CFM 75% EFF. 200 CFM 75% EFF. DB/°F VLT HR VL VLT HR VL VLT HR VL 65 1350 999 351 1215 911 304 1080 821 259 60 2700 1998. 702 2430 1823 608 2160 1642 518 55 4050 2997 1053 3645 2734 911 3240 2462 778 50 5400 3996 1404 4860 3645 1215 4320 3283 1037 45 6750 4995 1755 6075 4556 1519 5400 4104 1296 40 8100 5994 2106 7290 5468 1823 6480 4925 1555 35 9450 6993 2457 8505 6379 2126 7560 5746 1814 30 10800 7992 2808 9720 7290 2430 8640 6566 2074 25 12150 8991 3159 10935 8201 2734 9720 7387 2333 20 13500 9990 3510 12150 9113 3038 10800 8208 2592 15 14850 10989 3861 13365 10024 3341 11880 9029 2851 10 16200 11988 4212 14580 10935 3645 12960 9850 3110 5 17550 12987 4563 15795 11846 3949 14040 10670 3370 0 18900 13986 4914 17010 12758 4253 15120 11491 3629 -5 20250 14985 5265 18225 13669 4556 16200 12312 3888 -10 21600 15984 5616 19440 14580 4860 17280 13133 4147 LEGEND: VLT = Ventilation Load - Total VLS = Ventilation Load - Sensible VLL = Ventilation Load - Latent HRT = Heat Recovery - Total HRS = Heat Recovery - Sensible HRL = Heat Recovery - Latent Form No. $3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Performance and Application Data WERVP-*3 SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB) Ambient 0.D. VENTILATION RATE -- 250 CFM 62 % EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 225 CFM 63 % EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 200 CFM 63 % EFFICIENCY DB/WB F VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL 75 19080 12960 6120 12020 8164 3855 15502 10530 4972 9921 6739 3182 11925 8100 3825 7751 5265 2486 105 70 12960 12960 0 8164 8164 0 10530 10530 0 6739 6739 0 8100 8100 0 5265 5265 0 65 12960 12960 0 8164 8164 0 10530 10530 0 6739 6739 0 8100 8100 0 5265 5265 0 80 28080 10800 17280 17690 6804 10886 22815 8775 14040 14601 5616 8985 17550 6750 10800 11407 4387 7019 75 19080 10800 8280 12020 6804 5216 15502 8775 6727 9921 5616 4305 11925 6750 5175 7751 4387 3363 100 70 10980 10800 180 6717 6804 113 8921 8775 146 5709 5616 93 6862 6750 112 4460 4387 73 65 10800 10800 0 6804 6804 0 8775 8775 0 5616 5616 0 6750 6750 0 4387 4387 0 60 10800 10800 0 6804 6804 0 8775 8775 0 5616 5616 0 6750 6750 0 4387 4387 0 80 28080 8640 19440 17690 5443 12247 22815 7020 15795 14601 4492 10108 17550 5400 12150 11407 3510 7897 75 19080 8640 10440 12020 5443 6577 15502 7020 8482 9921 4492 5428 11925 5400 6525 7751 3510 4241 95 70 10980 8640 2340 6917 5443 1474 8921 7020 1901 5709 4492 1216 6862 5400 1462 4460 3510 950 65 8640 8640 0 5443 5443 0 7020 7020 0 4492 4492 0 5400 5400 0 3510 3510 0 60 8640 8640 0 5443 5443 0 7020 7020 0 4492 4492 0 5400 5400 0 3510 3510 0 80 28080 6480 21600 17690 4082 13608 22815 5265 17550 14601 3369 11232 17550 4050 13500 11407 2632 8774 75 19080 6480 12600 12020 4082 7938 15502 5265 10237 9921 3369 6552 11925 4050 7875 7751 2632 5118 90 70 10980 6480 4500 6917 4082 2835 8921 5265 3656 5709 3369 2340 6862 4050 2812 4460 2632 1828 65 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 5265 5265 0 3369 3369 0 4050 4050 0 2632 2632 0 60 6480 6480 0 4082 4082 0 5265 5265 0 3369 3369 0 4050 4050 0 2632 2632 0 80 28080 4320 23760 17690 2721 14968 22815 3510 19305 14601 2246 12355 17550 2700 14850 11407 1755 9652 75 19080 4320 14760 12020 2721 9298 15502 3510 11992 9921 2246 7675 11925 2700 9225 7751 1755 5996 85 70 10980 4320 6660 6917 2721 4195 8921 3510 5411 5709 2246 3463 6862 2700 4162 4460 1755 2705 65 4320 4320 0 2721 2721 0 3510 3510 0 2246 2246 0 2700 2700 0 1755 1755 0 60 4320 4320 0 2721 2721 0 3510 3510 0 2246 2246 0 2700 2700 0 1755 1755 0 75 19080 2160 16920 12020 1360 10659 15502 1755 13747 9921 1123 8798 11925 1350 10575 7751 877 6873 80 70 10980 2160 8820 6917 1360 5556 8921 1755 7166 5709 1123 4586 6862 1350 5512 4460 877 3583 65 3780 2160 1620 2381 1360 1020 3071 1755 1316 1965 1123 842 2362 1350 1012 1535 877 658 60 2160 2160 0 1360 1360 0 1755 1755 0 1123 1123 0 1350 1350 0 877 877 0 70 10980 0 10980 6917 0 6917 8921 0 8921 5709 0 5709 6862 0 6862 4460 0 4460 75 65 3780 0 3780 2381 0 2380 3071 0 3071 1965 0 1961 2362 0 2362 1535 0 1535 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WERVP-3* 3-Ton Winter Heating Performance (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB) Ambient 0.D. VENTILATION RATE 400 CFM 75% EFF. 325 CFM 76% EFF. 250 CFM 77% EFF. DB/°F VLT HR VL VLT HR VL VLT HR VL 65 2160 1620 540 1755 1334 421 1350 1040 311 60 4320 3240 1080 3510 2668 842 2700 2079 621 55 6480 4860 1620 5265 4001 1264 4050 3119 932 50 8640 6480 2160 7020 5335 1685 5400 4158 1242 45 10800 8100 2700 8775 6669 2106 6750 5198 1553 40 12960 9720 3240 10530 8003 2527 8100 6237 1863 35 15120 11340 3780 12285 9337 2948 9450 7277 2174 30 17280 12960 4320 14040 10670 3370 10800 8316 2484 25 19440 14580 4860 15795 12004 3791 12150 9356 2795 20 21600 16200 5400 17550 13338 4212 13500 10395 3105 15 23760 17820 5940 19305 14672 4633 14850 11435 3416 10 25920 19440 6480 21060 16006 5054 16200 12474 3726 5 28080 21060 7020 22815 17339 5476 17550 13514 4037 0 30240 22680 7560 24570 18673 5897 18900 14553 4347 -5 32400 24300 8100 26325 20007 6318 20250 15593 4658 -10 34560 25920 8640 28080 21341 6739 21600 16632 4968 LEGEND: VLT = Ventilation Load - Total VLS = Ventilation Load - Sensible VLL = Ventilation Load - Latent HRT = Heat Recovery - Total HRS = Heat Recovery - Sensible HRL = Heat Recovery - Latent Form No. 53523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Page 7 of 24 Performance and Application Data- WERVP-*5 SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB) Ambient 0.0. VENTILATION RATE -- 250 CFM 62 % EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 225 CFM 63 % EFFICIENCY VENTILATION RATE -- 200 CFM 63% EFFICIENCY DB/WB F VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL VLT VLS VLL HRT HRS HRL 75 21465 14580 6884 13952 9477 4475 17887 12150 5737 11805 8018 3786 14310 9720 4590 9587 6512 3075 105 70 14580 14580 0 9477 9477 0 12150 12150 0 8018 8018 0 9720 9720 0 6512 6512 0 65 14580 14580 0 9477 9477 0 12150 12150 0 8018 8018 0 9720 9720 0 6512 6512 0 80 31590 12150 19440 20533 7897 12635 26325 10125 16200 17374 6682 10692 21060 8100 12960 14110 5427 8683 75 21465 12150 9314 13952 7897 6054 17887 10125 7762 11805 6682 5123 14310 8100 6210 9587 5427 4160 100 70 12352 12150 202 8029 7897 131 10293 10125 168 6793 6682 111 8235 8100 135 5517 5427 90 65 12150 12150 0 7897 7897 0 10125 10125 0 6682 6682 0 8100 8100 0 5427 5427 0 60 12150 12150 0 7897 7897 0 10125 10125 0 6682 6682 0 8100 8100 0 5427 5427 0 80 31590 9720 21870 20533 6318 14215 26325 8100 18225 17374 5345 12028 21060 6480 14580 14110 4341 9768 75 21465 9720 11744 13952 6318 7634 17887 8100 9787 11805 5345 6459 14310 6480 7830 9587 4341 5246 95 70 12352 9720 2632 8029 6318 1711 10293 8100 2193 6793 5345 1447 8235 6480 1755 5517 4341 1175 65 9720 9720 0 6318 6318 0 8100 8100 0 5345 5345 0 6480 6480 0 4341 4341 0 60 9720 9720 0 6318 6318 0 8100 8100 0 5345 5345 0 6480 6480 0 4341 4341 0 80 31590 7290 24300 20533 4738 15794 26325 6075 20250 17374 4009 13365 21060 4860 16200 14110 3256 10854 75 21465 7290 14175 13952 4738 9213 17887 6075 11812 11805 4009 7796 14310 4860 9450 9587 3256 6331 90 70 12352 7290 5062 8029 4738 3290 10293 6075 4218 6793 4009 2784 8235 4860 3375 5517 3256 2261 65 7290 7290 0 4738 4738 0 6075 6075 0 4009 4009 0 4860 4860 0 3256 3256 0 60 7290 7290 0 4738 4738 0 6075 6075 0 4009 4009 0 4860 4860 0 3256 3256 0 80 31590 4860 26730 20533 3159 17374 26325 4050 22275 17374 2672 14701 21060 3240 17820 14110 2170 11939 75 21465 4860 16605 13952 3159 10793 17887 4050 13837 11805 2672 9132 14310 3240 11070 9587 2170 7416 85 70 12352 4860 7492 8029 3159 4870 10293 4050 6243 6793 2672 4120 8235 3240 4995 5517 2170 3346 65 4860 4860 0 3159 3159 0 4050 4050 0 2672 2672 0 3240 3240 0 2170 2170 0 60 4860 4860 0 3159 3159 0 4050 4050 0 2672 2672 0 3240 3240 0 2170 2170 0 75 21465 2430 19035 13952 13952 12372 17887 2025 15862 11805 1336 10469 14310 1620 12690 9587 1085 8502 80 70 12352 2430 9922 8029 8029 6449 10293 2025 8268 6793 1336 5457 8235 1620 6615 5517 1085 4432 65 4252 2430 1822 2764 2764 1184 3543 2025 1518 2338 1336 1002 2835 1620 1215 1899 1085 814 60 2430 2430 0 1579 1579 0 2025 2025 0 1336 1336 0 1620 1620 0 1085 1085 0 70 12352 0 12352 8029 0 8029 10293 0 10293 6793 0 6793 8235 0 8235 5517 0 5517 75 65 4252 0 4252 2764 0 2764 3543 0 3543 2338 0 2338 2835 0 2835 1899 0 1899 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WERVP-5* 5-Ton Winter Heating Performance (INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB) Ambient 0.D. VENTILATION RATE 450 CFM 80% EFF. 375 CFM 81% EFF. 300 CFM 82% EFF. DB/°F VLT HR VL VLT HR VL VLT HR VL 65 2430 1944 486 2025 1640 385 1620 1328 292 60 4860 3888 972 4050 3281 770 3240 2657 583 55 7290 5832 1458 6075 4921 1154 4860 3985 875 50 9720 7776 1944 8100 6561 1539 6480 5314 1166 45 12150 9720 2430 10125 8201 1924 8100 6642 1458 40 14580 11664 2916 12150 9842 2309 9720 7970 1750 35 17010 13608 3402 14175 11482 2693 11340 9299 2041 30 19440 15552 3888 16200 13122 3078 12960 10627 2333 25 21870 17496 4374 18225 14762 3463 14580 11956 2624 20 24300 19440 4860 20250 16403 3848 16200 13284 2916 15 26730 21384 5346 22275 18043 4232 17820 14612 3208 10 29160 23328 5832 24300 19683 4617 19440 15941 3499 5 31590 25272 6318 26325 21323 5002 21060 17269 3791 0 34020 27216 6804 28350 22964 5387 22680 18598 4082 -5 36450 29160 7290 30375 24604 5771 24300 19926 4374 -10 38880 31104 7776 32400 26244 6156 25920 21254 4666 LEGEND: VLT = Ventilation Load - Total VLS = Ventilation Load - Sensible VLL = Ventilation Load - Latent HRT = Heat Recovery - Total HRS = Heat Recovery - Sensible HRL = Heat Recovery - Latent WM/ Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Paoe 9 of 24 Electrical Specifications -- Standard Heat Pumps Single Circuit Dual Circuit Rated No. Field 0 0 © © Minimum ® Maximum Os Os MODEL Volts & Power Minimum Maximum Field Circuit Externa Fuse or Field Power Ground Phase Circuit External Fuse Power Ground Ampacity Ckt. Breaker Wire Size Wire Size Circuits Ampacity or Ckt. Brkr. Wire Size Wire Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B W18HA-A00, AOZ 1 16 20 12 12 A04 230/208-1 1 37 40 8 10 A08 1 57 60 6 10 W24HA-A00, AOZ 1 21 25 10 10 A04 230/208-1 1 42 45 8 10 A08 1 or 2 63 70 6 8 42 25 45 25 8 10 10 10 W24HA-800, 60Z 1 15 20 12 12 B06 230/208-3 1 33 35 8 10 W24HA-000, COZ 460-3 1 9 15 14 14 C06 1 18 20 12 12 W30HA-A00, AOZ 1 24 35 8 10 A05 230/208-1 1 50 50 8 10 A10 1 or 2 76 80 4 8 50 26 50 30 8 10 10 10 W30HA-B00, 602 1 18 25 10 10 B06 230/208-3 1 36 40 8 10 B09 1 45 50 8 10 W30HA-000, COZ 1 10 15 14 14 C06 1 19 20 12 12 C09 460-3 1 24 25 10 10 0 C15 1 25 30 10 10 W36HA-A00, AOZ 1 29 40 8 10 A05 1 55 60 6 10 A10 230/208-1 1 or 2 81 90 4 8 55 26 60 30 6 10 10 10 81 A15 1 or 2 85 90 4 8 55 52 60 60 6 6 10 10 W36HA-B00, BOZ 1 23 30 10 10 B06 1 41 45 8 10 B09 230/208-3 1 50 50 8 10 0 B15 1 52 60 6 10 W36HA-000, COZ 1 11 15 14 14 C06 1 20 25 10 10 C09 460-3 1 24 25 10 10 m C15 1 25 30 10 10 W42HA-A00,AOZ 1 30 45 8 10 A04 1 51 60 6 10 A05 230/208-1 1 56 60 6 10 A10 1 or 2 82 90 4 8 30 52 45 60 8 6 10 10 /4 0 Al5 1 or 2 82 90 4 8 32 52 45 60 8 6 10 10 W42HA-B00, BOZ 1 24 35 8 10 B06 1 42 50 8 10 B09 230/208-3 1 52 60 6 10 0 B15 1 52 60 6 10 W42HA-000, COZ 1 12 15 14 14 C06 1 21 25 10 10 CO9 460-3 1 25 30 10 10 0 C15 1 26 30 10 10 W48HA-A00, AOZ 1 35 50 8 10 A04 1 56 60 6 10 A05 230/208-1 1 or 2 61 70 6 8 35 26 50 30 8 10 10 10 A10 1 or 2 87 90 3 8 35 52 50 60 8 6 10 10 0+ A15 1 or 2 87 90 3 8 35 52 50 60 8 6 10 10 81 A20 1 or 2 110 125 2 6 58 52 60 60 6 6 10 10 W48HA-800, BOZ 1 25 35 8 10 B06 1 43 50 8 10 B09 230/208-3 1 52 60 6 10 0 815 1 52 60 6 10 0 818 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 33 28 40 30 8 1.0 10 10 W48HA-000, COZ 1 12 15 14 14 C09 460-3 1 26 30 10 10 CD C15 1 26 30 10 10 W6OHA-A00, AOZ 1 47 60 8 10 A05 1 or 2 73 90 4 8 47 26 60 30 8 10 10 10 A10 230/208-1 1 or 2 99 110 3 6 47 52 60 60 8 6 10 10 O A15 1 or 2 99 110 3 6 47 52 60 60 8 6 10 10 O A20 1 or 2 112 125 2 6 60 52 60 60 6 6 10 10 W60HA-B00, BOZ 1 32 40 8 10 B09 1 59 60 6 10 0 B15 230/208-3 1 59 60 6 10 0 B18 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 35 28 40 30 8 10 10 10 W60HA-000,COZ 1 15 20 12 12 C09 460-3 1 29 35 8 10 0 C15 .1 29 35 8 1O 0 These "Minimum Circuit Ampacity" values are to be used for sizing the field power conducto s. Refer to the National Electrical Code (latest version) Article 310 for power conductor sizing. CAUTION: When more than one field power circuit is run through one conduit, the conducto s must be derated. Pay special attention to note 8 of Table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) conductors are in a raceway. $ 1 Maximum size of the time delay fuse or circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors. ® Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 9KW. Full heat available during emergency heat mode. 1 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 1.OKW, Full heat available during emergency heat mode, 15 Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes. IMPORTANT: While this electrical data is presented as a guide, it is important to electrically connect properly sized fuses & conductor wires in accordance with the National Electrical Code & all local codes. Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 _ MODEL al Circut Rated Volts & Phase No. Field Power Circuits Single Circuit 0 Minimum Circuit Ampacity ® Maximum External Fuse or Ckt. Brkr. 0 Field Power Wire Size ® Ground Wire (D Minimum Circuit Ampacity 0 Maximum External Fuse or Ckt. Breaker e Field Power Wire Size 81 Ground Wire Size Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B W24FIADA00, AOZ 1 21 30 10 10 A04 230/208-1 1 42 45 8 10 A08 1 or 2 62 70 6 8 42 25 45 25 8 10 10 10 W24HADBOO, BOZ B06 230/208-3 1 1 15 33 20 35 12 8 12 10 W24HADC00, COZ 460-3 1 9 15 14 14 CO6 1 18 20 12 12 W3OHADA00, AOZ 1 25 35 8 10 A05 230/208-1 1 51 60 6 10 A10 1 or 2 77 80 4 8 51 26 60 30 6 10 10 10 W3OHADBOO, BOZ 1 18 25 10 10 B06 230/208-3 1 36 40 8 10 809 1 45 50 8 10 W3OHADC00, COZ 1 11 15 14 14 C06 460-3 1 20 20 12 12 C09 1 24 25 10 10 W36HADA00, AOZ 1 29 40 8 10 A05 230/208-1 1 55 60 6 10 A10 1 or 2 81 90 4 8 55 26 60 30 6 10 10 10 W36HADBOO, BOZ 1 23 30 10 10 B06 230/208-3 1 41 50 8 10 B09 1 51 60 6 10 W36HADC00, COZ 1 11 15 14 14 CO6 460-3 1 20 25 10 10 C09 1 24 25 10 10 W42HADA00, AOZ 1 31 45 8 10 A05 230/208-1 1 57 60 6 10 A10 1 or 2 83 90 4 8 31 52 45 60 8 6 10 10 W42HA0800, BOZ 1 26 35 8 10 B06 230/208-3 1 44 50 8 10 B09 1 53 60 6 10 61/4 W42HADC00, COZ 1 12 15 14 14 e C06 460-3 1 21 25 10 10 C09 1 26 30 10 10 W48HADA00, AOZ 1 38 50 8 10 A05 230/208-1 1 or 2 64 80 6 8 38 26 50 30 8 10 10 10 A10 1 or 2 90 100 3 8 38 52 60 60 8 6 10 10 W48HADB00, BOZ 1 27 40 8 10 B06 230/208-3 1 45 50 8 10 B09 1 54 60 6 10 W48HADC00, COZ 1 13 15 14 14 C06 460-3 1 22 25 10 10 C09 1 27 30 10 10 W6OHADA00, AOZ 1 47 60 8 10 A05 230/208-1 1 or 2 73 90 4 8 47 26 60 30 8 10 10 10 A10 1 or 2 99 110 3 6 47 52 60 60 8 6 10 10 W6OHADBOO, BOZ B09 230/208-3 1 1 33 60 40 60 8 6 10 10 W6OHADC00, COZ 1 17 25 10 10 CO9 460-3 1 30 35 8 10 ID These "Minimum Circuit Ampacity" values are to be used for sizing the field power conducto s. Refer to the National Electrical Code (latest version), Article 310 for power conductor sizing. CAUTION: When more than one field power circuit is run through one conduit, the conductors must be derated. Pay special attention to note 8 of Table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) conductors are in a raceway. CD Maximum size of the time delay fuse or circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors. (3) Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes. IMPORTANT: While this electrical data is presented as a guide, it is important to electrically connect properly sized fuses & conductor wires in accordance with the National Electrical Code & all local codes. Form No, S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Pane 11 of 24 Indoor Slower Performance - CFM at 230 or 460 Volts ESP in F120 W18HA W24HA W3OHA / W36HA W42HA / W48HA W6OHA High Speed Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil Dry/Wet Coil Single Speed Dry/Wet Coil High Speed Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil Dry/Wet Coil High Speed Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil DryANet Coil High Speed Dry/Wet Coil Medium Speed Dry/Wet Coil Low Speed Dry/Wet Coil, 0.0 980/970 725/720 960/920 1435/1400 960/960 1840/1790 1655/1605 2095/1995 1910/1820 1795/1715 '.. 0.1 920/905 670/655 920/860 1400/1355 935/945 1755/1700 1565/1530 2040/1950 1850/1760 1730/1655 0.2 850/825 630/610 860/790 1300/1250 925/905 1665/1615 1490/1455 1985/1900 1790/1700 1665/1600 0.3 785/755 580/550 790/705 1230/1160 895/880 1570/1515 1410/1370 1925/1850 1735/1630 1605/1540 0.4 715/680 530/490 700/610 1125/1075 840/810 1465/1410 1320/1280 1875/1800 1675/1570 1545/1475 0.5 610/565 455/390 565/450 1010/940 765/735 1355/1280 1215/980 1820/1745 1615/1500 1475/1310 Above data is with 1" standard throwaway filter and 1" washable filter. For optional 2" pleated filter - reduce ESP by .15 in. See installation instructions for maximum ESP information on various KW applications. Speeds marked "bold" above are Factory Connected. Electric Heat Table ---Refer to Electrical Specifications for Availability by Unit Model Nominal KW At 240V (1) At 208V (1) At 480V (2) At 460V (2) KW 1-Ph Amps 3-Ph Amps Btuh KW 1-Ph Amps 3-Ph Amps Btuh KW 3-Ph Amps Btuh KW 3-Ph Amps Btuh 4.0 4.0 16.7 13,652 3.00 14.4 10,239 5.0 5.0 20.8 17,065 3.75 18.0 12,799 6.0 6.0 14.4 20,478 4.50 12.5 15,359 6.0 7.2 20,478 5.52 6.9 18,840 8.0 8.0 33.3 27,304 6.00 28.8 20,478 9.0 9.0 21.7 30,717 6.75 18.7 23,038 9.0 10.8 30,717 8.28 10.4 28,260 10,0 10,0 41.7 34,130 7.50 36.1 25,598 15.0 15.0 62.5 36.1 51,195 11.25 54.1 31.2 38,396 15.0 18.0 51,195 13.80 17.3 47,099 18.0 18.0 43.3 61,434 13.50 37.5 46,076 18.0 21.7 61,434 16.56 20.8 56,519 20.0 20.0 83.3 68,260 15.00 72.1 51,195 (1) These electric heaters are available in 230/208V units only. (2) These electric heaters are available in 480V units only. Heater Packages - Field Installed • Designed for adding Electric Heat to 0 KW Units • Circuit Breaker Standard on 23G/208V Models • ETL US & Canada Listed • Toggle Disconnect Standard on 460V Models Air Conditioner Models -A00 Models 230/208-1 -BOO Models 230/208-3 -000 Models 460-3 Heater Model # KW Heater Model # KW Heater Model # KW W18HA EHW18H-A04 EHW18H-A08 4 8 N/A N/A W24HA EHW2TH-A04 EHW2TH-A08 4 8 EHWH24-6066 6 EHWH248-006 6 W3OHA EHWH30-A05B EHWH30-AlOB 5 10 EHWHO3-806B EHWHO3-809B 6 9 EHW003A-006 EHWCO3A-009 EHWH03A-C15 " 6 9 15 W36HA EHWH36-A05B EHWH36-A1OB EHWH36-A15B * 5 10 15 EHW36H-B06B EHWHO34309B EHW36H-B15B * 6 9 15 EHWCO3A-006 EHWCO3A-009 EHWHO3A-C15 * 6 9 15 W42HA EHWHO4-A0413 EHW4TH-A.05 EHW4TH-A10 EHW4TH-AI5 * 4 5 10 15 EHWHO5-806B EHWHO5-1309B EHWHO5-815B * 6 9 15 EHW4TH-006 EHW4TH-009 EHW4TH-C15 * 6 9 15 W48HA EHWHO4-A04B EHWH42-A05B EHW4TH-A108 EHWH42-A15B * EHWHO4-A208 * 4 5 10 15 20 EHWHO5-1306B EHWHO5-1309B EHWHO5-1315B * EHW4TH-B18B * 6 9 15 18 EHW4TH-009 EHW4TH-C15 * 9 15 W6OHA EHWHO4-A05B EHW5TH-A10 EHWHO4-A15B * EHWHO4-A2OB * 5 10 15 20 EHWHO54309B EHWHO5-B15B * EHW4TH-B18 * 9 15 18 EHW4TH-009 EHW4TH-C15 * ... 9 15 NOTE: Field installed heater packages are not approved for use with top supply opening models. * Not available for dehumidification models. Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Cooling -- ��0� ~ - --_O�� 100^ lfo� 1z5� -12b� 125p wom� ' Return Air onexma Cooling o� x��]� ��- 7�F� o�� �5:F '4o'F g5� ' »v18*x 75/62 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 18,300 14.400 17,400 14.000 16,500 13.700 15,700 13,300 14.800 13,000 z«.lno 12.700 13,400 12.500 12.800 12.200 12.200 12,000 11.500 11.500 11.000 11.000 88/67 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling '|inu � l9 5O0 13,900 18'900 13.708 18.300 13.500 17.700 13.300 17.100 13.100 16.400 12.900 15.800 12.800 15.200 12.600 l*.soo 12.400 13.900 12.200 13.300 12,000 85/72 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 23.300 14.300 22.100 13.900 21.100 13.600 20.000 13.200 18.900 12.900 18,000 12.500 17.100 12.200 18.200 11,900 15.480 11.500 ]u.sOo 11.100 13.700 I0.700 xvu^*u r5/62 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 28'500 21.700 26.580 20.600 24.600 19.600 22.900 18.700 21.500 18.000 20.200 17.300 19.000 16.800 18.000 16.500 17.180 16.000 16.400 15.800 15.700 15.600 80/67 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 30'400 21,000 28.800 20.200 2/.300 19.400 25.900 18.700 24.600 18.100 23.500 17.600 22.400 17.200 21`*00 16.800 20.*00 16.600 19.800 16.500 19.100 16.100 85/72 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 36.200 21.500 33.700 20.500 31.400 19.500 29.500 18,600 2/.400 1/.800 25.700 17.100 24,200 16.400 22.800 15.800 21`/00 15,300 20.500 14.900 19./00 1*.500 vvyu*x 75162 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 29.600 24.200 28.800 23.900 28.008 23.600 27.100 z].zUO 26.100 22.e00 25.200 22.500 24.200 22.100 23.100 21.600 22.000 21.100 20.800 20.700 19.600 19,600 e0/*7 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 31.600 23.400 3I.400 25.400 31,100 23.500 50.600 23.200 30.000 23.100 29.300 22.900 28.500 22.600 27.500 22.300 26.400 21.900 25.200 21.600 23.e80 21,100 85/72 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 37.700 2*.000 36700 23.800 35.700 23.400 34.600 23.100 as*on 22.700 az./on 22.200 30,800 21.600 29,300 20.900 27.800 20,200 26.200 19.500 24.600 1e.700 waa*A 75/62 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 36.100 28.500 34.500 2/.700 33.000 26.900 31.500 26.100 30.000 25.500 28.600 24.800 27.200 24.200 25,800 23.600 24.500 23.100 23.200 22.600 21.900 21.900 80x67 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 38'500 27.600 3/'600 /7.100 36.600 26.e00 35.600 26.100 34.600 25.700 33.300 25.200 32.100 24.800 30.800 24.400 29.500 24.000 28.100 23.600 26.*00 23.200 ao/7z Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 45.900 28.300 44'000 z/.sVo 42.100 26.700 40.200 26.000 38,200 25.200 36.400 24.400 34.600 23.700 32.800 22.900 31.000 22.100 29.200 21.300 27.400 20.000 w«u*x � � 75/az Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 42'700 34700 40900 sa roo 38.908 az roo 37.100 31,800 35.300 sz 000 33.e00 aozoo 31,900 29,500 30,300 28,800 28.600 2e./00 27.100 or./nu 25.500 25,500 80/67 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 45.600 33,600 44.500 33.000 43.200 32.400 41.900 31,800 40.500 31.300 39,100 30.700 37.600 30,200 36.100 2e.700 34.400 29.200 32.e00 28./00 sz non 28,300 85/72 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 54'300 34400 52.000 33,500 4e.600 32.600 47.300 31.e00 45.000 30.700 42.800 29.700 40.600 28,800 38.400 27.900 36,200 26.900 34.100 25,900 31.900 25,100 w*oxA 75/62 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 48.800 38,900 46.800 38,000 44.900 37.100 42.900 36,200 «n.eon 35.400 39,100 34.500 37.200 33,600 35,300 32.800 33.400 32,000 31,600 a/.zOn 29.700 29.700 80/67 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 52,100 37.700 51,000 37,200 49.800 36.700 48.500 3e.200 47.000 35.700 *5.500 35,100 43.e00 s*.noo 4e.100 33.900 «n.zoo 33.300 3e.300 32,600 36,200 o/.eoV os/7z Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 62,100 38.600 ss'son 3/.800 57.200 36.e08 54.800 3e.000 52.200 35,000 ^e.eoo 34.000 *7.300 32.900 *4.800 31.800 42.380 30.700 39.800 29.500 37.300 28,200 wauox 7msz Total Cooling Sensible Cooling *n'000 *6.400 58,100 45.200 55,500 44.100 52,900 43.000 50,500 42.000 48.200 40.900 46.000 39,900 43.900 38.900 41.e00 37.900 39,900 36,900 37,800 35.980 80/67 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling a^'ynD 45.000 63.300 44.300 61,600 *3.700 59,800 43.000 58.000 42.400 56,200 vz.«oo 54.300 *o.yVo 52,300 40.200 50,300 39.400 48.300 38,600 46.100 37.800 85/72 Total Cooling Sensible Cooling 77'300 46.100 7*'000 45.000 70.700 43.900 67.500 42.700 6*.400 41.600 61.500 *o.non 58.600 39.000 55.600 37.700 52.900 36,300 50.200 34.900 47.400 33,500 (D Below 65~F,unit requires efactory n,field installed low ambient control. (Z Outdoor temperatures shown are measured a1the condenser section air inlet, 0 Rdvm air temperature ^F Capacity Multiplier Factors mmRated /Vnflnw -zo Rated +lO nota|aTUH scnsiu|, aTVn 0.975 0.950 z.o l.V L02 1.05 Unit Charge Rates UNIT � �.Vn�- �Lbs Debum, Unds-Lbs. W18HA'0EER8HHeat Pump, 5VHz 4,25 wm W24HA-1VEERRHHeat Pump 60Hz *.75 *.8125 W3Vxx-l0sERRMHeat Pump, 60Hz 5.50 6.3125 " ' HA - 10 EER RH Heat Pump, 60Hz 7o625 7.125 mwa*x-I0EcnnnHeat Pump, 6OHz 7.18/5 7.9375 W48*x-lOEsnnMHeat Pump, 6OMz 8,1875 8.50 W60n«'lQsEnnHHeat Pump, 6OHz 8.50 8.8125 Form No. u3523-86 Supersedes s3523-516 p""" `x�fr^ Heating Application Rating and Outdoor Temperature °F * 0 MODEL 0° 5° 10° 15° 20' 25° 30' 35° 40° 45' 47° 50* 55° 60°F 65°F W18HA BTUH WATTS 6,700 1,450 7,700 1,460 8,800 1,480 9,800 1,490 10,800 1,500 11,800 1,500 12,800 1,510 13,800 1,510 14,900 1,540 16,100 1,560 16,500 1,570 17,200 1,570 18,200 1,590 19,300 1,600 20,3031 1,61f COP 1.36 1.55 1.75 1.93 2.11 2,31 2.49 2.68 2.84 3.03 3.10 3.21 3.36 3.54 3.70' BTUH 9,500 11,000 12,500 14,000 15,300 16,500 17,600 18,800 20,800 22,800 23,400 24,500 26,000 27,500 29,000 W24HA WATTS 1,960 1,990 2,020 2,060 2,090 2,120 2,150 2,190 2,220 2,250 2,260 2,280 2,310 2,350 2,380 COP 1.43 1,62 1.82 2.00 2.15 2.29 2.40 2.52 2.75 2.97 3.00 3.15 3.30 3.43 3.58 BTUH 12,900 14,700 16,500 18,300 19,800 21,100 22,400 23,700 26,300 28,800 29,800 30,900 32,700 34,500 36,300 W3OHA WATTS 2,420 2,460 2,500 2,540 2,560 2,570 2,590 2,600 2,680 2,760 2,790 2,810 2,850 2,890 2,930 COP 1.57 1.76 1.94 2.12 2.27 2.41 2.54 2.68 2.88 3.06 3.10 3.23 3.37 3.50 3.63 BTUH 13,200 15,200 17,200 19,200 21,100 22,800 24,500 26,200 28,700 31,100 32,000 33,200 35,200 37,200 39,200 W36 HA WATTS 2,600 2,640 2,670 2,710 2,730 2,750 2,760 2,780 2,840 2,910 2,930 2,950 2,990 3,020 3,060 COP 1.49 1.69 1.89 2.08 2.27 2.43 2.61 2.77 2.97 3.14 3.10 3.30 3.45 3.61 3.76 BTUH 13,500 16,100 18,800 21,500 23,400 24,700 26,100 27,500 32,100 36,700 38,500 40,100 42,800 45,500 48,100 W42HA WATTS 3,070 3,120 3,170 3,220 3,230 3,220 3,200 3,190 3,340 3,490 3,550 3,580 3,630 3,680 3,730 COP 1.29 1,52 1.74 1.96 2.13 2.25 2.39 2.53 2.82 3.09 3.10 3.29 3.46 3.63 3.78 BTUH 15,800 18,800 21,800 24,800 27,500 29,800 32,200 34,600 38,500 42,500 44,000 45,800 48,800 51,800 54,800 W48HA WATTS 3,710 3,740 3,760 3,790 3,800 3,790 3,790 3,780 3,860 3,930 3,960 3,980 4,010 4,030 4,060 COP 1.25 1.48 1.70 1.92 2.13 2.31 2.49 2.69 2.93 3.17 3.25 3.38 3.57 3.77 3.96 BTUH 25,200 28,500 31,900 35,200 37,800 39,800 41,900 43,900 49,200 54,400 56,500 58,500 61,900 65,200 68,500 W6OHA WATTS 4,420 4,530 4,640 4,760 4,780 4,730 4,690 4,650 4,990 5,340 5,480 5,550 5,660 5,770 5,880 COP 1.68 1.85 2.02 2.17 2.32 2.47 2.62 2.77 2.89 2.99 3.00 3,09 3.21 3.32 3.42 * 70°F DB indoor return air at rated CFM includes defrost operation below 45°. 0 Outdoor temperatures shown are measured at the condenser section air inlet. Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes 53523-516 Clearances Required for Service Access and Adequate Condenser Inlet Airflow MODELS LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE ,W18HA, W24HA, W3OHA, W36HA 15" 20" W42HA, W48HA, W6OHA 20" 20" Minimum Clearances Required to Combustible Materials MODELS 0 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FIRST THREE FEET CABINET W18HA, W24HA 0 0.. W3OHA, W36HA 1/4" 0" W42HA, W48HA, W6OHA 1/4" „ 0 Refer to the Installation Manual for more detailed information. Dimensions of W18-60H Basic Unit or Architectural & Insta11ation Requirements (No nal) MODEL WIDTH (W) DEPTH (D) HEIGHT (H) SUPPLY RETURN A 8 CBE F G I J K L MNO P OR S T W18HA W24HA 33.300 17.125 74.563 7.88 19.88 11.88 19.88 35.00 10.88 29.75 20.56 30.75 32.06 33.25 31.00 2.63 .34.13 26.06 10.55 4.19 12.00 9.00 W3OHA W36HA 38.200 17.125 74.563 7.88 27.88 13.88 27.88 40.00 10.88 29.75 17,93 30./5 32.75 33.25 31.00 2,75 39.13 26.75 9.14 4.19 12.00 9.00 W42HA W48HA 42.075 22.432 84.875 9.88 29,88 15.88 29.88 43.88 13,56 31.66 30.00 32.68 26.94 34.69 32.43 3.37 43.00 23.88 10.00 1.44 16.00 1.88 W6OHA 42.075 22.432 93.000 9.88 29.88 15.88 29.88 43.88 13,56 37.00 30.00 40.8135.06 42.81 40.56 3.37 43.00 31.00 10.00 1.44 16.00 10.00 All dimensions are in inches. Dimensional drawings are not to scale. Front View Built In Rain Hood 4° Pitch Heater Access Panel Electric Heat C. Breaker/ Disconnect Access Panel (Lockable) Hood for CRV and ECON models only - Standard 3•• flush vent door for non- ERV/CRV Econ. rrpdels 7 Low Voltage Electrical Entranc High Voltage Electrical Entrance Dram Side Wall Mounting Brackets (Built In)...., Top Rain Flashing Shipping Location Optional H Electrical Entrances E .44 Supply Air Opening 8 Return Air Opening • 0 N Side View Q C0 Not used when ECONWMT Economizers installed. Filter access is through the ECONWMT hood. T • Bottom Installation Back View Bracket MIS-3796 Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Panp 151-If 7e1 Bard W18HA Series Sound Data Matrix dBA @ 10feet) ...ry,::::7,,, , , , .'sqz Ducted - F oat Outlet leoVletCFnC5urb IsolationCFC5urb WM IsolatioCnECtrb D'r'd IselationCFC5urb WW tsolatioCriF:tirb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Gnile WAPFB51 Free Slow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Dud Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Dust WAPS514 Supply kr Silencer Return Mr Tmatment Grille Grille WAPR11..X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer t ent Option CRK 111111111111111111111111111111 Ventilation Only 42.3 39.6 39.2 35.8 40.5 35.6 37.1 33.8 NI I Lood 47.3 45.2 42.9 42.0 46.2 44.0 43.1 42.2 dBA 46.2 44.0 42.0 41.1 45.0 42.5 41.8 40.7 Outdoor 010 Feet 62.8 s,,,,,,,, Pow.- Fulanail 55.2 49.9 55.7 49.8 Outdoor Sound Power t ent Option FRE 68.0 IIIMIIMIIMIEIIIIIEIMNIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Ventilation Only 48.7 42.1 48.3 39.6 Fol liBod ' 49.4 44.2 49.8 42.5 integrated AA 49.2 43.6 49.3 41.7 Vent Option kRi Ventilation Only, 50.3 42.0 50.2 39.7 Full toad 60,8 44.5 51.1 42.5 Integrated dBA 50.6 43.8 50.8 41.7 Vent Option ERVjl. High High High High IIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIII Verdikrtion Only 51.5 41.4 50.9 40.1 En I I iseed 51,9 4" integmted 48A 51.8 4" MIMI. EMI Bard W18HA Series Sound Data Matrix dBA @ 5 feet 4::: III'''''',', :4$4'''' Ducted - Frodt Outlet Veit Mounting Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb VAMICF5 isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 isolation Cutb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Dutl Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPSM.4 Supply Air Silencer eturn ir RA Treatment Grille Grille WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPRii...X Return Air Silencer WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer Peng7,7,ton Mill1=111 5 0 CFM 7 570 C FM .511 CUM 570 UM IIMIIIMIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIII Ventilation Only 42.4 39,3 38.8 37.6 40.1 IMEMEZEIMII Foil Laad 49.6 47,3 45.1 44,0 IMIIIMII 46.6 Integrated 488 48.2 45.8 43.8 42.7 WE 44,0 45.1112:1 OutdFeeoor fii 5 t MIMI= 1111111 I enr Option ERV UM Lou Unit "" 111111111111111 Ventilation Only 51.8 43.7 ME IIMI 42.5 Full Load 52.3 45'8 till.1.1 M311 Integrated 48A 52.1 45,2 EMI= I= I 'cor Option ERV Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Ventilation Onty MUM. liaMEME 43.4 fiu0L's'd 1111111111111111111111111= 111M11.1111111111111112E1 mt7871 11231111111.M. 45.4 MIME ICEI Vent Option ERV Ventilation Only 54.5 43.9 54.3 44.1 Fon toad 55.1 46.1 55.4 45.7 Integrated dBA 54.9 45.5 55.1 45.2 ' Integrated valites calculated per ANSI/ASA S12.60-2009/Part 2, Seel n 5.2.2.1, Tithle 2 Triple Mode Type 3 IIVAC System Duty Cycles: Vertilt don 58%, Part Load 25%, Full Load 17% 'Integrated Sound V.I. are ItISO appllnble for ose in learning spaces for LEED schools; EQ Prerequisite 3 Minimum Acoustical Performance. OPTION I. Using methods prescribed in ANSI SI 240, classroom must achieve a maximum background noise Irvei of 45 dBa. Results Referenced Were Bacon:10ln The Bard Manufacturing Company,. inc. Sound tab Fedlity Actual Field Application Results May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 8/26/201.6 Form No, S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Page 16of 24 . - Bard-W24HA Series Sound Data a rix (dBA @:10 feet) =II ! 4 . lll11 - '-' Ducted - Frort Outlet Unit Mounting almd WMICFS Isolation Curt WMICFS isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille V./AK:1351 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS514 Supply Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Grille WAPI2114 Return Air Silencer WAPRiltX Return Air Silencer Grine Grine WAPRI14 Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Alr Silencer 570 CFSL 570 Cin51 570 CFM 570 c DI 570 CFM 570 CFI t_70CFNI 570 CFM oay 45.3 43.2 42,5 . 38.5 38.7 37 4 FR, n...d 50.4 46.9 44.8 41.7 =1111=11 ' 44.8 rfluvr.t.d dRA _ • Outdoor td 10 feet - e 62.3 . ... Sound Power Full Loud 58.0 49.2 . 48.3 Outdoor Sound Power 71. 0 Vent Option ER V Low Low Low 1 Low Ventilation .. 50,6 40.3 49, 111111011 ' . RA Load 51.2 41.3 , 501 • - NM .0 . MD/grated 51 0 _ 41 0 . : . Z Viill 40. . Vent Option ENV Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med i'ntik'il?"' 11311111111111111111111 ' 40.6 ' hal ' 14'd 1111111111111111111111111111112111 ,.. ,. . PitePrated . dRA NM 0111111131311 41.0 Vent Option High High High High ventilation Only 53.9 - 41.2 '111111111111 40.7 Full Load , . r 42.0 111:111111111111111111111:1E1 . „. .. late rated g elan - ' 54.0 - • 41.7 . • Bard W24HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet) Iwil ' , - , --- 4,,,., , - Ducted - Fro t Outlet Unit Mounting rect Di WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct MICH Isolation Curb i Drect PARCH Isolation Curb Supply Air Teem/weer Grine Grille GrMe WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum StaMard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duet WAPS514 Supply Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Grine INAPRI14 Return Air Silencer WAPR11..X Return Air Silencer Grin. Grine WAPRI14 Reuel Mr Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Pew Opriou CR V 570 CFM 570 CFM :70 CliAl 5711 UM Ventilation 48.3 46.2 44.5 44.0 44.2 40.4 411 39.2 Full Load 52.4 ,49.7 46.9 40,3 51.9 45.4 47,5 . 44.0 dBA 51.4 48.8 46.2 41.9 50.5 ' 44.3 ,. 46.2 `,- '. 42.9 Outdoor@ 5 Feet i 67.1 . Fent Option ERV Ventilation o,,ty 53.8 43.4 52.6 42.9 ' FullLood - 53,9 ._ ,44.7 53.2 . 44.3 , nttod . , 44.3 . 53.0 43.9, _ .. , Vent Option ERV II5 5474 5474 IIIIMM111111111111111111111 Ventilation omy 55.7 44.0 54.9 43.2 Full toe ,._. 55.5 44.9 55.0 44.7 r Integrated dBA 55.6 - limt Option High High High High i High High I High High 5mt„or40n Gory EggliallINIIIIMI 11M1111111 1111111111110111.1111111111111 F"""d 5 "° illall11111111=11 M= 111111•1111111111111111111 "''d den 57"° ININIIIME 45'° 111311.1.1 1=11111111111111.111111E1 ' Intilgreted vat &calculated per ANSWASA S12.116-2409/Pcirt 2, Section 5.2.2.1, Table 2 1 riple Mode Type 3. IIVAC System Duty Cyr/es: Ventilation 59%, Part Load 25%, Full Lentil 17% 'IlliCgrattd Sound Vales ero alto applicable for use in learning spaces for LEER schools; FQ Prerequisite 3 - Minimum Acoustical Performanue, OPTION l. Using methods prescribed in ANSTS12,60, classroom most itehicre a oiminstint background noise &vet af 45 ditu . , Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, inc. Sound tab Facility Actual Field Application Results May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 8/5/2046 Form No. 53523-816 Supersedes 53523-516 Page 17of 24 Bard W3OHA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 10 feet Bard Ducted - Front Outlet' I- Unit Mounting Direst WMICFS Isolation Curb MMUS isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Drect i MUCH Isolation Curt Direct MOUS Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPDB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS514 Supply Air Silencer Return Ak Treatment Grille Grille WAPRII.X Return Air Silencer WAPR11.1 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPRil,ti Rearm Air Silenmr WAPR1I.X Return Air Silencer I att Option CR I 11=111111=.1111111111111 Ventilation 51.2 48,7 48.2 43.6 46.5 42.6 45.0 42.6 Full toad 52.9 50.4 48.8 44.6 47,3 44.7 48.5 43.2 integrated MA 52.4 49.9 48.6 44.3 47.0 44.1 47.6 43.0 Outdoor CO 10 Feet 67.1 Sound Power Full Loud 59.8 50.3 60.6 49.1 Outdoor Sound Power 72.2 f ear Option ERl 11111111E11111.1111111=1 Ventilation Only 54.3 45.6 52.5 45.0 Full food 54.3 46,1 52.5 45.1 Integrated dBA 54.3 45.9 52.5 45.1 I ern Option ER I' Ventilation Only 55.8 46.0 54.1 45.5 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII . Pull land 55.5 46.2 54.0 , 45.2 Integrated dBA 55.6 46.1 54.0 45,3 =I11111111111111111 Mil l ent Option IRV' Ventikthan omy 57.8 46.5 ratood 57.4 46.7 56.1 45.9 Integrated dBA 57.5 46.6 56.4 45.7 Bard W3OHA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet Bard C0LEOCtial) Ducted - Front Outlet Unit Mounting Direct MICR Isolation Curt, WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICFS isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb SaPPly Air Treatment Grille Gritie Grille WAPFD51 Free Slow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Dant Standimil Supply Duet Standard Supply Duct WAPS514 Supply Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Dile WAPR114 Return Air Silencer WAPRII4 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPRSS'X Return Alr Silencer WAPR11,1 Return Air Silencer I ern Option CR V Ventlkttion Only 55.8 51.6 49.6 46.3 .4 45.7 47.3 44.8 ro to.t 53.9 52.8 50.3 47.2 54.5 47.3 51.1 45.6 Mtegrated all 54.6 52.4 50.1 46.9 53,2 46.8 50.1 45.3 Outdoor in 5 1....,t 69.4 i 'Chi Option FRU Ventilation Only 57.6 48.9 54.5 48.3 Full lead 57,4 49.3 55.5 48.6 Integrated dBA 57.5 49.2 55.2 48.5 I ant Option ER!' Ventilation Only 58.9 49.4 56.7 48.9 Asa Load 58.7 49.8 57.1 48.8 1..mgmtd OA 58.8 49.7 57.0 48.8 I ent Option FR l' High High High High Ventilation Only 60.8 IIIIIIIIIIIII 50.0 59.8 49.2 11111111111111111111111111111111111 Full Land 60.6 MN 50.3 59.2 49.8 111111111..11111111 Integrated dtlA 60.7 50.2 59.4 49.6 IIMIIIIIIIIII ' Integrated vetoes calculated per ANSVASA S12.60-2009/Part 2, Section 5.2.2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 3 WAG System Duty Cycles; Ventilation 58%, Part Load 25%, Full 1.ad tl% 'Integrated Sound Vales are slm applicable for use in learning splices for LEM) schools; EQ Prerecyablie 3 - Minimum Acoustical Performance, OPTION I Using methods prescribed in ANSI 512.60, classroom must achieve a maximum background noise Merl of 45 dela. Results Referenced Were Recorded le The Bard Manufacturing Company, inc. Sound Lab Facility Actual Field Appltiation Results May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 7/27/2016 Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Page 18 of 24 Bard W36HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 10 feet) a1� 3A r a 7. eY Ducted - Frolnt Outlet IMMIIMIIII i Unit Mounting Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICFS Ifeletion Curb DirectWMICFS Isolation Curb DirectWMIC F5 Isolation Curb Su Air PPN Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Startled Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS511'r Supply Air Silencer Return air Treatment Grille Grille WAPR114 Return Air Silencer WAPR11•X Return Alr Silencer Grille Gdlle WAPRII.X Rehm Al, Silenur WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Irut Option CRI Ventilation Only 51.2 48.7 48.2 43.6 46.5 42.6 45.0 42.6 wH2aad ':_ 52.9 50.4 48.8 44.6 47.3 44.7 48.5 43.2 Integrated dBA 52.4 49.9 48.6 44.3 47.0 44.1 47.6 43.0 Outdoor @ 20 Feet 67,1 Sound Power Farr Loud 59.8 50.3 60.6 49.1 Outdoor Sound Power 72.2 Gent Option ENI'' Ventilation Dory 54.3 45.6 52.5 45.0 Fug toad ' 54.3 46.1 52.5 45.1 I""gmtd dBA 54.3 45.9 52.5 45.1 lent Option ENV Med Med I Med Med Ventilation Only On 55.8 46.0 Full Load 55.5 46.2 54.0 MI ® ...... ...,..,, .._.. Integrated dBA 55.6 46.1 54.0 IMIM MI Vent Option ER{' High High High High vemifmion Only 57.8 46.5 E_ wA toad ; 57.4 ........ 46.7 �_ Integrated dBA 57.5 46.6 M_ 45.7 Bard W36HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet) Bard f e Ducted - Front Outlet Unit Mounting Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb WHICH Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb IH»N WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMOCF5 Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment e Grile Grille WAPF351 Free Blow Supply Plenum Starderd Supply DUN Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply fleet WAPSS 1.0 Air Supply Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Grille WAPRI1-X Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Realm Air Silencer Grille Grille WA0R114 Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer V mr Option CRI' 570 CFM 570 CFM 71l t'F11 570 CFM venellavan Only 55.$ 51.6 49.6 46.3 = IlM 47.3 Full load 53.9 52,8 50.3 47.2 =Mal 51.1 area med dBA 54.6 52.4 50.1 46,9 ®i 50.1 45.3 ontda°FS Feet 69.4 IIIIIIIIIIIIIM ® .... Pent Option ER[' Lou Lon Low Lois Ventilation Only 57.6 48.9 MII Fug Load 57.4 49.3r.._... ® CEI ...._.. , ..... Intearoted dBA 57.5 49,2 MI lent Option £RV Ventilation Only 58.9 49.4 56.7 48.9 Fun Load 58.7 49.8 57.1 48.$ rmea,u ed dBA 58.8 49.7 57.0 48.8 hear Option 8R [' 1 . . High High High High Ventilation Only 60.8 50.0 �_ Full w0.3 60.6 5 __ad �� Integrated dBA 60,7 50.2 �- ' Integrated vela s calculated per ANS01ASA S12.01-20091Part 2, Section 5.2.2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 111VAC Sperm Doty axles: Words ion 5S%, Part Load 251. Fort Load 17 'Integrated Sound Vales are also applicable for use In kerning spaces for LEER uhnois; EQ Prerequisite 3- Minimum acoustical Performance, OPTION L lisiug methods prescribed In ANSTSt140, classroom must achieve a mesimum background noise le,el of 45 dB. Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound tab Facility Actual Field Application Remits May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 7/27/2016 Form No. S3523.816 Supersedes S3523-516 Pane 19 of 24 Bard W42HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA 10 feet -1'''''.i,..* r= ' ,-: Ducted - Front Outlet UM""'".eMg O're* IselationCFC5urb IscletioCnFC5urb isolellonCFC5urbIsoletionCFC5urbIsalatlenCFC5orb Sr.*. Ad, Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duca WAPSSIG Supply Air Silencer Return,* Treatment Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Sgencer WAPRI14 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPRii X Rd= Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Vera riptron MI' dentate*. Only 50.5 47.3 44,1 46.344.7 40.1 Full Load , 54.5 53.3 48.0 45.3 53.4 44.1 52.6 43,6 tm,gr.ne dila 53.5 52.3 47.8 44.9 52,0 43.2 51.1 42.7 Outdoor 6 10 Feet 66.9 Sound Porrer 7 all Lood 63.3 62,9 61.5 48.2 Outdoor Sound Power 73.7 I rir Opams ERV Ventdotion Only 51 .8 44.9 50,0 41.1 Fail Mod 51.9 47.2 50.3 43.5 elBA 51.9 46.6 50.2 42.8 l era Opts* ERi Ventilation Only 52.7 45.2 50.5 41.5 Ful I Load 52.6 46.6 51.7 43.6 integrated eillA 52.6 46.1 51.3 43.0 EIIII.0, llIlEllEillMZNIeallrIIII13111 Ventilate* Only 53.7 46.0 52.7 42.4 Fail Masi 54.1 47.1 53.0 44.4 integrated AM 54.0 46.8 52.9 43.8 Bard W42HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet Ducted - Front Outlet Unk mounting Direct ViAVICFS Isolation Curb WhiCFS blonder Curb WM1CF5 lactation Curb Dlrect WAGES isolation Curb Direct WIVIICFS lactation Cab Supply,* Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPF851 Free Blow Simply Plenum Standard Supply Dud Standred Sup* Duct Standard Supply Duet WAPS51-G Supply Air Silenter Return Air Treatment Grille Grille WAPRI14 Return Air Silencer WAPR114 Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAP11114 Return Air Silencer WAPRI14 Return Air Silencer Veld Option Cild 1111=11111=11111=1 Ventilation Only 53.0 516 48.2 46.8 48.7 43.4 47.4 42.8 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Fult Load 58.2 5 .3 49.3 48.1 584 47.4 56.7 46.6 IIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Integrated ttgA 57.0 55.1 49.0 47,7 56.5 46.4 55.2 45.6 1111.11 Ort Id S *et 69.3 11111111111.1 1111111 Vent Option ERV Ventilation Only 54.5 46.8 53.0 44.4 Full limli ' 55.4 50.1 54.1 46.0 Integrated dait 55.1 49.2 53.8 45.5 Vent Option ERV Ventilation Only 55.548.0 54.1 44.8 FM Mod 56.1 49.4 55.8 46.7 Integds4rated 55.9 49.0 55.3 46.1 44w oph”. ERV IIIISIMIZIIIIIEIIIIIMMIIIIMIIIIIIIIIMII Ventilation Only 57.0 49.2 56.1 45.7 Full Load 57.5 , .. 50.2 57.1 47.5 . Integrated 57.3 49.9 56.8 47.0 ' Integralad value, calculated per ANS150505 $12.60-2009/1'art 2, Section .5.21.1, Tab!. 2 riple !Attie Type 3 RISC System Bury °yule,: Vend( tion .58%. Part Load 15%, Full Load 17% ' Integrated Swint Vales art al. apptrable for use In learning apaces for LEM) schools; IQ Pry -requisite 3 - Minimum AcOustkul Perfortnnu, ovrioN I. Using rnethads preurrThrd in ANSI SI2.60, clarorun must addesx a maximum harkiground not. h,el.r 4S dlla, Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc, Sound tab Facility Actual Field Application Results May Vary With Classroom Design and Construction Methods 7/18/2016 Form No, S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Page 20 of 24 Bard W48HA Series Sound Data Matrix dBA 0 10 feet) - ‘ ,-- :6,ieted . Fro& out.' ; 11 ,,, 't ..,- , ,...• !'...; , ';. ip %-..1 - - ,:::',.. ',.,,-1 ;•,1, r .7.,... .;,,Vid, .,,,,,,,vz:v..„4 th* kt.'""'" D"'t WIMPS Isolation Curb WhICF5 hoist.* Curb MOPS Isolation Curb nfr'd WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb S"PPIY Ak Treatment Gnlle Grille Grille WAPFDS1 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS51-G Supply Air Silencer ReturnAh Treatment Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPR114 Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Vent Option CRT 5711 C TA i 5711( I NI 1170 C1-51 570 ( I N.I Ventilation Only 51.3 49.3 47.9 43.2 46.9 45.7 42.3 41.6 Tuff toad 54.9 52.8 49.0 44.8 53.3 52.9 46.8 43.8 Integrated dBA 54.0 51.9 48.7 44.3 52.0 51.5 45.7 43.2 Outdoor r/ ID 65.9 Sound Peeve Tun I nod 63.2 53.1 49.6 Outdoor Sound Power 71.6 tent Option FRI` Ventilatidn Only 52.2 50.6 49.5 41.9 Fad toad 51.9 50.7 52.3 4 . Integrated dBA 52.0 50.7 51.5 43.0 Veil, Ogden air III17 2(17 0.,, II2F17 IIIIIMIIIMIM=1 Ventilation Only 52.4 48.5 51.6 42.1 Ful 1 toad 52.3 49.5 : , 53.1 45.8 Integrated dilA 52.3 49.2 52.6 44.9 Veer Opnen BBL Hi High High go High Ventilation Only 53.4 4" 11M111111.11111111111= fun load 53.6 47.8 ME11111111111111111111= Integrated ODA 53.5 47.6 54.0 44.1 Bard W48HA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA @ 5 feet [EST- ig.lit-i., th'"""a'n9 n '''"'t IMMICFS lactation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb ,......, ''''''''' WtACP5 Isolation Curb n..... nnnn'n'n WMICES isolation Lash Treedment WAPF861 WM51.4 RAir eturn r'''''' Grille "" WAPR114 RrTAir : WAPR11..X R=r"" :11 Grille WAPRii..X R=R'rZr WAPR11-X :le: 1 ?" 'Cr" V''' Only 53.9 51.0 48.2 45.7 IIME 48.2 ItIM 43.8 son load 58.8 57.9 49.6 47.0 Ran 57.8 50,5 EMI 57.7 56.2 49.2 46.6 ignommigginsi Ontdow ny 5 68.6 11111111111111111 EMI vootllotioo Only 48.9 52.6 45.2 Fall Load 54.8 49.3 55.0 56.3 49.2 54.3 46.0 2'08lin2F111ill0117lM11111 Med Med Limed Med Only55.0 50.3 54.4 45.9 111111111111111111111111111 Fo 1..1 55.5 50.7 56.1 41.4 IIIIIIIIIIIINIIMIIIII mkr7I 55.3 50.6 55.6 415 MIN IIIIIIIIIIIII i:iwe Om,. ER f • Only 49.3 56.6 IIIIIMEZII 49.7 .11111 47.0 In7ard 57.0 49.6 57.3 46.8 n integrated whirs calailated per ANSVASA S I 2.60-2089/Part 2, Saction 52.2.1, Table 2 Tripla Me& Type 3 IIVAC System Duty Cyrky Ventilation 58%. Part L ad 25%, Full Load 17% 'Sr...grated Snood Taloa are also applicable for use in learning spaces for LEE° schools; EQ Prorequistle 3 Mitti00111 Acoustical Performance, OPTION I. Using methods prestrihed in ANSI S12.60, classroom must willow a maximum barkgroand noise lead of 45 dB*. Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc, Sound lob WIRY Actual Field Applivation Results May Vary With Classroom Design anti Constniction Methods 4/113/21:110 Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Paae 21 of 24 B.ard W6OHA Series Sound Data. Matrix dBA @ 10 feet LENDuct Free r� � �; Ducted •Front Outlet Unit Mounting Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 . Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Free Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Durt Standard Supply Dua Standard Supply Dua WAPSSi-(i Supply Air Silencer Return Air Treatment Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return AirReturn Silencer WAPR11-X Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPRII-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer tcat Oprinn CRV 570 011 570 CF11 570 CF7I 570 CF31 570CF]1 570 CF31 570CF11 570 CF71 Ventilation Only 51.3 50.1 .... 47.8 `.. - 44,6 i - 49:1 42.2 '' 47.7 41.2 Fulltood 56.0 53.5 48.6 45.6 56:7 48.3 52:5 4' wegmted .... 54.9 ' 52.6 48.3 45.3 ` 54.4 47.0 ; 51,4 ` 43.2 Outdoor @ 10 Feet 67.4_ ..B .. Sound Power Full Load 63.7 54.1 63.6 50.6 Outdoor Sound Power 76.2 Vent Opinnr" RV Low LouL Low Lim Ventilation On 53.4 45.0 52.1 42.8 Full Load 56.7 46.7' 55.2 4 46.5 Integrated dad 55.8 46.2 54.4 45.8 ..._... Vent Option.' ERV Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Ventilation Only . 54.7 45.1, m, 53.9 .... 43.4 `. .. Full Load 57.6 47.5 56.8 48.5 nreg eel da4Vent 56.8 46.8 56.0 - 47.3 Olden e ERV Ventilation Only 56.7.. 45.5 " 56.4 43.6 , Falls d 58.9 47.0 58.6 1 48.5 Integrated elan 58.3. 46.5 58.0 47.4 Bard W6OHA Series Sound Data Matrix (dBA.@ 5 feet) Duct Free %' Ducted - Front Outlet unB Mountinp Dirac WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMICF5 Isolation Curb WMCFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICFS Isolation Curb Direct WMICF5 Isolation Curb Supply Air Treatment Grille Grille Grille WAPFB51 Freer Blow Supply Plenum Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct Standard Supply Duct WAPS5I4 Supply Air Silencer Return Air tteofinent Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Grille Grille WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer WAPR11-X Return Air Silencer Vent Oprinn CRI: 570CF\I 570 CL\I 570 CF71 570 C'F\1 570 C111 5700571 570 CF31 5700F11 Ventilation Only. 54.3 . 52.0 - 48.4.r . 47.1'' '. "51.6 44.6' _ a 50.8 43.4 Furl toad 59.4 57.0 49.2: 48.4 59.2 50.0 '1 56.7 47,4 Integrated dBA 58.2 55.9 .; 48.9 4$.0. . ... :, ,. 57.8 48.8 55.4 46.4 .. .. Outdoor2s ; -. .. ... 69.9- .. ...."......' .. ..:.... ...... Venn Option ERV ' Ventilation. only. 56.1 47.9 55.3 45:5: Fwitadd 59.0 48.8 5$,1 48.7 ' In eBa eel 58.2 : "Med 48.5 57.3 -- 47.9 ; {Om ceOption ERV Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Ventilation. Only 57.2 48.2 ,.. ,. 57.0 46.1 Full toad 60.1 49.0 59.7 49.8 dBA 59.3 48.7.,. 59.0 ... .. - 48.9 .:, :. Vent Option ERV" Ventilation Only .. 59.5 : .... 48.8 . 59.8 46.6 FoRtnrd .61.6 49.4''", 61.4 50.4 Integrated dBA 61.0 49.2 60.9 49.4 ' Integrated vat es cukulaled per ANSI/ASA S1260-2004/Part2, Sector 8.2.2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 3 I1VAC System Duty Cycles Ventilation 58%, Part Load 25%, Full Load 17% 'Integrated Soo d Vales' are also applkabk for use i learning spaces for LEED schools;EQ. Prerequisite 3 Minimum Aceustinl Performance, OPTIONI. Using methods prescribed in ANSI SI2.60, classroom must achieve amavmum background note loci of 45 dna. .. ... Results Referenced Were Recorded In The Bard Manufacturing Company, Ins. Sound lab Facility - " Actual Field Application Results May Vary With Classroom -Design --and Construction Methods . ... -. _ 4/18/2016 Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Page 22 of 24 C This page intentionally left blank. Form No. S3523-816 Supersedes S3523-516 Page 23 of 24 Heat Pump Wall -Mount Model Noznenclature MODEL NUMBER CAPACITY 18 - 11/2 Ton 24 - 2 Ton 30 - 21/2 Ton 36 - 3 Ton 42 - 31/2 Ton 48 - 4 Ton 60 - 5 Ton 36 H T HEAT PUMP REVISION D = DEHUMIDIFICATION OPTION Models W24H, W3OH, W36H, W42H, W48H & W6OH only. Insert D in place of dash (-). 10 KW Ci VOLTS & PHASE A - 230/208/60/1 B - 230/208/60/3 C 460/60/3 VENTILATION OPTIONS (See Table Below) COLOR OPTIONS X - Beige (Standard) 1- White 4 - Buckeye Gray 5 - Desert Brown 8 - Dark Bronze A - Aluminum S - Stainless Steel FILTER OPTIONS X - 1 inch Throwaway (Standard) W - 1 inch Washable P - 2 inch Pleated (MERV 8) E T CONTROL MOD (See Chart Belowr-*/ COIL OPTIONS X- Standard 1 - Phenolic Coated Evaporator 2 - Phenolic Coated Condenser 3 - Phenolic Coated Evaporator and Condenser SUPPLY AIR OUTLET X - Front (Standard) O For OKW and circuit breakers (230/208 volt) or toggle disconnects (460 vo)t) applications, insert OZ in the KW field of the model number. Ventilation Options Models W18HA, W24HA W3OHA, W36HA W42HA, W48HA, W6OHA Description Factory Installed Code No. Field Installed Part No. Factory Installed Code No. Field Installed Part No. Factory Installed Code No. Field Installed Part No. Barometric Fresh Air Damper - Standard X BFAD-2 X BFAD-3 X BFAD-5 Blank -Off Plate B BOP-2 B BOP-3 B BOP-5 Motorized Fresh Air Damper w/Plug M WMFADP2 M WMFADP3 M WMFADP5 Commercial Ventilator - Spring Return w/Plug & Exhaust 0 V WCRVPS2-* 0 V WCRVPS3-* 0 V WCRVPS5-* 0 Economizer w/Plug, Temp Only 0 Y WECOPT2-* 0 Y WECOPT3-* 0 Y WECOPT5-* 0 Economizer w/Plug, Enthalpy 0 Z WECOPE2-* 0 Z WECOPE3-" 0 Z WECOPE5-* 0 Energy Recovery Ventilator w/Plug, 230 Volt 0) R WERVPA2-* 0 R C) WERVPA3-* 0 R ® WERVPA5-* 0 Energy Recovery Ventilator w/Plug, 460 Volt 0 R WERVPC2-* 0 R @ WERVPC3-* (7) R 0 WERVPC5-* 0 O Intake and exhaust can be independently adjusted. O Insert color to match unit ("X" Beige; "4" = Buckeye Gray; etc.) O All Economizer & CRV versions have 7" deep intake hood, CD Energy Recovery Ventilator must be field -installed on W**L models. Heat Pump Controlodules — All Models 1Start : .,.., Kit o ': .'': Outdoor Thermostat 0: Factory insia)ieij: Code . • , 4 . -• .. 4 Low Pressure Control (2) , High Piepsiiii Conti-40 Low Ambient Control and Relay0) St r-t Kt (1) W18H, W24H W3OH, W36H W42H W48H, , W6OR, . . ,.. .. STD STD X N/A N/A STD STD • E CMH-27 CMH-22 STD STD • Q CMH-28 CMH-23 STD STD R CMH-29 CMH-24 STD STD S CMH-30 CMH-25 STD STD • T CMH-31 CMH-26 STD STD Field Installed CMC-15 0 CMC-15 0 STD STD • Field Installed SK111 0 SK111 0 STD = Standard Equipment 0 The high & low pressure controls are auto reset. Operating circuit includes a lockout feature and is resettable from the wall thermostat. All low pressure controls use a timed bypass circuit to prevent nuisance tripping during low temperature start-up. O The low ambient control includes an 8201-008 (fan relay) and permits cooling operation down to 0°F. • PTCR start kit can be used with all -A single phase models. Increases starting torque 2-3x. Not used for -B or -C three phase models. Do not use if SK111 is used. • Start capacitor and potential relay start kit can be used with all -A single phase models. Increases starting torque 9x. Not used for -B or -C 3-phase models. Do not use if CMC-15 is used. O The outdoor thermostat is adjustable from 0°F to 50°F. It is suitable for use as a compressor cut-off thermostat, NOTE: Standard heat pump control board has a 5-minute compressor anti -short cycle timer. sincE 1914 • 1 Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Bryan, Ohio 43506 www.bardhvac.com Due to our continuous product improvement policy, all specifications subject to change without notice. Before purchasing this appliance, read important energy cost and efficiency information available from your retailer. Form No. S3523 August, 2016 Supersedes S3523-516 Climate Control Solutions Page 24 of 24 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ECONOMIZERS WITH EXHAUST FOR EQUIPMENT BUILDING APPLICATIONS Models: ECONWMT T2B* & ECONWMT T3B* (Factory -Installed Vent Option "Tv') with D.B. Outdoor Control & ECONWMTE2B* & ECONWMT E3.B* (Factory -Installed Vent Option "W") with Enthalpy Outdoor Control For Use with 1-1/2 Through 3 Ton Wall Mount Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps NOTE: These instructions are written to cover field -installed economizers, but are also included with factory -installed economizers. For factory -installed economizers, all portions addressing "installation" are for reference only. BMC, Inc. Bryan, Ohio 43506 Manual : 2100-575F Supersedes: 2100-575E Date: 11-25-15 Page 1 of 24 CONTENTS GENERAL Nomenclature 3 General Information 3 Unpacking 3 Description 3 INSTALLATION Basic Installation 4 Control Wiring Connection 8 Intake Air Hood Assembly 14 Left -Hand Applications Only 14 JADETM Economizer Controller 16 Start-Up/Checkout Procedures 17 Enthalpy Settings (Figure & Table) 20 Economizer Sequence of Operation Condition — Cool Outdoor Ambient Conditions 21 Condition — Warm Outdoor Ambient Conditions 21 Economizer Features 22 Economizer Operation for Single Stage 23 Economizer Operation for Two Stage 24 PHOTOS Photo 1 Operating Position 5 Photo 2 Wire Harness 8 Photo 3 Low Voltage Terminal Block 8 Photo 4 JADETM Controller 8 FIGURES Figure 1 HVAC Unit Access Panels 4 Figure 2 Left & Right Filter Brackets 5 Figure 3 Condenser Exh. Plate w/Screen 6 Figure 4 Mixed Air Sensor Location 7 Figure 5 Mixed Air Sensor Location 7 Figure 6 24V Control Wiring w/1-Stage A/C 9 Figure 7 24V Control Wiring w/2-Stage A/C 10 Figure 8 24V Control Wiring w/1-Stage HP 11 Figure 9 24V Control Wiring w/2-Stage HP 12 Figure 10 2-Stage HP w/Dehum. & Opt. Elec. Heat13 Figure 11 Economizer Hood Install Steps 15 Figure 12 Left Hand Economizer 16 Figure 13 100% Outside Airflow Path 21 Figure 14 Mixed Airflow Path 21 Figure 15 100% Closed Loop Airflow Path 22 TABLES Table 1 Economizer Application 3 Table 2 System Setup 17 Table 3 Advanced Setup 18 Table 4 Setpoints 18 Table 5 Checkout 19 Table 6 Status 19 Table 7 Alarms 20 Manual 2100-575F Page 2 of 24 ECONOMIZER WITH EXHAUST MODEL NOMENCLATURE ECON ECONOMIZER WM T T = Telcom/ Equipment Bldg. WALL MOUNT A/C or HP GENERAL INFORMATION The economizer should only be installed by a trained heating and air conditioning technician. These instructions serve as a guide to the technician installing an economizer package, not as a step-by-step procedure with which the mechanically inclined owner can install the package. The economizer housing is shipped in one carton, which contains the electrical harness, miscellaneous hardware and installation instructions. The economizer installation requires the use of a 2-stage cooling thermostat (if there is not one already present) and requisite amounts of low voltage conductor wire for two -stage cooling. The number of low -voltage control conductors will vary depending upon application. If using a master controller, the MC4000 controller is designed specifically to control two (2) redundant wall mount units equipped with economizers. Any wall mount unit equipped with an economizer must also have a factory/field installed low ambient control. Please refer to appropriate model/year Specification Sheet for requisite field installed low ambient control kit part numbers. UNPACKING Upon receipt of the equipment, be sure to compare the model number found on the shipping label with the accessory identification information on the orders and shipping document to verify that the correct accessory has been shipped. Inspect the carton housing of each economizer assembly as it is received, and before signing the freight bill —verify that all items have been received and there is no visible damage. Note any shortages or damage on all copies of the freight bill. The receiving party must contact the last carrier immediately, preferably in writing, requesting inspection by the carrier's agent. Concealed damage not discovered until after loading must be reported to the carrier within 15 days of its receipt. NOTE: Factory installed Telcom economizers have the air intake hood shipped knocked -down. See "Intake Air Hood Assembly" section for shipping location of hood parts and follow the assembly instructions. T T = Temperature E = Enthalpy CABINET SIZE 2 - 2 Ton 3-3Ton (See Tabre 1) GENE B REVISION X COLOR OPTIONS X - Beige 1 - White 4 - Buckeye Gray 5 - Desert Brown 8 - Dark Bronze DESCRIPTION The ECONWMT-T, -E economizer is designed to be used with wall mount series air conditioners and heat pumps, shown in Table 1, equipped with low ambient controls. They are electromechanical economizer systems designed to provide "free" cooling where the outdoor air temperature/enthalpy is cool enough to provide the needed cooling without running the compressor, or in addition to the compressor. When cooling is required, the system automatically takes advantage of cold outdoor air when available and uses it for first stage cooling. This then reduces the need to run the air conditioning compressor providing lower operating costs and increasing the service life of the equipment. If the outdoor air temperature/enthalpy is too warm to be sufficient for cooling, the dry bulb outdoor air temperature sensor detects the condition and automatically closes the outdoor air intake/exhaust damper, opens the return air damper, and switches to compressor -only operation. Without attention from the end user, the economizer assembly is meant to automatically achieve maximum savings while ensuring appropriately cool space temperatures. The economizer utilizes a fully -modulating damper actuator, which will control intake/exhaust in order to obtain and maintain a factory -set minimum supprly air temperature. As a secondary feature, the economizer assembly can be programmed for a minimum ventilation based on an "occupied" (or otherwise dedicated) 24V signal to satisfy fresh air ventilation on populated structures or dilution of internal pollutants. TABLE 1 0 MODEL FOR USE WITH FOLLOWING UNITS EGONWMTT3B* -E3B* W30A W36A W3OH W36H S26H S31H W3OL W36L T24H T24S T3OH T3OS ECONWMT-T2B* -E2B* W17A W18A W24A W18H W24H W17L W18L W24L oO Low ambient control is required w/economizer for low temperature operation. * Color ECONWMT Series economizers are not for use with variable capacity ECU models. Manual 2100-575F Page 3 of 24 INSTALLATION^����u��� ucIm���m�-I����T BASIC INSTALLATION l. Unpack the economizer assembly, which includes the integral economizer with attached electrical harness, mixed air sensor, body pone|s, miscellaneous hardware and installation instructions. 2. From existing wall mount unit, remove and save Blower Access Panel and Filter Access Panel. Remove and discard the Ventilation Access Panel. Remove and save the existing filter. (See Figure I.) 3. Remove and discard the exhaust cover plate. (See Figure I.) 4. Install new condenser exhaust plate with screen over the opening, (Sae Figure 3.) 5. Remove and save existing unit return air filter. Remove and discard the right and left filter brackets. (See Figure 2.) /K WARNING AVERTISSEMENT HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH . DISCONNECT THE RFH[DF ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING . DANGER DE CHOC ELFCTRIOUE . UN CHOC ELEC7RIQUEREUT )JER OUCAUSER DES BLBSURE3GRAVES [OiPFR LFS AL|MENTATIONS FLECTRIOUES AVANT D'EFFF[TUFR LA HAINTFNAN[F FILTER ACCESS PAW (THIS PANEL oom NEWER UNITS. THIS PANEL IS DISCARDED.) BLMR ACCESS PANEL VENT OPII[NPANEL (THIS PANEL IS DISCARDED.) Outdoor Air Sensor Field Installation u.) Disconnect power tnthe unit b.) Install the outdoor air sensor inthe lower condenser section onthe side opposite the compressor with two (2) screws provided. Sensor should mount approximately 1/4" above the bane. (See Photo #l.) o] Route the wire harness across the back ofthe units and secure tothe back with the two (2) push mount wire ties provided. Route the wire harness up through the grommet in the bottom of the control panel and secure with the wire tie (provided) to the remaining wires in the grommet. Ensure the wire harness cannot contact any moving parts orhot tubes. (See Phmto#2j dj Install a grommet in the side of the low voltage terminal block and route the wire harness through the low voltage terminal block and through the side ofthe control panel through the existing grommet. (See Photo #3j o.) Route the wire harness up into economizer control box. (See Photo #4.) |fatemperature only sensor, connect tnthe OAT terminals on theJADEn* controller. If an antha|pysensor. connect tothe S8USterminals onthe ]ADErIVI contru||ox HIS-344^ Manual 2100-575F Page 4of24 NOTE: If installing this economizer assembly into aleft-hand access wall mount, please stop here and proceed bcspecific instruction note unpage 14. 6. In the open cavity between the filter rack and the condenser section, begin to insert the mein economizer assembly. Slide the assembly inside, being careful not totear the existing insulation. Do not completely recess the assembly. (See Figura4.) 7. Unravel the attached economizer wiring harness and separate the two (2) orange wires connected tuawhite, two -pin sensor plug. The remainder of the low voltage wires can be routed through the existing wiring grommet located near the bottom of the wall mount electrical control panel. (See Figure 4.) FIGURE 2 LEFT FILTER BRACKET RIGHT FILTER BRACKET PH0TOS#1 OPERATING POSITION TEMPERATURE ONLY THERMISTOR LOCATION Manual 2100'575F Page 5of24 FIGURE 3 CONDENSER EXHAUST PLATE WITH SCREEN SIDE PARTITION COVER PLATE CONDENSER PARTITION BACK BLANK -OFF PLATE ECONOMIZER ASSEMBLY INSTALL COVER PLATE SCREEN MEDIA FACING PARTITION PARTITION COVER PLATE PARTITION STIFFNER ANGLE SHOWN (HIDDEN) MIS-3344 SECURE WITH PROVIDED SCREWS MIS-3094 Manual 2100-575F Page 6 of 24 8. Pull wires gently through grommet so that low voltage wires protrude underneath wall mount terminal board. 9. Route two (2) orange wires connected to a white two -pin sensor plug along refrigerant lines and behind the filter bracket to terminate at the blower partition. (See Figure 4.) 10. Fully seat economizer assembly to the rear of the wall mount cavity, making sure economizer control panel opposite filler strip is fully recessed into cabinet. (See Figure 5.) 11. Install temperature sensor bracket and mixed air temperature sensor in blower partition. Insert white two -pin sensor into sensor housing. (See Figure 5.) FIGURE 4 INTEGRATED FILTER SUPPORTS 12. Install filter retained from Step #2 in filter bracket of new economizer. Reinstall Blower Access Panel and Filter Access Panel. NOTE: Newer models already have the bottom screws approximately 1" from the corners. If not, drill in one (1) screw at each lower corner. (Reference Figure 1.) 13. Connect all low voltage leads to terminal board of wall mount unit as required according to installed equipment and controls. Figure 6 shows the basic economizer wiring, and is followed by typical control wiring diagrams for single unit applications. Refer to MC4000 Lead/Lag Controller Instructions Manual 2100-563 for dual unit control connections. FIGURE 5 FRONT VIEW TOP VIEW INSTALL TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO BLOWER PARTITION, ROUTE WIRES FROM ECONOMIZER BEHIND FILTER BRACKET FILL AND THROUGH WIRE TIE. WIRE TIE TO SUCTION LINE LOW VOLTAGE WIRE TO TERMINAL STRIP TEMPERATURE SENSOR BRACKET PART #113-468 TEMPERATURE SENSOR PART #8602-058 (C7250A1001) MIS-3811 Manual 2100-575F Page 7 of 24 PHOTO #2 Wire Tie ocations PHOTO #4 PHOTO #3 NOTE: Since observation of motor/damper operation is difficult after air hood installation, it is recommended the unit be enabled for start-up now. If high voltage power is available and the wall mount unit can be energized, turn to page 18 for programming and start-up/checkout procedures. If no power is available, or if immediate start-up is not desired, continue with the basic installation process. The air hood assembly can be partially disassembled at a later time for start-up/checkout procedures. CONTROL WIRING CONNECTION DIAGRAMS The control wiring diagrams on the following pages represent typical control wiring for single units controlled by individual thermostats. If thermostats other than those referenced are used, the installer must verify output functions accordingly. For dual unit installation utilizing lead/lag controller systems, complete details are contained in MC4000 Series Lead/Lag Controller Manual 2100-563. For operation with MV4000, see MV4000 Installation Manuals. Manual 2100-575F Page 8 of 24 FIGURE 6 1-STAGE A/C WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Low Voltage Wiring Diagram E T Thermostat part #8403-060 A/C UNIT 24V TERMINALS 13,6c3c) 00CDCDCD C.) _J Ca CC Economizer Wiring Harness -TAPE WIRE END 1-YELLOW/RED ORANGE—C:1 —BROWNNVHITE—D —YELLOWNVH ITE-1:1 AFactory. installed jumper. Remove for 2-stage operation on units with 15 or more kw. AMust be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Setting is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. AFactory Jumper Installed. AChange "system type", set up function 1, from 5 (2 heat/ 1 cool heat pump) to 6 (2 heat/2 cool conventional). A Change model configuration from heat pump to heat/cool, and must be configured for \ economizer for YO/D output to be active as first stage cooling. 6 Older units may not have Y1 and Y2 connections on 24v terminal block. If not present wire nuts must be used. MIS-2983 C Manual 2100-575F Page 9 of 24 8403-058 (TH5220D1151) A/C UNIT 24V TERMINALS FIGURE 7 2-STAGE A/C WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER n Low Voltage Wiring Diagram 00 OOObO Economizer Wiring Harness cc 0 TAPE WIRE i END PINK —BROWN/WHITE—D YELLOWANHITE—E3 A Factory installed jumper. Remove for 2-stage operation on units with 15 or more kw. A Must be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Setting / 2 \ is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. / s \ Factory Jumper Installed, A Change "system type", set up function 1, from 5 (2 heat/ 1 cool heat pump) P 4 \ to 6 (2 heat/ 2 cool conventional). Change model configuration from heat pump to heat/cool, and must be configured for f economizer for YOID output to be active as first stage cooling. MIS-2984 C Manual 2100-575F Page 10 of 24 Thermostat part #8403-060 FIGURE 8 1-STAGE HEAT PUMP WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER CC Low Voltage Wiring Diagram Economizer Wiring Harness 2 'et Yellow/White E_J A Must be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Setting / \ is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. A Must be configured for heat pump / multistage/ no economizer/ z \ to enable YO/D output to be active as dehumidification output Factory Jumper Installed. MIS-2981 B Manual 2100-575F Page 11 of 24 FIGURE 9 2-STAGE HEAT PUMP WITH OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Low Voltage Wiring Diagram Thermostat part #8403-060 24V Low Voltage Terminal Block Economizer Wiring Harness 0 0 >- YeIowIWhite D A Must be energized to enable minimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Setting is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. A\ Must be configured for heat pump and economizer to enable YO/D output to be active as lst-stage cooling AFactory Jumper Installed. MIS-2982 B Manual 2100-575F Page 12 of 24 FIGURE 10 2-STAGE HEAT PUMP WITH DEHUMIDIFICATION & OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEAT WITH ECONWM* STYLE ECONOMIZER Thermostat part #8403-060 24V Low Voltage Terminal Block Low Voltage Wiring Diagram CO Economizer Wiring Harness c 0 a) 71.) >- a> 0 CI_ —Yellow/White Must be energized to enable mbimum position. NOTE: Economizer Control Default Setting \ is 10V (100%). Depending upon application may require setting to lower value. Must be configured for heat pump / no economizer/ to enable YO/D output to be active as dehumidification output AFactory Jumper Installed. MIS-2995 B Manual 2100-575F Page 13 of 24 INTAKE AIR HOOD ASSEMBLY The tu|oom/aJuipnentbuilding version economizers utilize anair intake hood tomaximize outdoor airflow performance and to beable to introduce this mt low intake velocity. FACTORY -INSTALLED ECONOMIZERS The main economizer assembly isinstalled inthe unit's ventilation cavity, but the air intake hood is shipped knocked down. The intake hood pieces are located on the back side ofthe A/C unit. NOTE. Some applications unequipment buildings necessitate the air intake hood assembly beshipped /no/da the building for installation at the final site. /n this case, the solid panel covering the economizer section must be left /n place to protect and weatherize the equipment during transit. ECONOMIZER HOOD INSTALLATION A.) For Factory -installed Fconmnize/Only. Detach p|ate by removing three (3) screws and filter door. Discard cover plate and replace filter door (See Step #l.) B.) For Field -installed Economizer Only. I. Attach hood mounting door by inserting top lip under hook bend on upper panel. Use four (4) 1/2" hex head screws tofasten hood mounting door to unit. (See Step #l.) NOTE. Dnolder R'22units, the upper blower door in2"shorter. Use 2"MV/ plate unthese units only. (See Step #2) 2. Use four (4) screws toattach right side assembly and left side assembly, (See Step #2.) 3. Hood bottom requires pre -assembly ofbottom filter bracket. Bottom filter bracket is attached to primerad non -textured side of base using two (2) 1/2" hex head screws, (See Step #3.> 4. Install hood top assembly to hood mounting door using three (3) 1/2" hex head screws. Side bends oftop assembly should overlap left and right side assemblies. Attach top tnside assemblies using four (4) 1/2^ hex head screws. (See Step #4.) 5. Insert hood bottom assembly between side assemblies with back bond resting on hook bend of hood mounting door, Attach to left side assembly and right side assembly using four (4) 1/2" hex hood screws. (See Step #4.) 6, Insert mist eliminator. Install hood front using two (2) attached retainer clip screws. (See Step#5.) LEFT-HAND APPLICATIONS ONLY l. Before installation into wall mount cavity, rotate economizer 180°su JADE controller will now beadjacent tothe wall mount unit control panel. (See Figure l2.) 2. Remove two (2) side angles and block o# plate. (See Figure 12] 3. Reinstall two (2) side angles in upper position. Reinstall block off plate in lower position. (See Figure 12j 4. Loosen actuator shaft adaptor clamp from damper blade rod. (See Figure 12j 5. Remove actuator assembly from economizer. (Sae Figure 12j 6. Pull adaptor clamp retainer clip; remove adaptor clamp from actuator assembly and reinstall on the opposite side ofthe actuator on the"O^ position. (See Figure 12J 7. Reinstall actuator assembly with adaptor clamp facing away from the economizer assembly. (See Figure l2j O. Ensure position of the economizer damper is c|osmd, then tighten shaft adaptor clamp. (See Figure 12.) 9. Hood mounting door will use alternate control panel door location. (See Figure 13j Manual 2100-575F Po8o 14nf24 FILL PLATE USED ON R22 UNITS ONLY INSTALL HOOD MOUNTING DOOR (Field install only) REMOVE FILTER ACCESS PANEL AND REPLACE LBTSIDE ONCE COVER PLATE I h5sh'-0-74 �_ ASSEMBLY IS DISCARDED (Factory install only) FUGUREI1 1/2" HEX HEAD SCREWS REMOVE COVER PLATE AND DISCARD (Factory install only) RE-INSERT SCREW TOHOLD CONTROL PANEL COVER AFTER PLATE REMOVAL ASE PART #126-443 (PRIMERED SIDE) 1C2"HEX HEAD SCREWS BOTTOM FILTER BRACKET INSTALL HOOD FRONT USING RETAINER CLIP SCREWS |NSTA�HOOD �OBTO \`HOOD MOUNTING DOOR HOOD BOTTOM ASSEMBLY HOODTOP ON OUTSIDE OF SIDES HOOD BOTTOM ON INSIDE OF SIDES INSTALL MIST ELIMINATOR COVER PLATES INSTALL HOOD TOP AND HOOD BOTTOM TOSIDES AND MOUNTING DOOR HOODTOP ASSEMBLY (12) SCREWS PART #1012-086 MIS-3242B Manual 2180'575F Page 15of24 FIGURE 12 BLADE IN CLOSED POSITION MOVE SIDE ANGLES TO UPPER POSITION MOVE BLOCK OFF PLATE TO LOWER POSITION LEFT HANDED ECONOMIZER JADETM ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER W7220 Controller offers unparalleled flexibility and expansion in a dependable and solid electronic platform. • Multiple economizer applications from one controller. • Nearly limitless customization of setpoints. • Internal Checkout menu: provides fast performance assessment. • Alarms menu provides assistance in troubleshooting. Memory: User defined setpoints remain in non- volatile flash memory regardless of electrical outage duration. Control voltage below 18V may cause erratic performance. MENU UP (EXIT) BUTTON LEFT HANDED APPLICATION "0" POSITION DAMPER BLADE ROD ACTUATOR SHAFT ADAPTOR CLAMP MIS-3224 2 LINE I.CD SELECT (ENTER) SCROLL BUTTON (UP!IJOWN) BU1TONS Manual 2100-575F Page 16 of 24 START-UP/CHECKOUT PROCEDURES From the factory, the JADETM economizer controller has been preset with "default" values that were pre- determined as optimum for equipment buildings, and these are shown in Tables 2 - 4. However, it is important to review and/or customize these operational values per owner specifications in order to guarantee satisfactory performance. The installing contractor can easily access the JADE."' programming by the integral keypad and LCD display. There are six (6) basic MENU categories to navigate: 1. STATUS — provides real-time access to sensor input, damper and equipment operation. 2. SETPOINTS — customizable operational parameters. 3. SYSTEM SETUP — customizable application programming. 4. ADVANCED SETUP — further application and operational options. 5. CHECKOUT — instantly activate and verify economizer functions. 6. ALARMS — displays alarms and pinpoints problem areas. Before being placed in service, the JADETM economizer controller programming should be reviewed/customized through the following steps: 1. SYSTEM SETUP: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the SYSTEM SETUP menu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the SYSTEM SETUP menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of SYSTEM SETUP by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. — To change a specific parameter in the SYSTEM SETUP menu, press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to display its current value. Press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to change or increase/decrease value. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to save the new customized value — "CHANGE STORED" will be displayed. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to return to current menu parameter. — For specific SYSTEM SETUP level information, refer to Table 2. NOTE: During an extended level of inactivity, the display of the JADETM economizer controller will begin to automatically scroll through the various levels of the STATUS menu as a screensaver. Each level will stay for approximately 5 seconds before changing to the next level. TABLE 2 SYSTEM SETUP (Menu Levels) MENU LEVEL DEFAULT VALUE RANGE NOTES INSTALL 01/01/10 Display Order = MM/DD/YY Setting Order = DD/MM/YY UNITS DEG °F °F / °C Sets controller to read in either measurements EQUIPMENT HP (B) nO HP Heat Pump HP CONV = A/C See NOTE AUXIN HP (B) HP (0) HP (B) Energize on Cool Energize on HeatSee NOTE FAN SPEED 1 Speed 1 Speed 2 Speed FAN CFM 5000 100 to 15,000 Not applicable AUX OUT EXH2 NONE ERV EXH2 SYS Product can be used to signal other devices OCC INPUT INPUT or ALWAYS INPUT is for dedicated OCC signal, ALWAYS is for all other situations FACTORY DEFAULT NO YES or NO Resets to factory defaults if changed to YES NOTE *: In SYS SETUP the correct Equipment setting is HP and for the AUX2 IN is HP (B) in all applications. This is correct for both air conditioner and heat pump equipment in order to have correct operating sequences for the economizers, DO NOT change to CONV = A/C setting just because the equipment is an air conditioner and not a heat pump. 2. ADVANCED SETUP: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the ADVANCED SETUP menu. — Push the SELECT(ENTER) BUTTONto choose the ADVANCED SETUP menu. — Navigatethrough the multiple levelsof ADVANCED SETUP by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. — To change a specific parameter in the ADVANCED SETUP menu, press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to display its current value. Press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to change or increase/decrease value. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to save the new customized value — "CHANGE STORED" will be displayed. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to return to current menu parameter. For specific ADVANCED SETUP level information, refer to Table 3. Manual 2100-575F Page 17 of 24 TABLE 3 ADVANCED SETUP (Menu Levels) MENU LEVEL osFAVcr VALUE RANGE NOTES '—' LOW SET 45^r oo'on^ Temp toactivate freeze protection -- Close Damper FREEZE POG CLo CuOorMIN Damper poainunupon freeze protection gTGo IDLY 15w|w om*.Vno, OFF Delay for ord Stage Cooling —axuwomrumaeesof cooling, one stage for mmn atwo stages for compressor ompR P0S CLO CLOorOPw wme�damper goes upon shutdown signal MAT CAL O0^F � +/x.from actual reading Mixed Air Sensor temperature calibration OAT CAL � ou,p +/2.o^po�m actual reading oumov,m,Sensor temperature calibration O�S� CAL o% ++1u�oom actual reading ou�uu,mr*vmmi�Sensor calibration for economizers using temp/humidity sensor 3. SETPD|NTS:from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UFYDONVNBUTTONS tonavigate through the six (6)basic menu items tothe 8ETPD]NTSmenu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON tochoose the SETPO|NTSmenu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of SETPO|NTSbypushing the SCROLL (&RIDONVN) BUTTONS. — Tochange uspecific parameter inthe 8ETPO|NTS menu. press the SELECT (ENT3R)BUTTON to display its current value. Press the SCROLL (U/9 DOWN) BUTTONS tochange or inurease/decrease value. Press the SELECT (ElV73]R)BUTTON to mavethenewoustnmizedva|ue——"CHANGE STORED" will be displayed. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again to return to current menu parameter. — For specific 8ETPO|NTG level information. refer to Table 4. TABLE SETPOINTS (Menu Levels) MENU LEVEL DEFAULT VALUE RANGE NOTES MAT SET oo,r 38^pm 65^F Mixed Air Temperature satpmnt atwhich the economizer damper will begin mmodulate mmaintain o*«in0 LovvT LOCK o,p -^n^pm uu, p Low outdoor ambient temperature for compressor lockout onYBLo GET 70^F 48^Fm mn`r Maximum outdoor temperature setting for ^ona'economizer cooling EmrH Cunvs Eno Em1 Ea2 ' ' sso ' sG4or Eso sntxu|pyboundary ^cvnmo^for economizers using temp/humidity sensor, see ^enthu|pySettings" explanation MIN p0S 1ov z m 10 voC A�va�rvo|�ge�rmmimum Puuition—aaeMin|mumPosition Vent Setup Note below sxH1 00% om 100% mfan |upowered uveconomizer sx*2 s% »to 100% Setpomt for Auxoutput signal NOTE At this point, the economizer assembly should befully functional and ready for preliminary testing. 4.CHECKOUT: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (QFYDDWN)BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6)basic menu items tothe CHECKOUT menu. — Push the SELECT (E7V7E7)BUTTON tochoose the CHECKOUT menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels ofCHECKOUT bypushing the SCROLL (UFIDONN)BUTTONS. — To perform a specific test inthe CHECKOUT menu, press the SELECT (ElVJIR)BUTTON tochoose a particular exercise, "RUNT' will appear. Press the SELECT (ENTER)BUTTON again tuactivate this exercise. After a short pause. "|N PROGRESS" will appear asthe test activates. "DONE" will display after the test is complete. Press the MENU UP (EXIT) BU77ONto end the test and/or turn off the activated relay. —FnrspeoificCHECKOUT level information, refer to Table 5. NOTE CHECKOUT functions bypass the normal 5-minute delay for compressor protection. Be sure 10allow for enough time topass between tests suthe compressor is not damaged from extreme short -cycling. MINIMUM POSITION NOTE.- Minimum position setting has been preset to 10Kwhich when connected to MC4000 LeadlLag Controller System will allow economizer to drive wide open per emergency ventilation strategy erdetailed in MC40ODInstructions. This may require resetting toalower value per job specifications. Manual 2100'575F Page 18of24 C TABLE 5 CHECKOUT (Menu Levels) CHECKOUT ITEM CHECKOUT TEST DAMPER VMIN-HS Positions damper to the minimum amount of opening allowed by actuator DAMPER VMAX-HS Opens damper to the MIN POS level indicated in the SETPOINTS menu. See Minimum Position Ventilation Setup Procedure (Pg. 16) DAMPER OPEN Forces damper to full open position, energizes exhaust contacts DAMPER CLOSE Positions damper to completely closed position CONNECT Y1-O Forces Y1-OUTPUT to compressor CONNECT Y2-O Forces Y2-OUTPUT to compressor CONNECT AUX Depending upon AUX OUT setting from SETUP menu: NONE — no action ERV — 24VAC out for ERV & NOT Economizer SYS — 24VAC out for alarm NOTE: Economizer assembly should be ready to put into service. At any point during operation, in economizer mode or idle, real-time information from sensors and integral components can be accessed from the STATUS menu. 5. STATUS: from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the STATUS menu. — Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the STATUS menu. — Navigate through the multiple levels of STATUS by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. — As the STATUS menu simply gives input/output information in real-time, there is no way to change or otherwise alter the displayed criteria. It is simply a window into the operation of the economizer controller. — For specific STATUS level information, refer to Table 6. NOTE: Upon power -up (or after power failure or low voltage condition), the controller will begin a 5-minute time delay before enabling mechanical cooling. TABLE 6 STATUS (Menu Levels) MENU LEVEL RANGE NOTES ECON AVAIL YES/NO Indicates if conditions are favorable for economizing ECONOMIZING YES/NO Indicates if economizer is actively economizing OCCUPIED YES/NO Indicates if economizer is actively economizing Indicates if dedicated 24V occupied signal is being received on terminal OCC HEAT PUMP COOL/HEAT Displays actual compressor use if in HEAT PUMP mode COOL Y1-IN ON/OFF Indicates if 24V signal is being received on terminal Y1-I COOL Y1-OUT ON/OFF Displays if controller is actively calling for mechanical compressor cooling (24V on Y1-O) COOL Y2-IN ON/OFF Indicates if 24V signal is being received on terminal Y2-I COOL Y2-OUT ON/OFF L Displays if controller is actively calling for Stg. 2 cooling (24V on Y2-O) `VIA TEMP 0° to 140°F Current mixed air temp OA TEMP -40° to 140°F - Current outdoor air temp OA HUM 0% to 100% Current outdoor air humidity for economizers using temp/humidity sensor DAMPER OUT 2.0 to 10.0 Displays voltage to actuator ACT POS 0 to 100% Current % of opening ACT COUNT N/A Current count of actuator cycles from installation ACTUATOR OK YES/NO Indicates potential fault EXH1 OUT ON/OFF Output of EXH1 Terminal MECH COOL ON 0, 1, or 2 Stages of mechanical cooling currently active NOTE: If there are any potential problems recognized by the economizer controller, it may be registered in the form of an alarm in the ALARM(S) menu. If there is a period of inactivity AND there is an alarm registering, the controller will randomly scroll through the ALARM(S) menu items as a screensaver. Manual 2100-575F Page 19 of 24 ENTHALPY SETTINGS If economizer is enthalpy-based, and was shipped with the temp/humidity sensor, the economizer must be programmed for the specific enthalpy curve boundary desired for "free" outdoor cooling. The available enthalpy boundaries are all subject to specific OA temperature, OA humidity, and OA dew points. If all of the OA conditions are below the specific points outlined in each boundary, the conditions are good to economize and economizer mode is set to "YES". If some or all the OA conditions are above the specific points outlined in each boundary, the conditions are not good to economize and the economizer mode is set to "NO". ES3 is factory default. Enthalpy Curve Temp. Dry Bulb (°F) . Temp.. (°F) Enthalpy (btullb/da) Point P1 Point 2 Temp. °F Humidi ,/° RHty Temp. °F Humidi %RHty ES1 80.0 60.0 28.0 80.0 36.8 66.3 80.1 ES2 75.0 57.0 26.0 75.0 39.6 63.3 80.0 ES3 70.0 54.0 24.0 70.0 42.3 59.7 81.4 ES4 65.0 51.0 22.0 65.0 44.8 55.7 84.2 ES5 60.0 48.0 20.0 60.0 46.9 51.3 88.5 HL 86.0 66.0 32.4 86.0 38.9 72.4 80.3 ALARM(S): from the main screen, press the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS to navigate through the six (6) basic menu items to the ALARM(S) menu. - Push the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose the ALARM(S) menu. - Navigate through the current alarms in ALARM(S) by pushing the SCROLL (UP/DOWN) BUTTONS. - Once the alarm has been identified, and the cause has been removed (e.g., replaced faulty sensor), the alarm may erase itself. If a manual alarm - erasing is required, it can be cleared from the display by navigating to the desired alarm and pressing the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON to choose that specific alarm. "ERASE?" will display. Press the SELECT (ENTER) BUTTON again. "ALARM ERASED" will appear. Press the MENU UP (EXIT) BUTTON to complete the action and return to the previous menu. - For specific ALARM(S) information, refer to Table 7. TABLE 7 ALARMS (Examples) Alarm(s) Notes MAT SENS ERR Malfunctioning mixed air sensor OAT SENS ERR Malfunctioning outdoor air sensor ACT STALLED Actuator cannot reach desired percentage of opening SYS ALARM If AUX is set to SYS in SETPOINTS menu, SYS will display upon any registered alarm NOTE: This is not a complete list of alarms. Additional alarms will display depending upon the parameter settings and configuration and attached equipment. Manual 2100-575F Page 20 of 24 ECONOMIZER SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Condition—Cuo / Dry OAConditions ° l^ Stage Cooling closes and sends signal to JADETM control. Since the air temperature outside iscooler than the preset DRYBULB SET setting, orisbelow the ENTHCURVE boundary inthe SETPOINTS manu, the actuator will power the economizer damper to "economizer" mode asthe indoor blower motor starts. The mixed air sensor senses mixture of return air and oou| outdoor air and modulates opening to achieve preset MAT SET setting in 8ETPOyNTS menu. Compressor operation is inhibited. (See Figure 13j ° 211 Stage Cooling closes and sends signal to ]ADErMoontro|. which closes the Yl'O relay to begin mechanical cooling. The economizer damper REMAINS OPEN intandem operation with the compressor aslong axthe 0Aconditions do not drop below the preset ORY8ULB SET/ENTH CURVE settings inthe SETPQ|NTS menu. (See Figure l4l 0 3m Stage Cooling (if available) closes and sends a signal to]ABErm uonho|, which closes the Y2'0 relay to begin 2nd stage mechanical cooling. The economizer damper REMAINS OPEN in tandem operation with the compressor os long asthe temperature outside does not drop below the preuetDRYBULB SET setting inthe GETPO|NT8 menu. (See Figure 14j Condition—Narm/HumidUAConditions ° l*Stage Cooling closes and sends signal to JADE `Mcontrol. Since the OAconditions are above the preset DRYBULB SET/ENTH CURVE setting inthe SETPO|NTSmenu, the control will simply close the Yl'O relay to initiate mechanical cooling. The economizer damper will remain closed uvina minimum ventilation setting depending upon occupied status. (See Figure 15j ° 2"1 Stage Cooling (if available) closes and sends siQna|toJADE 7mcontrol. Since the OAoondiduns MIST are still above than the preset DRY8ULBSET/ ELIMINATOR ENTH CURVE setting in the SETPOINTS menu, MR 1i I "I IL'Ilk RETURN AIR the control will simply close the Y2-0 relay to initiate 2Idstage mechanical cooling. The ounzoonxm YfnN gill sxoAoarmn F|GWREl3 100% OUTSIDE AIRFLOW PATH MIST ELIMINATOR—"' OUTDOOR AIR EXHAUST AIR F|QUREl4 MIXED AIRFLOW PATH SUPPLY AIR AIR FILTER RETURN AIR economizer damper will remain closed nrina minimum ventilation setting depending upon occupied status. (See Figure l5.) COOLING COIL 11SUPPLY AIR CONDENSERAIR CONDENSER COIL Manual 2100-575F F|GUREl5 100% CLOSED LOOP AIRFLOW PATH COOLING COIL SUPPLY AIR AIR FILTER MIST ELIMINATOR DAMPER BLADE CONDENSER AIR CONDENSER COIL 100% RETURN AIR ECONOMIZER FEATURES ° One piece construction—easytoinstall. Direct - drive actuator eliminates linkage. ° Exhaust air damper built in with positive closed position. Provides exhaust air capability to prevent pressurization of tight buildings, * JADE rwcontroller provides nearly limitless customization on a so||d, intuitive electronic platform. ° Actuator Motor —24 volt, powopopen, spring' return. direct -coupled with stall protection. Self - centering shaft clamp and access cover facilitate ease o/rep|ocemont/mointenanoa. * Proportion inR'type control —for maximum "f/ao^ cooling economy and comfort with up to lUO% outside air. • Drybu|b sensor to monitor outdoor air temperature. • Minimum Ventilation Position available for required ventilation ofoccupants urdilution of pollutants. r Mixed air sensor to monitor outdoor and return air to automatically modulate damper position. Manual 2100-575F Economizer Operation for Single Stage: THERMOSTAT/CONTROL CALLS FOR 1ST STAGE COOLING OA CONDITIONS ABOVE DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINTS MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON. DAMPER CLOSED OR MIN. POSITION CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY MECHANICAL COOLING THERMOSTAT 15 SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN OA CONDITIONS BELOW DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINT ECONOMIZER ONLY OPERATION, MAT SENSOR ATTEMPTS TO MAINTAIN PRESET DISCHARGE AIR TEMP. IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? •1 NO CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN • YES MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER REMAINS OPEN ♦ CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER AND MECHANICAL COOL THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN Manual 2100-575F Page 23 of 24 Economizer Operation for Two Stage: l YES • 2ND STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER CLOSED OR MIN. POSITION CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY MECHANICAL COOLING THERMOSTAT/CONTROL CALLS FOR 1sT STAGE COOLING 4, OA CONDITIONS ABOVE DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINT 1sT STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON. DAMPER CLOSED OR MIN. POSITION 1 IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY MECHANICAL COOLING THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN OA CONDITIONS BELOW DRYBULB OR ENTHALPY CURVE SETPOINT ECONOMIZER ONLY OPERATION, MAT SENSOR ATTEMPTS TO MAINTAIN PRESET DISCHARGE AIR TEMP. 1 IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? • NO CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER 1 THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER AND MECHANICAL COOL NO THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED AND SYSTEM SHUTS DOWN 1 YES 4, 1ST STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER REMAINS OPEN ♦ IS ADDITIONAL COOLING REQ'D? 1 YES 2ND STAGE MECHANICAL COOLING BEGINS, ECON DAMPER REMAINS OPEN 1 CONDITIONED SPACE LOAD IS PICKED UP BY ECONOMIZER AND MECHANICAL COOL Manual 2100-575F Page 24 of 24 BLADE ADJUSTMENT FOR DESIRED VENTILATOR AIR The amount of ventilation air supplied by the commercial room ventilator isdependant onfour factors. l. Return air duct static pressure drop. 2. Supply air duct static pressure drop. 3. Indoor blower motor speed. 4. Damper blade open position setting. Refer tothe appropriate graph below and on the following pages todetermine the blade setting necessary to achieve the ventilation air required for each operating mode. 0 Factory Default Settings PotnnUometorRl 3 Potentiometer R2 6 For more accurate adjustment, use aflowhuod over the intake opening tnmeasure and adjust the airflow operation. Potentiometer Rl Adjusts the minimum constant airflow durhnQoccupied conditions Potentiometer R2 Adjusts the airflow on u contact closure for demand ventilation Energize occupied condition mode and adjust #1 Potentiometer to desired airflow. Energize demand ventilation mode and adjust #2 Potentiometer to desired airflow. z Minimum damper position when using CO control damper should be at minimum occupied airflow at 700 ppmurlower; if not, Potentiometer R7can be adjusted clockwise (CVV) to close it. If it is fully closed at 700 ppmur lower, noadjustments are required. GRAPH W18 and W24 Ventilation Delivery Supply & Return Grilles 4 5 b Damper Position 7 9 -0.20" Duct Static -0.40" Duct Static 10 Manual 2100-638 Page 12of 16 Vend|ationCFM � � � 00 600 400 200 GRAPH W30 and W36 Ventilation Delivery Supply & Return Grilles 4 5 s Damper Position r 8 9 -0.20" Duct Static -0,40" Duct Static GRAPH W42 and W48 Ventilation Delivery 7 Damper Position D 9 Supply & Return Grilles —U.2U^Duct Static —0.4O^Duct Static zO 10 Manual 2100-638 Page 13of 16 Ventilation CFM 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 1800 1600 1400 1200 2 c 1000 a.) 800 600 400 200 0 GRAPH 4 W60 Ventilation Delivery 2 Supply & Return Grilles 2 4 5 6 Damper Position 7 8 9 0.20" Duct Static 0.40" Duct Static GRAPH 5 W72 Ventilation Delivery 4 5 6 Damper Position 7 9 Supply & Return Grilles Duct Static Duct Static 10 10 Manual 2100-638 Page 14 of 16 Rack -info Racktype Q-E-PGX1-15 :ack dimensions Length = 59.06 inch Width = 17.68 inch Height = 62.60 inch B = 14.13 inch Part Iist 2 x EQ-E-PGX1 1 x 1504 1 x 1504C 1 x EB0974 2 x 1T-STT-SET (or qty.2 314C & qty.2 EB0034) Rack -Weight 220.9 lbs 00.79" Specifications Nominal Voltage 2V Nominal Capacity Dimensions Weight Electrolyte/Block STT SERIES -Tubular Flooded Batteries 110Ah (8Hr to 1.75 V/cell @ 77°F) Length 4.06 inches Width 8.11 inches Height (with Vent Cap) 16.14 inches Without Electrolyte 17.86 lbs. With Electrolyte 29.11 lbs. 12.3 lbs. 1.2 gallons Container + Cover Material Styrene-acrylonitrile (SAN), impact resistant Positive Plate Construction Lead-Selenium/Low Antimony Tubular Negative Plate Construction Lead -Calcium Pasted Flat Radial Post Design Leak -Proof with Brass Insert Hardware / Torque Rating M10 / 221 in. lbs. Preferred Operating Temp. 68-77 °F Operating Temp Range Discharge: -15-55°C (-4-130°F) Charge: 0-40°C (32-104°F) Storage: -15-40°C (32-104°F) Internal Resistance Approx. 1.55m0hms Max, Discharge Current 800A (5s) Float Voltage 2.23V at 77°F Equalize Voltage 2.33-2.40V at 77°F Max. Charge Current Allowed 30 Amps Self Discharge The STT series batteries may be stored for up to 6 months at 25°C (77°F) and Then a freshening charge is required. For higher temperatures the time interval will be shorter. S7T2V100 (2V110AH) Applications • Utility • Telecommunications • Solar/Photovoltaic • Oil and gas • Railways d SI 110114141 Constant Current Discharge (Amperes) at 25°C (77°F) F.V/Time 15 min 30 min 1h 1.5h 2h 3h 4h 5h 6h 8h 10h 20h 30h 1,70 V/Cell 121 88.1 57.7 44.6 36,9 28.1 23.1 19.5 17.1 13.6 11.6 6.54 4.38 1.75 V/Cell 109 80.3 54,6 42.6 35.5 27.2 22.6 19.0 16.8 13.7 11.4 6.44 4.27 1.80 V/Cell 90.1 70.0 50.0 39.6 33.4 26.0 21.1 18.3 16.3 13.0 11.1 6.28 4.17 1.83 V/Cell 76.7 61.3 45.3 36.6 31.4 24.7 20.7 17.6 15.7 12,6 10.9 6.13 4.07 1.85 V/Cell 68.0 55.6 41.6 34.4 29.9 23.6 19.9 17.1 15.3 12.2 10.6 5.97 3.97 • Terminal ISBS STORAGE BATTERY SYSTEMS, INC. Spill Containment Systems High Density Polyethylene Pans & Neutralizing Pillows The Uniform Fire Code (UFC) Article 64, Section 104.d and 104.e requires lead -acid battery installations with more than 100 gallons of electrolyte be equipped with a "liquid -tight" spill -control barrier system. It also requires an approved method, capable of neutralizing a spill from the largest lead -acid battery. In response to these new requirements, SBS offers a spill system solution. SBS's system can be installed with new battery rack systems. Features • Welded high density polyehylene pans in multiple sizes • 12" x 12" Flame retardant acid absorbing/neutralizing pillows • Complies with EPA, OSHA, and Uniform Fire Code 64 • (4" tall) Add tight barrier protects building from corrosion • Low installation costs • Quick and easy installation • Cost effective solution to electrolyte spills 12" Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC23-12P2 SC28-12P2 SC34-12P3 SC46-12P4 SC51-12P4 SC57-12P5 SC62-12P5 SC68-12P5 SC74-12P6 SC84-12P7 SC90-12P7 SC96-12P8 SC102-12P8 SC107-12P9 SC114-12P10 SC119-12P10 SC125-12P10 SC130-12P10 SC136-12P11 SC148-12P12 SC159-12P13 SC164-12P13 SC170-12P14 System Size 23"x12"x4"H 28"x12"x4"H 34"x12"x4"H 46"x12"x4"H 51"x12"x4"H 57"x12"x4"H 62"x12"x4"H 68"x12"x4"H 74"x12"x4"H 84"x12"x4"H 90"x12"x4"H 96"x12"x4"H 102"x12"x4"H 107"x12"x4"H 114"x12"x4"H 119"x12")(4"H 125"x12"x4"H 130"x12"x4"H 136"x12"x4"H 148"x12"x4"H 159"x12"x4"H 164"x12"x4"H 13 170"x12"x4"H 14 # of Pillows 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 10 10 11 12 How Our System Worts SBS has 9 different size spill pans that can be placed together in multiple combinations to form different spill containment system lengths and widths. We provide pillows and connectors that hold the pans together. Your rack will fit inside our spill containment system. If you are mounting the racks to the floor you drill through the pans where needed and silicone the bolt and hole to provide a 100% leak proof system. 23" Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC12-23P2 SC25-23P4 SC37-23P6 SC42-23P6 SC49-23P8 SC50.23P8 SC54-23P8 SC62-23P10 SC67-23P10 SC75-23P12 SC79-23P12 SC84-23P14 SC92-23P14 SC96-23P16 SC104-23P16 SC109-23P18 SC121-23P20 SC126-23P20 SC134-23P22 SC138-23P22 5C142-23P22 SC151-23P24 SC168-23P28 System Size # of Pillows 12"x23"x4"H 2 25"x23"x4"H 4 37"x23"x4"H 6 42"x23"x4"H 6 49"x23"x4"H 8 50"x23"x4"H 8 54"x23"x4"H 8 62"x23"x4"H 10 67"x23"x4"H 10 75"x23"x4"H 12 79"x23"x4"H 12 84"x23"x4"H 14 92"x23"x4"H 14 96"x23"x4"H 16 104"x23"x4"H 16 109"x23"x4"H 18 121"x23"x4"H 20 126"x23"x4"H 20 134"x23"x4"H 22 138")(23"x4"H 22 142"x23"x4"H 22 151"x23"x4"H 24 168"x23"x4"H 28 25" Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. System Size # of Pillows SC23-25P4 23"x25"x4"H SC28.25P4 28"x25"x4"H SC34-25P6 34"x25"x4"H SC46-25P8 46"x25"x4"H SC'51-25P8 51"x25"x4"H SC57-25P510 57"x25"x4"H SC62-25P10 . 62"x25"x4"H SC68-25P10 68"x25"x4"H SC74-25P12 74"x25"x4"H SC84-25P14 84"x25"x4"H SC90-25P14 90"x25"x4"H SC96-25P16 96"x25"x4"H SC102 25P16 102"x25"x4"H SC107-25P18 107"x25"x4"H SC1 4-25P20 114"x25"x4"H SC119-25P20 119"x25"x4"H SC125-25P20 1257x257x4"H SC130-25P20 130"x25"x4"H SC136-25P22 136"x25"x4"H SC148-25P24 148"x25"x4"H SC159-25P26 : 159"x25"x4"H. SC164-25P26 164"x25"x4"H SC170-25P28 + 170"x25"x4"H 4 4 6 8 8 10 10 10 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 20 20 20 22 24 26 26 28 Monday Frioay, 8am-5pm CST SC67-28P10 Unit consists of: A: qty.1 42" x 28" x 4" pan B: gty.1 25" x 28" x 4" pan C: gty.1 27" connector D: gty.10 12" x 12" pillows 28" Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC12-28P2 SC25-28P4 SC37-28P6 SC42-28P6 SC49-28P8 SC50-28P8 SC54-28P8 SC62-28P10 SC67-28P10 SC75-28P12 SC79-28P12 SC84-28P14 SC92-28P14 SC96-28P16 SC104-28P16 SC109-28P18 SC121-28P20 SC126-28P20 SC134-28P22 SC138-28P22 SC142-28P22 SC151-28P24 SC168-28P28 System Size 12"x28"x4"H 25"x28"x4"H 37"x28"x4"H 42"x28"x4"H 49"x28"x4"H 50"x28"x4"H 54"x28"x4"H 62"x28"x4"H 67"x28"x4"H 75"x28"x4"H 79"x28"x4"H 84"x28"x4"H 92"x28"x4"H 96"x28"x4"H 104"x28"x4"H 109"x28"x4"H 121"x28"x4"H 126"x28"x4"H 134"x28"x4"H 138"x28"x4"H 142"x28"x4"H 151"x28"x4"H 168"x28"x4"H # of pillows 2 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 20 20 22 22 22 24 28 34" Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC12-34P3 SC25-34P6 SC37-34P9 SC42-34P9 SC49-34P12 SC50-34P12 SC54-34P12 SC62-34P15 SC67-34P15 SC75-34P18 SC79-34P18 SC84-34P21 SC92-34P21 SC96-34P24 SC104-34P24 SC109-34P27 SC121-34P30 SC126-34P30 SC134-34P33 SC138-34P33 SC142-34P33 SC151-34P36 SC168-34P42 System Size # of pillows 12"x34"x4"H 3 25"x34"x4"H 6 37"x34"x4"H 9 42"x34"x4"H 9 49"x34"x4"H 12 50"x34"x4"H 12 54"x34"x4"H 12 62"x34"x4"H 15 67"x34"x4"H 15 75"x34"x4"H 18 79"x34"x4"H 18 84"x34"x4"H 21 92"x34"x4"H21 96"x34"x4"H 24 104"x34"x4"H 24 109"x34"x4"H 27 121"x34"x4"H 30 126"x34"x4"H 30 134"x34"x4"H 33 138"x34"x4"H 33 142"x34"x4"H 33 151"x34"x4"H 36 168"x34"x4"H 42 42" Wide Spill Containment Systems Part No. SC23-42P6 SC28-42P6 SC34-42P9 SC46-42P12 SC51-42P12 SC57-42P15 SC62-42P15 SC68-42P15 SC74-42P18 SC84-42P21 SC90-42P21 SC96-42P24 SC102-42P24 SC107-42P27 SC114-42P30 SC119-42P30 3C125-42P30 SC130-42P30 SC136-42P33 SC148-42P36 SC159-42P39 SC164-42P39 SC170-42P42 System Size 23"x42"x4"H 28"x42"x4"H 34"x42"x4"H 46"x42"x4"H 51"x42"x4"H 57"x42"x4"H 62"x42"x4"H 68"x42"x4"H 74"x42"x4"H 84"x42"x4"H 90"x42"x4"H 96"x42"x4"H 102"x42"x4"H 107"x42"x4"H 114"x42"x4"H 119"x42"x4"H 125"x42"x4"H 130"x42"x4"H 136"x42"x4"H 148"x42"x4"H 159"x42"x4"H 164"x42"x4"H 170"x42"x4"H # of pillows 6 6 9 12 12 15 15 15 18 21 21 24 24 27 30 30 30 30 36 39 39 42 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS OBJECTIVE: To verify that an equipment enclosure for Boeing complies with the structural requirements of the 2015 International Building Code. The equipment enclosure is manufactured by Eaton's Omaha Power Center (EOPC Project Number P3854) and is to be sited at the Vault 28 Substation in Tukwila, Washington. METHODOLOGY: Structural calculations were prepared based upon the specified requirements. Loading parameters used in this evaluation are as follows. ASCE 7-10 Occupancy Category 3 Floor Live Load, 125 psf Roof Live Load, 30 psf Wind Velocity, V = 115 mph Exposure Category C Ground Snow Load, pg = 20 psf Exposure Category of Roof, Ce = 1.1 Thermal Factor, Ct = 1.0 Seismic Maximum Short Period Spectral Response Acceleration,,Ss — 1.514 Seismic Maximum 1-Second Period Spectral Response Acceleration, Si = 0.578 Seismic Site Class D Acceleration -Based Site Coefficient, Fa = 1.0 Velocity -Based Site Coefficient, F, = 1.5 Seismic Design Category D CONCLUSIONS: The equipment enclosure complies with the specified structural requirements with the incorporation of the recommendations arising from this evaluation. EVALUATED BY: Michael C. Stiefermann, P.E. 221 County Road 427 Bonnots Mill, MO 65016 Washington P.E. License # 37264 Expiration Date 03/04/2021 DATE COMPLETED: April 2, 2019 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS Boeing Vault 28 Substation Tukwila, Washington Battery Enclosure EOPC Project Number P3854 Prepared By: Michael C. Stiefermann, P.E. 221 County Road 427 Bonnots Mill, MO 65016 573-897-2530 Revision 0 04/02/2019 CONTENTS: References Page 1 Materials Page 1 Overall Dimensions, Weight, and Center of Gravity Page 1 Design Loadings Page 2 Support Reactions Page 5 AnchorageDesignPage 10 Base Design Page 11 Roof Design Page 14 Wall Design Page 19 Diaphragm Design Page 22 Seismic Component Anchoring Page 26 G. ST �� /i . APPENDICES: Appendix A — Manufacturer's Drawings Appendix B — Component Anchoring Detail STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS EAJONDMAHAPOVVERCENTER PROJECT NUMBER: P3854 1.Washington State Building Code, 3O18Revision 2.International Building Code (|BC).2015Revision 3. ASCE "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures", Std. 7-2010 4. AISI "North American Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members", Std.81OU-2O12 5.AJSC"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings'.Std. 3SO-2O1O 6.SEAW''GnnwLoad Analysis for VVashingbon''.Second Edition, 07/1S95 PER 2U1SINTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: GROUP S-2 CONSTRUCTION: TYPE |A8 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY.III MATERIALS: BASE: Structural Steel, AGTMA3G F,^= 36.kni F"b:~ 58'kei B»= 29000.kyi -y,:~ 490.pcf Gb:= 112Wkoi WALLS &ROOF: CF8GAG7M AlO11 y,,30.ksi ��=49-ksi Es:~295OO-ksi WELDS:B0XX BOLTS: SAE Grade 5,A8TMA440 F,r:=7O.ksi (�Fom 0.75-81.0'ksi i�Fm5=60.75.kxi (�F^, 0.65-47�-b6 4)Fnm ~ 30.55-kd (�Fn/ 0.75-40.5-ksi (�Fj ~30375.koi EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE VVBGHT&DIMENSIONS: Length: Depth: Height Weight: Y~:=0.5l'Y, Zcg:= 0.50.Zo Page 1 of 27 4/2/2019 DESIGN LOADINGS: FLOOR LOAD: Dead: pfd:= 18.psf WALL LOAD: Dead: NA := 12.psf ROOF LOAD: Dead: prd:= 12.psf WIND LOAD: PerASCE 7-10 Occupancy Category = 3 V := 115.mph 1(d:= 0.85 := 0.85 Live: Live: Po 125.psf w„:= 60-plf pri:= 30.psf Exposure = C lc, := 1.0 G := 0.85 GCpi := 0.18 qz:= 0.00256•Kilcfl(d.V2. psf = 24.461.psf mph2 Roof Slope := 7.deg Primary System Wals Cp, := 1.3 Roof: Cp, := -1.3 Component Parts Wals: GCp := 1.0.0.9 Interior Zone: GCp := —1.1.0.9 End Zone: GCp := —1.4-0.9 Roof: GCp := 0.3 Interior Zone: GCp := —1.0 End Zone: GCp := —1.8 Corner Zone: GCp := —2.8 pp, := qz-G.Cp Ppr 441G`Cpr Pcwp := qi(GCp + GCpi) Pcwi := qi(GCp — GCpi) Pcwe:= qz(GCp — GC) Pcrp := qi(GCp + GCpi) Pcn := qz-(GCp — GCpi) q.,-(GCp — GCpi) Pcrc qz.(GCp — GCpi) pp, = 27.psf Ppr = —27-psf Pcwp = 26.psf Pcwi =-29-psf Pevve = —35.Psf perp 12.psf Pc ti —29-psf Pere = —48-psf Pcrc = P3854.xmcd Page 2 of 27 4/2/2019 SNOW LOAD: Per ASCE 7-10 pg := 20.psf Occupancy Category = 3 Exposure = C I:= 1.10 Ce := 1.1 Ct := 1.0 pf := max(0.7•Ce•Ct.Is-pg, in(pg,20.psqls) pf = 22. psf = 16.6.pcf := min( 0.13.pg ft + 14.pcf , 30. pcf SSF 0.psf ,0.2, 0 SSF = 0 Balanced Conditions: Unbalanced Conditions: C, := 1.0 := max Yu W := 2 Ps := Cs"Pf Pr1,Ps) pr 30•psf 1, := max(W, 20- ft) hd := 0.43. W = 1011 ps = 22-psf 2 1 pg + 10.psf•113 •psf — 1.5.ft 1 S S = 8.144 1 = 20-ft hd = 1.232-ft tan(Roof Slope) for i E 0 .. 2 pi <— 0.psf return p if Roof Slope < 2.38.cleg return p if Roof Slope > 30.2.cleg po Pi ‹— Ps hey P2 4-- —v-§ p P1 SU mint — W 3J P 5U / 6.6 22 .psf \ 7.164, U2 = 29.164.psf = 9.373.ft P3854.xmcd Page 3 of 27 4/2/2019 SEISMIC LOAD: PerASCE 7-10 Occupancy Category = 3 le := 1.25 Site Class = D SS := 1.514 Si := 0.578 Fa := 1.0 F := 1.5 SMS := Fa'S5 SMI := Fv'Sl 2 2 SDS 3'SMS SDI 3'SM1 SDI Ts := To := 0.2•T, SDS Seismic Design Category = D SMS = 1.514 SMI = 0.867 SDS = 1.009 SDI = 0.578 TS=0.573 To=0.115 For light -framed walls sheathed with steel sheets: Re := 6.5 flo' SDS' le ah : R e Gp := 3 Cd := 4 RS(T) :_ a,, := 0.2• SDS ah=0.58 a,,=0.202 DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM. T SDS- 0.4 + 0.6• To SDS if T > To SDI if T > Ts T 0.5 0.5 1 1.5 2 Period, T (seconds) P3854.xmcd Page 4 of 27 4/2/2019 ESTIMATE SUPPORT REACTIONS: Wind Forces: Fwv ppr' Xo' Yo Fwhx:= Pp o•Zo Mwotx := 0.5•Fwhx.Zo Fwhy := Ppw•Xo'Zo Mwoty := 0.5•Fwhy•Zo Seismic Forces: Ws := SSF•pf-X,.Yo Fsh :_ (Wo + WS)•ah FSv := (Wo + Ws)•av Msot := Wo•ah•Zog + WS•ah•Zo SUPPORT COORDINATES: SCX := C O+ 6 • in SCY := 10 J in 92 — 6 240 Fwv _—4.156•kip Fwhx = 6.487•kip Mwotx = 467.067•kip•in Fwhy = 2.493•kip Mwoty = 179.529•kip•in Ws = 0•kip Fsh = 10.307•kip F„ = 3.573•kip Msot = 742.093•kip•in P3854.xmcd Page 5 of 27 4/2/2019 NSX := length(SCX) NSY := length(SCY) NS := NSX•NSY SCA := TW := TW = for i 0 NSX - 1 for j E 0 NSY - 1 ri+j-NSX, 0 SCX1 ri+j • NSX , 1 SCX'0 • := -SCX0 SCX2•X, SCX 'NSX+1 NSX-1 SCY'o := -SCY0 SCY2•Yo - SCY NSY+1 := NSY-1 i := 1 .. NSX := 1 NSY for i E 0 NSX - 1 for j E 0 NSY - 1 SSCX'i+2 - CX', r ri+j • NSX 0 2 SC ,. - SCY'. j+2 ri+j • NSX, 1 2 46 120" 46.25 120 46 120 46.25 120 / • in SCA = 6 0 \ 86 0 6 240 86 240 , • in SCX'. := SCX1- 1 =SCY'. : SCYi-1 := 0 .. NS - 1 dA. TW. •T 1,0 Xo'Yo dA 1 SDA := P3854 xmcd Page 6 of 27 4/2/2019 SDA'(0) SDA(2) i := 0.. 1 Ax := Ax0 x : SDA' SDA'i,i := tn SDAi, 0, SDA 1) SCA4 • SDA'w Ay(i) := (SCA( I) -SDA) Ay(i) Yi SDA'(i) ( 0) ( \ ' := \x' •SDA' Ay' := •SDA' ( K ( kx •Ax' Ayy' := (y' (i) •Ay' .0 Ax' Sy t Sxi :- 0 EAxx‘ x.ca E(dA.SCA xs := sign(xg x := Yca := (dA, SCA( 1)) ys := sign(Ycg xs•Xo.5%) ey := DL1 := Wo•(Ycg— yo)-Sxi + _NS DLIT = (3.65.1 3.8 5.2 )•kip DL2 Wo• dA Ycg Yca DL2T = (3.6 5.1 3.8 5.2)-kip DLzT = (3.6 5.1 3.8 5.2 )•kip EDLz = 17.7-kip ) SCA ' := SCA.) — Yi cxJ Jo ky := 1 kx := 1 := ky Ax' •Icy xs = 1 — yi + (1) Xcg 'or sY' Wo = 17.7•kip Xcg = 52.583.in — 52.582•in ys = 1 (i) 0 Ay' •kx cyJ :- Jo. ex = 11.195.in DLz DL1F + DL2F e = 14' 4-in Y DL1F := 1 DL2F := 1 DL I -DL1F + DL2- DL2F Ycg = 122.4. in — 122.4-in P3854.xmcd Page 7 of 27 4/2/2019 8Bx 0):=Fwhx* =Fwh. 8Bz- :~-pr��.Y,).dA -M~^ ,�xi (0) SBz- -F"V'dA \ (� + c'*cyJ-SRx (7) (� / SDA (6 / (� \ SRy- :=-fvx='*cxJ SxY *- /u, (� +e/ou -_' /0001.622002.2980.2160\ 8001.62200229802160 0001.622001855-02160 \0001.622002.855-82160/ i:=0..8 /o O O O 0623 0 0.093 2.505 0\ 0 0 O 0 0633 O -0.003 2.649 O 0 0 O V 0.623 0 0.093 2.505 0 ~U 0 8 O 0.623 U -0.803 2.649 U/ /-3108 -4J92 -1.15 2,919 0.374 1.036 4638 1.546 -0728` -5,065 -4.818 -1]56 -2.919 0374 1.042 -4,638 1.546 -1.822 -3785 -4.792 -1.)5 2919 -0,374 1.036 4.688 -1.546 -0764 SRu- ,.]� Oov� =(0 0 0 6/487 O O 10.307 O U).Np � 0Ry~ 8 � Souy = (O 0 O 0 2.493 0 O 10.307 0)-kip -kip ~�� 8Rz8 ~ oox� =(-\77 -19219 -4.6}] O 0 4]56 0 O -3.573).Wp -kip Page 8 of 27 4/2/2019 C, C, Calculate Load Combinations: DLC:= ,1 ` OOO O U 0 0 O )]l O U U 0 O O 111.6 O 8 O U 0 \\\ O 60 0 8 O l l \ -.6 O O V O 0 l l l 0 -.6 0 8 0 O \llO0032.7 l | l O 0 O 2 J .7 )ll U O 0-72 .7 \ll O O 0-2J' J l l | 0 O O 7 -2 7 | 1 \ U O 0 2 -.7 J l l l 0 0 U _7 -2 J l l | 0 O O -2 -7 7 .6 O 0 6 O /6 O U 0 6 0 O 0 .6 ,6 O D U .6 O O -.6 0 6 8 O 0 .6 0 0 U -f /6 O 0 O .6 0 O U O O .7 2 -J .6 O 0 0 0 O 2 .7 -.7 .6 O U 0 0 O -J 2 -7 .6 O 0 0 O O -2 J -7 6 0 O O O O 7 -.2 -7 6 U O O 0 U 2 -J -.7 �6 0 0 8 V O -.7 -.2 -7 r6 O O 0 0 O -2 -3 -7 � DSRu:=DLCnTux FSRx= FIC.SBx' mio(FSBx)=-2.92-Np USRy:=DLC.S� PSRy:= FLC'8Ry' max(F0Ry)=2677kiy mio(F8Ry)=-2677-Ny / /.4 O U U 0 O O O O 1.2 16 8.5 O O O O O 0 12 l 1/6 O O 0 8 O O 12 D 1.6 .5 O O 0 O 0 12 0 1/6 0 .5 O 0 0 O 1,2 0 1/6 -.5 O U O O O 12 O 1.6 0 -.5 8 O O 0 12 0.5 0.5 l O 8 0 O O 12 k5 0.5 0 l 0 O 0 O 12 0.5 0.5 -| U U O 0 A 1.2 0.5 Vj O -1 O 0 O 0 12 Oj 02 O 0 0 l .3 l 12 0.5 02 O 0 O .3 l l 12 0.5 0.2 O 0 0 -1 3 l 12 0.5 02 O 0 O -.3 l l ELC := 12 0.5 0.2 O U 0 l -.3 \ 12 0.5 02 O 0 O .3 -1 l l2 0.5 02 0 O O -\ -.3 l L2 0.5 02 O 0 O -.3 -1 l O9 O O ) 0 l O O O 8/9 8 O 0 | l O U V 0.9 O O -) 8 i 0 0 0 09 O O O -1 l O O 0 O/) 0 O 0 O V l .3 -1 09 O O O 0 0 .3 l -1 0.9 0 0 0 0 O -( 3 -1 09 0 O 8 O O -.3 \ -1 0.9 0 0 O 0 0 l -.3 -| 0.9 O O O O O 3 -1 -1 O9 O O O O 0 -1 `3 -1 `09 0 O O 0 U `3 -1 -1 �J Page 9 of 27 4/2/2019 ANCHORAGE DESIGN: MaximurrAnchorLoad 9m:=max(O-Np'max(FSBz)) pm=2j83'kip V« := max(mm(FSQ/)`-min(FSDx)) Vux= 2.92-kip Vvx:= oum(omu*F8Ry),-mlu(F8Ry)) V,v=2.677'kip / /~~, 2 =,"_2 d°:= -3 in Lw:= 1.5-io F,°=7U-bd 16 u 2 Vux 2 2 2 �Vn�~0J�'8707dv��U/�Px° �Yn~6�64k� V�----O.755 OK 011 Use 3/16" fillet welds by1.5" long near each lifting lug location (4 places total). Adequate steel embedmentninto the concrete foundation toweld the base hzaoe assumed. Design ofthe steel embedment isbyothers. SizeAnchor Bolts: d»:= |.&in 8 rr / 0.9743 \2 nt :� — Ase:= — d» - in 4 \ /\ / Vu OK Put�90 :=U2'O�5'�o»8� �9n =4�67�p -O.565 0K Onb V. pw + -0.807 OK 2 Use 1 .0" DiameterASTIVI A36 or A307 embedded anchor bolts near each lifting lug location(4 places total). Anchor bolt embedment and edge distance are assumed to besufficient toachieve the full capacity ofthe anchor bolt. Design nfanchor wedges, anchor bolt embedment, and edge reinforcement, if needed, to establish pullout, breakout and pryout strength is by others. Anchor wedges shall be welded to the enclosure base channel. Page 10 of 27 4/2/2019 OMp = 26.001-kip.ft L = 2 593-ft P ' BASE DESIGN: The base is evaluated for "as -installed" conditions only. Means and methods of construction are not evaluated. The base is evaluated for support by a concrete pad foundation. For C8X11.5: A := 3.37. in2 d 8.in tw:= 0.220.in tf := 0.390.in 32.5.in4 S:= 8.14.1n3 Z:= 9.63,in3 Iy := 1.31.in4 Ty := 0.623.in := 0.130.in4 C:= 16.5.in6 VIy•Cw rts:— d — tf c S„ rts = 0.756.in hc, = 7.61.in c = 1.072 Vn := 0.60.d.tw•Fyb Lr := 1.95.r„. Lb 34-in Eb J-c 0.7.F Sx.ho 7T2-Eb F„ Lb)rts Mp := 4:Fyb Eb L .= 1 76.T 'J— P • ' Fyb + 6.76 (0.7•Fyb Sx.h Eb 4T 1-c + 0.078. Mp if Lb Lp Fcr•Sx if Lb > Lr b — Lp MP (MP Mr) r— Lp OM, = 15.385.1<ip.ft L.= 10.422.ft Sx.ho otherwise Investigate Unifom-ily Loaded Beam With Simple Supports wbs := 92'in L := wbs TW — 2 Mr 0.7.Fyb.S, (I) := 0.90 := (13.V„ OMp := 4).11/1p (l)Mr:= (i). Mr OMn := 0-Mr, OM, = 25.676-kip.ft = 34.214-kip Pti ( 1.6.pfis\ w := TW- Pfd + — := TW. 1.2.Pfd 3) 3 5.4.44.4 8:- 384.4. 1„ uiu•L2 fi = 0.874-in DR := 240.— DR = 0.874 OK L Mu 8 Mu = 16.918-kip-ft — 0.659 OK ckivin P3854.xmcd Page 11 of 27 4/2/2019 For C6X8.2: A := 2.39- in2 d := 6.in t, := 0.200.in tf := 0.343.in 1„ := 13.1. in4 S, := 4.35.in3 Z„ := 5.16i-n3 Ty := 0.687.in4 ry := 0.536-in J := 0.0736.in4 C,„ := 4.70.in6 rts •— ..1 S, ho := d — tf its = 0.643.in hp = 5.657-in h j I c := 2 C c = 1.081 Vr, := 0.60- d-tw-Fyb Mp := Zx'Fyb Lp := 1.76.ry• — Fyb (0.7.Fyb Sx'ho'\ Lr 1.95.rts. Eb J•C —• 1 + 1 + 6.76. 0.7.Fyb Sx•ho Eb J.c Lb := 12.in Mn := 7.2.Eb Fcr (Lb rts Mp if Lb Lp Fcr•S„ if Lb > Lr MP + 0.078.— Sx- rt, J.c (Lb (Lb — LI)) (Mp Mr)* Lr Lp) ,c13,Mp = 13.932-kip•ft L = 2.231•ft otherwise d)Mr = 8.221.1cip•ft Lr = 10.184.ft Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam With Simple Supports L := Wbs TW := 34.in L = 92-in TIAL(Pfd Pfl) 5. w•L4 384 -Eb.1, 5 = 0.083-in Wu := TW-(1.2.pfd + 1-6•13n) wp-L2 Mu :— 8 — 4.613-kip• ft - 2 Mr := 0.7.Fyb-Sx := 0.90 := itiMp := 41).Mp (1)1\4,:= (13.-mr (I)mn := (1)M„ = 13.932.kip-ft d)V, = 23.328•kip TW = 34.in DR := 240.-- DR = 0.216 OK L Mu (1)mr. — 0.331 OK P3854.xmcd Page 12 of 27 4/2/2019 For L2X2X1/4: := 0.346-in4 Sx := 0.244.in3 113.Mr, 0.90•Sx.Fyb = 0.659.kip,ft Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam With Simple Supports L 3.5-ft TW := 12.in TW-(Pfd 5-w-L4 6 := 6 = 0.048-in DR := 240— DR = 0.275 OK 384. Eb•L Lou:— TVs',(1.2. pfd + .6-13n) Check 7 Ga Fbor Plate: tou.L2 Mu M— 0.339.kip-ft — 0.515 OK 8 04y, 1 1 2 t := I:= —1•t3 S := 2• Z := 12 t 4 Investigate Untformly Loaded Beam Fixed at Both Ends L 12.in p -ys.t + Pu + 1.6.pfl p.L4 5 DR := 360.— DR = 0.104 OK 384•Es.I pitL2 M (PM, := 0.90.Z.Fys — 0.08 OK 12 04n P3854.xmcd Page 13 of 27 4/2/2019 ROOF DESIGN: Determine Controlling Load Combination for Roof P := ( Prd 0 Pr 0 0 Pcre 0 0 Prd'av) Investigate Roof Plate Calculate Section Properties UPC := ULC•P prp := max(UPC) prp = 43.696•psf prn := —min(UPC) pm = 21.86•psf FPC := FLC.P pure := max(FPC) pure = 62.4.psf pure := —min(FPC) Pum = 37.633•psf t := 0.120•in I :_ t3 Z := 1 -t2 4Mn := 0.9•Z•Fys 12 4 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam Fixed at Both Ends L := 46•in 4 P t•7s + Pr S := p L DR := 60 8 DR = 0.868 OK 384•Es•I L 4 p := —(t• ys + 0.6•pere) S := P.— DR := 60 b DR = 0.601 OK 384•Es•I L Pu := 1.2•t•^Is + 1.6•Pr Mu Pu := —(0.94•'ys + Pcre) Mu Pu•L2 12 Pu•L2 Mu — 0.679 OK 4)Mn Mu 12 1:1)'Mn Check Tensile Connection to Roof Ribs for Wind Uplift: TW := 40.in 3 db := 8 in Pu := —(0.9•t•1s + Pcrc) sb := 20•in — 0.555 OK IT Ab 4 'db 4Tnb := (1)Fntl'Ab Tu Tu := TW-sb•pu — 0.113 OK 4Tnb P3854.xmcd Page 14 of 27 4/2/2019 Check Capacity and Deflection for Tapered Channels t := 0.075.in L := Yo TW := 46.in dl := 5.28.in 0 := Roof S ope Yo d2 := dl + tan(0)•(— — 2.254n) d2 = 19.738.in d(x) := d2 — 2. d2 — dl L x 2 L 2 Compute the Effective Width of the Compression Flange t = 0.075.in w := 1.875.in — 24 k := 0.43 7r2.E, r t 2 Fys 0.22) 1 Fcr := k. 11— 11,2) ( X := — p := 1 — — •— p = 0.691 1 w Fcr = 21.6734csi X = 1.177 bef := if(X 5_ 0.673,1, p)-w bef = 1.192.in b := 2-(bef + 24) Compute the Effective Areas of Web tw, := 24 w := d2 *:= 1 k := 4 + 2.(1 +1)3 + 2.(1 +10) k = 24 2 7C • Es (t,2 Fys Fcr:= k. X := — p := 1 — •— p = 0.839 12.(1 — 2) w)F„ \ X / X Fcr = 36.957•ksi X = 0.901 be := if(X 5_ 0.673,1 , p)•w be = 16.558-in be be bl := b2 := — bl 3 +11) 1 + be bl = 4.139.in b2 = 4.139-in bl + b2 = 8.279•in — = 8.279-in 2 I(x) := Llb•d(x)3 — (b — tw).(d(x) — 24)3] S(x) := 4)M,(x) := 0.9•Fys•S(x) 12 d(x) Investigate Negative Loading Conditions: w:= TW•pm = 83.795-plf L Es•I(x) Ax := 1 Es.i(x) dx 01 := A — 01 = 3.601 x 10 — Ax L — 3 A := M(x) dxM(x)•x lil•X M(x) := (L — x) 2 0 ( x) := 0 1 j•x Es.I(x) M(x) dx x:= —L x:= root(0(x),x) x = 120.in 2 0 rx y(x) := J 0(x) dx 0 y(x) = 0.182-in DR := 240. y(x) DR = 0.182 OK L := purn-TW wt, = 144.259•plf M u( := Lou- x (L x) 2 Mu =n:= 10 i:= 0,1..n x.: L— Mui Mu(xi) max — 0.4 OK 1:1)1Vin(x) P3854.xmcd Page 15 of 27 4/2/2019 Investigate Positive Loading Conditions: w := TW-prp + Lace w = 227.5-plf P := wec.TW P = 230•Ibf x P.x ( L L) M(x) := w.•(L — x) + — — P. x — —_ )•4:1)(x — 2 2 2 2 L L 2 L 2 A‘.1., M(x) M(x) M(x).x dxM(x).x dx := dx + dx Ax :— Es.I(x) Es.I(x) Es•I(x) + Es.1(x) 0 L '0 , L _ 2 2 Ax 01 := A — — L 0(x) := 01 — Jx 0 01 = 0.01 M(x) dx x:= x:= root(0(x),x) x = 120-in Es.I(x) 2 rx y(x) f 0(x) dx 0 y(x) = 0.531.in DR := 240. y(x) DR = 0.531 OK wu := purp•TW + 1.6. w„ wu = 335.2•plf Pu := 1.6- w„-TW Pu = 368•Ibf wu•L Pu x Pu'x + MWu M(x) := .(L — x) + pu (x (1) L) Rur 2 2 2 2 2 2 =n:= 10 i:= 0,1..n x.: L.- 1 Check Capacity of Roof to Wall Con nectipn: P, := purp•TW.-2L Pu = 2.392•kip 3 db . Nb := 3 Ab := —7`•db2 8 4 ci)Vnb := min Pu Mui := Mu(x) max L Tu := pum•TW.- 2 ( );\ Mu `.11)mu(x) — 0.992 OK Tu = 1.443.kip C := 3.0 mf := 0.75 (0.180\ (0.50 Fus t := 0.120 •in e := 1.00 •in — = 1.633 Fys .0.075j 0).75 j (I)Fnv Ab (1)b" (t. • e) -Fus I (Obb.0 Mf • Fus• db•d — 0.463 OK 431Vnb'Nb Tu 4)Vnb"Nb — 0.279 OK 034) := 0.70 0:120bb := 0.60 (1)Vnb = 1.723•kip P3854.xmcd Page 16 of 27 4/2/2019 Check Capacity of Roof to Roof Connection at Ridgeline: Check Tensile Capacity of Insulation Barrier M:= max purp•L2 1.6-w„•L purn•L2) •TW Mu = 13.8.kip•ft ( 8 4 8 Pu = 8.39.kip C 3.0 mf := 0.75 d2 3 . dh := —.in ("ib" Han 'ciWub := min Pu Vnb:Nb T- Fus Nb := 2.3 Ab := 24 • db2 — = 1.633 kb := 0.70 thbb= 0 60 z . rs /0.120 t := 0.075 •in e := 12.00 2.50 (0.9375j e' •in 0.875 (1)Fuyi • Ah , (74-(t-e).Fus,4)hh• C • Mf • Fus•dh- t b • °.5*Pu -- 0.812 OK re° 0.9•Fys.t0 17 dh —•in 32 sb := 2.5.in t e := e (1,1 Nb Nb (1)13„,:= 0.75.0.6.F„. e + e' + sh• — — 1 —dh .t k„ 2 ) 2 _ Investigate Elastic Moment Capacity of Tie Plates 3 . dh := —•in 8 "tp" 3.5 sbx := --•m 2 t := ( o 0.075, Sby := 5-in •in e := (13 Vnb = 1.723.kip b„qd = 1.295-in OK e'1 Pu Onsr h .= 11 5.in tp • • — 0.748 OK Ab :='Tr• db2 4 (0.75N Fus •in — 1.633 431b := 0.70 (Pbb:= 0.60 2.00, Fys min lob, Fnv • Ab dPb. (t • O'Fus, 4%11' C • mr F„. d b. t 1 2 Sxt o 1 (I)Mntp 0.9•Sxtp.Fys.2 B , := \ — Sbx — Sbx — Sbx Sbx Sbx Sbx C := 3.0 mf := 0.75 = 1.723-kip itiMntp = 17.854-kip•ft Sby By := y Sby 0 by P3854.xmcd Page 17 of 27 4/2/2019 x :— I := 1030-13j EB0 x - 0.35-in ax 130.(B, - Jo r 1:1) 2Mob (I)Vob•—• 0 y = -1•in = 84.7i•n2 r = 6.161•in clAvInb = 3.948•kip•ft Check Fastener Spacing for Double Channel Roof Trusses: L db := Ab :=-db2 Ts := (gra] •Ab Ts = 3.355-kip 8 4 TW := 51•in q := max q = 795.6.plf dl + d2 d d = 12.509•in g d wf :- (1.875 0.120)•in m 2•wf + —d 2 3 2 Wf L 2•g•Ts := min nyq Sact = 40. in s„t 18-in = 0.45 OK Smax P3854.xmcd Page 18 of 27 4/2/2019 WALL DESIGN: Investigate Wall Pbte Calculate Section Properties t := 0.120.in I := —143 Z := 1 —•t2 4>Mn := 0.9.Z.Fys 12 4 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam Fixed at Both Ends pL4 L := 40.in p := —0.6.pewe 8 :— DR := 60.-8 DR = 0.345 OK 384•Es•I Pu := —Pcwe Investigate VVa II Eb men ts pu-L2 Mu 12 4)Mu — 0.336 OK Calculate Section Properties for Exterior Wall Panel Compute the Effective Width of the Exterior Skin When in Compression t:= 0.120•in w := 36.in k := 4 'sr2-Es F„ — 11,s \.vv) Fys Fer 0.22 \ 1 1 X X p = 0.19 F„ 1.185.ksi X = 5.032 be if(X 0.673,1, p).w be = 6.842-in Exterior Skin: d : Web: di := 4.12.in — 24 b1 := 24 Interior Flange: d.: A := b2 := 2.' 1 00-in 12 d := d = 4.12•in A := A = 2.021. in2 I := - A-y2 1 = 4.791 in4 r := r = 1.54.in do bo := be + Yr, := 2 d1 y1 := d0 + Y2 := d Ay := 10 Ay y — A A•y d, + 2 d2 y = 1.457.in 1 S S 1.799.in3 d — y P3854.xmcd Page 19 of 27 4/2/2019 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam -Column With Simple Supports L := 119•in TW := 42•in 4 w := TW•0.6-pm, S := 5 w L DR := 240• 8 DR = 0.172 OK 384•Es•I L wu•L2 wu := TWPcwp Mu := 8 Pu := Rur Pu = 3.536•kip 2 / 2 K := 1.0 Fe := ES2 X, := Fys Xc = 0.784 Ft, := if X,, <_ 1.5, 0.658� 0.877 (KL) eAC OPn := 0.85 A Fn �M := 0.9•Fys•S Pu = 0.089 OK Pu + Mu — 0.369 OK �Pn �F'n �Mn Calculate Section Properties for Exterior Wall Panel Compute the Effective Width of the Interior Flange When in Compression t:= 0.120•in w:= 1 in k:= 0.43 2 r l2 Per := k• ES 2 I WJ X := FYS p := I 1 — 0 2� p = 1.135 ) Fcr = 165.094•ksi X = 0.426 be := if(X <_ 0.673,1, p)•w be = 1-in d0 Exterior Skin: d0 := t b0 := 36• in y0 := —2 Web: d1 := 4.12•in — 2•t b1 := 2•t Interior Flange: d2 := t b2 := 2•be ----> b•d3 A:= b•d I:= 12 d :_ d d = 4.12•in A := A A = 5.491•in2 I:= I0—Ay2 I=7.288•in4 r:= -- r = 1.152•in A d1 y1 := d0 + - 2 Ay := �A y Io :_ + A•y2 Ay y := A S d —y I d2 2 y = 0.574•in S = 2.055•in3 Fys P3854.xmcd Page 20 of 27 4/2/2019 Investigate Uniformly Loaded Beam -Column With Simple Supports L 119.in TW = 42.in := —TW.0.6.p,, := —T W p „, Tr2.E K 1.0 Fe :— (K-02 ‘„, r Pu Pu Mu 4)P, := 0.85-A.F„ (1).M„:= 0.9•Fys'S = 0.04 OK — 0.368 OK (1)Pu cl)Mu 5.w.L4 DR := 240.-8 DR = 0.151 OK 384-Es.1 2 8 Pu := Rur P„ = 3.536.1cip X, 5_ 1.5,0.658\ , 0.8771 2 f‘c Check Capacity of Wall to Ba Connection: TW 36.in 3 db := --in 8 Nb, := round (t•wpot \ \"wa" (1)Vrib := min T,:= pum•TW.Yo — 0.9.TW.Z0-pwd Tu = 0.74-kip 2 sbw := 10.in sbb := 12-in TW — Sbw t := (0.120 0.180, Ab -db2 4 TW — 0.5.40 Nbb := round( Sbb b := 3.in Nbw 4 Nbb = 3 -in e := •n — = 1.633 (i)b:= 0.70 0.75) 1.50iF„ F ( Ys C := 3.0 mi. := 0.75 (Pbb := 0.60 (i)Fnv 'Ab,c1)b.(t.e).F (13 C. rn F d t _ us, bb• _ • us• _b. db eb := 1.25.in 2 cl)Vnb = 1.723.kip 1)-(11)2 1 Zuff (PP, := 0.90•Fys•Zuff• 4 eb cl)Fnii•Ab, (Pa) 0'th = 0.618.kip T, Tu — 0.107 OK 4)Vnb'Nbw 4:1Tnb*Nbb — 0.4 OK Pa = 0.618.kip P3854.xmcd Page 21 of 27 4/2/2019 DIAPHRAGM DESIGN: (Lateral Load Resistance) ROOF: X := Yo Y := X, := Zo X = 20.ft Y = 7.688•ft Z = 12•ft prd = 12-psf p,d = 12-psf SSF•pf = 0-psf WU( Ppw.-2 (131-crY Pwd'Z + SSF'N'Y (162.176\ lbf wur = 137.57 ft Vul• 2 wur• 8 Mud Puc .= — Y B := 36-M Fur pp, = 27.029-psf r 1.055) -kip 0.895 Vur (0.211\ kip -kip 'ow := —y vur = \,0.179) Check Diaphragm Chord: Pue (0.172) A := 0.24-in2 OF, := 0.85-A-Fys 0OK OP„ .146 Check Capacity of Panel to Panel Connection: 3 .Tr 2 Fus Sb := 20-in db := —•in t := 0.120.in Ab := — —db — = 1.633 obb := 0.60 8 4 Ys C := 3.0 mf := 0.75 0.20z0 := min(OF,.,i • Ab, bb•C•Mf•Fus•db•t) (iNnv 1.723-kip OK (Wm, 0,173, Check Capacity of Roof to Wall Con nectb n: 3 7 F„ sb := 10-in db := . t := 0.120-in Ab := • db- — = 1.633 cl)b := 0.70 8 ys C := 3.0 m := 0.75 OV„ := Min(cbFnv • Ab, Obb-C- Mf-Fus-db•t) CiWnv = 1.723-kip Check Required Effective Diagonal Width: 1-)ur'Sb (0.102 \ Vur .11 2 0.537\ t := 0.12-in b + 1 b =( 0.9-Fys-t Y 0.456) cOV,„ .in OK OK P3854.xmcd Page 22 of 27 4/2/2019 Check Shear Capacity Of Roof Panel: a := B h := Yo a = 36.in h = 240.in kv := if a 5.34 4.00 —1 4.00 + , 5.34 + h 72 \ 2 a a 40Vn := 0.95.h.t. 0.60.Fys h Es- kv — < t 4 F ys h if — > 1.5 2 0.60. Es.k,,Fys h otherwise t = 0.12.in k, = 241.333 tiWn = 44.021.kip V„ "0.037" On 0.031 OK P3854.xmcd Page 23 of 27 4/2/2019 WALLS: 1\1„, := 2 B 36.in 0 \ := Pwd'17*-2'ah \0.322) Check Edge Stiffener (Diaphragm Chord): + vuw uuw Nw•B (270.294 283.002 -kip (1.622 1.376 kip .plf P„:= u„w•Z P, = 3.244 0.396j Calculate Section Properties Compute the Effective Width of the Exterior Skin When in Compression t:= 0.120.in w:= B k:-= 4 Fcr k- ( 12.0 - p,,2 Fcr = 1.185.ksi \Iv) X:= j- p:= r -kip 0.22 --1 p = 0.19 X X X = 5.032 be if(X 0.673,1, p)w b, = 6.842-in Exterior Skin: d0 := t Web: di := 4.12-in - 2•t b1 := t Interior Flange: d2 := t A:= b.d d := A := I:= 10A-y2 be — v 2 b2:= 1' 00.in b-d3 1:= 12 d = 4.12.in A = 0.996.in2 I= 2.368-in4 Investigate Column With Simple Supports L := Z K:= 1.0 Pu (3.244\ ,,3.396) •kip d0 YO:= —2 dl y1 := d0 + — d2 y := d0 + d + 2 2 Ay y := — A r := y = 1.477-in r= 1.542-in P3854.xmcd Page 24 of 27 4/2/2019 Fe :— TC2 Es (KL,2 r F„ X, Fe s 2 Fr, := if X, 1.5,0.658Ac , 0.877 Fys X,2 Pu 0.186 X, = 0.948 14)13n := 0.85.A.Fe = OK (i)Pn 0.195 Check Capacity of Panel to Panel Connection: 3 TC Pus sb := 16.in db := --in t := 0.120- in Ab := —'db 2 — = 1.633 44, := 0.70 8 4 ys C := 3.0 mf := 0.75 min((l)F„,l'Ab,(1)wC-mr Fes- db-t) 43.Vn, = 1.723-kip uw'sb (0.209OK ) (1)V„ 0.219 Check Capacity of VVa II to Saw Connection: 3 . 2 Fus sb := 12.in db := — • t := 0.120.in Ab := —.db — = 1.633 4b := 0.70 8 4 F ys C := 3.0 mf := 0.75 On, := min(Orivi•Ab,(1)bb*C•MfFus*db't) = 1.723-kip Check Required Effective Diagonal Width: Vuw b 2 .i(Z)2 4. b = (1.032) 0.978 -in OK Vur + — 0.90•Fys•t-N, B Check Shear Capacity Of Wal Pan et a := Z h := B a = 144.in h = 36.in liuw"Sb 5.34 4.00 k, := if 2:- :5_ 1 , 4.00 + , 5.34 + h ( )2 2 (1)V, := 0.95-h-t- ah h 060- Es- k, .— Fys if t F Ys 0.904.Es- k, h Es-k, if > 1.51- (h)2 Ys 0.60 -4Es•kv-Fys otherwise h (I)Vriv t = 0.12.in k, = 5.59 = 6.798-kip vew-13 (0.119 obNin 0.125 (0.157) .164 OK 0 OK P3854.xmcd Page 25 of 27 4/2/2019 C C �Vn SEISMIC COMPONENTANCHORING For electrical equipment constructed of sheet metal framing and supported at grade: Ip := 1.5 ap := 2.5 RP := 6.0 a ah := max 0.4• p , 0.3 • SDs' Ip Rp ah = 0.45 t := 0 ay.:= 0.2. SDS av = 0.202 For battery racks constructed of high deformability materials and supported at grade: Ip := 1.5 ap := 1.0 RP := 2.5 i := 1 / ap := max 0.4• R , 0.3 • SDS• Ip avi := 0.2• SDS \ p / ah = 0.45 an = 0.202 ah (0.454) av (0.202) Strength of anchorbolts with UNC threads: (t)y := 0.90 4)u := 0.75 Esc := 0.50 Ft. := Fus Fty := Fys Ftu = 49•ksi Fys = 30•ksi For 3/8-16 to 7Ga Plate j := 0 2 tc := 0.18•in db := 8 in n := 16 Ab := 4 •db2 Ab = 0.11•in2 Asn := 0.828• t 1n n := Ab'(i)Fnvl �Vn := 3 �Vn3 := 4.2 tc 'db4sc'Ftu (i)Fnv1 Ab 0.65 1.25 := Ab'(1)Fntl Tn2 4 := sc'L1.2•db•Fty. .in - tc) + 1.16•Asn'Ftu 1.723 1.06 2.481 \4.812 (I)Vnz := (1).•Ftu'db-tc `§Tn l :_ 1 1 �--'lfl 8 (I)Fnt1 Ab 0.75 1.25 •kip 4Tn = 1.789 •kip OVn := min(c)Vn) (OTn := min(0)Tn) l .767) cOVn = 1.06-kip c13Tn = 1.767•kip P3854.xmcd Page 26 of 27 4/2/2019 Evaluate Battery RackAnchoring: i := 1 j := 0 Wo Z := 12.85.8.1bf .— 6.30.in + 10.24.in O • + 39.37.in + 0.5.20.7.in 2 W -= 12.85.8.1bf 6.30.in + 10.24.in 1 ' Zi 2 + 0.5-20.7.in := 269.4•lbf Z2 := 0.6-62.6.in Upper Batteries Lower Batteries Battery Rack Zug :— W := W 2328.6.1bf Zug = 38.219.in Nb := 2.2.2 Db := 22.64,in ah •W Wah .Z,g W.(0.9 — a.„ ) V, := 1 T„ := max I ,0.1bf i Nb 1 0.5.Nb•Db Nb Vu Tu Vu = 132.206.1bf Tu = 243.148.1bf + = 0.262 OK Vn (IP Tn Evaluate Minimum Capacity of Deck Plate: 30.ksi OFb := 0.9.Fty (I)Fb = 27.ksi tu -= 0.18.in b := 6.in L := 12.in — 2.in Tu = (243.148 ).1bf Mu :— Tu-L 4 1 2 S := —•b-t Olvin := OFb.S OM, = 0.875-kip.in 6 Mu = (0.608 )•kip.in Mu 4)1Y1n SUMMARY: The anchoring connections for the battery rack shall all be comprised of 3/8-16 UNC SAE Grade 5 bolts, drilled and tapped into the floor deck. — (0.695) OK P3854.xmcd Page 27 of 27 4/2/2019 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development August 29, 2019 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D19-0251 BOEING - VAULT 28 - 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear MARTIN PROBST, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: FIRE DEPARTMENT: Al Metzler at 206-971-8718 if you have questions regarding these comments. IFC Section 608.9 requires a smoke detection system. A single station non -monitored smoke detector does not meet the definition of a "system". Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, Kandace Nichols Permit Technician File No. D19-0251 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PERM' COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP DATE: 09/11/19 PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0251 PROJECT NAME: BOEING - VAULT 28 SITE ADDRESS: 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Revision # Revision # Is1r P,c lA.) C., 9— )d--/ Fire Prevention • before Permit .ssued after Permit issued Planning Division Structural Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 09/12/19 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Corrections Required Denied (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) DUE DATE: 10/10/19 n n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg El Fire Ej Ping I PW Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 ERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0251 PROJECT NAME: BOEING - VAULT 28 SITE ADDRESS: 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S X Original Plan Submittal Revision # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # DATE: 08/02/19 before Permit Issued after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division 1NJ At41?c VIP 16 hi\I\ (6kri° Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator 1 toks 410 or PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable 1-1 (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 08/06/19 Structural Review Required DATE: n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: DUE DATE: 09/03/19 Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Ping fl PW [1] Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 9/11/2019 Plan Check/Permit Number: D19-0251 El Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit is Issued El Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner El Deferred Submittal # Project Name: Boeing - Vault 28 Project Address: 8123 E Marginal Way S Contact Person: Martin Probst Phone Number: (206) 852-4985 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 1 1 2019 Summary of Revision: Al Metzler's Comment, Correction Letter #1 dated August 29, 2019 PERMIT CENTER "IFC Section 608.9 requires a smoke detection system. A single station non -monitored smoke detector does not meet the definition of a 'system." In response to Al Metzler's comment repeated above, A monitored smoke detection and fire alarm annunciation system will be included with the Vault 28 Battery house enclosure. A sub consultant will design the system, assemble the required documentation including drawings and voltage drop calcs, and apply for a separate fire alarm permit from the Fire Marshall's office. Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including da e of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Pen -nit Center by: Entered in TRAKiT on q`l (111 WAPermit Centeffemplatefforms \Revision Submittal Formdoc Revised: August 2015 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development August 29, 2019 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; MIC: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Correction Letter # I DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D19-0251 BOEING - VAULT 28 - 8123 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear MARTIN PROBST, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform youof corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. 1 have enclosed comments from the following departments: FIRE DEPARTMENT: AI Metzler at 206-971-8718 if you have questions regarding these comments. • IFC Section 608.9 requires a smoke detection system. A single station non -monitored smoke detector does not meet the definition of a "system". Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. l have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, Kandace Nichols Permit Technician File No. D19-0251 6300 Southcenier Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 BNBUILDERS INC 0 tone Kspanoi Contact Page 1 of 5 Search LE,I 1111114'k Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Safety & Health Claims & Insurance A-Z Indox fixlp 1 Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing BNBUILDERS INC Owner or tradesperson Principals BASTIAN, BRADLEY JAMES, PRESIDENT FINLAY, RICHARD MORSE, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER NIELSEN, JEFFREY J, VICE PRESIDENT (End: 09/07/2017) O'BRIEN, TIMOTHY D, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (End: 09/07/2017) Doing business as BNBUILDERS INC WA UBI No. 602 056 687 2601 4TH AVE STE 350 SEATTLE, WA 98121 206-382-3443 KING County Business type Corporation Goveming persons BRADLEY JAMES BASTIAN JEFFREY JON NIELSEN; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active Meets current requirements, License specialties GENERAL License no. BNBUII*990K3 Effective — expiration 05/23/2001— 09/15/2021 Bond Western Surety Co Bond account no. 929643038 $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 06/08/2017 06/02/2017 Expiration date Until Canceled Bond history Insurance Liberty Mutual Fire Insurance Policy no. TB2Z91469482029 Received by L&I $1,000,000.00 Effective date Help us improve https://securelni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UB1=602056687&LIC—BNBUII*990K3&SAW= 9/30/2019 BNBUILDERS INC 09/06/2019 09/07/2019 Expiration date 09/07/2020 Page 2 of 5 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings Cause no. 17-2-09500-1SEA Complaint filed by MILNE ELECTRIC INC Complaint date 04/1412017 Cause no. 16-2-00019-1 Complaint filed by DIVISION 9 INC Complaint date 02/05/2016 Cause no. 15-2-12448-0SEA Complaint filed by HONEY BUCKET Complaint date 05127/2015 Cause no. 15-2-00256-1 Complaint filed by MCKINSTRY CO LLC Complaint date 12/09/2015 Cause no. 15-2-00256-1 Complaint filed by MCKINSTRY CO LLC Complaint date 12/29/2015 Cause no. 15-2-00104-1 Complaint filed by PRE -MIX INC Complaint date 06/09/2015 Cause no. 15-2-00104-1 Complaint filed by PRE -MIX INC Dismissed Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Complaint amount $565,061.77 Dismissed Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Complaint amount $376,688.46 Dismissed Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Complaint amount $545.46 Dismissed „... Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Complaint amount $2,616,561.43 Dismissed Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Complaint amount $2,616,561.43 Dismissed Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Complaint amount $331,010.52 Dismissed Complaint against bond(s) or savings 6642084 Help us improve 1-vi-tf‘c.//cr.piirc.ini xxra orwArprifyinptail acnx7T TRI=607056687&LIC=FINBIJII*990K3&SAW= 9/30/2019 REGION LOCATION IN 110 m ►Q-3,iZ�'��� 2� AIRPLANEGROUP VAULT 28 UPD A „Y VICINITY MAP AIRPLANEGROUP VAULT 28 UPD A „Y VICINITY MAP N r 2-41 2-40 a z 2C � a w w 2-44 2-45 0 2-64 2-sI GATE B-18 2-49 SITE ACCESS 2-ss e 2-65 2-63 2-66 2a 2 62 3 2-85 2-81 2-80 z 2-84 p a — 2-117 e u 2-83 4t 2-88 VAULT 28 PROJECT SITE 2-126 N SYM REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE -- PLANT 2 VAULT 28 UPDATE W49284561 CASNE I CEC 104.04.18 PROJECT SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMOVE AND REPLACE 26KV SWITCHGEAR IN VAULT 28. INSTALL NEW BATTERY HOUSE ON EXISTING CABLE GALLERY VAULT LID WEST OF NEW 26KV SWITCHGEAR SITE ADDRESS: 7755 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH OWNER: THE BOEING COMPANY ATTENTION: JOHN MURDOCH FACILITIES SERVICES - SHARED SERVICES GROUP PERMIT ADMINISTRATOR P.O. BOX 3707, M/C 46-88 (253) 740-0214 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98124-2207 SEPARATE PERMIT UIRED FOR; Mechedhanl* E18oVtppy LJ PlumNng d Gas piping CSYofTukw0 BUILDING DWI SION a REVISIONS No c i aes sna tie ,,la ie to the scope of work wnnout p ,o: 3poroval of the Tukwila Budding D v,slon NOTE: Revislbns will require a new plan Submittal and may Include aadltlonal plan review. PROJECT CODES 1. 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) 2. 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS. 3. 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) FIL co "J! Portntt No. Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does Ooi authorae the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and onsI ac I ged: By. Date: 7/S city W Tu—na BI'll _DING DIVISION ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. 7E SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL . STRUCTURAL • SURVEYING 4815 CENTER STREET I TACOMA, WA. 98409 PHONE:(253) 474-9449 1 FAX:(253) 474.9449 hnPlt -,vw Itt.�111 ngineen—w Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer: BKL Proj. Drafter: KLK 08.17.17 08.17.17 GENERAL These plans have been reviewed by the Public Works Department for conformance with current City standards. Acceptance is subject to errors and omissions which do not authorize violations of adopted standards or ordinances. The responsibility for the adequacy of the design rests totally with the designer. Additions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after this date will void this acceptance and will require a resubmittal of revised drawings for subsequent approval. Final acceptance is subject to field inspection by the Public Works utilities inspector. Date: BY: - 8�071 /9 IN SET DRAWING # SHEET # DRAWING TITLE REV DATE GENERAL 2-YD-GO GO COVER SHEET - 04.04.18 CIVIL (MASTERS) 2-YD-C95 C95 SITE PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-C96 C96 SITE PLAN A 04.04.18 2-YD-C104 C104 SITE PLAN F 04.04.18 2-YD-C105 C105 SITE PLAN B 04,04.18 CIVIL (ORIGINALS) 2-YD-CXX1R C95AR ENLARGED SITE PLAN - REMOVAL 04.04.18 2-YD-CXX1 C95A ENLARGED SITE PLAN 04.04.18 2-YD-05XXX C95B MISC. NOTES, SECTIONS AND DETAILS O4.04.18 STRUCTURAL 2.83-S450 S450 CABLE GALLERY PLANS B 04.04.18 2.83-S500 S500 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS B 04.04.18 ELECTRICAL !2-YD-V28E4R V28E4R VAULT 2826KVONE-LINE DIAGRAM -REMOVAL E 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E4AR V28E4AR ONE LINE DIAGRAM - REMOVAL D 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E4BR V28E4BR VAULT 28 480V ONE LINE DIAGRAM - REMOVAL G 04.04.18 J2-YDN28E500R V28E500R VAULT 28 EQUIPMENT PLAN -- REMOVAL C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E501R V28E501R VAULT 28 POWER PLAN - REMOVAL C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E502R V28E502R VAULT 28 LIGHTING & 208Y/120V POWER PLAN - REMOVAL D 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E503R V28ES03R VAULT 28GROUNDING PLAN -REMOVAL C 04.04,18 2-YD-V28E508R V28E508R CABLE GALLERY DETAILS B 04.04.18 2-YD-V10E4CR V10E4CR VAULT 10 480V ONE -LINE DIAGRAM G 04.04.18 2-YD-VIOE51OR VIOE51OR VAULT 10 EQUIPMENT PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E4 V28E4 VAULT 2826KVONE-LINE Ell AGft E 04.04.18 2-V28-E4A V28E4A ONE LINE DIAGRAM 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E4B V28E4B VAULT 28480V ONE LINE DIAGRAM PEAR 28 20 G 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E500 V28E500 VAULT 28 EQUIPMENT PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E501 V28E501 VAULT 28 POWER PLAN C 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E502 V28E502 VAULT 28 LIGHTING & 208Y/120V Pavh*k m-- Rt WVD 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E503 V28E503 VAULT 28 GROUNDING PLAN C 04,04.18 2-YD-V28E503a V28E503a GROUNDING DETAILS A 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E506 V28E506 VAULT 2826AKVSWITCHGEAR PANELS -OBSOLETE A 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E508 V28E508 CABLE GALLERY DETAILS B 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E515 V28E515 VAULT 28 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E516 V28E516 VAULT 28 26AKV SWITCHGEAR ELEVATION - JLPQDE COMPLI NGE 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E517 V28E517 VAULT 28 26AKV SWITCHGEAR ELEVATION - 6152 APPROVE 04,04.18 2-YD-V28E518 V28E518 VAULT 28 26.4KV SWITCHGEAR ELEVATION - 3US 3 04,04.18 2-YD-V2BE520 V28E520 BATTERY HOUSE ONE LINE AND PLAN VIEW Ci Of 04.04.18 2-YD-V28E523 V28E523 COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL BUILDING DIVI ION 04.04.18 2-YD-V10E4C V10E4C VAULT 10 EQUIPMENT PLAN RECEIVED I G 04.04.18 CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 2 2019 RMIT CENTER 0 DATE COVER SHEET CURRENT REVISION W4928456 SYM80L — — . 04,04.18 SHEER GO PLANT 2 VAULT 28 UPDATE PLANT 2 PLANT 2, WA, JOB NO. W4928456 COMP NO. Owp No. 2-YD-GO rAmm m Sym REVISION DRAWING OF RECORD REDRAWN A SITE REDEVELOPMENT AS BUILT - INCORP DRAWING B PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 C95A, C95AR Lq I BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION J#972179 HGI/DED 1.08.01 - PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 RECORD DRAWING 10196979 RFM 04.29.10 C PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE J#586456-02 DED REI 02.20. 13 RFM 11.22.13 W2548729 CEI ED 01.23.15 MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C87 dd1� 0 C= X on, I MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C104 BY APPROVED DATE W2548729 CEI ED 12.02.16 W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I C 01.26.98 02.16.98 02.16,98 02,16.98_ CIVIL MASTER 17-71 F 17-71 r---1 I SITE PLAN %NT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDA PLANT 2 YARD 1KW1 0 SAN MH I MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C104 BY APPROVED DATE W2548729 CEI ED 12.02.16 W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I C 01.26.98 02.16.98 02.16,98 02,16.98_ CIVIL MASTER 17-71 F 17-71 r---1 I SITE PLAN %NT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDA PLANT 2 YARD 1KW1 0 SAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE 0 CB CATCH BASIN 0 WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE Fol WV WATER VALVE 0 WM WATER METER U FH FIRE HYDRANT 0 ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE VAULT GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES MAR 28 2020 20 10 0 20 40 60 SCALE IN FEET C87 C86 C851C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C96 M C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C1051C104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C 114 C 1 r,.tt�t. = 09.C108.C107.C106 CODE COMP . AP F%9Vfttt: NON N SEP 24 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TU KW ILA AUG 0 2 2019 PERMIT CENTER to -I.- ...... W49284561 C "" 04.04.18 SHEET 01 C95 d013 NO. 972198 COMP NO. PLANT 2 1 NO. 2-YD-C95 � � / | | | | | } | | | / � | | | � | | � | | | | | | | | | | | / SYM REVISION By I APPROVED DATE I SYM REVISION MATCH E ~O'^`U^O' SEE ` BY APPROVED DATE -------------'-- LEGEND ' DSAN MM SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE oCB CATCH BASIN WwH WATER MANHOLE tP|V POST INDICATOR VALVE no WV WATER VALVE o WN WATER METER / v p* FIRE HYDRANT ( 0 ELECTR|CAL/TELEPHONEVAQD 3 , , t A It ,011 , i I 11,11, IN.) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE RECEIVED APPROVED AUG O208 CRY of Tui7ila PERMIT CENTER 20 10 O 20 40 00 SCALE IN FEET IKU PLAN SCALE : NONE N CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL SHEET JOB NO, COMP NO. 972198 Sym REMSION By I APPROVED DATE I SYM REVISION D DRAWING OF RECORD J#972179 HGI/DED 1.08.01 E PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 A 283/BTWT PROJECT J#982191-00 HGI/LCC 8.31.01 PLANT 2 - PHASE 3 RECORD DRAWING B ADDED UNLOADING PAN & GUARD POSTS J#314487-00 DJD TLD 12.23.02 F PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE C LSAF-CONTROL ROOM - RECORD DRAWING J#711975 HGI/GGH 03.14.03 0 PACKAGE 1, BLOC 02-127 RECORD DRAWING J#586456-02 HGI 06,17.11 .q F- F: q H F r- T (Af; COORD. NORTH 195783.02 0 F- 0 FQ1 C C104 C631 U, D 11, 1 T04C6 o D c In❑ A i G, v 0 UTILIDOR- 3 c C 1 QJ4 _C560 TYP. DTL. 0 F o 2-85 13 o 0 C3 a 0 1 F'7 P r -. F) a c -1 --p I 0 0 0 13 13 a 13 13 MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C1 13 By APPROVED DATE W2548729 CEI ED 01.23.15 W2548729 CEI ED 12.02.16 W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 ACCEPTABILITY E K: , ,s ,4 THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I D coom NORTH 195366.04 DATE SUBTITLE LING 12.15.98 D NKUN 01.26.98 --K TITLE MER 01.26.98 D 02.16.98 ED 02.16.98 ICIVIL MASTER ED 02,16.98 o LEGEND 0 SAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE 51 o o CB CATCH BASIN o ITO � 0 WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE M WV WATER VALVE o WM WATER METER 0 FH FIRE HYDRANT o CO CLEAN OUT ELEC/TEL VAULT LIGHTING o GENERAL NOTES W 0 C) REFERENCE DRAWINGS 196111110111 C87 C86 C85 C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C96 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C105 104 '104 tC95C94 C103 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C114 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 KEY PLAN N PLANT COORD REVIEWED FOR 0 �4 CODE COMPLIANCE I APPROVED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKVVILA "r � 9, A SEP 24 2019 AUG 0 2 2019 City Of Tukwila PERMIT CENTER BUILDING DIVISION CURRENT REVISION 1111L SITE PLAN W49284561 F " 04.04.18 SHEET kNT 2 — VAULT 28 UPDATE C104 PLANT 2 YARD JOB NO. 972198 Comp NO. PLANT 2 Owc NO' 02—YD—C104 W SYM REVISION BY I APPROVED DATE I SYM DRAWING OF RECORD J#982179 HGI/DED 1.08.01 A PACKAGE 1, BLDG 02-127 RECORD DRAWING J#586456-02 HGI 06.17.11 INCORP RFM/DP 08A9.14 B PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 I MATCH LINE - CONTINUATION SEE SHEET C114 REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEFT. I C COORD. NORTH 195366.04 10.9.98 02.16.98 02,16,98 02.16.98 CIVIL MASTER SITE PLAN 'LANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE BUILDING 02-127 YARD i O SAN MH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ❑ CB CATCH BASIN O WMH WATER MANHOLE t PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE 0 WV WATER VALVE ❑ WM WATER METER * FH FIRE HYDRANT o CO CLEAN OUT ® ELEC/TEL VAULT LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES RECEIVED CITY OP TUKWILA AUG 0 2 2019 PERMIT CENTER 20 10 0 20 40 60 SCALE IN FEET C87 C86 C85 I C84 C83 C82 C81 C80 C96 C95 C94 C93 C92 C91 C90 C89 C88 C105 C104 C103 C102 C101 C100 C99 C98 C97 C114 C113 C112 C111 C110 C109 C108 C107 C106 KEY PLAN N N PLANT COORD CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4928456 B 04.04.18 SHEEP Cl 05 JOB NO. 982179 COMP NO. PLANT2, Wp DWG NO. 02-YD-C105 ' / � \ ' | ''' ' ' ' ,~\, ' i | �� | \ | / ``~ ~~ -ENLARGED PAVING AND GRADING PLAN REVISION BY | APPROVED | DATE 1 �LCxx'xR (D ' ` � +� >\ ' _ /'^ `/' _4! �x A�` � � | | .r OCK SURFACING mBE REMOVED. SEE CONSTRUCTION NOTE 4, THIS SHEET E'VL IeRW CETBLT. KESH HS DSGN/R CLKU . LSI PRVD GENERAL NOTES /`(lN�T�U�T|0N NOTES ^u/,u//`uv/m/v /vu/�-u [��'n��cmmwo� HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC FROM - FENCE AND GATES. U� n��ccmmwusw�ouancmouo oc s�c�oxxm� � � o / REMOVAL INCLUDES FLASHING AND CAULKING ATBASE or S*ITCnommcwcumoxc EXISTING SWITCHGEARVAULT naumVE cx/sc WASHED onox soxwc/wG. mmcxp/LE CLEAN xmHm nucx FOR mams ON -SITE. EXCESS mmxso xnox NOT USED FOR RESTORATION SHALL cEDISPOSED n*-snc. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG O208 PERMIT CENTER SSUE FOR PERMIT ENLARGED SITE PLAN -REMOVAL PLANT � .,vR^ SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL ^ STRUCTURAL ^SURVEYING "===== / TACOMA, WA.=° Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ ������K� K^�������� 04.04.18 I |� UA » 190 / ENLARGED PAVING AND GRADING D|bN REVISION BY / mmoVEo / mm ^ \^ ...�,~..~. nOMpLIAmm APPROVED City of Tukwila it |F/,F-NU *_*_*_ CHAIN LINK FENCE NCRETE PAVEMENT GENERAL NOTES FT—!^� �mo o�n wwnomomom� LINK FENCE momc �� FABRIC WIRE TIES, TOP AND BOTTOM TENSION WIRE AND VINYL SLATS. COLOR: BLACK STANDARD PANIC EXIT BAR KIT FOR CHAIN LINK PEDESTRIAN GATE mINTERIOR sms or GATE. uoowr mn mm :m'm *z^ABoVE nw/sx owmc. mn uoox HARDWARE AND muusTAoa uooNT/wo PLATE momowo uwou. xoOVsn FENCE COMPANY OR APPROVED EQUAL COLOR: nmo INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. EE>BATTERY HOUSE, SEE ELECTRICAL. [K>swnmx oam cwomouoc, SEE cLonn/mu. s. ALL EXISTING omuANoco poma RAILS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE pocmmco CLEANED AND ��w� PRIOR TOpmxnw:. nc�xEwn�x/mmrownnnoonwmwusHALLuc FORMULATED TO BE INSTALLED ON GALVANIZED yonmucs oome omox [7�`�a^ncrmoowoxocpms�uSEE �ouo.xme TO��� mnmwu LOT mxoLESS THAN /.o%. CONSTRUCTION NOTES r����mpmmsm���mmmpm���e�� — AT FENCE OPENING. RESTORE WASH ROCK SURFACING WERE DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR ACTIVITIES. REFERENCE DRAWINGS 111 1 SKW'1'11�1111' V� CJ1 10 �-- APPROVED cnyorruw*lL° — AUG 3I2019 AUG 0200 City of Tukwila PUBLIC Works PERMIT CENTER ISSUE FOR PERMIT ACCEPTABILITY DRAWN K. KREISCHER DATE 08.14.17 SUBTFLE ENLARGED SITE PLAN Cul -rH1 CHECKED R. JOHNSON 08.14A7 THIS DESIGN AND/EIR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED' —JINUINILK TITLE PLANT 2 — VAULT 28 UPDATE CHECKED APPROVED KEY P!LAEN ENIGINEERZ, INC. CIVIL - STRUCTURAL - SURVEYING "IS CENTER STREET I TACOMA. WA, 98409 Project No.: 17,477 Project Mg,.: RJJ ���� �������� 2—YD—C85A 04.04.18 PLASTIC COVERING NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6 MILS AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-14.5(3). 2. COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TIGHTLY IN PLACE BY USING SANDBAGS OR TIRES ON ROPES WITH A MAXIMUM 10-FOOT GRID SPACING IN ALL DIRECTIONS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TAPED OR WEIGHTED DOWN FULL LENGTH AND THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST A 12-INCH OVERLAP OF ALL SEAMS. 3. CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ON AREAS SEEDED BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 AND MARCH 31 AND REMAIN UNTIL VEGETATION IS FIRMLY ESTABLISHED. 4. WHEN THE COVERING IS USED ON UN -SEEDED SLOPES, IT SHALL BE KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL THE NEXT SEEDING PERIOD, 5. PLASTIC COVERING SHEETS SHALL BE BURIED TWO FEET AT THE TOP OF SLOPES IN ORDER TO PREVENT SURFACE WATER FLOW BENEATH SHEETS. 6. PROPER MAINTENANCE INCLUDES REGULAR CHECKS FOR RIPS AND DISLODGED ENDS. STOCKPILE NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED (WITH PLASTIC COVERING OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICE) AT ALL TIMES. 2. IN ANY SEASON, SEDIMENT LEACHING FROM STOCK PILES MUST BE PREVENTED. DEMOLITION NOTES 1. REMOVE ALL DELETERIOUS MATERIAL FOUND ON -SITE INCLUDING VEGETATION, SCRAP WOOD, TRASH, ETC. AND DISPOSE OF AT AN APPROVED OFF -SITE LOCATION. 2. AT ALL TIMES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SIGNS AND TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCING TO ENSURE CONTINUOUS PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. AT A MINIMUM FENCING SHALL BE 6.0 FEET HIGH. COORDINATE SAFETY AND SECURITY MEASURES WITH ADJACENT WORK. 3. DAMAGE TO ANY PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUILDINGS, UTILITIES, VEHICLES, FENCING, OR LANDSCAPING AS A RESULT OF CONTRACTORS ACTIVITIES WILL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENTS AND OTHER SURVEY MARKERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL SUCH MONUMENTS OR MARKERS DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE TO ORIGINAL LOCATION AND ELEVATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OF OFF -SITE AND ON -SITE PAVED SURFACES WHERE DAMAGE HAS BEEN SUSTAINED BECAUSE OF CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC. SUBGRADE PREPARATION NOTES 1. ALL EXPOSED SUBGRADE SHALL BE PROOF ROLLED UNDER THE OBSERVATION OF THE OWNERS GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. ANY LOCALIZED ZONE OF YIELDING SUBGRADE SHALL BE OVEREXCAVATED 12"-24" (OR AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER'S GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER) AND REPLACED WITH CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE IN 6" LIFTS, COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DENSITY. 2. AFTER PROOF ROLLING, THE SUBGRADE SHALL BE THOROUGHLY COMPACTED WITH A VIBRATORY ROLLER. THE ROLLER SHALL MAKE AT LEAST 6 PASSES. THE SUBGRADE SOIL SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF COMPACTION, (WITHIN 2% OF OPTIMUM). 3. WHERE SUBGRADE CANNOT BE FEASIBLY SUBJECTED TO A PROOF -ROLL, COMPACTION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE NON-DESTRUCTIVE FIELD DENSITY TEST (I.E. NUCLEAR DENSIOMETER) PER 2,000 SQUARE FEET, BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN THREE (3) TESTS. IF ADDITIONAL COMPACTION IS REQUIRED, RE -TESTING OF SUBGRADE SHALL BE AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 4. CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (CSBC) SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-03.9(3). 5. SUBMIT ONE COPY OF INSPECTION / TESTING AGENCY FIELD REPORTS AND COMPACTION RESULTS TO OWNER AND ENGINEER WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF FIELD OBSERVATION. 6. COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR COMPACTION TESTING OF SUBGRADE FILLS AND SRUSHED ROCK BASE COURSE. TESTING TO BE PERFORMED BY OWNER'S GEOTECHNICAL EROSION CONTROL AND POLLUTION PREVENTION 1. EQUIPMENT LUBRICATION AND FUELING OPERATIONS SHALL OCCUR AT AN OWNER APPROVED ON -SITE LOCATION. 2. PREVENT OILS AND FUELS FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM WITH PROPER CONTAINMENT DEVICES. 3. ACCESS TO CONSTRUCTION IS VIA ADJACENT EXISTING PAVED STREETS. SWEEP DIRT FROM PAVING DAILY OR AS NEEDED. THE INTENT IS TO PREVENT DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT FROM BEING DEPOSITED ON BOEING-OWNED STREET AND CITY STREET PAVEMENT. 4. SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES SHALL BE POSTED ON -SITE. IN CASE OF A SPILL THAT MAY ENTER GROUNDWATER, SURFACE WATER, OR STORM DRAIN SYSTEM, CONTACT BOEING DISPATCH (206) 655-2222 OR PAUL YOUNT (206) 669-1490. SPILLS SHALL BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AND CONTAMINATED MATERIAL DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREVENT ALL MATERIAL USED OR GENERATED ON -SITE FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ADEQUATE CONTAINMENT/SEPARATION ALL TIMES. ALL STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STORMWATER PERMITS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A DAILY STORMWATER / ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. SCOPE OF THE INSPECTION WILL BE COORDINATED WITH SITE ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW ALL ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS DEFINED IN THE BOEING SERVICE PROVIDER MANUAL (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST). SYM I REVISION VAULT 28 A I PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE CONCRETE PAVEMENT NOTES 1. CONCRETE PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 5-05 AND CURRENT ACI, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. 2. MINIMUM STRENGTH OF CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: TYPE 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE 14-DAY FLEXURAL PAVEMENT SUBMIT PER 5-05.3 t 650 PSI 3. MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO (W/C) SHALL BE 0.44 FOR HEAVY DUTY PAVEMENT. MINIMUM CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL SHALL BE 564 LBS/CY. USE 1 %" MINUS COARSE AGGREGATE FOR CONCRETE SIX INCHES THICK AND GREATER; ALL CONCRETE PAVEMENT BE AIR -ENTRAINED (5.5% f 1.5%). MAXIMUM SLUMP SHALL BE 4 INCHES. 4. PRE -MOLDED JOINT FILLER SHALL BE PER WSDOT SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-04.1(2). 5. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE DOW CORNING "890-SL', OR APPROVED EQUAL. 6. CURING COMPOUND SHALL BE NON -YELLOWING EXTERIOR TYPE (WSDOT 9-23.2). 7. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO BOEING CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR DISTRIBUTION TO BOEING AND DESIGN TEAM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 'M � = � M M � H10.1111 , 4 j 1. SURFACE PREPARATION: IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC-SP1, MINIMUM. 2. PRIMER: ONE (1) 3.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS (DFT) COAT UNI-BOND DF SERIES 115 BY TNEMEC OR PRE -APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3, PAINT: TWO (2) 3.0 MIL OFT COATS COAT UNI-BOND OF SERIES 115 BY TNEMEC OR PRE -APPROVED EQUIVALENT. 4. COLOR: BLACK CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE 1. COORDINATE ENTRY, SECURITY, TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES, FOD TRAINING, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. POST SIGN WITH NAME AND PHONE NUMBER OF SUPERVISOR (MAY BE CONSOLIDATED WITH THE REQUIRED NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION SIGN). 3. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH BOEING FOR PHASING OF PROJECT TO MEET BOEING'S OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. IT IS ASSUMED THAT EACH PORTION OF THE PROJECT WILL BE COMPLETED IN SERIES, WITH ONLY ONE ACTIVE WORK AREA AT ANY GIVEN TIME. THE BELOW SEQUENCE DESCRIBES THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE THAT WOULD OCCUR FOR EACH WORK AREA. 3.1. INSTALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. 3.2. REMOVE FEATURES AS SHOWN ON REMOVAL PLANS. 3.3. CLEAN SURFACE OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. 3.4. INSTALL NEW CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND FENCING 3.5. REMOVE TRAFFIC CONTROL. 4. PROVIDE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO OWNER/ENGINEER FOR THE COMPLETION OF RECORD DRAWINGS. 5. PROCEED WITH PROJECT CLOSE-OUT. PLASTIC COVERING NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6 MILS AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-14.5(3). 2. COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TIGHTLY IN PLACE BY USING SANDBAGS OR TIRES ON ROPES WITH A MAXIMUM 10-FOOT GRID SPACING IN ALL DIRECTIONS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TAPED OR WEIGHTED DOWN FULL LENGTH AND THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST A 12-INCH OVERLAP OF ALL SEAMS. 3. CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ON AREAS SEEDED BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 AND MARCH 31 AND REMAIN UNTIL VEGETATION IS FIRMLY ESTABLISHED. 4. WHEN THE COVERING IS USED ON UN -SEEDED SLOPES, IT SHALL BE KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL THE NEXT SEEDING PERIOD. 5. PLASTIC COVERING SHEETS SHALL BE BURIED TWO FEET AT THE TOP OF SLOPES IN ORDER TO PREVENT SURFACE WATER FLOW BENEATH SHEETS. 6. PROPER MAINTENANCE INCLUDES REGULAR CHECKS FOR RIPS AND DISLODGED ENDS. STOCKPILE NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED (WITH PLASTIC COVERING OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICE) AT ALL TIMES. 2. IN ANY SEASON, SEDIMENT LEACHING FROM STOCK PILES MUST BE PREVENTED. 3. SOILS SHALL NOT BE PLACED WHILE IN A FROZEN OR MUDDY CONDITION, WHEN THE SUBGRADE IS EXCESSIVELY WET OR WHEN CONDITIONS EXIST THAT MAY OTHERWISE BE DETRIMENTAL TO PROPER GRADING OR PROPOSED SODDING OR SEEDING. MEDIUM DUTY CONCRETE NOTES: _ 1. INSTALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO COINCIDE WITH EXISTING EXPANSION JOINTS OR PAVING JOINTS. 2. JOINT SEALANT SHALL BE JET FUEL RESISTANT. CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL 3/8" TO 1/2" R. JOINT SEALANT 3/8" PREMOLDED 3/8" TO 1/2" R. JOINT FILLER EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE PAVING JOINT DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. C95B SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTION SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE ITEMS LISTED BELOW IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE BUILDING SAFETY DEPARTMENT. 'SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTION" SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE OWNER OR THEIR AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE CITY INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY IBC SECTION 110.3. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER SECTIONS 1704 AND 1705 FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. EPDXY AND ADHESIVE ANCHORS: A) DURING THE PLACEMENT OF ALL ANCHORS. 2. WELDING: A) VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL FIELD WELDS. B) NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF ALL COMPLETE PENETRATION WELDS. 3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: A) THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED TO BE CERTAIN IT CONFORMS TO THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, B) PER IBC SECTION 1704.2.4: THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED TO THE DESIGN AUTHORITY AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. SUBMIT A FINAL REPORT AS REQUIRED. C) UPON COMPLETION OF THE ASSIGNED WORK, THE ENGINEER SHALL COMPLETE AND SIGN THE APPROPRIATE FORMS CERTIFYING THAT, TO THE BEST OF THEIR KNOWLEDGE, THE WORK IS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE CODE. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON SPECIAL STRUCTURAL INSPECTIONS, CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. W1 BY I APPROVED DATE I SYM REVISION BY I APPROVED DATE SITTS BKL 04.04.18 W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 21341 9 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I E 6" DEPTH CONCRETE PAVEMENT WITH LIGHT BROOM FINISH SEE DETAIL 1/C95B FOR CONTRACTION AND 6" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP EXPANSION JOINTS 7 COURSE, COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DENSITY, SEE SHEET C2A 1.0% MIN. SLOPE DRAIN TO PAVEMENT N.T.S. SUITABLE PREPARED SUBGRADE, COMPACT TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY. T T� pPPRO115D Au>a 212M j�� city of T ydpila pUI3t_%C MAR 28 2020 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA AUG 0 2 2019 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE FOR PERMIT APRIL 4, 2018 4TE SUBTITLE 08.14.17 MISC NOTES, SECTIONS AND DETAILS 08.14.17 08.14.17 TrrLE VAULT 28 08.14.17 PLANT 2 YARD CIVIL PLANT 2 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP 24 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL . STRUCTURAL . SURVEYING 4815 CENTER STREET ) TACOMA. WA. 98489 PHONE: (253) 47M9449 I FAX: (253) 4749449 http!/www.sitts-0ilbeng(neere.coM Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.; RJJ Proj. Engineer: BKL Proj. Drafter: KLK W49284561 11111LA C95B 2-YD-C95B 04.04.18 C QFI b TOC LIP ' EL 90'-0" ' l S450 S500 S4501 S500 IJ i i 1 t, t TOC HP I EL 90'-10" 0 I i �\ 1 I r r �\ 1 i 1 \ I i � O 1 \\ i r i i i i BOLT ON LADDER \� 1 UTILITY VAULT CO 1 1 \ (TYP 2 LOCATIONS) S450 S500 TOC LP o EL 90'-0" y I 16'-2 1/2" 3'-0" 5'-0" 26'-2 1/2„ 1'-6" 29'-2 1/2" CABLE GALLERY FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-O" SYM REVISION BY I APPROVED DATE I SYM A REVISED GALLERY DIMS, RELOCATED BEAMS, & MANHOLES, ADDED A. BOLTS & GEN NOTE B PLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE W4928456 SITTS BKL 04.04.18 REVISION - T/CONC WALL EL 100'-0" 1'-6" I BY I APPROVED I DATE W14X61 I I --- 1 W14X61 W14X61 2"x18 GA COMPOSITE METAL DECK W/ 4" CONCRETE TOPPING (6" TOTAL) CONDUIT PENETRATION 0 BATTERY HOUSE j I PER ELECTRICAL B - � B SWITCHGEAR ENCLOSURE PER ELECTRICAL I �- II j 13 1 i 2"x18 GA COMPOSITE METAL I -- - —� - L / DECK W/ 4" CONCRETE TOPPING (6" TOTAL) I - i --I-j-)---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J 1'-O" 12'-6" 1 21'-8 1/2" ( 1,-0- CABLE GALLERY FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-O" (T/STL EL 100'-0" UNO) ACCEPTABILITY WTHIS , :PR EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE PER 4/S500 - TYP (10) PLACES Is ACCESS MANHOLE (TYP 2 LOCATIONS) FRAME: UTILITY VAULT CO. 36" x 4" (FLANGE UP) COVER: UTILITY VAULT CO. SOLID COVER MARKED "ELECTRIC" DESIGN LOADING: AASHTO H2O TO MATCH FRAME GENERAL NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ADDITIONAL OPENINGS, INSERTS AND EMBEDMENTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCTION NOTES CLEAN ALL EXISTING STEEL TO SSPC-SP3 STANDARD. PRIME AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. 2�- SAWCUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING CONCRETE DECK COORDINATE WITH BATTERY HOUSE. BD P� - INSTALL METAL FLASHING W/ SEALANT AND FASTENERS AT INTERFACE BETWEEN SUBSTATION ENCLOSURE AND TOP OF VAULT FOR WATER TIGHT SEAL AND AS RODENT BARRIER. B MAR 28 2020 REFERENCE DRAWINGS SEE PACKAGE "C" DRAWINGS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 2 2019 PERMIT CENTER p C ISSUE FOR PERMIT APRIL 4, 2018 ATE SUBTITLE CABLE GALLERY PLANS TITLE BUILDING 2-83 ----]STRUCTURAL MASTER COL PLT 2 [ SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL • STRUCTURAL . SURVEYING "ISCENTERSTREET I TACOMA, WA. 99499 PHONE: (253) 474-909 1 FAX: (253) 474-9449 h"p!lt w.sft4ll."9I"......W Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer: BKL Proj. Drafter: KLK REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4928456 B 04.04.18 S450 PL2-95091 COMP NO. 2.83-S450 Package "C" 3/4" CHAMFER, TYP EL 100'-0"2#7 GRADE r_r' -- O °rINSIDE 4 A307 A. BOLT @ CL WALL 6" EMBED & 2" PROJECTION P_ #8@9 TYP oP - o OUTSIDE FACE CE o #6@12 - 2" ` MAX EF CLR 2" CLR N #8 DOWELS W/STD HOOK @ 9 w #6 DOWELS W/STD HOOK @ 9 1'-6" i Q Co 2 KEYED a I CLFF„ N i #6@6 EW CONST JOINT ,AI CO 6" WATERSTOP'o.:; J a .. m 1� S V> II 111 III ill III I1 III 111 III - II � #6@6 EW o 12" COMPACTED U STRUCTURAL FILL WP MEMBRANE AND o PROTECTION BOARD o= "= 3'-6" Of �o - SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" S450 S500 ROUGHEN CONC TO 1/4" AMPLITUDE AND APPLY BONDING AGENT- 24 #6 OF@6 EL 100'-0"- #5@12 HILTI HVA W/ 7 1/2" EMBED AND 1'-8" PROJECTION NEW CONC WALL----� '----#5@12 EXIST WALL TYPICAL AROUND OPENING SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S210, S211 S500 I BATTERY HOUSE 6" MIN 1-1/2" 1" 8" BASE CHANNEL BY I BUILDING MANUFACTURER 1/4"x3" BENT PLATE- ,,"EXISTINGCONCRETE DECK 5/8" DIA. STAINLESS STEEL ADHESIVE ANCHOR W/ 4" EMBEDMENT BATTERY HOUSE ANCHOR DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION A ADDED A. BOLT CALLOUT SECT A & REV DIM SECT B B IPLANT 2 - VAULT 28 UPDATE SITTS BKL 1 04.04.18 1'-6" X-O" 4" MIN 6n 4@12 #6@121 - I — L4x3x3/8 I CONTINUOUS 2'-0" TYP m WP MEMBRANE AND PROTECTION BOARD - I #6@6 EW 1/2"4 DEFORMED BAR @ 6" OC, TYP —< CJP - 3/4"0 A325 BOLTS @ 12" OC W14 6@6 EW #6@6 EW 3'-6" FOR BALANCE OF� 1'-6" 2'-0" CALLOUTS, SEE S450 S500 SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" S450 S500 4'-5" OPNG REMOVE EXIST C8x11.5 W/ 1/2"4 x5" HEADED WELD ___ STUDS @ 12" OC NEW CONC WALL- .---DO NOT REMOVE #4 (S) WHERE NEW CONCRETE IS PLACED -----ROUGHEN CONC TO 1/4" AMPLITUDE AND APPLY BONDING AGENT > 0 EXIST WALL EXIST #4 SECTION SCALE: 1 "=1'-O" S211 S500 I EA. SUPPORT "rawer �.�:ra FM ► =I BY I APPROVED I DATE LAIJIIIVV DCt1M Lo L0 N 1 -- a I ! a . PL 5/8x12x1'-9" W/(8)3/4" 4x6" HEADED WELD STUDS @ 6" GAGE _ CL SLOTS M --W14 - L5x3x3/8 W/(3)13/16"x2 1/4" HORIZ SLOTTED HOLES, NS, FS - 1/4 v 3 SIDES, TYP (4)3/4" 0 A325 BOLTS SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S450 S500 n. r VA W/ IBED AND JECTION, NO BOTTOM C8 DETAIL SCALE: 1 "=1'-O" S211 S500 I EA. SUPPORT EXIST WALL 3/4" #6@12Q� a. CHAMFER FOR WALL REINFORCING, SEE S450 S500 ■ D ETAI L SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" S450 S500 r C' PL 5 8x12x1'- W/(8)3/4"4x6' HEADED WELD @ 6" GAGE SECTION SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S450 S500 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 1 112 0 1/2 1 1 112 2 AUG 0 2 2019 SCALE: I" = 1'-0" PERMIT CENTER T PA" U K AN U E L; 550 (ISSUE FOR PERMIT APRIL 4, 2018 TABILITY DRAWN J. PEARS°" DATE SUBTITLE t MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS R.F. BUKOSKI THSC DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE B. °'CONNOR TITLE � BUILDING 2-83 STRUCTURAL MASTER COL PLT 2 ` CHECKED B. OR APPROVEROVED W.E. MOOR M PRITIE 02.06.96 SITTS & HILL ENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL . STRUCTURAL - SURVEYING 4335 CENTER STREET I TACOMA.WA.99409 PHONE: (253)474.9449 1 FAX:(253) 474,9449 http:l/www.eitts-hill-engineen.soM Project No.: 17,477 Project Mgr.: RJJ Proj. Engineer. BKL I Proj. Drafter: KLK REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4928456 B 04.04.18 S500 PL2-95091 COMP N0. 2.83-S500 Package "C" �m